[Title 46 CFR ]
[Code of Federal Regulations (annual edition) - October 1, 2017 Edition]
[From the U.S. Government Publishing Office]



[[Page i]]

          

          Title 46

Shipping


________________________

Parts 156 to 165

                         Revised as of October 1, 2017

          Containing a codification of documents of general 
          applicability and future effect

          As of October 1, 2017
                    Published by the Office of the Federal Register 
                    National Archives and Records Administration as a 
                    Special Edition of the Federal Register

[[Page ii]]

          U.S. GOVERNMENT OFFICIAL EDITION NOTICE

          Legal Status and Use of Seals and Logos
          
          
          The seal of the National Archives and Records Administration 
              (NARA) authenticates the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) as 
              the official codification of Federal regulations established 
              under the Federal Register Act. Under the provisions of 44 
              U.S.C. 1507, the contents of the CFR, a special edition of the 
              Federal Register, shall be judicially noticed. The CFR is 
              prima facie evidence of the original documents published in 
              the Federal Register (44 U.S.C. 1510).

          It is prohibited to use NARA's official seal and the stylized Code 
              of Federal Regulations logo on any republication of this 
              material without the express, written permission of the 
              Archivist of the United States or the Archivist's designee. 
              Any person using NARA's official seals and logos in a manner 
              inconsistent with the provisions of 36 CFR part 1200 is 
              subject to the penalties specified in 18 U.S.C. 506, 701, and 
              1017.

          Use of ISBN Prefix

          This is the Official U.S. Government edition of this publication 
              and is herein identified to certify its authenticity. Use of 
              the 0-16 ISBN prefix is for U.S. Government Publishing Office 
              Official Editions only. The Superintendent of Documents of the 
              U.S. Government Publishing Office requests that any reprinted 
              edition clearly be labeled as a copy of the authentic work 
              with a new ISBN.

              
              
          U . S . G O V E R N M E N T P U B L I S H I N G O F F I C E

          ------------------------------------------------------------------

          U.S. Superintendent of Documents  Washington, DC 
              20402-0001

          http://bookstore.gpo.gov

          Phone: toll-free (866) 512-1800; DC area (202) 512-1800

[[Page iii]]




                            Table of Contents



                                                                    Page
  Explanation.................................................       v

  Title 46:
          Chapter I--Coast Guard, Department of Homeland 
          Security (Continued)                                       3
  Finding Aids:
      Table of CFR Titles and Chapters........................     457
      Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR......     477
      List of CFR Sections Affected...........................     487

[[Page iv]]





                     ----------------------------

                     Cite this Code: CFR
                     To cite the regulations in 
                       this volume use title, 
                       part and section number. 
                       Thus, 46 CFR 159.001-1 
                       refers to title 46, part 
                       159, section 001-1.

                     ----------------------------

[[Page v]]



                               EXPLANATION

    The Code of Federal Regulations is a codification of the general and 
permanent rules published in the Federal Register by the Executive 
departments and agencies of the Federal Government. The Code is divided 
into 50 titles which represent broad areas subject to Federal 
regulation. Each title is divided into chapters which usually bear the 
name of the issuing agency. Each chapter is further subdivided into 
parts covering specific regulatory areas.
    Each volume of the Code is revised at least once each calendar year 
and issued on a quarterly basis approximately as follows:

Title 1 through Title 16.................................as of January 1
Title 17 through Title 27..................................as of April 1
Title 28 through Title 41...................................as of July 1
Title 42 through Title 50................................as of October 1

    The appropriate revision date is printed on the cover of each 
volume.

LEGAL STATUS

    The contents of the Federal Register are required to be judicially 
noticed (44 U.S.C. 1507). The Code of Federal Regulations is prima facie 
evidence of the text of the original documents (44 U.S.C. 1510).

HOW TO USE THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS

    The Code of Federal Regulations is kept up to date by the individual 
issues of the Federal Register. These two publications must be used 
together to determine the latest version of any given rule.
    To determine whether a Code volume has been amended since its 
revision date (in this case, October 1, 2017), consult the ``List of CFR 
Sections Affected (LSA),'' which is issued monthly, and the ``Cumulative 
List of Parts Affected,'' which appears in the Reader Aids section of 
the daily Federal Register. These two lists will identify the Federal 
Register page number of the latest amendment of any given rule.

EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATES

    Each volume of the Code contains amendments published in the Federal 
Register since the last revision of that volume of the Code. Source 
citations for the regulations are referred to by volume number and page 
number of the Federal Register and date of publication. Publication 
dates and effective dates are usually not the same and care must be 
exercised by the user in determining the actual effective date. In 
instances where the effective date is beyond the cut-off date for the 
Code a note has been inserted to reflect the future effective date. In 
those instances where a regulation published in the Federal Register 
states a date certain for expiration, an appropriate note will be 
inserted following the text.

OMB CONTROL NUMBERS

    The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-511) requires 
Federal agencies to display an OMB control number with their information 
collection request.

[[Page vi]]

Many agencies have begun publishing numerous OMB control numbers as 
amendments to existing regulations in the CFR. These OMB numbers are 
placed as close as possible to the applicable recordkeeping or reporting 
requirements.

PAST PROVISIONS OF THE CODE

    Provisions of the Code that are no longer in force and effect as of 
the revision date stated on the cover of each volume are not carried. 
Code users may find the text of provisions in effect on any given date 
in the past by using the appropriate List of CFR Sections Affected 
(LSA). For the convenience of the reader, a ``List of CFR Sections 
Affected'' is published at the end of each CFR volume. For changes to 
the Code prior to the LSA listings at the end of the volume, consult 
previous annual editions of the LSA. For changes to the Code prior to 
2001, consult the List of CFR Sections Affected compilations, published 
for 1949-1963, 1964-1972, 1973-1985, and 1986-2000.

``[RESERVED]'' TERMINOLOGY

    The term ``[Reserved]'' is used as a place holder within the Code of 
Federal Regulations. An agency may add regulatory information at a 
``[Reserved]'' location at any time. Occasionally ``[Reserved]'' is used 
editorially to indicate that a portion of the CFR was left vacant and 
not accidentally dropped due to a printing or computer error.

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

    What is incorporation by reference? Incorporation by reference was 
established by statute and allows Federal agencies to meet the 
requirement to publish regulations in the Federal Register by referring 
to materials already published elsewhere. For an incorporation to be 
valid, the Director of the Federal Register must approve it. The legal 
effect of incorporation by reference is that the material is treated as 
if it were published in full in the Federal Register (5 U.S.C. 552(a)). 
This material, like any other properly issued regulation, has the force 
of law.
    What is a proper incorporation by reference? The Director of the 
Federal Register will approve an incorporation by reference only when 
the requirements of 1 CFR part 51 are met. Some of the elements on which 
approval is based are:
    (a) The incorporation will substantially reduce the volume of 
material published in the Federal Register.
    (b) The matter incorporated is in fact available to the extent 
necessary to afford fairness and uniformity in the administrative 
process.
    (c) The incorporating document is drafted and submitted for 
publication in accordance with 1 CFR part 51.
    What if the material incorporated by reference cannot be found? If 
you have any problem locating or obtaining a copy of material listed as 
an approved incorporation by reference, please contact the agency that 
issued the regulation containing that incorporation. If, after 
contacting the agency, you find the material is not available, please 
notify the Director of the Federal Register, National Archives and 
Records Administration, 8601 Adelphi Road, College Park, MD 20740-6001, 
or call 202-741-6010.

CFR INDEXES AND TABULAR GUIDES

    A subject index to the Code of Federal Regulations is contained in a 
separate volume, revised annually as of January 1, entitled CFR Index 
and Finding Aids. This volume contains the Parallel Table of Authorities 
and Rules. A list of CFR titles, chapters, subchapters, and parts and an 
alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are also included in 
this volume.

[[Page vii]]

    An index to the text of ``Title 3--The President'' is carried within 
that volume.
    The Federal Register Index is issued monthly in cumulative form. 
This index is based on a consolidation of the ``Contents'' entries in 
the daily Federal Register.
    A List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA) is published monthly, keyed to 
the revision dates of the 50 CFR titles.

REPUBLICATION OF MATERIAL

    There are no restrictions on the republication of material appearing 
in the Code of Federal Regulations.

INQUIRIES

    For a legal interpretation or explanation of any regulation in this 
volume, contact the issuing agency. The issuing agency's name appears at 
the top of odd-numbered pages.
    For inquiries concerning CFR reference assistance, call 202-741-6000 
or write to the Director, Office of the Federal Register, National 
Archives and Records Administration, 8601 Adelphi Road, College Park, MD 
20740-6001 or e-mail [email protected]

SALES

    The Government Publishing Office (GPO) processes all sales and 
distribution of the CFR. For payment by credit card, call toll-free, 
866-512-1800, or DC area, 202-512-1800, M-F 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. e.s.t. or 
fax your order to 202-512-2104, 24 hours a day. For payment by check, 
write to: US Government Publishing Office - New Orders, P.O. Box 979050, 
St. Louis, MO 63197-9000.

ELECTRONIC SERVICES

    The full text of the Code of Federal Regulations, the LSA (List of 
CFR Sections Affected), The United States Government Manual, the Federal 
Register, Public Laws, Public Papers of the Presidents of the United 
States, Compilation of Presidential Documents and the Privacy Act 
Compilation are available in electronic format via www.ofr.gov. For more 
information, contact the GPO Customer Contact Center, U.S. Government 
Publishing Office. Phone 202-512-1800, or 866-512-1800 (toll-free). E-
mail, [email protected]
    The Office of the Federal Register also offers a free service on the 
National Archives and Records Administration's (NARA) World Wide Web 
site for public law numbers, Federal Register finding aids, and related 
information. Connect to NARA's web site at www.archives.gov/federal-
register.
    The e-CFR is a regularly updated, unofficial editorial compilation 
of CFR material and Federal Register amendments, produced by the Office 
of the Federal Register and the Government Publishing Office. It is 
available at www.ecfr.gov.

    Oliver A. Potts,
    Director,
    Office of the Federal Register.
    October 1, 2017.







[[Page ix]]



                               THIS TITLE

    Title 46--Shipping is composed of nine volumes. The parts in these 
volumes are arranged in the following order: Parts 1-40, 41-69, 70-89, 
90-139, 140-155, 156-165, 166-199, 200-499, and 500 to end. The first 
seven volumes containing parts 1-199 comprise chapter I--Coast Guard, 
DHS. The eighth volume, containing parts 200--499, includes chapter II--
Maritime Administration, DOT and chapter III--Coast Guard (Great Lakes 
Pilotage), DHS. The ninth volume, containing part 500 to end, includes 
chapter IV--Federal Maritime Commission. The contents of these volumes 
represent all current regulations codified under this title of the CFR 
as of October 1, 2017.

    For this volume, Bonnie Fritts was Chief Editor. The Code of Federal 
Regulations publication program is under the direction of John Hyrum 
Martinez, assisted by Stephen J. Frattini.

[[Page 1]]



                           TITLE 46--SHIPPING




                  (This book contains parts 156 to 165)

  --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Part

chapter i--Coast Guard, Department of Homeland Security 
  (Continued)...............................................         159

[[Page 3]]



   CHAPTER I--COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED)




  --------------------------------------------------------------------

SUBCHAPTER Q--EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION, AND MATERIALS: SPECIFICATIONS AND 
                                APPROVAL
Part                                                                Page
156-158         [Reserved]

159             Approval of equipment and materials.........           5
160             Lifesaving equipment........................          15
161             Electrical equipment........................         312
162             Engineering equipment.......................         326
163             Construction................................         377
164             Materials...................................         388
165             [Reserved]

[[Page 5]]



SUBCHAPTER Q_EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION, AND MATERIALS: SPECIFICATIONS AND 
                                APPROVAL



                        PARTS 156	158 [RESERVED]



PART 159_APPROVAL OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS--Table of Contents



                         Subpart 159.001_General

Sec.
159.001-1 Purpose.
159.001-2 Right of appeal.
159.001-3 Definitions.
159.001-4 Incorporation by reference.
159.001-5 Correspondence and applications.
159.001-7 Substituted procedures.
159.001-9 OMB Control Numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork 
          Reduction Act.

   Subpart 159.003_Approvals Under Mutual Recognition Agreements (MRA)

159.003-1 Purpose.
159.003-3 Acceptance of foreign approvals under a Mutual Recognition 
          Agreement (MRA).
159.003-5 Approval by the Coast Guard under a Mutual Recognition 
          Agreement (MRA).
159.003-7 Multiple approval numbers.
159.003-9 Products covered by Mutual Recognition Agreement (MRAs).

                   Subpart 159.005_Approval Procedures

159.005-1 Purpose.
159.005-3 Application for preapproval review.
159.005-5 Preapproval review: Contents of application.
159.005-7 Preapproval review: Coast Guard action.
159.005-9 Approval inspections and tests.
159.005-11 Approval inspection or test report: Contents.
159.005-12 Plans.
159.005-13 Equipment or material: Approval.
159.005-15 Approval of equipment or material: Suspensions, withdrawals, 
          and terminations.

 Subpart 159.007_Production Inspection and Tests of Approved Equipment 
                              and Materials

159.007-1 Purpose.
159.007-3 Production inspections and tests: Independent laboratory's 
          procedures.
159.007-5 Production inspections and tests: Application for acceptance.
159.007-7 Application for acceptance for production inspections and 
          tests: Coast Guard action.
159.007-9 Production inspections and tests.
159.007-11 Production inspections and tests: Yearly report.
159.007-13 Production inspections and tests: Records.

  Subpart 159.010_Independent Laboratory: Acceptance, Recognition, and 
                               Termination

159.010-1 Purpose.
159.010-3 Independent laboratory: Standards for acceptance.
159.010-5 Independent laboratory: Application for acceptance.
159.010-7 Recognized independent laboratory: Memorandum of 
          Understanding.
159.010-11 Changes in the laboratory's qualifications.
159.010-15 Contracting inspections and tests or transferals to another 
          laboratory or person.
159.010-17 Termination of acceptance or recognition of an independent 
          laboratory.
159.010-19 Termination of acceptance or recognition: Procedure.

    Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; 49 CFR 1.45, 1.46; Section 159.001-
9 also issued under the authority of 44 U.S.C. 3507.

    Source: CGD 76-048, 44 FR 73043, Dec. 17, 1979, unless otherwise 
noted.



                         Subpart 159.001_General



Sec. 159.001-1  Purpose.

    (a) This part contains the procedures for the approval of equipment 
and materials when that equipment or material is inspected or tested by 
an independent laboratory or by the manufacturer of the equipment or 
material.
    (b) The regulations in this subchapter (parts 159 through 164) have 
preemptive effect over State or local regulations in the same field.

[CGD 76-048, 44 FR 73043, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by USCG-2012-0196, 
81 FR 48273, July 22, 2016]



Sec. 159.001-2  Right of appeal.

    Any person directly affected by a decision or action taken under 
this subchapter, by or on behalf of the Coast Guard, may appeal to the 
Deputy for Operations Policy and Capabilities

[[Page 6]]

(CG-DCO-D) as provided in Sec. 1.03-15 of this chapter.

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13927, Mar. 28, 1996, as amended by CGD 96-041, 61 FR 
50733, Sept. 27, 1996; USCG-2009-0702, 74 FR 49236, Sept. 25, 2009; 
USCG-2012-0832, 77 FR 59785, Oct. 1, 2012]



Sec. 159.001-3  Definitions.

    As used in this part:
    Classification society means an organization involved in the 
inspection of ships and ship equipment, and which, as determined by the 
Commandant, meets the standards in IMO Resolution A.739(18).
    Independent laboratory means an organization which meets the 
standards for acceptance in Sec. 159.010-3 of this part, and which is 
accepted by the Coast Guard for performing certain tests and 
inspections. In addition to commercial testing laboratories, the 
Commandant may also accept classification societies and agencies of 
governments that are involved in the inspection and testing of marine 
safety equipment that meet the requirements of Sec. 159.010-3.
    Marine Equipment Directive (MarED) means the European Community 
Council Directive 96/98/EC of December 20, 1996 on marine equipment, as 
amended.
    Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) is an agreement between the Coast 
Guard and a laboratory that specifies the approval functions a 
recognized independent laboratory performs for the Coast Guard and the 
recognized independent laboratory's working arrangements with the Coast 
Guard.
    Mutual Recognition Agreement (MRA) means an agreement between the 
United States and other Maritime Administrations or organized 
associations, such as the European Community and the European Free Trade 
Association that specifies equipment approval and monitoring processes 
through which parties of the MRA agree to approve equipment on behalf of 
all parties. An MRA allows reciprocal approval and acceptance of 
equipment between all parties.
    Recognized independent laboratory means an independent laboratory 
which meets the standards of Sec. 159.010-3, and is accepted by the 
Coast Guard to perform certain equipment approval functions on behalf of 
the Coast Guard, as described in a Memorandum of Understanding signed by 
the laboratory and the Coast Guard in accordance with Sec. 159.010-
7(b).

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13927, Mar. 28, 1996, as amended by USCG-2012-0196, 
81 FR 48273, July 22, 2016]



Sec. 159.001-4  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part 
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for 
inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering 
Standards (CG-ENG-4), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, 
Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed 
below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and 
Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of 
this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to http://
www.archives.gov/federal--register/code--of--federal--regulations/ibr--
locations.html.
    (b) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publishing, 4 Albert 
Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7735 7611, http://
www.imo.org.
    (1) Resolution A.739(18), Guidelines for the Authorization of 
Organizations Acting on Behalf of the Administration, November 22, 1993, 
IBR approved for Sec. 159.001-3.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (c) International Organization for Standardization, ISO Central 
Secretariat BIBC II, Chemin de Blandonnet 8, CP 401, 1214 Vernier, 
Geneva, Switzerland, +41 22 749 01 11, http://www.iso.org.
    (1) ISO/IEC 17025:2005(E), International Standard: General 
requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories, 
Second edition, 15 May 2005 (``ISO/IEC 17025''), IBR approved for Sec. 
159.010-3(a).
    (2) [Reserved]

[USCG-2012-0196, 81 FR 48273, July 22, 2016]

[[Page 7]]



Sec. 159.001-5  Correspondence and applications.

    Unless otherwise specified, all correspondence and applications in 
connection with approval and testing of equipment and materials must be 
addressed to: Commandant (CG-ENG-4), Attn: Lifesaving and Fire Safety 
Division, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue 
SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509; telephone 202-372-1392 or fax 202-372-
1924.

[USCG-2006-25697, 71 FR 55747, Sept. 25, 2006, as amended by ; USCG-
2009-0702, 74 FR 49236, Sept. 25, 2009; USCG-2012-0832, 77 FR 59785, 
Oct. 1, 2012; USCG-2013-0671, 78 FR 60156, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 159.001-7  Substituted procedures.

    (a) The Commandant may substitute the procedures in this part for 
the procedures in any other part of this subchapter. Each person known 
to be affected by the substitution shall be informed that the procedures 
in this part apply.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 159.001-9  OMB Control Numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork
Reduction Act.

    (a) Purpose. This section collects and displays the control numbers 
assigned to information collection and recordkeeping requirements in 
this subchapter by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) pursuant to 
the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980, (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.). The Coast 
Guard intends that this section comply with the requirements of 44 
U.S.C. 3507(f) which requires that agencies display a current control 
number assigned by the Director of the OMB for each approved agency 
information collection requirement.
    (b) Display.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Current
                                                                  OMB
    46 CFR part or section where identified or described        control
                                                                  No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 159.007-11.13........................................   1625-0035
Sec. 160.002-5............................................   1625-0035
Sec. 160.047-5............................................   1625-0035
Sec. 160.048-5............................................   1625-0035
Sec. 160.050-5............................................   1625-0035
Sec. 160.052-7............................................   1625-0035
Sec. 160.053-4............................................   1625-0035
Sec. 160.055-4............................................   1625-0035
Sec. 160.064-6............................................   1625-0035
Sec. Sec. 161.001 through 161.010........................   1625-0035
Sec. 161.171-15...........................................   1625-0035
Sec. 161.171-23...........................................   1625-0035
Sec. Sec. 162.001 through 161.018........................   1625-0035
Sec. 162.041..............................................   1625-0035
Sec. 162.043..............................................   1625-0035
Sec. 164.012-13...........................................   1625-0035
Sec. 164.019-5............................................   1625-0035
Sec. 164.019-7............................................   1625-0035
Sec. 164.019-9............................................   1625-0035
Sec. 164.019-13...........................................   1625-0035
Sec. 164.019-15...........................................   1625-0035
Sec. 164.023-15...........................................   1625-0035
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[49 FR 38121, Sept. 27, 1984, as amended by CGD 86-057, 51 FR 35220, 
Oct. 2, 1986; CGD 84-068, 58 FR 29492, May 20, 1993; USCG-2004-18884, 69 
FR 58350, Sept. 30, 2004]



   Subpart 159.003_Approvals Under Mutual Recognition Agreements (MRA)

    Source: USCG-2012-0196, 81 FR 48273, July 22, 2016, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 159.003-1  Purpose.

    This subpart contains the procedures for obtaining Coast Guard 
approval under a Mutual Recognition Agreement.



Sec. 159.003-3  Acceptance of foreign approvals under a Mutual 
Recognition Agreement (MRA).

    A Coast Guard approval issued by a foreign authority in accordance 
with the provisions of an effective MRA is acceptable for any 
application where the regulations in this chapter require Coast Guard 
approval.



Sec. 159.003-5  Approval by the Coast Guard under a Mutual Recognition
Agreement (MRA).

    (a) Manufacturers must specify in writing that foreign approval 
under an MRA is requested.
    (b) The Coast Guard Certificate of Approval will clearly identify as 
specified in the MRA that the product is approved to the foreign 
requirements under the MRA.



Sec. 159.003-7  Multiple approval numbers.

    A product will not be issued a Coast Guard approval number by the 
Coast Guard if it already holds a Coast Guard approval number issued by 
a foreign

[[Page 8]]

authority under a Mutual Recognition Agreement.



Sec. 159.003-9  Products covered by Mutual Recognition Agreements
(MRAs).

    A complete list of equipment and materials approved by the Coast 
Guard under an MRA, as well as detailed information on marking and 
identifying items approved by foreign authorities under an MRA, is 
available online at http://cgmix.uscg.mil/Equipment/Default.aspx.



                   Subpart 159.005_Approval Procedures



Sec. 159.005-1  Purpose.

    (a) This subpart contains the procedures by which the Coast Guard 
approves equipment and materials under other subparts of this subchapter 
that require--
    (1) Preapproval inspections and tests by an independent laboratory;
    (2) Preapproval inspections and tests by the manufacturer; or
    (3) No preapproval inspections or tests.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 159.005-3  Application for preapproval review.

    (a) Each manufacturer of equipment or material who seeks Coast Guard 
approval under an applicable subpart must submit an application that 
meets Sec. 159.005-5 to the Commandant unless--
    (1) The subpart contains a list of independent laboratories;
    (2) The subpart does not require Coast Guard review prior to 
testing; and
    (3) The manufacturer meets the requirements of paragraph (b) of this 
section.
    (b) If the applicable subpart contains a list of independent 
laboratories and does not specifically require preapproval review by the 
Coast Guard, the manufacturer may have the tests performed by a listed 
laboratory and submit the report required by Sec. 159.005-11 to the 
Commandant.



Sec. 159.005-5  Preapproval review: Contents of application.

    (a) Each application must contain the following:
    (1) The name and address of the manufacturer and the factory where 
the finished equipment or material is produced.
    (2) One or more of the following as required by the applicable 
subpart:
    (i) Two sets of general plans of the equipment or material.
    (ii) Two sets of specifications of the equipment or material.
    (iii) A sample of the equipment or material accompanied by a written 
description of its components.
    (3) A statement signed by the manufacturer or the manufacturer's 
representative, that an official representative of the Coast Guard is 
allowed access to the place of manufacture and to the place of test to 
verify the information submitted in the application or to witness tests.
    (4) If the material submitted under paragraph (a)(2) of this section 
contains confidential commercial information that could cause 
substantial competitive harm if released to the public, a statement to 
the effect that the material is considered privileged and confidential 
under exemption (b)(4) of the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552), 
and that it should not be released to anyone other than the original 
submitter.
    (b) If the equipment or material is required by the subpart to be 
inspected and tested by an independent laboratory, the application must 
contain the following additional information:
    (1) The name and address of a laboratory that meets Sec. 159.010-
3(a) and that is selected by the manufacturer to perform or supervise 
the inspections and tests.
    (2) If the laboratory has not been accepted previously for 
inspecting and testing the manufacturer's equipment or material under 
the applicable subpart, the completed application under Sec. 159.010-
5(a).

[44 FR 73043, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by CGD 85-205, 62 FR 25545, May 
9, 1997]

[[Page 9]]



Sec. 159.005-7  Preapproval review: Coast Guard action.

    (a) If approval inspections and tests are required under the 
applicable subpart, the Commandant takes the following action:
    (1) If the Commandant determines from the application that the 
equipment or material appears to meet the design requirements of an 
applicable subpart or appears to have equivalent performance 
characteristics, and that the laboratory meets Sec. 159.010-3(a), the 
Commandant informs the manufacturer that the required approval 
inspections and tests may be conducted.
    (2) If the Commandant determines from the application for approval 
that the equipment or material does not appear to meet the design 
requirements of an applicable subpart or does not appear to have 
equivalent performance characteristics, or that the laboratory does not 
meet Sec. 159.010-3(a), the Commandant informs the manufacturer of the 
reason why the equipment or material is not acceptable for approval 
inspections and tests or why the laboratory is not accepted.
    (b) If no approval inspections or tests are required under the 
applicable subpart, the Commandant--
    (1) Takes action in accordance with Sec. 159.005-13; or
    (2) Informs the manufacturer of additional information required 
before action under Sec. 159.005-13 can be taken.
    (c) An item of equipment or material that does not meet all of the 
requirements of this subchapter for design or performance may be 
approved by the Commandant if it has equivalent performance 
characteristics. The item has equivalent performance characteristics if 
the application and any approval tests prescribed by the Commandant, in 
place of or in addition to the approval tests required by this 
subchapter, demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Commandant that the 
item is at least as effective as one that meets the requirements of this 
subchapter.

[44 FR 73043, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by CGD 85-205, 62 FR 25545, May 
9, 1997]



Sec. 159.005-9  Approval inspections and tests.

    (a) Each manufacturer of equipment or material that is required to 
be subjected to approval inspections and tests must--
    (1) If the applicable subpart requires the equipment or material to 
be inspected or tested, have the approval inspections or tests 
performed;
    (2) If the applicable subpart requires the equipment or material to 
be inspected or tested by an independent laboratory, insure that a 
laboratory accepted by the Commandant performs or supervises the 
approval inspections or tests;
    (3) Bear all costs of the approval inspections and tests;
    (4) If requested, advise the Commandant of the time, date, and place 
of each approval inspection or test, or both, before the inspection or 
test is performed; and
    (5) After completion of the approval inspections and tests, submit 
to the Commandant--
    (i) A test report that meets Sec. 159.005-11;
    (ii) At least two sets of specifications of the material as 
inspected or tested or at least two sets of plans of the equipment as 
inspected or tested that meet Sec. 159.005-12; and
    (iii) A description of the quality control procedures that will be 
in effect during the production of the equipment or material.
    (b) [Reserved]

[CGD 76-048, 44 FR 73043, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by USCG-2014-0688, 
79 FR 58285, Sept. 29, 2014]



Sec. 159.005-11  Approval inspection or test report: Contents.

    (a) Each approval inspection or test report must contain the 
following:
    (1) The name of the manufacturer.
    (2) If the inspections or tests are performed or supervised by an 
independent laboratory, the name and address of the laboratory.
    (3) The trade name, product designation (such as model numbers), and 
a brief description of the equipment or material inspected or tested.
    (4) The time, date, and place of each approval inspection and test.

[[Page 10]]

    (5) The name and title of each person performing, supervising, and 
witnessing the approval inspections or tests.
    (6) The performance data for each test required in the applicable 
subpart, including a description of each failure.
    (7) A description or photographs of the procedures and apparatus 
used in the inspections or tests, or a reference to another document 
that contains an appropriate description or photographs.
    (8) At least one photograph that shows an overall view of the 
equipment or material submitted for approval and other photographs that 
show--
    (i) Design details; and
    (ii) Each occurrence of damage or deformation to the equipment or 
material that occurred during the approval tests.
    (b) Each inspection or test report must bear an attestation that the 
inspections or tests were conducted as required by the applicable 
subpart and that the report contains no known errors, omissions, or 
false statements. The attestation must be signed by:
    (1) The manufacturer or manufacturer's representative, if the 
inspection or tests are conducted by the manufacturer; or
    (2) The chief officer of the laboratory, or the chief officer's 
representative, if the inspection or tests were conducted by an 
independent laboratory.

    Note: A false representation on a report is a ground for suspension 
or withdrawal of approval of the equipment or material. A false 
representation is also punishable as a crime under 18 U.S.C. 1001.



Sec. 159.005-12  Plans.

    (a) Each set of plans under Sec. 159.005-9(a)(5)(ii) for equipment 
must include the following:
    (1) An assembly drawing or general arrangement drawing.
    (2) A description of each component of the equipment that includes 
the name, the manufacturer, and the part identification of each 
component in--
    (i) A detail drawing;
    (ii) A bill of material or parts list; or
    (iii) A specification for that component.
    (3) A list of the drawings and specifications in the set of plans, 
including each revision, and the date of that list.
    (4) If a manufacturer's instructions or manual is required in the 
applicable subpart, a copy of the instructions or manual.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 159.005-13  Equipment or material: Approval.

    (a) If from analysis of the material and data required to be 
submitted under this subpart, the Commandant determines that the 
equipment or material meets the applicable subpart or has equivalent 
performance characteristics in accordance with Sec. 159.005-7(c), the 
Commandant--
    (1) Approves the equipment or material;
    (2) Issues a certificate of approval to the manufacturer under Sec. 
2.75-5 of this chapter;
    (3) Retains one set of approved plans and returns all others to the 
manufacturer; and
    (4) Publishes a record of the approval in the Coast Guard Maritime 
Information Exchange (CGMIX). A listing of current and formerly approved 
equipment and materials may be found on the Internet at: http://
cgmix.uscg.mil/equipment.
    (b) If from analysis of the material and data submitted the 
Commandant determines that the equipment or material does not meet the 
applicable subpart, the Commandant informs the manufacturer of the 
reason why that equipment or material does not meet the subpart.
    (c) If an independent laboratory performs the approval inspections 
or tests, the Commandant will notify the laboratory of the actions taken 
under paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, unless the manufacturer 
specifically requests that the laboratory not be notified.

[44 FR 73043, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13928, Mar. 
28, 1996; CGD 85-205, 62 FR 25545, May 9, 1997; USCG-2015-0867, 80 FR 
62470, Oct. 16, 2015]

[[Page 11]]



Sec. 159.005-15  Approval of equipment or material: Suspensions,
withdrawals, and terminations.

    (a) The Commandant suspends an approval issued under this subchapter 
in accordance with Sec. 2.75-40 of this chapter, withdraws an approval 
issued under this subchapter in accordance with Sec. 2.75-50(a) of this 
chapter, and terminates an approval issued under this subchapter in 
accordance with Sec. 2.75-50(b) of this chapter.
    (b) [Reserved]



 Subpart 159.007_Production Inspection and Tests of Approved Equipment 
                              and Materials



Sec. 159.007-1  Purpose.

    (a) This subpart contains the procedures under which production 
inspections and tests of approved equipment or materials are to be 
performed under this subchapter.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 159.007-3  Production inspections and tests: Independent
laboratory's procedures.

    (a) The manufacturer may follow an independent laboratory's 
procedures for production inspections and tests if those procedures--
    (1) Meet or exceed the production inspection and test requirements 
of the applicable subpart or are equivalent to those inspections and 
tests;
    (2) Include labeling or marking the equipment or material when the 
equipment or material meets the inspection and test procedures of the 
laboratory; and
    (3) Are accepted by the Commandant under Sec. 159.007-7(b).
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 159.007-5  Production inspections and tests: Application for
acceptance.

    (a) If the applicable subpart requires production inspections and 
tests by an independent laboratory, the manufacturer must select a 
laboratory and submit an application for acceptance that meets Sec. 
159.010-5(a) unless the laboratory--
    (1) Is listed in the subpart; or
    (2) Is accepted by the Commandant for approval inspections and tests 
of the equipment or material under Sec. 159.005-7(a)(1).
    (b) If the manufacturer wants to follow the laboratory's procedures 
for production inspections and tests instead of meeting the Coast Guard 
procedures under this subchapter, the application must contain a 
description of those procedures.



Sec. 159.007-7  Application for acceptance for production inspections
and tests: Coast Guard action.

    (a) From the information submitted with the application, the 
Commandant determines whether or not the laboratory is accepted for 
production inspections and tests. The Commandant informs the 
manufacturer of the results of this determination, if the Commandant 
does not accept a laboratory, the reason for the disapproval will be 
given.
    (b) From the description of the laboratory's procedures for 
production inspections and tests, the Commandant determines whether or 
not those procedures are accepted. The Commandant informs the 
manufacturer of the results of this determination. If the Commandant 
does not accept the laboratory's procedures, the reasons why they are 
not accepted will be given.



Sec. 159.007-9  Production inspections and tests.

    (a) If the applicable subpart requires the production inspections 
and tests to be performed or supervised by an independent laboratory, 
the manufacturer shall insure that all required production inspections 
and tests are performed or supervised by an independent laboratory 
accepted by the Commandant.
    (b) If the applicable subpart does not require an independent 
laboratory to perform the production inspections and tests, the 
manufacturer shall have those inspections and tests performed.
    (c) Unless alternative procedures have been accepted by the 
Commandant under Sec. 159.007-3 each production inspection and test 
must be performed or supervised in accordance with the applicable 
subpart.
    (d) The manufacturer shall admit a Coast Guard inspector to any 
place

[[Page 12]]

where approved equipment is manufactured, for the purpose of verifying 
that the equipment is being manufactured in accordance with the approved 
plans and the requirements of this subchapter.

[44 FR 73043, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by CGD 85-205, 62 FR 25545, May 
9, 1997]



Sec. 159.007-11  Production inspections and tests: Yearly report.

    (a) When the manufacturer uses the production inspection and test 
procedures in an applicable subpart he must submit a yearly report. The 
report is not required when inspection and test procedures approved 
under Sec. 159.007-3 are used.
    (b) The report must include the following:
    (1) A list of all inspections and tests performed;
    (2) A summary of the results of each group of inspections or tests;
    (3) A detailed description of any test failures; and
    (4) A statement whether or not all required tests were performed.



Sec. 159.007-13  Production inspections and tests: Records.

    (a) The manufacturer must have a completed record with the following 
information for each production inspection and test:
    (1) The time, date and place of each inspection and test.
    (2) The name and title of each person performing, supervising and 
witnessing the inspections or tests.
    (3) The performance data for each test required in the applicable 
subpart, including a description of each failure.
    (4) A description or photographs of the procedures and apparatus 
used in the inspections or tests.
    (b) The manufacturer must retain each record under this section for 
at least 60 months after the month in which the inspection or test was 
conducted.
    (c) The records must be made available for examination by the 
Commandant upon request.



  Subpart 159.010_Independent Laboratory: Acceptance, Recognition, and 
                               Termination



Sec. 159.010-1  Purpose.

    This subpart contains the following:
    (a) The standards and procedures under which the Coast Guard accepts 
an independent laboratory that a manufacturer proposes to use.
    (b) The standards and procedures under which a laboratory is 
accepted as a recognized laboratory under applicable subparts.
    (c) The circumstances under which the acceptance or recognition of a 
laboratory is terminated.

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13928, Mar. 28, 1996]



Sec. 159.010-3  Independent laboratory: Standards for acceptance.

    (a) To be accepted by the Coast Guard as an independent laboratory, 
a laboratory must--
    (1) Be engaged, as a regular part of its business, in performing 
inspections and tests that are the same as or similar to the inspections 
and tests required in the applicable subpart;
    (2) Possess or have access to the apparatus, facilities, personnel, 
and calibrated instruments that are necessary to inspect and test the 
equipment or material under the applicable subpart. In addition, for 
testing conducted on or after July 1, 2012, on equipment subject to 
SOLAS requirements, they must have ISO/IEC 17025 (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 159.001-4) accreditation from an accreditation body 
that is a full member of the International Laboratory Accreditation 
Cooperation (ILAC) or a recognized accreditation body by the National 
Cooperation for Laboratory Accreditation (NACLA);
    (3) Not be owned or controlled by--
    (i) The manufacturer of the equipment or material to be inspected or 
tested under this subchapter or any manufacturer of similar equipment or 
material;
    (ii) A vendor of the equipment or material to be inspected or tested 
under this subchapter or a vendor of similar equipment or material; or
    (iii) A supplier of materials to the manufacturer;

[[Page 13]]

    (4) Not be dependent on Coast Guard acceptance under this subchapter 
to remain in business; and
    (5) Not advertise or promote the manufacturer's equipment or 
material that the laboratory inspects and tests under this subchapter.
    (b) [Reserved]

[CGD 76-048, 44 FR 73043, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by USCG-2012-0196, 
81 FR 48274, July 22, 2016]



Sec. 159.010-5  Independent laboratory: Application for acceptance.

    (a) Each application for acceptance of an organization as an 
independent laboratory must contain the following:
    (1) The name and address of the organization.
    (2) A list of the equipment or material that the organization would 
inspect, or test, or both, under this subchapter.
    (3) A description of the organization's experience and its 
qualifications for conducting the inspections and tests required in the 
applicable subpart.
    (4) A description of the apparatus and facilities available to the 
organization for conducting those inspections and tests.
    (5) If instruments are used in the required tests and inspections, a 
description of the instrument calibration program applying to those 
instruments.
    (6) The position titles of personnel who are to perform, supervise, 
or witness those inspections or tests, along with the training and 
experience required for personnel in those positions.
    (7) A statement signed by the chief officer of the organization or 
the chief officer's representative, that an official representative of 
the Coast Guard is allowed access upon request to the place where tests 
and inspections take place, to verify the information submitted in the 
application, or to witness tests and inspections.
    (b) Each application for acceptance as an independent laboratory 
that is not submitted by an agency of a state or another national 
government, or by a classification society, must also contain the 
following:
    (1) The name and address of each subsidiary and division of the 
organization, or a statement that none are involved in the testing or 
manufacturing of equipment approved under this subchapter.
    (2) The name, title, address, and principal business activity of 
each of the organization's officers and directors, and the name, 
address, and principal business activity of each person, company, or 
corporation that owns at least three-percent interest in the 
organization or in a company or corporation that controls the 
organization.

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13928, Mar. 28, 1996]



Sec. 159.010-7  Recognized independent laboratory: Memorandum 
of Understanding.

    (a) Only laboratories that have entered into an MOU with the Coast 
Guard may perform the functions of a recognized laboratory under this 
chapter.
    (b) An independent laboratory seeking to become a recognized 
independent laboratory must submit a signed MOU to the Commandant that 
includes--
    (1) A statement of purpose;
    (2) An identification and description of the parties involved;
    (3) A description of the problem resolution and appeals processes;
    (4) A description of the process for measuring effectiveness and 
efficiency of the program under the MOU;
    (5) The effective date of the MOU and terms for its termination;
    (6) A statement to the effect that the MOU is not an exclusive 
agreement between the recognized independent laboratory and the Coast 
Guard;
    (7) An agreement to conduct comparison testing with other recognized 
laboratories as directed by the Coast Guard, no more often than twice 
each year, with the laboratory bearing the cost of sample acquisition 
and testing;
    (8) A statement as to how the costs of implementing the MOU will be 
borne; and
    (9) A description of each party's responsibilities for--
    (i) Equipment review and approval;
    (ii) Coast Guard oversight of the recognized independent 
laboratory's procedures and processes;
    (iii) Coordination between the parties;
    (iv) Developing and maintaining regulations and standards;

[[Page 14]]

    (v) Handling review and approval of new and novel items not 
anticipated by existing regulations and standards;
    (vi) Testing and inspection facilities and procedures;
    (vii) Production quality control; and
    (viii) Maintenance of records.
    (c) The signature on the MOU required by paragraph (b) of this 
section must be that of the chief officer of the independent laboratory 
or the chief officer's representative. The Commandant or an authorized 
representative of the Commandant will review the MOU to ensure that it 
contains the information required by paragraph (b) of this section, and 
that the substantive provisions submitted in compliance with that 
paragraph are equivalent to those contained in other MOUs signed by the 
Commandant. If the Commandant determines that the MOU is acceptable and 
the independent laboratory is capable of carrying out the equipment 
approval functions identified in the MOU in accordance with all 
appropriate requirements, the Commandant or authorized representative 
may at his discretion sign the MOU. Where qualitative tests or 
determinations are required for approval or follow-up, provision must be 
made for conducting comparison tests with other recognized laboratories.
    (d) Copies of MOUs signed by the Commandant in accordance with this 
part and of lists of independent laboratories which have been accepted 
as recognized laboratories but which have not yet been added to the 
lists included in this subchapter may be obtained at the address listed 
in Sec. 159.001-5.

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13928, Mar. 28, 1996; 61 FR 15868, Apr. 9, 1996]



Sec. 159.010-11  Changes in the laboratory's qualifications.

    (a) If any of the information submitted under Sec. 159.010-5(a) 
changes, the laboratory shall notify the Commandant in writing of each 
change within 30 days after the change has occurred.
    (b) If any change in the independent laboratory occurs which affects 
its performance under the MOU required under Sec. 159.010-7, the 
laboratory shall notify the Commandant in writing within 30 days after 
the change occurs. The Commandant may terminate the MOU, or may require 
amendments or revisions.

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13929, Mar. 28, 1996]



Sec. 159.010-15  Contracting inspections and tests or transferrals
to another laboratory or person.

    (a) No independent laboratory may contract or transfer to another 
person or laboratory the performance or supervision of inspections or 
tests, or both, required under an applicable subpart for which it is 
accepted or listed unless--
    (1) A request in writing regarding the contract or transfer is 
submitted to the Commandant before the contract is executed or the 
transfer is completed; and
    (2) The Commandant notifies the laboratory in writing that the 
contract or the transfer is allowed.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 159.010-17  Termination of acceptance or recognition of an
independent laboratory.

    The acceptance or recognition of a laboratory terminates if the 
laboratory--
    (a) Requests termination;
    (b) Is no longer in business;
    (c) Knowingly fails to perform or supervise an inspection or test, 
or both, as required in an applicable subpart;
    (d) Knowingly attests to the lack of errors, omissions, or false 
statement of an approval test report that contains errors omissions, or 
false statements;
    (e) Does not meet the requirements of Sec. 159.010-3(a);
    (f) Does not comply with Sec. 159.010-11;
    (g) Contracts or transfers the performance or supervision of 
required inspections or tests to another laboratory or person without 
the approval of the Commandant; or
    (h) Fails to, or in the opinion of the Commandant is unable to, 
carry out its responsibilities under an MOU required by Sec. 159.010-7.

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13929, Mar. 28, 1996]

[[Page 15]]



Sec. 159.010-19  Termination of acceptance or recognition: Procedure.

    (a) If the Coast Guard receives evidence of grounds for termination 
of acceptance or recognition of an independent laboratory under Sec. 
159.010-17, the Commandant will notify the laboratory that termination 
is under consideration. The laboratory may submit written comments to 
the Commandant within 21 days of receipt of the notification. The 
Commandant will take all timely written comments into account before 
taking final action in the matter, and in no case will the Commandant 
take final action until at least 30 days after the laboratory has 
received the notification. Any final action taken by the Commandant is 
final agency action on the matter.
    (b) If a deficiency could materially affect the validity of an 
approval issued under an applicable subpart, the Commandant may 
temporarily suspend the acceptance of the laboratory and may direct the 
holder of the certificate of approval to cease claiming that the items 
tested or inspected by the laboratory are Coast Guard approved, pending 
a final decision in the matter.

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13929, Mar. 28, 1996]



PART 160_LIFESAVING EQUIPMENT--Table of Contents



                Subpart 160.001_Life Preservers, General

Sec.
160.001-1 Scope.
160.001-2 General characteristics of life preservers.
160.001-3 Procedure for approval.
160.001-5 Production oversight.

 Subpart 160.002_Life Preservers, Kapok, Adult and Child (Jacket Type), 
                             Models 3 and 5

160.002-1 Incorporation by reference.
160.002-2 Size and models.
160.002-3 Materials.
160.002-4 Construction.
160.002-5 Sampling, tests, and inspections.
160.002-6 Marking.
160.002-7 Procedure for approval.

Subpart 160.005_Life Preservers, Fibrous Glass, Adult and Child (Jacket 
                         Type), Models 52 and 56

160.005-1 Incorporation by reference.
160.005-2 Size and model.
160.005-3 Materials.
160.005-4 Construction.
160.005-5 Sampling, tests, and inspections.
160.005-6 Marking.
160.005-7 Procedure for approval.

               Subpart 160.006_Life Preservers: Repairing

160.006-2 Repairing.

         Subpart 160.010_Buoyant Apparatus for Merchant Vessels

160.010-1 Incorporation by reference.
160.010-2 Definitions.
160.010-3 Inflatable buoyant apparatus.
160.010-4 General requirements for buoyant apparatus.
160.010-5 Buoyant apparatus with plastic foam buoyancy.
160.010-6 Capacity of buoyant apparatus.
160.010-7 Methods of sampling, inspections and tests.
160.010-8 Nameplate and marking.
160.010-9 Procedure for approval.
160.010-10 Independent laboratory.

Subparts 160.011-160.012 [Reserved]

  Subpart 160.013_Hatchets (Lifeboat and Liferaft) for Merchant Vessels

160.013-1 Applicable specification and plan.
160.013-2 Type and size.
160.013-3 Materials, workmanship, and construction details.
160.013-5 Marking.

Subpart 160.015 [Reserved]

       Subpart 160.016_Lamps, Safety, Flame, for Merchant Vessels

160.016-1 Applicable specification.
160.016-2 Requirements.
160.016-4 Marking.
160.016-5 Procedure for approval.

                      Subpart 160.017_Chain Ladder

160.017-1 Scope.
160.017-7 Independent laboratory.
160.017-9 Approval procedure.
160.017-11 Materials.
160.017-13 Construction.
160.017-15 Performance.
160.017-17 Strength.
160.017-21 Approval tests.
160.017-25 Marking.
160.017-27 Production tests and examination.

             Subpart 160.021_Hand Red Flare Distress Signals

160.021-1 Incorporation by reference.
160.021-2 Type.
160.021-3 Materials, workmanship, construction and performance 
          requirements.

[[Page 16]]

160.021-4 Approval and production tests.
160.021-5 Labeling and marking.
160.021-6 Container.
160.021-7 Procedure for approval.

   Subpart 160.022_Floating Orange Smoke Distress Signals (5 Minutes)

160.022-1 Incorporation by reference.
160.022-2 Type.
160.022-3 Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance 
          requirements.
160.022-4 Approval and production tests.
160.022-5 Marking.
160.022-7 Procedure for approval.

    Subpart 160.023_Hand Combination Flare and Smoke Distress Signals

160.023-1 Incorporation by reference.
160.023-2 Type.
160.023-3 Materials, workmanship, construction and performance 
          requirements.
160.023-4 Approval and production tests.
160.023-5 Labeling and marking.
160.023-6 Container.
160.023-7 Procedure for approval.

  Subpart 160.024_Pistol-Projected Parachute Red Flare Distress Signals

160.024-1 Incorporation by reference.
160.024-2 Type.
160.024-3 Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance 
          requirements.
160.024-4 Approval and production tests.
160.024-5 Marking.
160.024-7 Procedure for approval.

   Subpart 160.026_Water, Emergency Drinking (In Hermetically Sealed 
                    Containers), for Merchant Vessels

160.026-1 Applicable specifications and standard.
160.026-2 Type.
160.026-3 Container.
160.026-4 Water.
160.026-5 Marking.
160.026-6 Sampling, inspection, and tests of production lots.
160.026-7 Procedure for approval.

            Subpart 160.027_Life Floats for Merchant Vessels

160.027-2 Type.
160.027-3 Additional requirements for life floats.
160.027-7 Pre-approval tests for alternate platform designs.

      Subpart 160.028_Signal Pistols for Red Flare Distress Signals

160.028-2 Type.
160.028-3 Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance 
          requirements.
160.028-4 Approval and production tests.
160.028-5 Marking.
160.028-6 Container.
160.028-7 Procedure for approval.

    Subpart 160.031_Line-Throwing Appliance, Shoulder Gun Type (and 
                               Equipment)

160.031-1 Incorporation by reference.
160.031-2 Type and size.
160.031-3 Materials, construction, workmanship, and performance 
          requirements.
160.031-4 Equipment for shoulder gun type line-throwing appliance.
160.031-5 Approval and production tests.
160.031-6 Marking.
160.031-7 Procedure for approval.

Subpart 160.032-035 [Reserved]

Subpart 160.036_Hand-Held Rocket-Propelled Parachute Red Flare Distress 
                                 Signals

160.036-1 Incorporation by reference.
160.036-2 Type.
160.036-3 Materials, workmanship, construction and performance 
          requirements.
160.036-4 Approval and production tests.
160.036-5 Marking.
160.036-6 Container.
160.036-7 Procedure for approval.

           Subpart 160.037_Hand Orange Smoke Distress Signals

160.037-1 Incorporation by reference.
160.037-2 Type.
160.037-3 Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance 
          requirements.
160.037-4 Approval and production tests.
160.037-5 Labeling and marking.
160.037-6 Container.
160.037-7 Procedure for approval.

     Subpart 160.038_Magazine Chests, Portable, for Merchant Vessels

160.038-1 Applicable specifications.
160.038-2 Type.
160.038-3 Materials, workmanship, and construction.
160.038-4 Inspections and tests.
160.038-5 Marking.
160.038-6 Procedure for approval.

Subpart 160.039 [Reserved]

 Subpart 160.040_Line-Throwing Appliance, Impulse-Projected Rocket Type 
                             (and Equipment)

160.040-1 Incorporation by reference.
160.040-2 Type and size.
160.040-3 Materials, construction, workmanship, and performance 
          requirements.

[[Page 17]]

160.040-4 Equipment for impulse projected rocket type line-throwing 
          appliance.
160.040-5 Approval and production tests.
160.040-6 Marking and labeling.
160.040-7 Procedure for approval.

          Subpart 160.041_Kits, First-Aid, for Merchant Vessels

160.041-1 Applicable specification and publication.
160.041-2 Type and size.
160.041-3 Construction and workmanship.
160.041-4 Contents.
160.041-5 Inspections and tests.
160.041-6 Marking.

          Subpart 160.042_Skids, Liferaft, for Merchant Vessels

160.042-1 Applicable specification.
160.042-2 General requirements.
160.042-3 Construction.
160.042-4 Inspection.
160.042-5 Procedure for approval.

    Subpart 160.043_Jackknife (With Can Opener) for Merchant Vessels

160.043-1 Applicable specification and plan.
160.043-2 Type.
160.043-3 Materials.
160.043-4 Construction and workmanship.
160.043-5 Inspections and tests.
160.043-6 Marking and packing.

      Subpart 160.044_Pumps, Bilge, Lifeboat, for Merchant Vessels

160.044-1 Applicable specifications.
160.044-2 Types and sizes.
160.044-3 General requirements.
160.044-4 Inspection and tests.
160.044-5 Marking.

  Subpart 160.047_Specification for a Buoyant Vest, Kapok, or Fibrous 
                         Glass, Adult and Child

160.047-1 Incorporation by reference.
160.047-2 Model.
160.047-3 Materials.
160.047-3a Materials--Dee ring and snap hook assemblies and other 
          instruments of closure for buoyant vests.
160.047-4 Construction.
160.047-5 Inspections and tests.
160.047-6 Marking.
160.047-7 Recognized laboratory.

   Subpart 160.048_Specification for a Buoyant Cushion, Fibrous Glass

160.048-1 Incorporation by reference.
160.048-2 Types and sizes.
160.048-3 Materials.
160.048-4 Construction and workmanship.
160.048-5 Inspections and tests.
160.048-6 Marking.
160.048-7 Procedure for approval.
160.048-8 Recognized laboratory.

    Subpart 160.049_Specification for a Buoyant Cushion Plastic Foam

160.049-1 Incorporation by reference.
160.049-2 Types and sizes.
160.049-3 Materials.
160.049-4 Construction and workmanship.
160.049-5 Inspections and tests.
160.049-6 Marking.
160.049-7 Procedure for approval.
160.049-8 Recognized laboratory.

Subpart 160.050_Specification for a Buoy, Life Ring, Unicellular Plastic

160.050-1 Incorporation by reference.
160.050-2 Types and sizes.
160.050-3 Materials.
160.050-4 Construction and workmanship.
160.050-5 Sampling, tests, and inspection.
160.050-6 Marking.
160.050-7 Procedure for approval.

        Subpart 160.051_Inflatable Liferafts for Domestic Service

160.051-1 Scope.
160.051-3 Definitions.
160.051-5 Incorporation by reference.
160.051-7 Design and performance of Coastal Service inflatable 
          liferafts.
160.051-9 Design and performance of A and B inflatable liferafts.
160.051-11 Equipment required for Coastal Service inflatable liferafts.

 Subpart 160.052_Specification for a Buoyant Vest, Unicellular Plastic 
                          Foam, Adult and Child

160.052-1 Incorporation by reference.
160.052-2 Size and model.
160.052-3 Materials--standard vests.
160.052-3a Materials--Dee ring and snap hook assemblies and other 
          instruments of closure for buoyant vests.
160.052-4 Materials--nonstandard vests.
160.052-5 Construction--standard vests.
160.052-6 Construction--nonstandard vests.
160.052-7 Inspection and tests--standard and nonstandard vests.
160.052-8 Marking.
160.052-9 Recognized laboratory.

          Subpart 160.053_Work Vests, Unicellular Plastic Foam

160.053-1 Applicable specifications.
160.053-2 Type.
160.053-3 Materials, construction and workmanship.
160.053-4 Inspections and tests.

[[Page 18]]

160.053-5 Marking.
160.053-6 Procedure for approval.

        Subpart 160.054_Kits, First-Aid, for Inflatable Liferafts

160.054-1 Applicable specification.
160.054-2 Type and size.
160.054-3 Construction.
160.054-4 Contents.
160.054-5 Inspections and tests.
160.054-6 Marking.
160.054-7 Procedure for approval.

  Subpart 160.055_Life Preservers, Unicellular Plastic Foam, Adult and 
                       Child, for Merchant Vessels

160.055-1 Incorporation by reference.
160.055-2 Type and model.
160.055-3 Materials--standard life preservers.
160.055-4 Materials--nonstandard life preservers.
160.055-5 Construction--standard life preservers.
160.055-6 Construction--nonstandard, life preservers.
160.055-7 Sampling, tests, and inspections.
160.055-8 Marking.
160.055-9 Procedure for approval--standard and nonstandard life 
          preservers.

                       Subpart 160.056_Rescue Boat

160.056-1 General requirements.
160.056-2 Construction.
160.056-3 Fittings and equipment.
160.056-4 Approval tests of prototype rescue boat.
160.056-6 Name plate.
160.056-7 Procedure for approval.

   Subpart 160.057_Floating Orange Smoke Distress Signals (15 Minutes)

160.057-1 Incorporation by reference.
160.057-2 Type.
160.057-3 Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance 
          requirements.
160.057-4 Approval and production tests.
160.057-5 Marking.
160.057-7 Procedure for approval.

     Subpart 160.058_Desalter Kits, Sea Water, for Merchant Vessels

160.058-1 Applicable specification.
160.058-2 Type.
160.058-3 Materials, workmanship, construction and performance 
          requirements.
160.058-4 Inspections.
160.058-5 Labeling and marking.

     Subpart 160.060_Specification for a Buoyant Vest, Unicellular 
                   Polyethylene Foam, Adult and Child

160.060-1 Incorporation by reference.
160.060-2 Type and model.
160.060-3 Materials--standard vests.
160.060-3a Materials--Dee ring and snap hook assemblies and other 
          instruments of closure for buoyant vests.
160.060-4 Materials--nonstandard vests.
160.060-5 Construction--standard vests.
160.060-6 Construction--nonstandard vests.
160.060-7 Inspections and tests--standard and nonstandard vests.
160.060-8 Marking.
160.060-9 Recognized laboratory.

  Subpart 160.061_Fishing Tackle Kits, Emergency, for Merchant Vessels

160.061-1 Applicable specifications.
160.061-2 Requirements.
160.061-3 Design and construction.
160.061-4 Kit assembly.
160.061-5 Marking.

  Subpart 160.062_Releases, Lifesaving Equipment, Hydraulic and Manual

160.062-1 Applicable specifications, and referenced material.
160.062-2 Types.
160.062-3 Materials, construction, workmanship, and performance 
          requirements.
160.062-4 Inspections and tests.
160.062-5 Markings.
160.062-6 Procedure for approval.
160.062-7 Procedures for acceptance of repair facility.
160.062-8 Procedures for acceptance of testing facility.

                 Subpart 160.064_Marine Buoyant Devices

160.064-1 Applicable specifications.
160.064-2 Types and models.
160.064-3 Requirements.
160.064-4 Marking.
160.064-6 Examinations, tests and inspections.
160.064-7 Recognized laboratory.

 Subpart 160.066_Distress Signal for Boats, Red Aerial Pyrotechnic Flare

160.066-1 Type.
160.066-5 Design, construction, and manufacturing requirements.
160.066-7 Performance requirements.
160.066-9 Labeling.
160.066-10 Expiration date.
160.066-11 Approval procedures.
160.066-12 Operational tests.
160.066-13 Technical tests.

[[Page 19]]

160.066-15 Production testing.

Subpart 160.071 [Reserved]

         Subpart 160.072_Distress Signals for Boats, Orange Flag

160.072-1 Applicability.
160.072-3 General performance requirements.
160.072-5 Accelerated weathering test.
160.072-7 Manufacturer certification and labeling.
160.072-09 Manufacturer notification.

  Subpart 160.073_Float-Free Link or Life Floats and Buoyant Apparatus

160.073-1 Scope.
160.073-5 Certification.
160.073-10 Construction and performance.
160.073-15 Tests.
160.073-20 Marking.

   Subpart 160.076_Inflatable Recreational Personal Flotation Devices

160.076-1 Scope.
160.076-3 Applicability.
160.076-5 Definitions.
160.076-7 [Reserved]
160.076-9 Conditional approval.
160.076-11 Incorporation by reference.
160.076-13 Approval procedures for inflatable PFDs.
160.076-15 Suspension or termination of approval.
160.076-17 Approval of design or material changes.
160.076-19 Recognized laboratories.
160.076-21 Component materials.
160.076-23 Construction and performance requirements.
160.076-25 Approval testing.
160.076-27 [Reserved]
160.076-29 Production oversight.
160.076-31 Production tests and examinations.
160.076-33 Manufacturer records.
160.076-35 Information pamphlet.
160.076-37 Owner's manual.
160.076-39 Marking.

      Subpart 160.077_Hybrid Inflatable Personal Flotation Devices

160.077-1 Scope.
160.077-2 Definitions.
160.077-3 Required to be worn.
160.077-4 Type.
160.077-5 Incorporation by reference.
160.077-6 Approval procedures.
160.077-7 Procedure for approval of design or material revision.
160.077-9 Recognized laboratory.
160.077-11 Materials--Recreational Hybrid PFD's.
160.077-13 Materials--Type I and Commercial Hybrid PFD.
160.077-15 Construction and Performance--Recreational Hybrid PFD.
160.077-17 Construction and Performance--Type I and Commercial Hybrid 
          PFD.
160.077-19 Approval Testing--Recreational Hybrid PFD's.
160.077-21 Approval Testing--Type I and Commercial Hybrid PFD.
160.077-23 Production tests and inspections.
160.077-25 Manufacturer records.
160.077-27 Pamphlet.
160.077-29 PFD Manuals.
160.077-30 Spare operating components and temporary marking.
160.077-31 PFD marking.

              Subpart 160.115_Launching Appliances_Winches

160.115-1 Scope.
160.115-3 Definitions.
160.115-5 Incorporation by reference.
160.115-7 Design, construction, and performance of winches.
160.115-9 Preapproval review.
160.115-11 [Reserved]
160.115-13 Approval inspections and tests for prototype winches.
160.115-15 Production inspections, tests, quality control, and 
          conformance of winches.
160.115-17 Marking and labeling.
160.115-19 Operating instructions and information for the ship's 
          training manual.
160.115-21 Operation and maintenance instructions.
160.115-23 Procedure for approval of design or material change.

               Subpart 160.132_Launching Appliances_Davits

160.132-1 Scope.
160.132-3 Definitions.
160.132-5 Incorporation by reference.
160.132-7 Design, construction, and performance of davits.
160.132-9 Preapproval review.
160.132-11 [Reserved]
160.132-13 Approval inspections and tests for prototype davits.
160.132-15 Production inspections, tests, quality control, and 
          conformance of davits.
160.132-17 Marking and labeling.
160.132-19 Operating instructions and information for the ship's 
          training manual.
160.132-21 Operation and maintenance instructions.
160.132-23 Procedure for approval of design or material change.

[[Page 20]]

    Subpart 160.133_Release Mechanisms for Lifeboats and Rescue Boats

160.133-1 Scope.
160.133-3 Definitions.
160.133-5 Incorporation by reference.
160.133-7 Design, construction, and performance of release mechanisms.
160.133-9 Preapproval review.
160.133-11 [Reserved]
160.133-13 Approval inspections and tests for prototype release 
          mechanisms.
160.133-15 Production inspections, tests, quality control, and 
          conformance of release mechanisms.
160.133-17 Marking and labeling.
160.133-19 Operating instructions and information for the ship's 
          training manual.
160.133-21 Operation and maintenance instructions.
160.133-23 Procedure for approval of design or material change.

                        Subpart 160.135_Lifeboats

160.135-1 Scope.
160.135-3 Definitions.
160.135-5 Incorporation by reference.
160.135-7 Design, construction, and performance of lifeboats.
160.135-9 Preapproval review.
160.135-11 Fabrication of prototype lifeboats for approval.
160.135-13 Approval inspections and tests for prototype lifeboats.
160.135-15 Production inspections, tests, quality control, and 
          conformance of lifeboats.
160.135-17 Marking and labeling.
160.135-19 Operating instructions and information for the ship's 
          training manual.
160.135-21 Operation and maintenance instructions.
160.135-23 Procedure for approval of design or material change.

              Subpart 160.151_Inflatable Liferafts (SOLAS)

160.151-1 Scope.
160.151-3 Definitions.
160.151-5 Incorporation by reference.
160.151-7 Construction of inflatable liferafts.
160.151-9 Independent laboratory.
160.151-11 Approval procedure.
160.151-13 Fabrication of prototype inflatable liferafts for approval.
160.151-15 Design and performance of inflatable liferafts.
160.151-17 Additional requirements for design and performance of SOLAS A 
          and SOLAS B inflatable liferafts.
160.151-21 Equipment required for SOLAS A and SOLAS B inflatable 
          liferafts.
160.151-25 Additional equipment for inflatable liferafts.
160.151-27 Approval inspections and tests for inflatable liferafts.
160.151-29 Additional approval tests for SOLAS A and SOLAS B inflatable 
          liferafts.
160.151-31 Production inspections and tests of inflatable liferafts.
160.151-33 Marking and labeling.
160.151-35 Servicing.
160.151-37 Servicing manual.
160.151-39 Training of servicing technicians.
160.151-41 Approval of servicing facilities.
160.151-43 Conditions at servicing facilities.
160.151-45 Equipment required for servicing facilities.
160.151-47 Requirements for owners or operators of servicing facilities.
160.151-49 Approval of servicing facilities at remote sites.
160.151-51 Notice of approval.
160.151-53 Notice to OCMI of servicing.
160.151-55 Withdrawal of approval.
160.151-57 Servicing procedure.
160.151-59 Operating instructions and information for the ship's 
          training manual.
160.151-61 Maintenance instructions.

       Subpart 160.156_Rescue Boats and Fast Rescue Boats (SOLAS)

160.156-1 Scope.
160.156-3 Definitions.
160.156-5 Incorporation by reference.
160.156-7 Design, construction, and performance of rescue boats and fast 
          rescue boats.
160.156-9 Preapproval review.
160.156-11 Fabrication of prototype rescue boats and fast rescue boats 
          for approval.
160.156-13 Approval inspections and tests for prototype rescue boats and 
          fast rescue boats.
160.156-15 Production inspections, tests, quality control, and 
          conformance of rescue boats and fast rescue boats.
160.156-17 Marking and labeling.
160.156-19 Operating instructions and information for the ship's 
          training manual.
160.156-21 Operation and maintenance instructions.
160.156-23 Procedure for approval of design, material, or construction 
          change.

 Subpart 160.170_Davit-Launched Liferaft Automatic Release Hooks (SOLAS)

160.170-1 Scope.
160.170-3 Definitions.
160.170-5 Incorporation by reference.
160.170-7 Design, construction, and performance of automatic release 
          mechanisms.
160.170-9 Preapproval review.
160.170-11 [Reserved]
160.170-13 Approval inspections and tests for prototype automatic 
          release mechanisms.

[[Page 21]]

160.170-15 Production inspections, tests, quality control, and 
          conformance of release mechanisms.
160.170-17 Marking and labeling.
160.170-19 Operating instructions and information for the ship's 
          training manual.
160.170-21 Operation and maintenance instructions.
160.170-23 Procedure for approval of design, material, or change.

                     Subpart 160.171_Immersion Suits

160.171-1 Scope.
160.171-3 Incorporation by reference.
160.171-5 Independent laboratory.
160.171-7 Approval procedures.
160.171-9 Construction.
160.171-11 Performance.
160.171-13 Storage case.
160.171-15 Instructions.
160.171-17 Approval testing for adult size immersion suit.
160.171-19 Approval testing for child size immersion suit.
160.171-23 Marking.
160.171-25 Production testing.

                 Subpart 160.174_Thermal Protective Aids

160.174-1 Scope.
160.174-3 Incorporation by reference.
160.174-5 Independent laboratory.
160.174-7 Approval procedures.
160.174-9 Construction.
160.174-11 Performance.
160.174-13 Storage case.
160.174-15 Instructions.
160.174-17 Approval testing.
160.174-23 Marking.
160.174-25 Production testing.

                 Subpart 160.176_Inflatable Lifejackets

160.176-1 Scope.
160.176-2 Application.
160.176-3 Definitions.
160.176-4 Incorporation by reference.
160.176-5 Approval procedures.
160.176-6 Procedure for approval of design or material revision.
160.176-7 Independent laboratories.
160.176-8 Materials.
160.176-9 Construction.
160.176-11 Performance.
160.176-13 Approval Tests.
160.176-15 Production tests and inspections.
160.176-17 Manufacturer records.
160.176-19 Servicing.
160.176-21 User manuals.
160.176-23 Marking.

    Authority: 46 U.S.C. 2103, 3306, 3703 and 4302; E.O. 12234; 45 FR 
58801; 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; and Department of Homeland Security 
Delegation No. 0170.1.

    Editorial Note: Nomenclature changes to part 160 appear by USCG-
2012-0832, 77 FR 59785, 59786, Oct. 1, 2012.



                Subpart 160.001_Life Preservers, General



Sec. 160.001-1  Scope.

    (a) This subpart contains the general:
    (1) Characteristics of life preservers;
    (2) Approval procedures for life preservers; and
    (3) Production oversight requirements for life preservers.
    (b) Other subparts in this part specify the detailed requirements 
for standard type life preservers and may supplement the requirements in 
this subpart.

[CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51209, Sept. 30, 1997, as amended by USCG-2013-0263, 
79 FR 56499, Sept. 22, 2014]



Sec. 160.001-2  General characteristics of life preservers.

    (a) A life preserver must be of such construction, material and 
workmanship that it can perform its intended function in all weathers 
and at all temperatures which may be expected in the normal usage of the 
life preserver. All components used in the construction of a life 
preserver must meet the applicable requirements of subpart 164.019 of 
the chapter.
    (b) A life preserver must be capable of supporting a minimum of 22 
pounds in fresh water for 48 hours.
    (c) Life preservers which depend upon loose or granulated material 
for buoyancy are prohibited.
    (d) A life preserver must be:
    (1) Simple in design;
    (2) Capable of being:
    (i) Worn inside-out,
    (ii) worn clearly in only one way, or
    (iii) Donned correctly without demonstration, instructions, or 
assistance by at least 75 percent of persons unfamiliar with the design; 
and
    (3) Capable of being quickly adjusted for a secure fit to the body 
of wearers for which it is intended.
    (e) A life preserver shall support the wearer in the water in an 
upright or slightly backward position, and shall provide support to the 
head so that the face of an unconscious or exhausted person is held 
above the water.

[[Page 22]]

    (f) A life preserver shall be capable of turning the wearer, upon 
entering the water, to a safe flotation position as described in 
paragraph (e) of this section.
    (g) A life preserver shall not be appreciably deteriorated or 
rendered unable to perform its intended function by common oils or oil 
products.
    (h) A life preserver shall be of a highly visible color, such as 
Indian Orange, International Orange, or Scarlet Munsell Red.
    (i) A life preserver shall be of such construction, materials, and 
workmanship as to be at least equivalent to a standard type life 
preserver described in detail by other subparts in this part.
    (j) Each thread in a life preserver regulated under subparts 
160.002, 160.005 and 160.055 of this part must meet the requirements of 
a Federal or military specification in table 164.023-5(a) of this 
chapter. Only one kind of thread may be used in each seam.

[CGFR 66-33, 31 FR 15297, Dec. 6, 1966, as amended by CGD 78-012, 43 FR 
27152, June 22, 1978; CGD 78-174b, 54 FR 50320, Dec. 5, 1989; CGD 84-
068, 58 FR 29493, May 20, 1993; CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51209, Sept. 30, 1997]



Sec. 160.001-3  Procedure for approval.

    (a) General. Designs of life preservers are approved only by the 
Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard. Manufacturers seeking approval of a life 
preserver design shall follow the procedures of this section and subpart 
159.005 of this chapter.
    (b) Each application for approval of a life preserver must contain 
the information specified in Sec. 159.005-5 of this chapter. The 
application and, except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (d)(2) of this 
section, a prototype life preserver must be submitted to the Commandant 
for preapproval review. If a similar design has already been approved, 
the Commandant may waive the preapproval review under Sec. Sec. 
159.005-5 and 159.005-7 of this chapter.
    (c) If the life preserver is of a standard design, as described by 
subpart 160.002, 160.005, or 160.055, the application:
    (1) Must include the following: A statement of any exceptions to the 
standard plans and specifications, including drawings, product 
description, construction specifications, and/or bill of materials.
    (2) Need not include: The information specified in Sec. 159.005-
5(a)(2).
    (d) If the life preserver is of a non-standard design, the 
application must include the following:
    (1) Plans and specifications containing the information required by 
Sec. 159.005-12 of this chapter, including drawings, product 
description, construction specifications, and bill of materials.
    (2) The information specified in Sec. 159.005-5(a)(2) (i) through 
(iii) of this chapter, except that, if preapproval review has been 
waived, the manufacturer is not required to send a prototype PFD sample 
to the Commandant.
    (3) Performance testing results of the design performed by an 
independent laboratory, that has a Memorandum of Understanding with the 
Coast Guard under Sec. 159.010-7 of this subchapter covering the in-
water testing of personal flotation devices, showing equivalence to the 
standard design's performance in all material respects.
    (4) Any special purpose(s) for which the life preserver is designed 
and the vessel(s) or vessel type(s) on which its use is intended.
    (5) Buoyancy and other relevant tolerances to be complied with 
during production.
    (6) The text of any optional marking to be included on the life 
preserver in addition to the markings required by the applicable 
approval subpart.
    (7) For any conditionally approved life preserver, the intended 
approval condition(s).
    (e) The description of quality control procedures required by Sec. 
159.005-9 of this chapter may be omitted if the manufacturer's planned 
quality control procedures meet the requirements of those accepted by 
the Commandant for the independent laboratory performing production 
inspections and tests.
    (f) Waiver of tests. A manufacturer may request that the Commandant 
waive any test prescribed for approval under the applicable subpart. To 
request a waiver, the manufacturer must submit to the Commandant and the 
laboratory described in Sec. 159.010, one of the following:

[[Page 23]]

    (1) Satisfactory test results on a PFD of sufficiently similar 
design as determined by the Commandant.
    (2) Engineering analysis demonstrating that the test for which a 
waiver is requested is not appropriate for the particular design 
submitted for approval or that, because of its design or construction, 
it is not possible for the PFD to fail that test.

[CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51209, Sept. 30, 1997, as amended by USCG-2013-0263, 
79 FR 56499, Sept. 22, 2014]



Sec. 160.001-5  Production oversight.

    (a) General. Production tests and inspections must be conducted in 
accordance with this section, subpart 159.007 of this chapter, and if 
conducted by an independent laboratory, the independent laboratory's 
procedures for production inspections and tests as accepted by the 
Commandant. The Commandant may prescribe additional production tests and 
inspections necessary to maintain quality control and to monitor 
compliance with the requirements of this subchapter.
    (b) Oversight. In addition to responsibilities set out in part 159 
of this chapter and the accepted laboratory procedures for production 
inspections and tests, each manufacturer of a life preserver and each 
laboratory inspector shall comply with the following, as applicable:
    (1) Manufacturer. Each manufacturer must--
    (i) Perform all tests and examinations necessary to show compliance 
with this subpart and subpart under which the life preserver is approved 
on each lot before any inspector's tests and inspection of the lot;
    (ii) Follow established procedures for maintaining quality control 
of the materials used, manufacturing operations, and the finished 
product; and
    (iii) Allow an inspector to take samples of completed units or of 
component materials for tests required by this subpart and for tests 
relating to the safety of the design.
    (2) Laboratory. An inspector from the accepted laboratory shall 
oversee production in accordance with the laboratory's procedures for 
production inspections and tests accepted by the Commandant. During 
production oversight, the inspector shall not perform or supervise any 
production test or inspection unless--
    (i) The manufacturer has a valid approval certificate; and
    (ii) The inspector has first observed the manufacturer's production 
methods and any revisions to those methods.
    (3) At least quarterly, the inspector shall check the manufacturer's 
compliance with the company's quality control procedures, examine the 
manufacturer's required records, and observe the manufacturer perform 
each of the required production tests.
    (c) Test facilities. The manufacturer shall provide a suitable place 
and apparatus for conducting the tests and inspections necessary to 
determine compliance of life preservers with this subpart. The 
manufacturer shall provide means to secure any test that is not 
continuously observed, such as the 48 hour buoyancy test. The 
manufacturer must have the calibration of all test equipment checked in 
accordance with the test equipment manufacturer's recommendation and 
interval but not less than at least once every year.
    (d) Lots. A lot may not consist of more than 1000 life preservers. A 
lot number must be assigned to each group of life preservers produced. 
Lots must be numbered serially. A new lot must be started whenever any 
change in materials or a revision to a production method is made, and 
whenever any substantial discontinuity in the production process occurs. 
The lot number assigned, along with the approval number, must enable the 
PFD manufacturer to determine the supplier's identifying information for 
the component lot.
    (e) Samples. (1) From each lot of life preservers, manufacturers 
shall randomly select a number of samples from completed units at least 
equal to the applicable number required by table 160.001-5(e) for 
buoyancy testing. Additional samples must be selected for any tests, 
examinations, and inspections required by the laboratory's production 
inspections and tests procedures.

[[Page 24]]



             Table 160.001-5(e)--Sampling for Buoyancy Tests
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Number of
                                                                 life
                          Lot size                            preservers
                                                              in sample
------------------------------------------------------------------------
100 and under..............................................            1
101 to 200.................................................            2
201 to 300.................................................            3
301 to 500.................................................            4
501 to 750.................................................            6
751 to 1000................................................            8
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) For a lot next succeeding one from which any sample life 
preserver failed the buoyancy test, the sample shall consist of not less 
than ten specimen life preservers to be tested for buoyancy in 
accordance with paragraph (f) of this section.
    (f) Buoyancy test. The buoyancy of the life preservers must be 
determined by measuring the upward force exerted by the individual 
submerged unit. The buoyancy measurement must be made at the end of the 
24 or 48 hours of submersion, as specified in the applicable approval 
subpart, during which period the pad inserts must not be disturbed.
    (g) Buoyancy required. The buoyancy must meet the requirements of 
the applicable approval subpart.
    (h) Lot inspection. On each lot, the laboratory inspector shall 
perform a final lot inspection to be satisfied that the life preservers 
meet this subpart. Each lot must demonstrate--
    (1) First quality workmanship;
    (2) That the general arrangement and attachment of all components, 
such as body straps, closures, tie tapes, and drawstrings, are as 
specified in the approved plans and specifications;
    (3) Compliance with the marking requirements in the applicable 
approval subpart; and
    (4) The information pamphlet specified in 33 CFR part 181 subpart G, 
if required, is securely attached to the device, with the PFD selection 
information visible and accessible prior to purchase.
    (i) Lot acceptance. When the independent laboratory has determined 
that the life preservers in the lot are of a type officially approved in 
the name of the company, and that such life preservers meet the 
requirements of this subpart, they shall be plainly marked in waterproof 
ink with the independent laboratory's name or identifying mark.
    (j) Lot rejection. Each nonconforming unit must be rejected. If 
three or more nonconforming units are rejected for the same kind of 
defect, lot inspection must be discontinued and the lot rejected. The 
inspector must discontinue lot inspection and reject the lot if 
examination of individual units or the records for the lot shows 
noncompliance with either this subchapter or the laboratory's or the 
manufacturer's quality control procedures. A rejected unit or lot may be 
resubmitted for testing and inspection if the manufacturer first removes 
and destroys each defective unit or, if authorized by the laboratory, 
reworks the unit or lot to correct the defect. A rejected lot or 
rejected unit may not be sold or offered for sale under the 
representation that it meets this subpart or that it is Coast Guard-
approved.

[CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51210, Sept. 30, 1997]



 Subpart 160.002_Life Preservers, Kapok, Adult and Child (Jacket Type), 
                             Models 3 and 5



Sec. 160.002-1  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Specifications and standards. This subpart makes reference to 
the following documents:
    (1) Military Specifications:

MIL-W-530--Webbing, Textile, Cotton. General Purpose, Natural or in 
Colors.

    (2) Federal Specification:

L-P-375--Plastic Film, Flexible, Vinyl Chloride.

    (3) Federal Standards:

No. 191--Textile Test Methods.
No. 751A--Stitches, Seams, and Stitchings.

    (4) Coast Guard specifications:

164.003--Kapok, Processed.

    (b) Plans. The following plans, of the issue in effect on the date 
life preservers are manufactured, form a part of this specification:

Dwg. No. F-49-6-1:
    (Sheet 1) Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement (adult).
    (Sheet 1A) Alternate stitching of tapes and webbing (adult and 
child).

[[Page 25]]

    (Sheet 2) Pad Detail (adult).
Dwg. No. F-49-6-5:
    (Sheet 1) Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement (child).
    (Sheet 2) Pad Detail (child).

    (c) Copies on file. Copies of the specifications and plans referred 
to in this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together 
with the certificate of approval. They shall be kept for a period 
consisting of the duration of approval and 6 months after termination of 
approval. The Coast Guard specifications and plans may be obtained upon 
request from the Commandant (CG-ENG), Attn: Office of Design and 
Engineering Systems, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King 
Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509. The Federal specifications 
and standards may be purchased from the Business Service Center, General 
Services Administration, Washington, DC, 20407. The Military 
specifications may be obtained from the Military Specifications and 
Standards, Standardization Documents Order Desk, Building 4D, 700 
Robbins Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19111-5094, https://
assist.daps.dla.mil/quicksearch/.
    (d) [Reserved]

[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7855, Dec. 5, 1953, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 
10897, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27153, 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 
88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 
1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996; USCG-2009-0702, 74 FR 
49237, Sept. 25, 2009; USCG-2013-0671, 78 FR 60156, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.002-2  Size and models.

    Each life preserver specified in this subpart is to be a:
    (a) Model 3, adult, 24 ounces kapok; or
    (b) Model 5, child, 16 ounces kapok.

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8118, Mar. 28, 1973]



Sec. 160.002-3  Materials.

    All components used in the construction of the life preserver must 
meet the applicable requirements of subpart 164.019 of this chapter and 
the following requirements apply to individual components;
    (a) Kapok. The kapok shall be all new material complying with 
subpart 164.003 of this subchapter and shall be properly processed.
    (b) Envelope. The life preserver envelope, or cover, shall be made 
of cotton drill. The color shall be Indian Orange, Cable No. 70072, 
Standard Color Card of America, issued by the Textile Color Association 
of the United States, Inc., 200 Madison Avenue, New York, N.Y., or 
Scarlet Munsell 7.5 Red 6/10. The drill shall be evenly dyed, and the 
fastness of the color to laundering, water, crocking, and light shall be 
rated ``good'' when tested in accordance with Federal Test Method 
Standard No. 191, Methods 5610, 5630, 5650, and 5660. After dyeing, the 
drill shall be treated with a mildew-inhibitor of the type specified in 
paragraph (j) of this section. The finished goods shall contain not more 
than 2 percent residual sizing or other non-fibrous material, shall 
weigh not less than 6.5 ounces per square yard, shall have a thread 
count of not less than 72 in the warp and 54 in the filling, and shall 
have a breaking strength (grab method) of not less than 105 pounds in 
the warp and 70 pounds in the filling. If it is proposed to treat the 
fabric with a fire-retardant substance, full details shall be submitted 
to the Commandant for determination as to what samples will be needed 
for testing.
    (c) Tunnel strip. The tunnel strip shall be made of cotton drill 
conforming to the requirements for the envelope cover.
    (d) Pad covering. The covering for the kapok pad inserts shall be 
flexible vinyl film not less than 0.006 inch in thickness meeting the 
requirements of specification L-P-375 for Type I film Type II, Class 1 
film not less than 0.008 inch in thickness will also be acceptable.
    (e) Tie tapes and drawstrings. The tie tapes at the neck and the 
lower drawstrings shall be made of 1\1/4\-inch cotton tape weighing not 
less than 0.3 ounce per linear yard, and having a minimum breaking 
strength of 200 pounds. The tie tapes and drawstrings shall be treated 
with a mildew-inhibitor of the type specified in paragraph (j) of this 
section.
    (f) Body strap. The body strap shall be made of one-inch cotton 
webbing having a minimum breaking strength of 400 pounds. One-inch 
cotton webbing

[[Page 26]]

meeting the requirements of specification MIL-W-530 for Type IIb webbing 
is acceptable. The complete body strap assembly shall have a minimum 
breaking strength of 360 pounds. The body strap shall be treated with a 
mildew-inhibitor of the type specified in paragraph (j) of this section.
    (g) Dee rings and snap hook. The dee rings and snap hook shall be of 
brass, bronze, or stainless steel, and of the approximate size indicated 
by Dwg. F-49-6-1, Sheet 1. The snap hook spring shall be phosphor bronze 
or other suitable corrosion-resistant material. Dee ring ends shall be 
welded to form a continuous ring. The webbing opening of the snap hook 
shall be a continuous ring.
    (h) Reinforcing tape. The reinforcing tape shall be made of \3/4\-
inch cotton tape weighing not less than 0.18 ounce per linear yard and 
having a minimum breaking strength of 120 pounds, and shall be treated 
with a mildew-inhibitor of the type specified in paragraph (j) of this 
section.
    (i) Thread. Each thread must meet the requirements of subpart 
164.023 of this chapter. Only one kind of thread may be used in each 
seam.
    (j) Mildew-inhibitor. The mildew-inhibitor shall be 
dihydroxydichloro- diphenylmethane, known commercially as Compound G-4, 
applied by the aqueous method. The amount of inhibitor deposited shall 
be not more than 1.50 percent and not less than 1.00 percent of the dry 
weight of the finished goods.

[CGFR 58-23, 23 FR 4627, June 25, 1958, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 
10897, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27153, 27154; June 22, 1978; CGD 
84-068, 58 FR 29493, May 20, 1993]



Sec. 160.002-4  Construction.

    (a) General. This specification covers life preservers which 
essentially consist of a vest-cut envelope containing pockets in which 
are enclosed pads of buoyant material, the life preserver being fitted 
with tapes and webbing to provide complete reversibility, proper 
adjustment for close fit to the bodies of various size wearers, and 
proper flotation characteristics to hold the wearer in an upright 
backward position with head and face out of water.
    (b) Envelope. The envelope shall be of not more than two pieces, one 
piece for either side, cut to the pattern shown on Dwg. No. F-49-6-1, 
Sheet 1, for adult size, and Dwg. F-49-6-5, Sheet 1, for child size, 
joined by seams and stitching as shown on the drawing. A drawstring 
tunnel shall be formed by stitching a strip of the tunnel strip material 
as shown on the drawing. The ends of the tunnel strip shall be tucked 
under the reinforcing tape stitched around the end openings so there is 
no direct access to the pads from the outside. Three pockets shall be 
formed for insertion of the kapok pads. The two front pads shall be 
removable from the envelope when portions of the lower longitudinal seam 
are opened, and the back pad shall be removable when a portion of one 
armhole seam is opened.
    (c) Pad inserts--(1) Forming, sealing, and distribution of kapok. 
The buoyant pad inserts shall be formed from two pieces of film cut to 
the patterns shown by Dwg. No. F-49-6-1, Sheet 2, for adult size, and 
Dwg. No. F-49-6-5, Sheet 2, for child size, which shall be heat-sealed 
tight. The heat-sealed pad seams shall show an adhesion of not less than 
8 pounds when one inch strips cut across and perpendicular to the seams 
are pulled apart at a rate of separation of the clamping jaws of the 
test machine of 12 inches per minute. The pad inserts shall be filled 
with kapok distributed as follows:

      Table 160.002-4 (c)(1)--Distribution of Kapok in Pad Inserts
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Model 3 (minimum)   Model 5 (minimum)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Front pad (2):
  Lower section.................  5.25 oz. each.....  3.50 oz. each.
  Upper section.................  3.75 oz. each.....  2.50 oz. each.
Back Pad........................  6.00 oz...........  4.00 oz.
   Total........................  24.00 oz..........  16.00 oz.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) Displacement of pad inserts. The volume of the finished 
individual heat-sealed buoyant pad inserts shall be such as to provide 
buoyancy as set forth in the following table when tested in accordance 
with the method set forth in Sec. 160.002-5(d), except that the period 
of submergence shall be only long enough to determine the displacement 
of the pads:

[[Page 27]]



        Table 160.002-4(c)(2)--Volume Displacement of Sealed Pads
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Model 3             Model 5
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Front pads......................  12\1/2\ lbs. each   6\1/2\ lbs. each
                                   \3/4\ lb.    thn-eq>\1/2\ lb.
Back pads.......................  8 lbs. each \   \1/2\ lb.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (d) Tie tapes. The tie tapes at the neck shall extend not less than 
14 inches from the edge of the adult life preserver and not less than 12 
inches from the edge of the child life preserver. They shall be stitched 
through both thicknesses of the envelope as shown by Dwg. No. F-49-6-1, 
Sheet 1, for adult size, and Dwg. No. F-49-6-5, Sheet 1, for child size, 
or by the alternate stitching shown on Sheet 1A. The free ends shall be 
doubled over and stitched in accordance with section G-G of Sheet 1.
    (e) Drawstrings. The drawstrings at the waist shall extend not less 
than 8 inches from the edge of the life preserver and shall be secured 
in the drawstring tunnel as shown by Dwg. No. F-49-6-1, Sheet 1, for 
adult size, and Dwg. No. F-49-6-5, Sheet 1, for child size, or by the 
alternate stitching shown on Sheet 1A. The free ends shall be doubled 
over and stitched in accordance with section G-G of Sheet 1.
    (f) Body strap. The body strap shall be fitted with a single Dee 
ring on one end with the arrangement of a snap hook and pre-threaded 
double Dee rings as shown on Dwg. No. F-49-6-1, Sheet 1, on the other. 
The body strap shall be stitched as shown on the drawings, and the edge 
of the single Dee ring shall be 20 inches from the center line for adult 
size and 15 inches for child size.
    (g) Reinforcing tape. Binding tape shall be stitched approximately 
15 inches for adult jackets and 12 inches for child jackets around the 
back of the neck, and also around the openings of the drawstring tunnel 
and around the bottom of the armholes, as indicated by the drawings.
    (h) Stitching. All stitching shall be a short lock stitch conforming 
to Stitch Type 301 of Federal standard No. 751 and there shall be not 
less than 7, nor more than 9 stitches to the inch.
    (i) Workmanship. Life preservers shall be of first-class workmanship 
and shall be free from any defects materially affecting their appearance 
or serviceability.

[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7856, Dec. 5, 1953, as amended by CGFR 58-23, 23 FR 
4627, June 25, 1958; CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 10897, Aug. 21, 1965]



Sec. 160.002-5  Sampling, tests, and inspections.

    (a) Production tests and inspections must be conducted by the 
manufacturer of a life preserver and the accepted laboratory inspector 
in accordance with this section and Sec. 160.001-5.
    (b) Buoyancy test. The buoyancy of the pad inserts from the life 
preserver shall be determined according to Sec. 160.001-5(f) of this 
part with each compartment of the buoyant pad insert covers slit so as 
not to entrap air. The period of submersion must be at least 48 hours.
    (c) Buoyancy required. The buoyant pad inserts from Model 3 adult 
life preservers shall provide not less than 25 pounds buoyancy in fresh 
water, and the pads from Model 5 child life preservers shall provide not 
less than 16.5 pounds buoyancy.

[CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51211, Sept. 30, 1997]



Sec. 160.002-6  Marking.

    Each life preserver must have the following clearly marked in 
waterproof ink on a front section:
    (a) In letters three-quarters of an inch or more in height:
    (1) Adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds); or
    (2) Child (for persons weighing less than 90 pounds).
    (b) In letters that can be read at a distance of 2 feet:

    Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard 
regulations.
    Kapok buoyant material provides a minimum buoyant force of (25 lb. 
or 16\1/2\ lb.).
    Do not snag or puncture inner plastic cover.
    Approved for use on all vessels by persons weighing (90 lb. or more, 
or less than 90 lb.).
    U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.002/(assigned manufacturer's No.)/
(Revision No.); (Model No.).
    (Name and address of manufacturer or distributor.).

[[Page 28]]

    (Lot No.).

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8118, Mar. 28, 1973, as amended by CGD 75-008, 43 FR 
9770, Mar. 9, 1978, as amended by USCG-2013-0263, 79 FR 56499, Sept. 22, 
2014]



Sec. 160.002-7  Procedure for approval.

    General. Manufacturers seeking approval of a life preserver design 
shall follow the procedures of subpart 159.005 of this chapter, as 
explained in Sec. 160.001-3 of this part.

[CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51211, Sept. 30, 1997]



Subpart 160.005_Life Preservers, Fibrous Glass, Adult and Child (Jacket 
                         Type), Models 52 and 56



Sec. 160.005-1  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Specifications and Standards. This subpart makes reference to 
the following documents:
    (1) Federal Specification:

L-P-375C--Plastic Film, Flexible, Vinyl Chloride.

    (2) Federal Standards:

No. 191--Textile Test Methods.
No. 751A--Stitches, Seams, and Stitchings.

    (3) Military Specification:

MIL-W-530F--Webbing, Textiles, Cotton, General Purpose, Natural and in 
colors.
MIL-R-2766B--Batt, Fibrous Glass, Lifesaving Equipment.

    (b) Plans. The following plans, of the issue in effect on the date 
life preservers are manufactured, form a part of this subpart:

Dwg. No. 160.005-1:
    (Sheet 1) Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement (Adult).
    (Sheet 2) Alternate Stitching of Tapes and Webbing (Adult and 
Child).
    (Sheet 3) Pad Detail (Adult).
    (Sheet 4) Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement (Child).
    (Sheet 5) Pad Detail (Child).

    (c) Copies on file. Copies of the specifications and plans referred 
to in this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together 
with the certificate of approval. They shall be kept for a period 
consisting of the duration of approval and 6 months after termination of 
approval. The Coast Guard plans may be obtained upon request from the 
Commandant (CG-ENG-4), Attn: Lifesaving and Fire Safety Division, U.S. 
Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., 
Washington, DC 20593-7509. The Federal specifications and standards may 
be purchased from the Business Service Center, General Services 
Administration, Washington, DC 20407. The Military specifications may be 
obtained from the Military Specifications and Standards, Standardization 
Documents Order Desk, Building 4D, 700 Robbins Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 
19111-5094, https://assist.daps.dla.mil/quicksearch/.

[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7862, Dec. 5, 1953, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 
10897, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27153, 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 
88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 1988; USCG-2013-0671, 78 FR 60156, Sept. 
30, 2013]



Sec. 160.005-2  Size and model.

    Each life preserver specified in this subpart is a:
    (a) Model 52, adult, 46 ounces fibrous glass; or
    (b) Model 56, child, 30 ounces fibrous glass.

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8118, Mar. 28, 1973]



Sec. 160.005-3  Materials.

    All components used in the construction of a life preserver must 
meet the applicable requirements of subpart 164.019 of this chapter and 
the following requirements apply to individual components:
    (a) Fibrous glass. The fibrous glass shall be all new material 
complying with the requirements of Specification MIL-B-2766.
    (b) Envelope. The life preserver envelope, or cover, shall be made 
of cotton drill. The color shall be Indian Orange, Cable No. 70072, 
Standard Color Card of America, issued by the Textile Color Association 
of the United States, Inc., 200 Madison Avenue, New York, N.Y., or 
Scarlet Munsell 7.5 Red 6/10. The drill shall be evenly dyed, and the 
fastness of the color to laundering, water, crocking, and light shall be 
rated ``good'' when tested in accordance with Federal Test Method 
Standard No. 191, Methods 5610, 5630, 5650, and 5660. After dyeing, the 
drill shall be treated with a mildew-inhibitor of the type specified in 
paragraph (j) of this section. The finished goods shall contain not more

[[Page 29]]

than 2 percent residual sizing or other nonfibrous material, shall weigh 
not less than 6.5 ounces per square yard, shall have a thread count of 
not less than 72 in the warp and 54 in the filling, and shall have a 
breaking strength (grab method) of not less than 105 pounds in the warp 
and 70 pounds in the filling. If it is proposed to treat the fabric with 
a fire-retardant substance, full details shall be submitted to the 
Commandant for determination as to what samples will be needed for 
testing.
    (c) Tunnel strip. The tunnel strip shall be made of cotton drill 
conforming to the requirements for the envelope cover.
    (d) Pad covering. The covering for the fibrous glass pad inserts 
shall be flexible vinyl film not less than 0.006 inch in thickness 
meeting the requirements of specification L-P-375 for Type I film. Type 
II, Class 1 film not less than 0.008 inch in thickness will also be 
acceptable.
    (e) Tie tapes and drawstrings. The tie tapes at the neck and the 
lower drawstrings shall be made of 1\1/4\-inch cotton tape weighing not 
less than 0.3 ounce per linear yard, and having a minimum breaking 
strength of 200 pounds. The tie tapes and drawstrings shall be treated 
with a mildew-inhibitor of the type specified in paragraph (j) of this 
section.
    (f) Body strap. The body strap shall be made of one-inch cotton 
webbing having a minimum breaking strength of 400 pounds. One-inch 
cotton webbing meeting the requirements of specification MIL-W-530 for 
Type IIb webbing is acceptable. The complete body strap assembly shall 
have a minimum breaking strength of 360 pounds. The body strap shall be 
treated with a mildew-inhibitor of the type specified in paragraph (j) 
of this section.
    (g) Dee rings and snap hook. The dee rings and snap hook shall be 
brass, bronze, or stainless steel, and of the approximate size indicated 
by Dwg. No. 160.005-1, Sheet 1. The snap hook spring shall be phosphor 
bronze or other suitable corrosion-resistant material. Dee ring ends 
shall be welded to form a continuous ring. The webbing opening of the 
snap hook shall be a continuous ring.
    (h) Reinforcing tape. The reinforcing tape shall be made of \3/4\-
inch cotton tape weighing not less than 0.18 ounce per linear yard and 
having a minimum breaking strength of 120 pounds, and shall be treated 
with a mildew-inhibitor of the type specified in paragraph (j) of this 
section.
    (i) Thread. Each thread must meet the requirements of subpart 
164.023 of this chapter. Only one kind of thread may be used in each 
seam.
    (j) Mildew-inhibitor. The mildew-inhibitor shall be 
dihydroxydichloro- diphenylmethane, known commercially as Compound G-4, 
applied by the aqueous method. The amount of inhibitor deposited shall 
be not more than 1.50 percent and not less than 1.00 percent of the dry 
weight of the finished goods.

[CGFR 58-23, 23 FR 4628, June 25, 1958, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 
10898, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27153, 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 
84-068, 58 FR 29493, May 20, 1993]



Sec. 160.005-4  Construction.

    (a) General. This specification covers life preservers which 
essentially consist of a vest-cut envelope containing pockets in which 
are enclosed pads of buoyant material, the life preserver being fitted 
with tapes and webbing to provide complete reversibility, proper 
adjustment for close fit to the bodies of various size wearers, and 
proper flotation characteristics to hold the wearer in an upright 
backward position with head and face out of water.
    (b) Envelope. The envelope shall be of not more than two pieces, one 
piece for either side, cut to the pattern shown on Dwg. No. 160.005-1, 
Sheet 1, for adult size, and Sheet 4, for child size, joined by seams 
and stitching as shown on the drawing. A drawstring tunnel shall be 
formed by stitching a strip of the tunnel strip material as shown by the 
drawing. The ends of the tunnel strip shall be tucked under the 
reinforcing tape stitched around the end openings so there is no direct 
access to the pads from the outside. Three pockets shall be formed for 
insertion of the pads. The two front pads shall be removable from the 
envelope when portions of the lower longitudinal seam are opened, and 
the back pad shall be removable when a portion of one armhole seam is 
opened.

[[Page 30]]

    (c) Pad inserts--(1) Forming, sealing, and distribution of fibrous 
glass. The buoyant pad inserts shall be formed from two pieces of film 
cut to the patterns shown by Dwg. No. 160.005-1, Sheet 3, for adult 
size, and Sheet 5, for child size, which shall be heat-sealed tight. The 
heat-sealed pad seams shall show an adhesion of not less than 8 pounds 
when 1-inch strips cut across and perpendicular to the seams are pulled 
apart at a rate of separation of the clamping jaws of the test machine 
of 12 inches per minute. The pad inserts shall be filled with fibrous 
glass distributed as follows:

   Table 160.005-4(c)(1)--Distribution of Fibrous Glass in Pad Inserts
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Model 52 (minimum)  Model 56 (minimum)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Front pad (2):
  Lower section.................  10.00 oz. each....  6.50 oz. each.
  Upper section.................  7.25 oz. each.....  4.75 oz. each.
Back pad........................  11.50 oz..........  7.50 oz.
    Total.......................  46.00 oz..........  30.00 oz.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) Displacement of pad inserts. The volume of the finished 
individual heat-sealed buoyant pad inserts shall be such as to provide 
buoyancy as set forth in the following table when tested in accordance 
with the method set forth in Sec. 160.005-5(d), except that the period 
of submergence shall be only long enough to determine the displacement 
of the pads:

        Table 160.005-4(c)(2)--Volume Displacement of Sealed Pads
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       Model 52            Model 56
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Front pads......................  12\1/2\ lbs. each   6\1/2\ lbs. each
                                   \3/4\ lb..   thn-eq>\1/2\ lbs.
Back pads.......................  8 lbs. each \   \1/2\ lb.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (d) Tie tapes. The tie tapes at the neck shall extend not less than 
14 inches from the edge of the adult life preserver and not less than 12 
inches from the edge of the child life preserver. They shall be stitched 
through both thicknesses of the envelope as shown by Dwg. No. 160.005-1, 
Sheet 1, for adult size, and Sheet 4, for child size, or by the 
alternate stitching shown on Sheet 2. The free ends shall be doubled 
over and stitched in accordance with section E-E of Sheet 1.
    (e) Drawstrings. The drawstrings at the waist shall extend not less 
than 8 inches from the edge of the life preserver and shall be secured 
in the drawstring tunnel as shown by Dwg. No. 160.005-1, Sheet 1, for 
adult size, and Sheet 4, for child size, or by the alternate stitching 
shown on Sheet 2. The free ends shall be doubled over and stitched in 
accordance with section E-E of Sheet 1.
    (f) Body strap. The body strap shall be fitted with a single dee 
ring on one end and with the arrangement of a snap hook and prethreaded 
double dee rings as shown on Dwg. No. 160.005-1, Sheet 1, on the other. 
The body strap shall be stitched as shown on the drawings, and the edge 
of the single dee ring shall be 20 inches from the center line for adult 
size and 15 inches for child size.
    (g) Reinforcing tape. Binding tape shall be stitched approximately 
15 inches for adult life preservers and 12 inches for child life 
preservers around the back of the neck, and also around the openings of 
the drawstring tunnel and around the bottom of the arm holes as 
indicated by the drawings.
    (h) Stitching. All stitching shall be a short lock stitch conforming 
to Stitch Type 301 of Federal Standard No. 751, and there shall be not 
less than 7, nor more than 9 stitches to the inch.
    (i) Workmanship. Life preservers shall be of first-class workmanship 
and shall be free from any defects materially affecting their appearance 
or serviceability.

[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7863, Dec. 5, 1953, as amended by CGFR 58-23, 23 FR 
4628, June 25, 1958; CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 10898, Aug. 21, 1965]



Sec. 160.005-5  Sampling, tests, and inspections.

    (a) Production tests and inspections must be conducted by the 
manufacturer of a life preserver and the accepted laboratory inspector 
in accordance with this section and Sec. 160.001-5.
    (b) Buoyancy test. The buoyancy of the pad inserts from the life 
preserver shall be determined according to Sec. 160.001-5(f) of this 
part with each compartment of the buoyant pad insert covers slit so as 
not to entrap air. The period of submersion must be at least 48 hours.
    (c) Buoyancy required. The buoyant pad inserts from Model 3 adult 
life preservers shall provide not less than 25

[[Page 31]]

pounds buoyancy in fresh water, and the pads from Model 5 child life 
preservers shall provide not less than 16.5 pounds buoyancy.

[CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51211, Sept. 30, 1997]



Sec. 160.005-6  Marking.

    Each life preserver must have the following clearly marked in 
waterproof lettering on a front section:
    (a) In letters three-fourths inch or more in height:
    (1) Adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds); or
    (2) Child (for persons weighing less than 90 pounds).
    (b) In letters capable of being read at a distance of 2 feet:

    Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard 
regulations.
    Fibrous glass buoyant material provides a minimum buoyant force of 
(25 lb. or 16\1/2\ lb.).
    Approved for use on all vessels by persons weighing (90 lb. or more, 
or less than 90 lb).
    U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.005/ (assigned manufacturer's 
No.)/(Revision No.). (Model No.);
    (Name and address of manufacturer or distributor.).
    (Lot No.).

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8118, Mar. 28, 1973, as amended by CGD 75-008, 43 FR 
9770, Mar. 9, 1978; USCG-2013-0263, 79 FR 56499, Sept. 22, 2014]



Sec. 160.005-7  Procedure for approval.

    General. Manufacturers seeking approval of a life preserver design 
shall follow the procedures of subpart 159.005 of this chapter, as 
explained in Sec. 160.001-3 of this part.

[CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51211, Sept. 30, 1997]



               Subpart 160.006_Life Preservers: Repairing

    Source: 11 FR 187, Jan. 3, 1946; 11 FR 561, Jan. 12, 1946, unless 
otherwise noted.



Sec. 160.006-2  Repairing.

    (a) General. No repairs, except in emergency, shall be made to an 
approved life preserver without advance notice to the Officer in Charge, 
Marine Inspection, of the district in which such repairs are to be made. 
Emergency repairs shall be reported as soon as practicable to the 
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
    (b) Kind of repairs. Except in emergency, tapes or straps may not be 
repaired, but may be renewed, and small holes, tears, or rips in the 
envelope cover fabric may be repaired, at the discretion of the Officer 
in Charge, Marine Inspection.



         Subpart 160.010_Buoyant Apparatus for Merchant Vessels

    Source: CGD 79-167, 47 FR 41372, Sept. 20, 1982, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.010-1  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part 
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that 
specified in this section, the Coast Guard must publish notice of change 
in the Federal Register and the material must be available to the 
public. All approved material is available for inspection at Coast Guard 
Headquarters. Contact Commandant (CG-ENG-4), Attn: Lifesaving and Fire 
Safety Division, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. 
Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509. You may also inspect this 
material at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For 
information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-
6030 or go to http://www.archives.gov/federal--register/code--of--
federal--regulations/ibr--locations.html. You may obtain copies of the 
material from the sources specified in the following paragraphs.
    (b) General Services Administration, Federal Acquisition Service, 
Office of the FAS Commissioner, 2200 Crystal Drive, 11th Floor, 
Arlington, VA 22202, 703-605-5400.
    (1) Federal Standard 595C, Colors Used in Government Procurement, 
(January 16, 2008), IBR approved for Sec. 160.010-4 (``FED-STD-595C'').
    (2) [Reserved]
    (c) International Maritime Organization (IMO), Publications Section, 
4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, + 44 (0)20 7735 
7611, http://www.imo.org/.

[[Page 32]]

    (1) Life-Saving Appliances, including LSA Code, 2010 Edition, 
(2010), pages 7-71 (``IMO LSA Code''), IBR approved for Sec. 160.010-3.
    (2) Life-Saving Appliances, including LSA Code, 2010 Edition, 
(2010), Revised recommendation on testing of live-saving appliances, 
pages 79-254 (``IMO Revised recommendation on testing''), IBR approved 
for Sec. 160.010-3.
    (d) Military Specifications and Standards, Standardization Documents 
Order Desk, Building 4D, 700 Robbins Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19111-
5094, https://assist.daps.dla.mil/quicksearch/.
    (1) MIL-P-19644C, Military Specification, Plastic Molding Material 
(Polystyrene Foam, Expanded Bead), (July 10, 1970), IBR approved for 
Sec. 160.010-5 (``MIL-P-19644C'').
    (2) MIL-P-21929B, Military Specification, Plastic Material, Cellular 
Polyurethane, Foam-In-Place, Rigid (2 and 4 Pounds per Cubic Foot), 
(August 11, 1969), IBR approved for Sec. 160.010-5 (``MIL-P-21929B'').
    (3) MIL-P-40619A, Military Specification, Plastic Material, 
Cellular, Polystyrene (For Buoyancy Applications), (December 9, 1968), 
IBR approved for Sec. 160.010-5 (``MIL-P-40619A'').
    (4) MIL-R-21607E(SH), Military Specification, Resins, Polyester, Low 
Pressure Laminating, Fire-Retardant, (May 25, 1990), IBR approved for 
Sec. 160.010-5 (``MIL-R-21607E(SH)'').

[USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62974, Oct. 11, 2011, as amended by USCG-2013-
0671, 78 FR 60156, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.010-2  Definitions.

    Buoyant apparatus. Buoyant apparatus is flotation equipment (other 
than lifeboats, liferafts, and personal flotation devices) designed to 
support a specified number of persons in the water, and of such 
construction that it retains its shape and properties and requires no 
adjustment or preparation for use. The types of buoyant apparatus 
generally in use are the box-float type and the peripheral-body type 
defined in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
    Box-float. Box-float is buoyant apparatus of a box-like shape.
    Commandant means the Commandant (CG-ENG-4), Attn: Lifesaving and 
Fire Safety Division, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther 
King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509.
    Peripheral-body. Peripheral body is buoyant apparatus with a 
continuous body in the shape of either an ellipse or rectangle with a 
circular, elliptical, or rectangular body cross-section.
    Inflatable buoyant apparatus. An inflatable buoyant apparatus is 
flotation equipment that depends on inflated compartments for buoyancy 
and is designed to support a specified number of persons completely out 
of the water.

[CGD 79-167, 47 FR 41372, Sept. 20, 1982, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60 
FR 50466, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996; CGD 
85-205, 62 FR 25545, May 9, 1997; USCG-2009-0702, 74 FR 49237, Sept. 25, 
2009; USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62974, Oct. 11, 2011; USCG-2013-0671, 78 FR 
60156, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.010-3  Inflatable buoyant apparatus.

    (a) Design and performance. To obtain Coast Guard approval, an 
inflatable buoyant apparatus must comply with subpart 160.151, with the 
following exceptions:
    (1) Canopy requirements (IMO LSA Code, Chapter IV/4.1.1.5 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.010-1 of this subpart)). It 
does not need a canopy.
    (2) Capacity (IMO LSA Code, chapter IV/4.1.2.1). The carrying 
capacity must be not less than four persons.
    (3) Floor insulation (IMO LSA Code, chapter IV/4.2.2.2). The floor 
may be uninsulated.
    (4) Stability (IMO LSA Code, chapter IV/4.2.5.4). It does not need 
stability pockets.
    (5) Righting (IMO LSA Code, chapter IV/4.2.5.2). A reversible one 
does not need arrangements for righting.
    (6) One with a capacity of 13 or more persons must be reversible, 
with the floor arranged between the buoyancy chambers so that the 
apparatus can, floating either side up, accommodate the number of 
persons for which it is approved. One with a capacity of 12 or fewer 
persons must either be reversible in the same manner, or be designed so 
that it can be readily righted by one person.
    (7) One with a capacity of 25 or more persons must be provided with 
self-bailing floor drains. If the floor of a reversible one includes one 
or more drains, each drain must be arranged to

[[Page 33]]

completely drain the floor of water when the device is fully loaded, and 
must prevent water from flowing back onto the floor.
    (8) If the buoyancy tubes are not vivid reddish orange, vivid 
yellow, or a fluorescent color of a similar hue, panels of such hue must 
be secured to the buoyancy chambers so that a minimum of 1 m\2\ (11 
ft\2\) is visible from above the apparatus when it is floating either 
side up.
    (9) Boarding ramp (IMO LSA Code, chapter IV/4.2.4.1). Boarding ramps 
are not required if the combined cross-section diameter of the buoyancy 
chambers is 500 millimeters (mm) (19.5 in.) or less. An apparatus with a 
combined cross-section diameter greater than 500 mm (19.5 in.) requires 
boarding ramps as follows:
    (i) For an apparatus with a capacity of less than 25 persons, at 
least one ramp must be provided;
    (ii) For an apparatus with a capacity of 25 or more persons, at 
least two ramps must be provided; and
    (iii) The boarding ramps required by this paragraph must allow 
persons to board with either side of a reversible apparatus floating up, 
or the full number of ramps required must be installed on each side.
    (10) Boarding ladder (IMO LSA Code, chapter IV/4.2.4.2). Boarding 
ladders must be provided on each inflatable buoyant apparatus as 
follows:
    (i) One ladder must be provided on each apparatus with a capacity of 
less than 25 persons, except that, for an apparatus with a capacity of 
13 or more persons that is not equipped with a boarding ramp, two 
ladders must be provided.
    (ii) Two ladders must be provided on each apparatus with a capacity 
of 25 or more persons.
    (iii) The ladders required by this paragraph must allow persons to 
board with either side of a reversible apparatus floating up, or the 
full number of ladders required must be installed on each side.
    (11) One or more exterior canopy lamps meeting the requirements of 
46 CFR 160.151-15(n) must be provided such that--
    (i) On a non-reversible inflatable buoyant apparatus, one lamp is 
mounted so that it is on the uppermost surface of the floating 
apparatus; and
    (ii) On a reversible apparatus, two lamps are mounted so that one 
lamp is on the uppermost surface of the apparatus, whichever side is 
floating up.
    (12) Equipment. All equipment required by this paragraph must be 
either packed in a container accessible to the occupants, or otherwise 
secured to the apparatus. Duplicate equipment must be provided, for each 
side of a reversible inflatable buoyant apparatus, if the equipment is 
not accessible from both sides. In lieu of the equipment specified in 
Sec. 160.151-7(b) and (IMO LSA Code, Chapter IV/4.1.5), each apparatus 
must be provided with--
    (i) Rescue quoit and heaving line. One rescue quoit and a heaving 
line as described in Sec. 160.151-21(a) on each apparatus with a 
capacity of less than 25 persons; or two on each apparatus for a 
capacity of 25 or more persons. The heaving line(s) must be mounted 
adjacent to a boarding ramp (or boarding ladder, if no ramps are 
installed), and ready for immediate use;
    (ii) Knives. Two buoyant safety knives ready for use near the 
painter attachment;
    (iii) Bailer. One bailer as described in Sec. 160.151-21(c) on each 
apparatus with a capacity of less than 25 persons; or two bailers on 
each apparatus with a capacity of 25 or more persons, except that no 
bailers are necessary if both sides of the floor of a reversible 
apparatus are equipped with drains;
    (iv) Sponge. One sponge as described in Sec. 160.151-21(d) on each 
apparatus with a capacity of less than 25 persons, or two sponges on 
each apparatus with a capacity of 25 or more persons;
    (v) Paddles. Two paddles as described in Sec. 160.151-21(f) on each 
apparatus with a capacity of less than 25 persons, or four paddles on 
each apparatus with a capacity of 25 or more persons;
    (vi) Flashlight. One flashlight with spare batteries as described in 
Sec. 160.151-21(m);
    (vii) Signaling mirror. One signaling mirror as described in Sec. 
160.151-21(o);
    (viii) Repair outfit. One set of sealing clamps or plugs as 
described in Sec. 160.151-21(y)(1);
    (ix) Pump or bellows. One pump or bellows as described in Sec. 
160.151-21(z); and

[[Page 34]]

    (x) Sea anchor. One sea anchor as described in Sec. 160.151-21(e), 
attached so as to be readily deployable when the apparatus inflates.
    (13) Marking and labeling. Marking and labeling of inflatable 
buoyant apparatus must be in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 
160.151-33, as well as IMO LSA Code, chapter IV/4.2.6.3 and 4.2.7.1.6, 
except that the device must be identified as an ``INFLATABLE BUOYANT 
APPARATUS'', and no ``SOLAS'' markings shall be placed on the container 
of the apparatus. The capacity marking specified in IMO LSA Code, 
chapter IV/4.2.7.1.6 must be applied to the top of each buoyancy tube.
    (14) Drop test. The drop test required under paragraph 1/5.1 of IMO 
Revised recommendation on testing (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 
160.010-1 of this subpart) and Sec. 160.151-27(a) may be from a lesser 
height, if that height is the maximum height of stowage marked on the 
container.
    (15) Loading and seating test. For the loading and seating test 
required under paragraph 1/5.7 of IMO Revised recommendation on testing 
and Sec. 160.151-27(a), the loaded freeboard of the apparatus must be 
not less than 200 mm (8 in.).
    (16) Cold-inflation test. The cold-inflation test required under 
paragraph 1/5.17.3.3.2 of IMO Revised recommendation on testing and 
Sec. 160.151-27(a) must be conducted at a test temperature of -18 
[deg]C (0 [deg]F).
    (b) Production inspections and tests. Production inspections and 
tests for inflatable buoyant apparatus must be performed in accordance 
with the applicable requirements of Sec. 160.151-31.
    (c) Servicing. Inflatable buoyant apparatus must be serviced 
periodically at approved servicing facilities in accordance with the 
applicable requirements of Sec. Sec. 160.151-35 through 160.151-57.
    (d) Instruction placard. An instruction placard meeting the 
requirements of Sec. 160.151-59(c), giving simple procedures and 
illustrations for inflating, launching, and boarding the inflatable 
buoyant apparatus, must be made available to the operator or master of 
each vessel on which the apparatus is to be carried.
    (e) Requirements for ``open reversible liferafts'' Annex 11 to IMO 
Res. MSC.97(73). To be approved as meeting the requirements for open 
reversible liferafts in Annex 11 to IMO Res. MSC.97(73), an inflatable 
buoyant apparatus must meet all of the requirements in paragraphs (a) 
through (d) of this section, with the following exceptions:
    (1) The apparatus must be reversible regardless of size.
    (2) The surface of the buoyancy tubes must be of a non-slip 
material. At least 25 percent of the surface of the buoyancy tubes must 
meet the color requirements of Sec. 160.151-15(e).
    (3) The length of the painter should be such that the apparatus 
inflates automatically upon reaching the water.
    (4) An additional bowsing-in line must be fitted to an apparatus 
with a capacity of more than 30 persons.
    (5) The apparatus must be fitted with boarding ramps regardless of 
size.
    (6) An apparatus with a capacity of 30 or fewer persons must be 
fitted with at least one floor drain.
    (7) In addition to the equipment specified in Sec. 160.010-
3(a)(12), the apparatus must be provided with--
    (i) Sponge. One additional sponge as described in Sec. 160.151-
21(d) on each apparatus with a capacity of less than 25 persons;
    (ii) First-aid kit. A first-aid kit approved by the Commandant under 
approval series 160.054;
    (iii) Whistle. A ball-type or multi-tone whistle of corrosion-
resistant construction;
    (iv) Hand flares. Two hand flares approved by the Commandant under 
approval series 160.121.
    (8) Marking and labeling of the apparatus must be in accordance with 
Sec. 160.151-33, except that the device must be identified as a ``NON-
SOLAS REVERSIBLE'', and the equipment pack must be identified as an 
``HSC Pack''.
    (9) Stability. It must be fitted with stability pockets, in 
accordance with IMO LSA Code Chapter IV/4.2.5.4.

[CGD 85-205, 62 FR 25545, May 9, 1997, as amended by USCG-2010-0048, 76 
FR 62974, Oct. 11, 2011]

[[Page 35]]



Sec. 160.010-4  General requirements for buoyant apparatus.

    (a) Each buoyant apparatus must be capable of passing the tests in 
Sec. 160.010-7.
    (b) Materials not covered in this subpart must be of good quality 
and suitable for the purpose intended.
    (c) Buoyant apparatus must be effective and stable, floating either 
side up.
    (d) Each buoyant apparatus must be of such size and strength that it 
can be handled without the use of mechanical appliances, and its weight 
must not exceed 185 kg (400 lb.).
    (e) The buoyant material must be as near as possible to the sides of 
the apparatus.
    (f) Each buoyant apparatus must have a life line securely attached 
around the outside, festooned in bights no longer than 1 m (3 ft.), with 
a seine float in each bight, unless the line is of an inherently buoyant 
material and absorbs little or no water. The life line must be at least 
10 mm (\3/8\ in.) diameter and have a breaking strength of at least 5400 
N (1215 lb.).
    (g) Pendants must be fitted approximately 450 mm (18 in.) apart 
around the outside of each buoyant apparatus. Each pendant must be at 
least 6 mm (\1/4\ in.) diameter, at least 3.5 m (12 ft.) long, secured 
in the middle, and have a breaking strength of at least 2400 N (540 
lb.). Each pendant must be made up in a hank, and the hank secured by 
not more than two turns of light twine.
    (h) Each peripheral body type buoyant apparatus without a net or 
platform on the inside must also have a life line and pendants around 
the inside.
    (i) Synthetic line or webbing must not be used unless it is of a 
type represented by its manufacturer as ultraviolet light resistant, or 
it is pigmented in a dark color. A typical method of securing lifelines 
and pendants to straps of webbing is shown in Figure 160.010-3(i). If 
webbing is used to secure life lines and pendants, it must be at least 
50 mm (2 in.) wide and must have a breaking strength of at least 3.4 kN 
(750 lb.) for apparatus of under 25 persons capacity, and 6.7 kN (1,500 
lb.) for apparatus of 25 persons capacity and higher.

[[Page 36]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.000

    (j) Buoyant apparatus must have a fitting with an inside diameter of 
at least 50 mm (2 in.) for the attachment of a painter.
    (k) Each edge and exposed corner must be well rounded. Buoyant 
apparatus with a rectangular cross-section must have corners rounded to 
a radius of at least 75 mm (3 in.).

[[Page 37]]

    (l) Buoyant apparatus must not have any evident defects in 
workmanship.
    (m) Each metal part of a buoyant apparatus must be--
    (1) 410 stainless steel or have salt water and salt air corrosion 
characteristics equal or superior to 410 stainless steel; and
    (2) Galvanically compatible with each other metal part in contact 
with it.
    (n) The color of the buoyant apparatus must be primarily vivid 
reddish orange as defined by sections 13 and 14 of FED-STD-595C 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.010-1 of this subpart).
    (o) When fibrous-glass-reinforced plastic is used in the 
construction of a buoyant apparatus, each cut edge of laminate must be 
protected from entry of moisture by resin putty or an equivalent method.
    (p) Each buoyant apparatus must have Type II retroreflective 
material meeting subpart 164.018 of this chapter on each side and end. 
The material must be in strips at least 50 mm (2 in.) wide extending 
from top to bottom over the side or end and continuing over the top and 
bottom surfaces of the apparatus. For peripheral body apparatus, each 
strip must extend completely over the top and bottom surface of the 
body. For box type apparatus, the strip must extend at least 300 mm (12 
in.) inboard from the edge over the top and bottom surface. Each strip 
must be positioned near the center of the side or end, but so that it is 
not obscured by any strap. A typical arrangement is shown in Figure 
160.010-3(p).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.001


[CGD 79-167, 47 FR 41372, Sept. 20, 1982. Redesignated by CGD 85-205, 62 
FR 25545, May 9, 1997; USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62974, Oct. 11, 2011]



Sec. 160.010-5  Buoyant apparatus with plastic foam buoyancy.

    (a) Buoyant apparatus with plastic foam buoyancy must have a plastic 
foam body with an external protective covering. The body may be 
reinforced as necessary to meet the tests in Sec. 160.010-7.
    (b) Plastic foam used in the construction of buoyant apparatus must 
be a unicellular type accepted by the Commandant (CG-ENG-4) as meeting 
one of the following:
    (1) Subpart 164.015 of this chapter.
    (2) MIL-P-19644C (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.010-1 of 
this subpart).
    (3) MIL-P-21929B (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.010-1 of 
this subpart).
    (4) MIL-P-40619A (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.010-1 of 
this subpart).
    (c) The external protective covering must be--
    (1) Fibrous-glass-reinforced plastic, constructed of a polyester 
resin listed on the current Qualified Products List for MIL-P-21607E(SH) 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.010-1 of this subpart), or 
accepted by the Commandant (CG-ENG-4) as meeting MIL-P-21607;
    (2) Elastomeric vinyl accepted by the Commandant (CG-ENG-4) as 
meeting Sec. 160.055-3(j) of this chapter; or

[[Page 38]]

    (3) Any other material accepted by the Commandant (CG-ENG-4) as 
providing equivalent protection for the body of the apparatus.

[CGD 79-167, 47 FR 41372, Sept. 20, 1982, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60 
FR 50466, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996. 
Redesignated by CGD 85-205, 62 FR 25545, May 9, 1997, as amended by 
USCG-2009-0702, 74 FR 49237, Sept. 25, 2009; USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 
62975, Oct. 11, 2011]



Sec. 160.010-6  Capacity of buoyant apparatus.

    (a) The number of persons for which a buoyant apparatus is approved 
must be the lowest number determined by the following methods:
    (1) Final buoyancy of the buoyant apparatus in Newtons after the 
watertight integrity test as described in Sec. 160.010-7 (e) and (f), 
divided by 145 (divided by 32 if buoyancy is measured in pounds). The 
divisor must be changed to 180 (40 if buoyancy is measured in pounds) if 
the apparatus is designed so that persons supported are only partially 
immersed or where facilities are provided for climbing on top of the 
apparatus.
    (2) Number of 300 mm (1 ft.) increments in the outside perimeter of 
the buoyant apparatus. The inside edge of peripheral-body type buoyant 
apparatus is not considered in determining the capacity.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.010-7  Methods of sampling, inspections and tests.

    (a) General. Production tests must be conducted under the procedures 
in subpart 159.007 of this chapter. An inspector from the independent 
laboratory must inspect the place of manufacture, observe the various 
operations involved in the construction process and determine that 
buoyant apparatus are made in accordance with this subpart and of 
materials and parts conforming strictly with the plans and 
specifications submitted by the manufacturer and approved by the 
Commandant (CG-ENG-4).
    (b) Sampling of production lots. A production lot must consist of 
not more than 300 buoyant apparatus of the same design and capacity 
manufactured by one factory. Samples for production tests must be 
selected at random from each lot. The required sample size for various 
lot sizes is given in Table 160.010-7(b).

          Table 160.010-7(b)--Sample Size for Various Lot Sizes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Sample
                           Lot size                               size
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 to 30.......................................................         1
31 to 60......................................................         2
61 to 90......................................................         3
91 to 300.....................................................         4
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (c) Testing of sample buoyant apparatus from production lots. Each 
sample buoyant apparatus selected for test from a production lot must be 
subjected to the tests described in paragraphs (d) through (g) of this 
section. The stability test in paragraph (h) must be performed whenever 
a question of stability arises.
    (d) Strength tests. The buoyant apparatus tested for approval must 
be subjected to the drop test. Buoyant apparatus tested for production 
lot inspections must also be subjected to the drop test except that in 
the case of peripheral body type apparatus, the beam loading test may be 
substituted.
    (1) Drop test. Drop the complete sample buoyant apparatus into still 
water from a height of 18 m (60 ft.) twice, once flat and once endwise. 
There must be no damage that would render the apparatus unserviceable.
    (2) Beam loading test. The buoyant apparatus must be stood on edge 
on one of its longer sides. A wood block 600 mm (24 in.) long and wide 
enough to cover the body of the apparatus must be centered on the top 
edge of the apparatus. A loading beam must be set at right angles to the 
float at a height so that the beam is in a horizontal position with its 
center on the center of the wood block. The loading beam must be hinged 
at one end and a load applied at the other end at a uniform rate of 225 
kg (500 lb.) per minute until the load at the end of the beam as shown 
on Table 160.010-7(d)(2) is reached. The beam is then held stationary 
for 10 minutes. The device used to apply the load must be a chain fall, 
hydraulic cylinder or other device that allows the device to unload as 
the

[[Page 39]]

strain on the buoyant apparatus relieves. At the end of the 10 minute 
period, the drop in the load on the device must not exceed the maximum 
permissible drop shown in Table 160.010-7(d)(2). If the buoyant 
apparatus is not one of the sizes listed in the table, the loads must be 
determined by linear interpolation.

    Note: Because of the lever ratio of the beam loading apparatus 
described here, the actual loads applied to the apparatus are twice the 
loads shown in the Table.

                Table 160.010-7(d)(2)--Beam Loading Test
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Maximum
                                                 Test load   permissible
     Size of buoyant apparatus (persons)        (kg (lb.))     drop (kg
                                                                (lb.))
------------------------------------------------------------------------
60...........................................         2,400   120 (264)
                                                    (5,280)
40...........................................         1,800    90 (198)
                                                    (3,960)
25...........................................         1,500    75 (165)
                                                    (3,300)
15...........................................         1,200    60 (132)
                                                    (2,640)
10...........................................   900 (1,980)    45 (100)
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (e) Buoyancy test. Known weights are loaded on the sample buoyant 
apparatus until it is awash. The buoyancy is the downward force exerted 
by the weights loaded on the apparatus. A raised platform of known 
weight having two runners on edge spaced so as to bear on the apparatus 
may be used to support the weights out of water to avoid the necessity 
for making allowances for the displacement of submerged weights. This 
test is not a required production test if the manufacturer--
    (1) Uses the same plastic buoyancy foam used in previous production 
lots,
    (2) Determines that the density of each batch of foam used is within 
a range specified on the approved plans, and
    (3) Closely controls the amount of foam used in each apparatus.
    (f) Watertight integrity test. The buoyant apparatus is submerged 
for 24 hours at a depth of 3 m (10 ft.) or equivalent water pressure. 
The final buoyancy of the buoyant apparatus is determined in accordance 
with paragraph (e) of this section. The final buoyancy must be at least 
145 N (32 lb.) per person capacity of the buoyant apparatus or 180 N (40 
lb.) per person capacity if the apparatus is designed so that persons 
supported are only partially immersed or if facilities are provided for 
climbing on top of the apparatus. The loss of buoyancy must not exceed 5 
percent of the initial buoyancy. This test is not a required production 
test if the manufacturer uses the plastic buoyancy foam controls 
permitted as an alternative to the buoyancy test in paragraph (e) of 
this section.
    (g) Painter attachment strength test. The apparatus must be 
positioned with its painter attachment fitting at the lowest point of 
the apparatus, directly below the center of buoyancy. The apparatus must 
be suspended in this position from the highest side. A load equal to 
twice the buoyancy of the apparatus must be suspended from the painter 
attachment fitting for 10 minutes. The fitting must remain firmly 
attached to the buoyant apparatus and the apparatus must not sustain any 
visible damage.
    (h) Stability test. With the sample buoyant apparatus floating in 
water, a weight of 22.5 kg of iron per meter of length (15 lb. per foot) 
must be suspended in the water from the life lines along one of the 
longer edges. The same test must be performed along one of the shorter 
edges. The minimum weight along any one edge must be 27 kg (60 lb.). The 
buoyant apparatus must neither capsize nor become partially awash under 
either of these tests.
    (i) Weight test. One buoyant apparatus of the lot submitted for 
approval must be weighed. The weight of the complete buoyant apparatus 
must be within the limit required in Sec. 160.010-3(d).
    (j) Lot acceptance or rejection. Inability of a sample buoyant 
apparatus to pass any one or more of the tests required in this section 
causes rejection of the lot. Each buoyant apparatus in a rejected lot 
must be reworked by the manufacturer to correct the defects found before 
the lot is resubmitted for inspection and testing.

[CGD 79-167, 47 FR 41372, Sept. 20, 1982, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60 
FR 50466, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996; USCG-
2009-0702, 74 FR 49237, Sept. 25, 2009; USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62975, 
Oct. 11, 2011; USCG-2014-0688, 79 FR 58285, Sept. 29, 2014]



Sec. 160.010-8  Nameplate and marking.

    (a) A substantial nameplate must be permanently attached to each 
buoyant

[[Page 40]]

apparatus. The nameplate must contain the name of the manufacturer, lot 
designation or serial number, approval number, dimensions, and number of 
persons capacity. Space must be provided for the date, and the 
identification of the independent laboratory.
    (b) The nameplates of buoyant apparatus accepted must be marked with 
the identification of the independent laboratory and the date.



Sec. 160.010-9  Procedure for approval.

    (a) A buoyant apparatus is approved by the Coast Guard under the 
procedures in subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
    (b) The test required for approval are those in Sec. 160.010-7, and 
must be performed on the first production lot of buoyant apparatus 
produced by the manufacturer.



Sec. 160.010-10  Independent laboratory.

    (a) The approval and production tests in this subpart must be 
conducted by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under 
subpart 159.010 of this chapter.
    (b) [Reserved]

Subparts 160.011-160.012 [Reserved]



  Subpart 160.013_Hatchets (Lifeboat and Liferaft) for Merchant Vessels



Sec. 160.013-1  Applicable specification and plan.

    (a) Specification. The following specification, of the issue in 
effect on the date hatchets are manufactured, forms a part of this 
subpart:
    (1) Federal Specification:

GGG-A-926--Axes.

    (b) Plan. The following plan, of the issue in effect on the date 
hatchets are manufactured, forms a part of this subpart:
    (1) Dwg. No. 160.013-1 (b)--Hatchet (Lifeboat and Life Raft).
    (c) Copy on file. A copy of the specification and plan referred to 
in this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together with 
the approved plans and certificate of approval. They shall be kept for a 
period consisting of the duration of approval and 6 months after 
termination of approval. The Federal specification may be purchased from 
the Business Service Center, General Services Administration, 
Washington, DC, 20407. The Coast Guard plan may be obtained upon request 
from the Coast Guard Headquarters. Contact Commandant (CG-ENG-4), Attn: 
Lifesaving and Fire Safety Division, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 
Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509.

[CGFR 49-43, 15 FR 116, Jan. 11, 1950, as amended by CGFR 61-23, 26 FR 
5758, June 28, 1961; CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 10898, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 88-070, 
53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 1988; USCG-2013-0671, 78 FR 60156, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.013-2  Type and size.

    (a) Type. Hatchets specified by this subpart shall be Type I, Class 
I, Design D or E, as described in Federal Specification GGG-A-926, but 
other hatchets equal in strength and construction will be given special 
consideration.
    (b) Size. Hatchets specified by this subpart shall be of one size, 
and the dimensions shall be approximately in conformance with Drawing 
No. 160.013-1(b).

[CGFR 49-43, 15 FR 116, Jan. 11, 1950, as amended by CGFR 61-23, 26 FR 
5759, June 28, 1961]



Sec. 160.013-3  Materials, workmanship, and construction details.

    (a) General. All materials, workmanship, and construction details 
shall be in substantial compliance with the provisions of Federal 
Specification GGG-A-926, except as provided for in this subpart.
    (b) Handle. A \1/2\-inch diameter hole shall be bored in the hatchet 
handle in the approximate location shown on DWG No. 160.013-1(b), and 
the edges of the hole on both sides of the handle shall be rounded off 
to remove rough edges.
    (c) Lanyard. Hatchets specified by this subpart shall be provided 
with a lanyard of \1/4\-inch diameter, 3-strand rope-laid line not less 
than 6 feet in length. Lanyards shall be cotton, jute, or other suitable 
material. The lanyard shall be attached to the hatchet by threading one 
end through the hole in the hatchet handle and securing the

[[Page 41]]

rope end by splicing or by a bowline or other suitable knot.
    (d) Sheath. No sheaths are to be provided for hatchets specified by 
this subpart.

[CGFR 49-43, 15 FR 116, Jan. 11, 1950, as amended by CGFR 61-23, 26 FR 
5759, June 28, 1961]



Sec. 160.013-5  Marking.

    (a) General. Hatchets specified by this subpart shall be stamped or 
otherwise permanently marked in a legible manner on the side of the head 
with the manufacturer's name or with a trade mark of such known 
character that the source of manufacture may be readily determined, and 
with the manufacturer's type or size designation.
    (b) [Reserved]

[CGFR 49-43, 15 FR 116, Jan. 11, 1950]

Subpart 160.015 [Reserved]



       Subpart 160.016_Lamps, Safety, Flame, for Merchant Vessels

    Source: CGFR 50-12, 15 FR 3093, May 20, 1950, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.016-1  Applicable specification.

    (a) The following specification of the issue in effect on the date 
flame safety lamps are manufactured forms a part of this subpart:
    (1) Military specification:

MIL-L-1204, Lamps, Safety, Flame.

    (b) A copy of the above specification shall be kept on file by the 
manufacturer together with the approved plan and certificate of approval 
issued by the Coast Guard.



Sec. 160.016-2  Requirements.

    (a) Flame safety lamps for use on merchant vessels shall comply with 
the construction requirements of Military Specification MIL-L-1204.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.016-4  Marking.

    (a) Flame safety lamps shall be permanently and legibly marked with 
the name and address of the manufacturer and the type or model 
designation for the lamp.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.016-5  Procedure for approval.

    (a) General. Flame safety lamps are approved for use on merchant 
vessels only by the Commandant (CG-ENG-4), Attn: Lifesaving and Fire 
Safety Division, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. 
Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509. Correspondence relating to the 
subject matter of this specification shall be addressed to the Commander 
of the Coast Guard District in which such devices are manufactured.
    (b) Pre-approval sample and plan. In order to apply for approval of 
a flame safety lamp for use on merchant vessels, submit one complete 
sample, together with four copies of an arrangement plan (parts drawings 
are not required), together with a statement that the lamp meets the 
construction requirements of Military Specification MIL-L-1204, as 
amended, to the Commander of the Coast Guard District who will forward 
same to the Commandant for determination as to its suitability for use 
on merchant vessels.

[CGFR 50-12, 15 FR 3093, May 20, 1950, as amended by USCG-2013-0671, 78 
FR 60156, Sept. 30, 2013]



                      Subpart 160.017_Chain Ladder

    Source: CGD 74-140, 46 FR 63286, Dec. 31, 1981, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.017-1  Scope.

    (a) This subpart contains standards and approval and production 
tests for chain ladders used on a merchant vessel to get on and off the 
vessel in an emergency.
    (b) The requirements in this subpart apply to a chain ladder 
designed for use along a vertical portion of a vessel's hull.



Sec. 160.017-7  Independent laboratory.

    The approval and production tests in this subpart must be conducted 
by or under the supervision of an independent laboratory accepted by the 
Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter.



Sec. 160.017-9  Approval procedure.

    (a) General. A chain ladder is approved by the Coast Guard under the

[[Page 42]]

procedures in subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
    (b) Approval testing. Each approval test must be conducted in 
accordance with Sec. 160.017-21.
    (c) Approval of alternatives. A chain ladder that does not meet the 
materials, construction, or performance requirements of this subpart may 
be approved if the application and any approval tests prescribed by the 
Commandant in place of or in addition to the approval tests required by 
this subpart, show that the alternative materials, construction, or 
performance is at least as effective as that specified by the 
requirements of this subpart. The Commandant may also prescribe 
different production tests if the tests required by this subpart are not 
appropriate for the alternative ladder configuration.



Sec. 160.017-11  Materials.

    (a) Suspension members. Each suspension member of a chain ladder 
must be a continuous length of non-kinking chain, such as single loop 
lock link coil chain, with a minimum breaking strength of at least 16 kN 
(3,560 lbs.).
    (b) Metal parts. Each metal part of a ladder must be made of 
corrosion-resistant metal or of steel galvanized by the hot dip process 
after the part is formed. If the ends of galvanized fasteners are peened 
over to lock them in place, a corrosion resisting surface treatment must 
be applied to each peened surface.
    (c) Wooden parts. Each wooden part of a ladder must be made of 
hardwood that is free of defects affecting its strength or durability.
    (d) Wood preservative. After each wooden part is formed and 
finished, it must be treated with water-repellant wood preservative that 
is properly applied.
    (e) Lashing rings. The inside diameter of each lashing ring must be 
at least 75 mm (3 in.). Each lashing ring must have a minimum breaking 
strength of at least 16 kN (3,560 lbs.).



Sec. 160.017-13  Construction.

    (a) General. Each chain ladder must have two suspension members. 
Each step in the ladder must be supported at each end by a suspension 
member.
    (b) Suspension member. The distance between the two suspension 
members must be at least 400 mm (16 in.), but not more than 480 mm (19 
in.). The chain between each top lashing ring and the first step must be 
long enough so that the distance between the center of the lashing ring 
and the top of the first step is approximately 600 mm (24 in.).
    (c) Lashing rings. A lashing ring must be securely attached to the 
top and bottom of each suspension member. The means of attachment must 
be at least as strong as the chain and the lashing ring.
    (d) Thimble or wear plate. A thimble or wear plate must be attached 
to the chain where it can slide on its connections to the lashing rings.
    (e) Steps. Each step of a ladder must have two rungs arranged to 
provide a suitable handhold and stepping surface. The distance between 
steps must be uniform. This distance must be between 300 mm (12 in.) and 
380 mm (15 in.).
    (f) Rungs. Step rungs must meet the following requirements:
    (1) Each rung must be wooden, or a material of equivalent strength, 
durability, handhold, and step surface characteristics.
    (2) In order to provide a suitable handhold and step surface, the 
width of each rung must be at least 40 mm (1\1/2\ in.) and the thickness 
must be at least 25 mm (1 in.), but not more than 40 mm (1\1/2\ in.).
    (3) The distance between the rungs in each step must be uniform. 
This distance must be between 40 mm (1\1/2\ in.) and 65 mm (2\1/2\ in.).
    (4) Each rung must be attached to a spacer ear by a method that 
prevents the rung from rotating and that supports it in a horizontal 
position when the ladder is hung vertically.
    (g) Spacer ears. Spacer ears must meet the following requirements:
    (1) All spacer ears on a ladder must be the same size and shape.
    (2) The top and bottom of each spacer ear must be attached to a 
suspension member.
    (3) The top point of attachment must be at least 100 mm (4 in.) 
above the top surfaces of the rungs attached to the spacer ear.

[[Page 43]]

    (4) Each spacer ear made of sheet metal must have features such as 
formed ribs, rolled flange edges, and stress relief holes at the ends of 
cuts, to prevent the ear from bending or tearing.
    (h) Fasteners. Each fastening device must have a means to prevent 
the device from loosening.
    (i) Workmanship. A ladder must not have splinters, burrs, sharp 
edges, corners, projections, or other defects that could injure a person 
using the ladder.



Sec. 160.017-15  Performance.

    (a) Each chain ladder must be capable of being rolled up for 
storage.
    (b) Each ladder when rolled up must be able to unroll freely and 
hang vertically.



Sec. 160.017-17  Strength.

    (a) Each chain ladder must be designed to pass the approval tests in 
Sec. 160.17-21.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.017-21  Approval tests.

    (a) General. Each approval test must be conducted on a ladder of the 
longest length for which approval has been requested. If a ladder fails 
one of the tests in this section, the cause of the failure must be 
identified and any needed changes made. After a test failure and any 
design change, the failed test, and any other previously completed tests 
affected by the design change, must be rerun.
    (b) Visual examination. Before starting the tests described in this 
section, an assembled chain ladder is examined for evidence of 
noncompliance with the requirements in Sec. Sec. 160.017.11, 160.017-
13, and 160.017-15.
    (c) The following approval tests must be conducted:
    (1) Strength test 1. An assembled ladder is supported so that a 
static load, if placed on any of its steps, would exert a force both on 
the step and each suspension member. A static load of 315 kg (700 lb.) 
is then placed on one step for at least one minute. The load must be 
uniformly distributed over a contact surface that is approximately 100 
mm (4 in.) wide. The center of the contact surface must be at the center 
of the step. This test is performed on six different steps. No step may 
break, crack, or incur any deformation that remains after the static 
load is removed. No attachment between any step and a suspension member 
may loosen or break during this test.
    (2) Strength test 2. A ladder is suspended vertically to its full 
length from its top lashing rings. A static load of 900 kg (2000 lbs.) 
is then applied to the bottom lashing rings so that it is distributed 
equally between the suspension members. The suspension members, lashing 
rings, and spacer ears must not break, incur any elongation or 
deformation that remains after the test load is removed, or be damaged 
in any other way during this test.
    (3) Strength test 3. A rolled-up ladder is attached by its top 
lashing rings to anchoring fixtures in a location away from any wall or 
structure that would prevent it from falling freely, and where it can 
hang to its full length vertically. The ladder when dropped must unroll 
freely. When unrolling the ladder, its steps and attachments must not 
become cracked, broken, or loosened. Other similar damage making the 
ladder unsafe to use must likewise not occur.



Sec. 160.017-25  Marking.

    (a) Each chain ladder step manufactured under Coast Guard approval 
must be branded or otherwise permanently and legibly marked on the 
bottom with--
    (1) The name of the manufacturer;
    (2) The manufacturer's brand or model designation;
    (3) The lot number and date of manufacture; and
    (4) The Coast Guard approval number.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.017-27  Production tests and examination.

    (a) General. Each ladder manufactured under Coast Guard approval 
must be tested in accordance with this section and subpart 159.007 of 
this chapter. Steps that fail testing may not be marked with the Coast 
Guard approval number and each assembled ladder that fails testing may 
not be sold as Coast Guard approved.

[[Page 44]]

    (b) Test 1: Steps. Steps must be separated into lots of 100 steps 
or less. One step from each lot must be selected at random and tested as 
described in Sec. 106.017-21(c)(1), except that the step may be 
supported at the points where it would be attached to suspension members 
in an assembled ladder. If the step fails the test, ten more steps must 
be selected at random from the lot and tested. If one or more of the ten 
steps fails the test, each step in the lot must be tested.
    (c) Test 2: Ladders. Assembled ladders must be separated into lots 
of 20 ladders or less One ladder must be selected at random from the 
ladders in the lot. The ladder selected must be at least 3 m (10 ft.) 
long or, if each ladder in the lot is less than 3 m long, a ladder of 
the longest length in the lot must be selected. The ladder must be 
tested as prescribed in Sec. 160.017-21(c)(2), except that only a 3 m 
section of the ladder need be subjected to the static load. If the 
ladder fails the test each other ladder in the lot must be tested.
    (d) Independent laboratory. Each production test must be conducted 
or supervised by an independent laboratory. However, if a test is 
performed more than 4 different times per year, laboratory participation 
is required only 4 times per year. If the laboratory does not 
participate in all tests, the times of laboratory participation must be 
as selected by the laboratory. The times selected must provide for 
effective monitoring throughout the production schedule.
    (e) Visual examination. The visual examination described in Sec. 
160.017-21(b) must be conducted as a part of each production test.



             Subpart 160.021_Hand Red Flare Distress Signals

    Source: CGD 76-048a and 76-048b, 44 FR 73060, Dec. 17, 1979, unless 
otherwise noted.



Sec. 160.021-1  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) The following is incorporated by reference into this subpart:
    (1) ``The Universal Color Language'' and ``The Color Names 
Dictionary'' in Color: Universal Language and Dictionary of Names, 
National Bureau of Standards Special Publication 440, December 1976.
    (b) NBS Special Publication 440 may be obtained by ordering from the 
Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, 
Washington, DC 20402 (Order by SD Catalog No. C13.10:440).
    (c) Approval to incorporate by reference the publication listed in 
this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on 
November 1, 1979. The publication is on file at the Federal Register 
Library.



Sec. 160.021-2  Type.

    (a) Hand red flare distress signals specified by this subpart shall 
be of one type which shall consist essentially of a wooden handle to 
which is attached a tubular casing having a sealing plug at the handle 
end, the casing being filled with a flare composition and having a 
button of ignition material at the top, with a removable cap having a 
friction striking material on its top which may be exposed for use by 
pulling a tear strip. The flare is ignited by scraping the friction 
striker on top of the cap against the igniter button on top of the 
flare. The general arrangement of the flare is shown by Figure No. 
160.021-2(a). Alternate arrangements which conform to all the 
performance requirements of this specification (and other arrangements 
which conform with all performance requirements except candlepower and 
burning time, but provide not less than 3,000 candela-minutes with a 
minimum of \1/3\ minute burning time) will be given special 
consideration.

[[Page 45]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.002


[[Page 46]]


    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.021-3  Materials, workmanship, construction and performance 
requirements.

    (a) Materials. The materials shall conform strictly to the 
specifications and drawings submitted by the manufacturer and approved 
by the Commandant. The color of the tube shall be red. Flare 
compositions containing sulphur shall not contain more than 2.6 percent 
of potassium chlorate or an equivalent amount of any other chlorate. 
Flare compositions containing chlorates in any quantity shall not 
contain any ammonium salts.
    (b) Workmanship. Hand red flare distress signals shall be of first 
class workmanship and shall be free from imperfections of manufacture 
affecting their appearance or that may affect their serviceability. 
Moistureproof coatings shall be applied uniformly and shall be free from 
pinholes or other visible defects which would impair their usefulness.
    (c) Construction. The casing shall be fitted and secured to the 
handle with not less than a 25 mm (1 in.) overlap and shall be attached 
to the handle in such a manner that failure of the joint will not occur 
during tests, ignition, or operation. The plug shall be securely affixed 
in the casing to separate the flare composition from the wooden handle. 
The flare composition shall be thoroughly mixed and be uniformly 
compressed throughout to preclude variations of density which may 
adversely affect uniformity of its burning characteristics. The cap 
shall have a lap fit of not less than 25 mm (1 in.) over the end of the 
casing and flare composition to entirely and securely protect the 
exposed surface of the igniter button and end of flare composition and 
casing, and shall have an inner shoulder so constructed that it is 
mechanically impossible for the inner surface of the cap to come in 
contact with the igniter button. The cap shall be securely attached to 
the casing in such manner as to preclude its accidental detachment. The 
cap shall be provided on its top with a friction striking material which 
shall, by a pull of the tear strip, be entirely exposed for striking the 
friction igniter button. The igniter button shall be non-water soluble 
or be protected from moisture by a coating of some waterproof substance, 
and shall be raised or exposed in such manner as to provide positive 
ignition by the friction striker. The igniter button shall be firmly 
secured in or on the top of the flare composition; the arrangement shall 
be such that the ignition will be transmitted to the flare composition. 
The assembled flare, consisting of tear strip, cap, casing, and handle, 
shall be sealed and treated to protect the flare from deterioration by 
moisture. The protective waterproof coating shall be applied so none 
adheres to the friction striking surface. Special consideration will be 
given to alternate waterproofing of the signal by means of a water-
resistant coating on the signal plus packaging in a sealed plastic 
waterproof bag satisfactory to the Commandant.
    (d) Performance. Signals shall meet all the inspection and test 
requirements contained in Sec. 160.021-4.



Sec. 160.021-4  Approval and production tests.

    (a) Approval tests. The manufacturer must produce a lot of at least 
100 signals from which samples must be taken for testing for approval 
under Sec. 160.021-7. The approval tests are the operational tests and 
technical tests in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section. The approval 
tests must be conducted by an independent laboratory accepted by the 
Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of this Chapter.
    (b) Production inspections and tests. Production inspections and 
tests of each lot of signals produced must be conducted under the 
procedures in Sec. 159.007 of this chapter. Signals from a rejected lot 
must not be represented as meeting this subpart or as being approved by 
the Coast Guard. If the manufacturer identifies the cause of the 
rejection of a lot of signals, the signals in the lot may be reworked by 
the manufacturer to correct the problem. Samples from the rejected lot 
must be retested in order to be accepted. Records shall be kept of the 
reasons for rejection, the reworking performed on the rejected lot, and 
the results of the second test.

[[Page 47]]

    (1) Lot size. For the purposes of sampling the production of 
signals, a lot must consist of not more than 30,000 signals. Lots must 
be numbered serially by the manufacturer. A new lot must be started 
with: (i) Any change in construction details, (ii) any change in sources 
of raw materials, or (iii) the start of production on a new production 
line or on a previously discontinued production line.
    (2) Inspections and tests by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's 
quality control procedures must include inspection of materials entering 
into construction of the signals and inspection of the finished signals, 
to determine that signals are being produced in accordance with the 
approved plans. Samples from each lot must be tested in accordance with 
the operational tests in paragraph (c) of this section.
    (3) Inspections and tests by an independent laboratory. An 
independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of 
this Chapter must perform or supervise the inspections and tests under 
paragraph (b)(2) of this section at least 4 times a year, unless the 
number of lots produced in year is less than four. The inspections and 
tests must occur at least once during each quarterly period, unless no 
lots are produced during that period. If less than four lots are 
produced, the laboratory must perform or supervise the inspection and 
testing of each lot. In addition, the laboratory must perform or 
supervise the technical tests in paragraph (d) of this section at least 
once for every ten lots of signals produced, except that the number of 
technical tests must be at least one but not more than four per year. If 
a lot of signals tested by the independent laboratory is rejected, the 
laboratory must perform or supervise the inspections and tests of the 
reworked lot and the next lot of signals produced. The tests of each 
reworked lot and the next lot produced must not be counted for the 
purpose of meeting the requirement for the annual number of inspections 
and tests performed or supervised by the independent laboratory.
    (c) Operational tests. Each lot of signals must be sampled and 
tested as follows:
    (1) Sampling procedure and accept/reject criteria. A sample of 
signals must be selected at random from the lot. The size of the sample 
must be the individual sample size in Table 160.021-4(c)(1) 
corresponding to the lot size. Each signal in the sample is tested as 
prescribed in the test procedure in paragraph (c)(2) of this section. 
Each signal that has a defect listed in the table of defects (Table 
160.021-4(c)(2)) is assigned a score (failure percent) in accordance 
with that table. In the case of multiple defects, only the score having 
the highest numerical value is assigned to that signal. If the sum of 
all the failure percents (cumulative failure percent) for the number of 
units in the sample is less than or equal to the accept criterion, the 
lot is accepted. If the cumulative failure percent falls between the 
accept and reject criteria, another sample is selected from the 
production lot and the operational tests are repeated. The cumulative 
failure percent of each sample tested is added to that of the previous 
samples to obtain the cumulative failure percent for all the signals 
tested (cumulative sample size). Additional samples are tested and the 
tests repeated until either the accept or reject criterion for the 
cumulative sample size is met. If any signal in the sample explodes when 
fired or ignited in a way that could burn or otherwise injure the person 
firing it, the lot is rejected without further testing. (This procedure 
is diagrammed in figure 160.021-4(c)).
    (2) Test procedure. Each sample signal (specimen) must be tested as 
follows:
    (i) Conditioning of test specimens--water resistance. Immerse 
specimen horizontally with uppermost portion of the signal approximately 
25 mm (1 in.) below the surface of the water for a period of 24 hours. 
If the signal is protected by alternate waterproofing consisting of a 
water-resistant coating on the signal plus packaging in a sealed plastic 
waterproof bag, the 24-hour water immersion conditioning will be 
conducted while the signal is in the sealed plastic waterproof bag and 
will be followed by an additional immersion of the bare signal (i.e., 
after removal from the bag) 25 mm (1 in.) below the surface of the water 
for a period of 10 minutes.

[[Page 48]]

    (ii) Waterproofing of igniter button. Remove the cap from the test 
specimen. Place head of specimen without cap about 25 mm (1 in .) under 
the surface of water for approximately 5 minutes. Remove specimen from 
the water and wipe dry.
    (iii) Ignition and burning characteristics. Test specimens shall 
ignite and burn satisfactorily with uniform intensity when the 
directions on the signal are followed. Test specimens shall not ignite 
explosively in a manner that might be dangerous to the user or persons 
close by. The plug separating the flare composition from the handle 
shall in no case allow flame or hot gases to pass through it or between 
it and the casing in such manner as might burn the hand while holding 
the signal by the handle.
    (iv) Burning time. The burning time of a specimen shall be obtained 
by stop watch measurements from the time a distinct sustained flame is 
emitted until it ceases. Test specimens shall burn in air not less than 
2 minutes.

                  Table 160.021-4(c)(1)--Accept and reject criteria for operational test lots.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Individual                             Cumulative
                   Lot size                      sample              Sample             sample    Accept  Reject
                                                  size                                   size       \1\     \1\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
280 or                                                  8  First....................           8   (\2\)     400
  less.                                        ..........  Second...................          16     100     500
                                                           Third....................          24     200     600
                                                           Fourth...................          32     300     700
                                                           Fifth....................          40     500     800
                                                           Sixth....................          48     700     900
                                                           Seventh..................          56     950     951
281 to                                                 13  First....................          13       0     400
  500.                                         ..........  Second...................          26     100     600
                                                           Third....................          39     300     800
                                                           Fourth...................          52     500   1,000
                                                           Fifth....................          65     700   1,100
                                                           Sixth....................          78   1,000   1,200
                                                           Seventh..................          91   1,350   1,351
501 to                                                 20  First....................          20       0     500
  1,200.                                       ..........  Second...................          40     300     800
                                                           Third....................          60     600   1,000
                                                           Fourth...................          80     800   1,300
                                                           Fifth....................         100   1,100   1,500
                                                           Sixth....................         120   1,400   1,700
                                                           Seventh..................         140   1,850   1,851
1,201 to                                               32  First....................          32     100     700
  3,200.                                       ..........  Second...................          64     400   1,000
                                                           Third....................          96     800   1,300
                                                           Fourth...................         128   1,200   1,700
                                                           Fifth....................         160   1,700   2,000
                                                           Sixth....................         192   2,100   2,300
                                                           Seventh..................         224   2,550   2,551
More                                                   50  First....................          50     200     900
  than                                         ..........  Second...................         100     700   1,400
  3,201.                                       ..........  Third....................         150   1,300   1,900
                                                           Fourth...................         200   1,900   2,500
                                                           Fifth....................         250   2,500   2,900
                                                           Sixth....................         300   3,100   3,300
                                                           Seventh..................         350   3,750   3,751
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Cumulative failure percent.
\2\ Lot may not be accepted. Next sample must be tested.


                          Table 160.021-4(c)(2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Percentage
                       Kind of defects                        of failure
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a. Failure to ignite........................................        100
b. Ignites or burns dangerously.............................         50
c. Nonuniform burning intensity.............................         50
d. Chimneys so as to materially obscure the flame...........         25
e. Fire flashes down between casing and handle so as to              50
 endanger burning the hand..................................
f. Burning time less than 70 pct of specified time..........        100
g. Burning time at least 70 pct but less than 80 pct of              75
 specified time.............................................
h. Burning time at least 80 pct but less than 90 pct of              50
 specified time.............................................
i. Burning time at least 90 pct but less than 100 pct of             25
 specified time.............................................
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (d) Technical tests. Three signals must be subjected to each of the 
following tests. Two of the three signals must pass each test in order 
for the lot of signals to be accepted.
    (1) Underwater burning. Condition each sample in accordance with 
paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section. Ignite specimen and let it burn 
about 5 seconds in air. Submerge the burning signal in water in a 
vertical position with head down. Obtain under water burning time by 
stop watch measurement from time of submersion until distinct, sustained 
flame emission ceases. The test specimen shall burn under water not less 
than 5 seconds when subjected to this test.

[[Page 49]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.003

    (2) Bending strength. Place the specimen on supports 15 cm (6 in.) 
apart. Attach a weight of 35 kg (77 lb.) to a length of wire. Hang the 
weight from the supported signal by looping the wire around the signal 
approximately

[[Page 50]]

equidistant from the two points of support. Let the weight hang 
approximately 5 minutes. The test specimen shall not deflect more than 7 
mm (1/4 in.), nor shall the joint between the casing and the handle 
fail, when subjected to this test.
    (3) Tensile strength. Place the specimen in a chuck firmly holding 
it about 13 mm (1/2 in.) below the cap. Attach a weight of 35 kg (77 
lb.) to a length of wire. Hang the weight from the supported signal by 
looping the wire through a hole bored perpendicular to and through the 
axis of the handle. Let the weight hang approximately 5 minutes. The 
test specimen shall not show noticeable distortion, nor shall the joint 
between the casing and handle fail, when subjected to this test.
    (4) Luminous intensity. The luminous intensity of each specimen 
tested shall be measured by a visual photometer or equivalent 
photometric device, while the specimen is supported in a horizontal 
position and the photometer is at right angles to the axis of the 
specimen. Visual luminous intensity readings shall be observed and 
recorded at approximately 20 second intervals during the burning of the 
specimen. The minimum photometric distance shall be 3 m (10 ft.). 
Recording photometers shall have a chart speed of at least 25 mm (1 in.) 
per minute. The luminous intensity of specimen shall be computed as the 
arithmetical average of the readings recorded. The average luminous 
intensity of a test specimen shall be not less than 500 candela. The 
burning time of a specimen shall be obtained by stop watch measurements 
from the time distinct, sustained flame is emitted until it ceases. Test 
specimens shall burn in air not less than 2 minutes.
    (5) Elevated temperature, humidity and storage. Place specimen in a 
thermostatically controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 [deg]C. 
with not less than 90 percent relative humidity for 72 hours. Remove 
specimen and store at room temperature (20[deg] to 25 [deg]C.) with 
approximately 65 percent relative humidity for 10 days. If for any 
reason it is not possible to operate the oven continuously for the 72-
hour period, it may be operated at the required temperature and humidity 
for 8 hours out of each 24 during the 72-hour conditioning period. 
(Total of 24 hours on and 48 hours off.) The signal shall not ignite or 
decompose during this conditioning. The signal shall ignite and operate 
satisfactorily following this conditioning.
    (6) Spontaneous ignition. Place the specimen in a thermostatically 
controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 [deg]C. with not more than 
10% relative humidity for 48 consecutive hours. The signals shall not 
ignite or undergo marked decomposition.
    (7) Chromaticity. The color of the burning signal must be vivid red 
as defined by sections 13 and 14 of the ``Color Names Dictionary.'' Two 
identical test plates of white cardboard about 30 cm x 60 cm 
(12 x 24) are used. Except for a negligible amount 
of stray daylight, the first test plate is illuminated by light from the 
specimen placed at a distance of about 1.5 m (5 ft.). The second test 
plate is illuminated only by light from an incandescent lamp operated at 
a color temperature close to 2,848 [deg]K at a distance of about 30 cm 
(1 ft.). The first plate is viewed directly, the second through 
combinations of Lovibond red, yellow, and blue glasses selected so as to 
approximate a chromaticity match. By separating the test plates by a 
wide unilluminated area (subtending at the observer about 45[deg]), it 
is possible to make accurate determinations of chromaticity in terms of 
the 1931 CIE Standard Observer and Coordinate System, in spite of 
fluctuations in luminous intensity of the specimen by factors as high as 
2 or 3. The CIE coordinates are converted to the Munsell notation which 
is cross-referenced to the color name in Section 13 of the ``Color Names 
Dictionary'' (see the discussion in section 10 of ``The Universal Color 
Language'').
    (8) Heptane ignition. (i) A metal pan must be used to hold a layer 
of water at least 12mm (\1/2\ in.) deep with a layer of technical grade 
heptane on top of the water. The pan must be at least 1 m (39 in.) 
square with sides extending between 175 mm (7 in.) and 200 mm (8 in.) 
above the surface of the water. The amount of heptane used to form the 
layer must be 2.0 liters per square

[[Page 51]]

meter of pan area (6.25 fluid ounces per square foot).
    (ii) The test must be conducted in a draft-free location. The 
ambient temperature, the temperature of the water, and the temperature 
of the heptane must all be between 20 [deg]C (68 [deg]F) and 25 [deg]C 
(77 [deg]F) at the time of the test.
    (iii) The signal under test must be held with the flame end pointing 
upward at an angle of approximately 45[deg], 1.2 m (4 ft.) directly 
above the center of the pan. The signal must be ignited as soon as the 
heptane is observed to spread out over the water in continuous layer. 
The signal must be allowed to burn completely, and must remain in 
position until it has cooled.
    (iv) The heptane must not be ignited by the flare or by material 
from the flare.

    Caution: Heptane ignites rapidly and burns vigorously. The flare 
should be remotely ignited and all personnel should stay clear of the 
test pan while the flare is burning and while any part of it remains 
hot.

[CGD 76-048a, CGD 76-048b, 44 FR 73060, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by CGD 
80-021, 45 FR 45280, July 3, 1980; USCG-2014-0688, 79 FR 58285, Sept. 
29, 2014]



Sec. 160.021-5  Labeling and marking.

    (a) Labeling. Each hand red flare distress signal shall bear a label 
securely affixed thereto, showing in clear, indelible black lettering on 
a red background, the following wording and information:

                  (Company brand or style designation)

                     Hand Red Flare Distress Signal

                   500 Candela--2 Minutes Burning Time

               Use Only When Aircraft or Vessel Is Sighted

    Directions: Pull tape over top of cap. Remove cap and ignite flare 
by rubbing scratch surface on top of cap sharply across igniter button 
on head of signal.
    Caution: Stand with back to wind and point away from body when 
igniting or flare is burning.
    Service Life Expiration Date (Month and year to be inserted by 
manufacturer) (Month and year manufactured) (Lot No.----). Manufactured 
by (Name and address of manufacturer). U.S. Coast Guard Approval No.----

    (b) Marking of expiration date. The expiration date must be not more 
than 42 months from the date of manufacture.
    (c) Other marking. (1) There shall be die-stamped, in the side of 
the wooden handle in figures not less than 3 mm (C\1/8\ in.) high, 
numbers indicating the month and year of manufacture, thus: ``6-54'' 
indicating June, 1954.
    (2) In addition to any other marking placed on the smallest packing 
carton or box containing hand red flare distress signals, such cartons 
or boxes shall be plainly and permanently marked to show the service 
life expiration date, date of manufacture, and lot number.
    (3) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships 
signals must be marked with the following or equivalent words: ``Keep 
under cover in a dry place.''

    Note: Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does 
not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the 
label requirements of 15 U.S.C. 1263, the Federal Hazardous Substances 
Act.



Sec. 160.021-6  Container.

    (a) General. Containers for stowage of hand red flare distress 
signals in lifeboats and life rafts on merchant vessels are not required 
to have specific approval or to be of special design, but they shall 
meet the following test for watertightness when closed, and shall be 
capable of being opened and reclosed hand-tight to meet the same 
watertightness test. The materials shall be copper, brass, bronze, or 
equally corrosion-resistant to salt water and spray. The type container 
illustrated by Figure Number 160.021-6(a) is recommended for most 
purposes.
    (b) Watertightness test for containers. Whenever a question arises 
as to the watertightness of a container, the following test may be made 
to determine whether it is satisfactory in this respect. Open the 
container, remove the contents, insert colored blotting paper as a 
lining, re-close container as tightly as possible by hand (no wrenches 
or special tools permitted), submerge container with top about 30 cm (1 
ft.) below the surface of the water for two hours, remove container from 
water, wipe off excess moisture on outside,

[[Page 52]]

then open the container and examine the blotting paper and entire 
interior for evidence of moisture penetration. If any moisture or water 
is evidenced, the container is not satisfactory.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.004


[[Page 53]]


    (c) Marking of container. Containers shall be embossed or bear a 
brass or equivalent corrosion-resistant nameplate, or otherwise be 
suitably and permanently marked, to plainly show in letters not less 
than 13 mm (\1/2\ in.) high the following wording: ``HAND RED FLARE 
DISTRESS SIGNALS''. No additional marking which might cause confusion as 
to the contents shall be permitted. The vessel's name ordinarily is 
painted or branded on equipment such as this container, and nothing in 
this subpart shall be construed as prohibiting same.



Sec. 160.021-7  Procedure for approval.

    (a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in 
subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
    (b) [Reserved]



   Subpart 160.022_Floating Orange Smoke Distress Signals (5 Minutes)

    Source: CGD 76-048a, CGD 76-048b, 44 FR 73067, Dec. 17, 1979, unless 
otherwise noted.



Sec. 160.022-1  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) The following are incorporated by reference into this subpart:
    (1) ``The Color Names Dictionary'' in Color: Universal Language and 
Dictionary of Names, National Bureau of Standards Special Publication 
440, December 1976.
    (2) ``Development of a Laboratory Test for Evaluation of the 
Effectiveness of Smoke Signals,'' National Bureau of Standards Report 
4792, July 1956.
    (b) NBS Special Publication 440 may be obtained by ordering from the 
Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, 
Washington, DC 20402 (Order by SD Catalog No. C13.10:440).
    (c) NBS Report 4792 may be obtained from the Coast Guard 
Headquarters. Contact Commandant (CG-ENG-4), Attn: Lifesaving and Fire 
Safety Division, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. 
Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509.
    (d) Approval to incorporate by reference the materials listed in 
this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on 
November 1 and 29, 1979. The materials are on file in the Federal 
Register Library.

[CGD 76-048a, CGD 76-048b, 44 FR 73067, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by CGD 
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 
1988; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, 
Sept. 27, 1996; USCG-2009-0702, 74 FR 49237, Sept. 25, 2009; USCG-2013-
0671, 78 FR 60156, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.022-2  Type.

    (a) Floating orange smoke distress signals, specified by this 
subpart shall be of one type which shall consist essentially of an outer 
container, ballast, an air chamber, an inner container, the smoke 
producing composition, and an igniter mechanism. Alternate arrangements 
which conform to the performance requirements of this specification will 
be given special consideration.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.022-3  Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance
requirements.

    (a) Materials. The materials shall conform strictly to the 
specifications and drawings submitted by the manufacturer and approved 
by the Commandant. Metal for containers shall be not less than 0.5 mm 
(0.020 in.) in thickness. Other dimensions or materials may be 
considered upon special request when presented with supporting data. 
Igniter systems shall be corrosion-resistant metal. The combustible 
material shall be of such nature that it will not deteriorate during 
long storage, nor when subjected to frigid or tropical climates, or 
both.
    (b) Workmanship. Floating orange smoke distress signals shall be of 
first class workmanship and shall be free from imperfections of 
manufacture affecting their appearance or that may affect their 
serviceability.
    (c) Construction. The outer container shall be of a size suitable 
for its intended use. All sheet metal seams should be hook-jointed and 
soldered. The whole container shall be covered with two coats of 
waterproof paint or equivalent protection system. The igniter mechanism 
shall be simple to operate and provide ignition in most unfavorable 
weather. The mechanism shall be protected with a watertight

[[Page 54]]

cover having a finish which is corrosion-resistant to salt water and 
spray. The cover shall be easily and quickly removable by hand without 
the use of tools. If attachment of the cover is by formed screw threads, 
it shall be of such construction or material to prevent rusting or 
corrosion and will not back off and loosen under shipboard vibration.
    (d) Performance. Signals shall meet all the inspection and test 
requirements contained in Sec. 160.022-4.



Sec. 160.022-4  Approval and production tests.

    (a) Approval tests. The manufacturer must produce a lot of at least 
100 signals from which samples must be taken for testing for approval 
under Sec. 160.022-7. The approval tests are the operational tests and 
technical tests in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section. The approval 
tests must be conducted by an independent laboratory accepted by the 
Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of this chapter.
    (b) Production inspections and tests. Production inspections and 
tests of each lot of signals produced must be conducted under the 
procedures in Sec. 159.007 of this chapter. Signals from a rejected lot 
must not be represented as meeting this subpart or as being approved by 
the Coast Guard. If the manufacturer identifies the cause of the 
rejection of a lot of signals, the signals in the lot may be reworked by 
the manufacturer to correct the problem. Samples from the rejected lot 
must be retested in order to be accepted. Records shall be kept of the 
reasons for rejection, the reworking performed on the rejected lot, and 
the results of the second test.
    (1) Lot size. For the purposes of sampling the production of 
signals, a lot must consist of not more than 30,000 signals. Lots must 
be numbered serially by the manufacturer. A new lot must be started 
with:
    (i) Any change in construction details,
    (ii) Any change in sources of raw materials, or
    (iii) The start of production on a new production line or on a 
previously discontinued production line.
    (2) Inspections and tests by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's 
quality control procedures must include inspection of materials entering 
into construction of the signals and inspection of the finished signals, 
to determine that signals are being produced in accordance with the 
approved plans. Samples from each lot must be tested in accordance with 
the operational tests in paragraph (c) of this section.
    (3) Inspections and tests by an independent laboratory. An 
independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of 
this chapter must perform or supervise the inspections and tests under 
paragraph (b)(2) of this section at least 4 times a year, unless the 
number of lots produced in a year is less than four. The inspections and 
tests must occur at least once during each quarterly period, unless no 
lots are produced during that period. If less than four lots are 
produced, the laboratory must perform or supervise the inspection and 
testing of each lot. In addition, the laboratory must perform or 
supervise the technical tests in paragraph (d) of this section at least 
once for every ten lots of signals produced, except that the number of 
technical tests must be at least one but not more than four per year. If 
a lot of signals tested by the independent laboratory is rejected, the 
laboratory must perform or supervise the inspections and tests of the 
reworked lot and the next lot of signals produced. The tests of each 
reworked lot and the next lot of signals must not be counted for the 
purpose of meeting the requirement for the annual number of inspections 
and tests performed or supervised by the independent laboratory.
    (c) Operational tests. Each lot of signals must be sampled and 
tested as follows:
    (1) Sampling procedure and accept/reject criteria. A sample of 
signals must be selected at random from the lot. The size of the sample 
must be the individual sample size in Table 160.022-4(c)(1) 
corresponding to the lot size. Each signal in the sample is tested as 
prescribed in the test procedure in paragraph (c)(2) of this section. 
Each signal that has a defect listed in the table of defects (Table 
160.022-4(c)(2)) is

[[Page 55]]

assigned a score (failure percent) in accordance with that table. In the 
case of multiple defects, only the score having the highest numerical 
value is assigned to that signal. If the sum of all the failure percents 
(cumulative failure percent) for the number of units in the sample is 
less than or equal to the accept criterion, the lot is accepted. If this 
sum is equal to or more than the reject criterion the lot is rejected. 
If the cumulative failure percent falls between the accept and reject 
criteria, another sample is selected from the production lot and the 
operational tests are repeated. The cumulative failure percent of each 
sample tested is added to that of the previous samples to obtain the 
cumulative failure percent for all the signals tested (cumulative sample 
size). Additional samples are tested and the tests repeated until either 
the accept or reject criterion for the cumulative sample size is met. If 
any signal in the sample explodes when fired or ignited in a way that 
could burn or otherwise injure the person firing it, the lot is rejected 
without further testing. (This procedure is diagrammed in figure 
160.022-4(c).)
    (2) Test Procedure. Each sample signal (specimen) must be tested as 
follows:
    (i) Conditioning of test specimens--water-resistance. Immerse 
specimens horizontally with uppermost portion of the signal 
approximately 25 mm (1 in.) below the surface of the water for a period 
of 24 hours.
    (ii) Smoke emitting time. Ignite specimen according to the 
directions printed on the signal and place signal in tub or barrel of 
water. The smoke emitting time of a specimen shall be obtained by stop 
watch measurements from the time of distinct, sustained smoke emission 
until it ceases. The watch shall be stopped during periods of flame 
emission. The smoke emitting time for a specimen shall be not less than 
4 minutes.
    (iii) Ignition and smoke emitting characteristics. Test specimens 
shall ignite and emit smoke properly when the directions on the signal 
are followed. Test specimens shall not ignite explosively in a manner 
that might be dangerous to the user or persons close by. Test specimens 
shall emit smoke at a uniform rate while floating in calm to rough 
water. Signals should be so constructed that water submerging the signal 
in moderately heavy seas will not cause it to become inoperative.

                  Table 160.022-4(c)(1)--Accept and reject criteria for operational test lots.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Individual                             Cumulative
                   Lot size                      sample              Sample             sample    Accept  Reject
                                                  size                                   size       \1\     \1\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
280 or                                                  8  First....................           8   (\2\)     400
  less.                                        ..........  Second...................          16     100     500
                                                           Third....................          24     200     600
                                                           Fourth...................          32     300     700
                                                           Fifth....................          40     500     800
                                                           Sixth....................          48     700     900
                                                           Seventh..................          56     950     951
281 to                                                 13  First....................          13       0     400
  500.                                         ..........  Second...................          26     100     600
                                                           Third....................          39     300     800
                                                           Fourth...................          52     500   1,000
                                                           Fifth....................          65     700   1,100
                                                           Sixth....................          78   1,000   1,200
                                                           Seventh..................          91   1,350   1,351
501 to                                                 20  First....................          20       0     500
  1,200.                                       ..........  Second...................          40     300     800
                                                           Third....................          60     600   1,000
                                                           Fourth...................          80     800   1,300
                                                           Fifth....................         100   1,100   1,500
                                                           Sixth....................         120   1,400   1,700
                                                           Seventh..................         140   1,850   1,851
1,201 to                                               32  First....................          32     100     700
  3,200.                                       ..........  Second...................          64     400   1,000
                                                           Third....................          96     800   1,300
                                                           Fourth...................         128   1,200   1,700
                                                           Fifth....................         160   1,700   2,000
                                                           Sixth....................         192   2,100   2,300
                                                           Seventh..................         224   2,550   2,551
More                                                   50  First....................          50     200     900
  than                                         ..........  Second...................         100     700   1,400
  3,201.                                       ..........  Third....................         150   1,300   1,900
                                                           Fourth...................         200   1,900   2,500
                                                           Fifth....................         250   2,500   2,900
                                                           Sixth....................         300   3,100   3,300
                                                           Seventh..................         350   3,750   3,751
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Cumulative failure percent.
\2\ Lot may not be accepted. Next sample must be tested.


                          Table 160.022-4(c)(2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Percentage
                       Kind of defects                        of failure
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a. Failure to ignite........................................        100
b. Ignites or burns dangerously.............................         50
c. Nonuniform smoke emitting rate...........................         50
d. Smoke-emitting time less than 70 pct of specified time...        100
e. Smoke-emitting time at least 70 pct but less than 30 pct          75
 of specified time..........................................
f. Smoke-emitting time at least 80 pct but less than 90 pct          50
 of specified time..........................................
g. Smoke-emitting time at least 90 pct but less than 100 pct         25
 of specified time..........................................
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 56]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.005

    (d) Technical tests. Three signals must be subjected to each of the 
following tests. Two of the three signals must pass the test in order 
for the lot of signals to be accepted.

[[Page 57]]

    (1) Smoke emission in waves. The signal shall be ignited and thrown 
overboard under conditions where the waves are at least 30 cm (1 ft.) 
high. The smoke emitting time must be at least 4 minutes and the signal 
shall float in such a manner that the signal shall function properly 
during this test. Failure to pass this test shall be cause for the lot 
to be rejected.
    (2) Underwater smoke emission. Condition each sample in accordance 
with paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section. Ignite specimen and let it 
burn about 15 seconds in air. Submerge the burning signal in water in a 
vertical position with head down. Obtain underwater smoke emission time 
by stop watch measurements from time of submersion until distinct, 
sustained smoke emission ceases. The test specimen shall emit smoke 
underwater not less than 15 seconds when subjected to this test.
    (3) Elevated temperature, humidity, and storage. Place specimen in a 
thermostatically controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 [deg]C. 
with not less than 90 percent relative humidity for 72 hours. Remove 
specimen and store at room temperature (20[deg] to 25 [deg]C.) with 
approximately 65 percent relative humidity for ten days. If for any 
reason it is not possible to operate the oven continuously for the 72-
hour period, it may be operated at the required temperature and humidity 
for 8 hours out of each 24 during 72-hour conditioning period. (Total of 
24 hours on and 48 hours off). The signal shall not ignite or decompose 
during this conditioning. The signal shall ignite and operate 
satisfactorily following this conditioning.
    (4) Spontaneous ignition. Place the specimen in a thermostatically 
controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 [deg]C. with not more than 
10% relative humidity for 48 consecutive hours. The signal shall not 
ignite or undergo marked decomposition.
    (5) Susceptibility to explosion. Remove smoke composition from 
signal and punch a small hole in the composition. Insert a No. 6 
commercial blasting cap. Ignite the cap. The test specimen shall not 
explode or ignite.
    (6) Corrosion resistance. Expose the complete specimen with cover 
secured hand-tight to a finely divided spray of 20 percent by weight 
sodium chloride solution at a temperature between 32 [deg]C and 38 
[deg]C (90 [deg]F and 100 [deg]F) for 100 hours. The container and cap 
must not be corroded in any fashion that would impair their proper 
functioning.
    (7) Color of smoke. Ignite specimen in the open air in daytime 
according to the directions printed on the signal, and determine the 
smoke color by direct visual comparison of the unshadowed portions of 
the smoke with a color chart held so as to receive the same daylight 
illumination as the unshadowed portions of the smoke. The color of the 
smoke must be orange as defined by Sections 13 and 14 of the ``Color 
Names Dictionary'' (colors 34-39 and 48-54).
    (8) Volume and density of smoke. The test specimen shall show less 
than 20 percent transmission for not less than 3 minutes when measured 
with apparatus having a light path of 19 cm (7\1/2\ in.), an optical 
system aperture of + 3.7 degrees, and an entrance air flow of 18.4m\3\ 
per minute (650 cu. ft. per minute), such apparatus to be as described 
in National Bureau of Standards Report No. 4792.



Sec. 160.022-5  Marking.

    (a) Directions for use. Each floating orange smoke distress signal 
shall be plainly and indelibly marked in black lettering not less than 3 
mm (\1/8\ in.) high ``Approved for daytime use only'', and in black 
lettering not less than 5 mm (\3/16\ in.) high with the word 
``Directions''. Immediately below shall be similarly marked in black 
lettering not less than 3 mm (\1/8\ in.) high: ``1. Use Only When 
Aircraft or Vessel Is Sighted''. Then in numbered paragraphs, in similar 
lettering, there shall follow in simply and easily understood wording, 
instructions to be followed to make the device operative. Pasted-on 
labels are not acceptable.
    (b) Other markings. (1) There shall be embossed or die-stamped, in 
the outer container in figures not less than 5 mm (\3/16\ in.) high, 
numbers, indicating the month and year of manufacture, thus: ``6-54'' 
indicating June 1954. The outer container shall also be plainly and 
indelibly marked with the commercial designation of the signal, the 
words

[[Page 58]]

``Floating Orange Smoke Distress Signal'', name and address of the 
manufacturer, the Coast Guard Approval No., the service life expiration 
date (month and year to be entered by the manufacturer), the month and 
year of manufacture and the lot number.
    (2) In addition to any other marking placed on the smallest packing 
carton or box containing floating orange smoke distress signals, such 
cartons or boxes shall be plainly and indelibly marked to show the 
service life expiration date, the month and year of manufacture, and the 
lot number.
    (3) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships 
signals must be marked with the following or equivalent words: ``Keep 
under cover in a dry place.''
    (c) Marking of expiration date. The expiration date must be not more 
than 42 months from the date of manufacture.

    Note: Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does 
not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the 
label requirements of 15 U.S.C. 1263, the Federal Hazardous Substances 
Act.



Sec. 160.022-7  Procedure for approval.

    (a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in 
subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
    (b) [Reserved]



    Subpart 160.023_Hand Combination Flare and Smoke Distress Signals

    Source: CGD 76-048a, CGD 76-048b, 44 FR 73070, Dec. 17, 1979, unless 
otherwise noted.



Sec. 160.023-1  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) The following are incorporated by reference into this subpart:
    (1) Military specifications MIL-S-18655 C, 3 May 1971--Signal, Smoke 
and Illumination, Marine, Mark 13, Mod 0.
    (b) The military specification may be obtained from Military 
Specifications and Standards, Standardization Documents Order Desk, 
Building 4D, 700 Robbins Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19111-5094, https://
assist.daps.dla.mil/quicksearch/. This specification is also on file in 
the Federal Register library.
    (c) Approval to incorporate by reference the materials listed in 
this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on 
November 1, 1979.

[CGD 76-048a, CGD 76-048b, 44 FR 73070, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by 
USCG-2013-0671, 78 FR 60156, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.023-2  Type.

    (a) Hand combination flare and smoke distress signals specified by 
this subpart shall be of the type described in specification MIL-S-
18655.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.023-3  Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance
requirements.

    (a) The materials, construction, workmanship, general and detail 
requirements shall conform to the requirements of specification MIL-S-
18655, except as otherwise specifically provided by this subpart.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.023-4  Approval and production tests.

    (a) Approval tests. The approval tests are those tests prescribed 
for the preproduction sample in MIL-S-18655. The approval tests must be 
conducted by an independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under 
Sec. 159.010 of this chapter.
    (b) Production inspections and tests. Production inspections and 
tests of each lot of signals produced must be conducted under the 
procedures in Sec. 159.007 of this chapter. Signals from a rejected lot 
must not be represented as meeting this subpart or as being approved by 
the Coast Guard. If the manufacturer identifies the cause of the 
rejection of a lot of signals, the signals in the lot may be reworked by 
the manufacturer to correct the problem. Samples from the rejected lot 
must be retested in order to be accepted. Records shall be kept of the 
reasons for rejection, the reworking performed on the rejected lot, and 
the results of the second test.
    (1) Inspections and tests by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's 
quality control procedures must include inspection of materials entering 
into construction of the signals and inspection of the finished signals, 
to determine that signals are being produced in

[[Page 59]]

accordance with the approved plans. The manufacturer must select samples 
from each lot and test them as specified in the production lot 
procedures in MIL-S-18655.
    (2) Inspections and tests by an independent laboratory. An 
independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of 
this chapter must perform or supervise the inspections and tests under 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section at least 4 times a year, unless the 
number of lots is less than four. The inspections and tests must occur 
at least once during each quarterly period, unless no lots are produced 
during this period. If less than four lots are produced, the laboratory 
must perform or supervise the inspection and testing of each lot. If a 
lot of signals tested by the independent laboratory is rejected, the 
laboratory must perform or supervise the inspections and tests of the 
reworked lot and the next lot of signals produced. The tests of each 
reworked lot and the next lot produced must not be counted for the 
purpose of meeting the requirement for the annual number of inspections 
and tests performed or supervised by the independent laboratory.



Sec. 160.023-5  Labeling and marking.

    (a) Labeling. A label showing firing instructions in accordance with 
specification MIL-S-18655, and to include the commercial designation of 
the signal, the lot number, Coast Guard approval number, the service 
life expiration date (month and year to be inserted by the 
manufacturer), and month and year of manufacture, shall be applied in a 
neat, workmanlike manner after the paint has become thoroughly dry. The 
label shall be attached to the signal and then protected by a 
transparent moisture impervious coating.
    (b) Marking of expiration date. The expiration date must be not more 
than 42 months from the date of manufacture.
    (c) Other marking. (1) In addition to any other marking placed on 
the smallest packing carton or box containing signals, such cartons or 
boxes shall be plainly and indelibly marked to show the service life 
expiration date, the date of manufacture, and the lot number.
    (2) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships 
signals must be marked with the following or equivalent words: ``Keep 
under cover in a dry place.''

    Note: Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does 
not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the 
label requirements of 15 U.S.C. 1263, the Federal Hazardous Substances 
Act.



Sec. 160.023-6  Container.

    (a) General. The container for storing the signals on lifeboats and 
liferafts is not required to be of a special design or be approved by 
the Coast Guard. The container must meet the requirements in Subpart 
160.021 (Sec. 160.021-6) except that the wording on the container must 
be: ``HAND COMBINATION FLARE AND SMOKE DISTRESS SIGNALS.''
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.023-7  Procedure for approval.

    (a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in 
subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
    (b) [Reserved]



  Subpart 160.024_Pistol-Projected Parachute Red Flare Distress Signals

    Source: CGD 76-048a, CGD 76-048b, 44 FR 73071, Dec. 17, 1979, unless 
otherwise noted.



Sec. 160.024-1  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) The following is incorporated by reference into this subpart:
    (1) ``The Universal Color Language'' and ``The Color Names 
Dictionary'' in Color: Universal Language and Dictionary of Names, 
National Bureau of Standards Special Publication 440, Dictionary 1976.
    (b) NBS Special Publication 440 may be obtained by ordering from the 
Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, 
Washington, DC 20402 (Order by SD Catalog No. C13.10:440).
    (c) Approval to incorporate by reference the publication listed in 
this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on 
November 1, 1979. The publication is on file at the Federal Register 
Library.

[[Page 60]]



Sec. 160.024-2  Type.

    (a) Pistol-projected parachute red flare distress signals specified 
by this subpart shall be of one type which shall consist essentially of 
a cartridge having centered primer, propelling charge, and projectile 
consisting of a case, delay element, expelling charge, and pyrotechnic 
candle attached to a parachute by shroud lines; the cartridge to be of 
such dimensions that it can be fitted into and fired from a signal 
pistol with chamber and bore dimensions within the limits provided by 
Figure 160.028-2(a) of subpart 160.028 of this chapter.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.024-3  Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance
requirements.

    (a) Materials. The materials used in pistol-projected parachute red 
flare distress signals shall conform strictly to the specifications and 
drawings submitted by the manufacturer and approved by the Commandant. 
In general, all metallic parts shall be corrosion-resistant or properly 
protected against corrosion.
    (b) Workmanship. Pistol-projected parachute red flare distress 
signals shall be of first class workmanship and shall be free from 
imperfections of manufacture affecting their appearance or that may 
affect their serviceability.
    (c) Construction. The exterior case of the cartridge shall be made 
of suitable metal and shall protect against the entrance of moisture. 
The projectile case and delay element shall be so constructed as to 
prevent any possibility of the propelling charge blowing by and causing 
premature ejection of the projectile contents. The shoulder of the base 
of the cartridge shall be between 2.29 mm (0.090 in.) and 2.67 mm (0.015 
in.) in thickness. The centered primer shall be set below the surface of 
the base between 0.25 mm (0.010 in.) and 0.50 mm (0.020 in.).
    (d) Performance. Signals shall meet all of the inspection and test 
requirements contained in Sec. 160.024-4.



Sec. 160.024-4  Approval and production tests.

    (a) Approval tests. The manufacturer must produce a lot of at least 
100 signals from which samples must be taken for testing for approval 
under Sec. 160.024-7. The approval tests are the operational tests and 
technical tests in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section. The approval 
tests must be conducted by an independent laboratory accepted by the 
Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of this chapter.
    (b) Production inspections and tests. Production inspections and 
tests of each lot of signals produced must be conducted under the 
procedures in Sec. 159.007 of this chapter. Signals from a rejected lot 
must not be represented as meeting this subpart or as being approved by 
the Coast Guard. If the manufacturer identifies the cause of the 
rejection of a lot of signals, the signals in the lot may be reworked by 
the manufacturer to correct the problem. Samples from the rejected lot 
must be retested in order to be accepted. Records shall be kept of the 
reasons for rejection, the reworking performed on the rejected lot, and 
the results of the second test.
    (1) Lot size. For the purposes of sampling the production of 
signals, a lot must consist of not more than 30,000 signals. Lots must 
be numbered serially by the manufacturer. A new lot must be started 
with: (i) Any change in construction details, (ii) any change in sources 
of raw materials, or (iii) the start of production on a new production 
line or on a previously discontinued production line.
    (2) Inspections and tests by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's 
quality control procedures must include inspection of materials entering 
into construction of the signals and inspection of the finished signals, 
to determine that signals are being produced in accordance with the 
approved plans. Samples from each lot must be tested in accordance with 
the operational tests in paragraph (c) of this section.
    (3) Inspections and tests by an independent laboratory. An 
independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of 
this chapter must perform or supervise the inspections and

[[Page 61]]

tests under paragraph (b)(2) of this section at least 4 times a year, 
unless the number of lots produced in a year is less than four. The 
inspections and tests must occur at least once during each quarterly 
period, unless no lots are produced during this period. If less than 
four lots are produced, the laboratory must perform or supervise the 
inspection and testing of each lot. In addition, the laboratory must 
perform or supervise the technical tests in paragraph (d) of this 
section at least once for every ten lots of signals produced, except 
that the number of technical tests must be at least one but not more 
than four per year. If a lot of signals tested by the independent 
laboratory is rejected, the laboratory must perform or supervise the 
inspections and tests of the reworked lot and the next lot of signals 
produced. The tests of each reworked lot and the next lot produced must 
not be counted for the purpose of meeting the requirement for the annual 
number of inspections and tests performed or supervised by the 
independent laboratory.
    (c) Operational tests. Each lot of signals must be sampled and 
tested as follows:
    (1) Sampling procedure and accept/reject criteria. A sample of 
signals must be selected at random from the lot. The size of the sample 
must be the individual sample size in Table 160.024-4(c)(1) 
corresponding to the lot size. Each signal in the sample is tested as 
prescribed in the test procedure in paragraph (c)(2) of this section. 
Each signal that has a defect listed in the table of defects. (Table 
160.024-4(c)(2)) is assigned a score (failure percent) in accordance 
with the table. In the case of multiple defects, only the score having 
the highest numerical value is assigned to that signal. If the sum of 
all the failure percents (cumulative failure percent) for the number of 
units in the sample is less than or equal to the accept criterion, the 
lot is accepted. If this sum is equal to or more than the reject 
criterion the lot is rejected. If the cumulative failure percent falls 
between the accept and reject criteria, another sample is selected from 
the production lot and the operational tests are repeated. The 
cumulative failure percent of each sample tested is added to that of the 
previous samples to obtain the cumulative failure percent for all the 
signals tested (cumulative sample size). Additional samples are tested 
and the tests repeated until either the accept or reject criterion for 
the cumulative sample size is met. If any signal in the sample explodes 
when fired or ignites in a way that could burn or otherwise injure the 
person firing it, the lot is rejected without further testing. (This 
procedure is diagrammed in figure 160.024-4(c).)
    (2) Test procedure. Each sample signal (specimen) must be tested as 
follows:
    (i) Conditioning of test specimens--water resistance. Immerse 
specimen horizontally with uppermost portion of the signal approximately 
25 mm (1 in.) below the surface of the water for a period of 24 hours.
    (ii) Firing and operating characteristics. Signals shall fire and 
operate satisfactorily when shot from a pistol of the type described in 
subpart 160.028. The parachute and pyrotechnic candle shall be ejected 
at approximately the maximum altitude reached by the projectile case. 
The parachute shall open and properly suspend the pyrotechnic candle 
without fouling. The pyrotechnic candle shall burn with uniform 
intensity and without damaging the parachute, shrouds, or leader line.
    (iii) Altitude. The altitude reached by a signal is considered to be 
the height at which the parachute and pyrotechnic candle are ejected 
from the projectile case, as determined by visual observation against an 
object of known height, such as a tower or balloon, or by triangulation 
from two or more points of observation, or by other method satisfactory 
to the Commandant. The altitude reached shall be not less than 45 m (150 
ft.).
    (iv) Rate of descent. The rate of descent of a signal is considered 
to be the calculated average rate obtained by dividing the altitude by 
the time of descent to the surface. The rate of descent shall not exceed 
1.8 m (6 ft.) per second.
    (v) Burning time. The burning time of the pyrotechnic candle shall 
be obtained by stop watch measurement from the time distinct, sustained 
flame is emitted until it ceases. The burning time shall be not less 
than 30 seconds.

[[Page 62]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.006


[[Page 63]]





                  Table 160.024-4(c)(1)--Accept and Reject Criteria for Operational Test Lots.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Individual                             Cumulative
                   Lot size                      sample              Sample             sample    Accept  Reject
                                                  size                                   size       \1\     \1\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
280 or                                                  8  First....................           8   (\2\)     400
  less.                                        ..........  Second...................          16     100     500
                                                           Third....................          24     200     600
                                                           Fourth...................          32     300     700
                                                           Fifth....................          40     500     800
                                                           Sixth....................          48     700     900
                                                           Seventh..................          56     950     951
281 to                                                 13  First....................          13       0     400
  500.                                         ..........  Second...................          26     100     600
                                                           Third....................          39     300     800
                                                           Fourth...................          52     500   1,000
                                                           Fifth....................          65     700   1,100
                                                           Sixth....................          78   1,000   1,200
                                                           Seventh..................          91   1,350   1,351
501 to                                                 20  First....................          20       0     500
  1,200.                                       ..........  Second...................          40     300     800
                                                           Third....................          60     600   1,000
                                                           Fourth...................          80     800   1,300
                                                           Fifth....................         100   1,100   1,500
                                                           Sixth....................         120   1,400   1,700
                                                           Seventh..................         140   1,850   1,851
1,201 to                                               32  First....................          32     100     700
  3,200.                                       ..........  Second...................          64     400   1,000
                                                           Third....................          96     800   1,300
                                                           Fourth...................         128   1,200   1,700
                                                           Fifth....................         160   1,700   2,000
                                                           Sixth....................         192   2,100   2,300
                                                           Seventh..................         224   2,550   2,551
More                                                   50  First....................          50     200     900
  than                                         ..........  Second...................         100     700   1,400
  3,201.                                       ..........  Third....................         150   1,300   1,900
                                                           Fourth...................         200   1,900   2,500
                                                           Fifth....................         250   2,500   2,900
                                                           Sixth....................         300   3,100   3,300
                                                           Seventh..................         350   3,750   3,751
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Cumulative failure percent.
\2\ Lot may not be accepted. Next sample must be tested.


                          Table 160.024-4(c)(2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Percentage
                       Kind of defect                         of failure
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a. Failure to fire (when attributable to the primer and not          100
 to the malfunction of the pistol).........................
b. Failure to eject projectile contents....................          100
c. Failure to ignite pyrotechnic candle....................           75
d. Failure of parachute to open completely.................           75
e. Complete carrying away or destruction of parachute......           75
f. Altitude less than 70 pct of that required..............          100
g. Altitude at least 70 pct but less than 80 pct of that              75
 required..................................................
h. Altitude at least 80 pct but less than 90 pct of that              50
 required..................................................
i. Altitude at least 90 pct but less than 100 pct of that             25
 required..................................................
j. Average rate of descent greater than 4 times maximum              100
 permitted.................................................
k. Average rate of descent less than 4 but greater than 3             75
 times maximum permitted...................................
l. Average rate of descent less than 3 but greater than 2             50
 times maximum permitted...................................
m. Average rate of descent less than twice but greater than           25
 maximum permitted.........................................
n. Burning time less than 70 pct of that required..........          100
o. Burning time at least 70 pct but less than 80 pct of               75
 that required.............................................
p. Burning time at least 80 pct but less than 90 pct of               50
 that required.............................................
q. Burning time at least 90 pct but less than 100 pct of              25
 that required.............................................
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (d) Technical tests. Three signals must be subjected to each of the 
following tests. Two of the three signals must pass each test in order 
for the lot of signals to be accepted.
    (1) Luminous intensity. The luminous intensity of each pyrotechnic 
candle tested shall be measured by a visual photometer or equivalent 
photometric device while the specimen is supported in a horizontal 
position and the photometer is at right angles to the axis of the 
specimen. Visual luminous intensity readings shall be observed and 
recorded at approximately 5-second intervals during the burning of the 
specimen. The minimum photometric distance shall be 3 m (10 ft.). 
Recording photometers shall have a chart speed of at least 10 cm (4 in.) 
per minute. The luminous intensity of the specimen shall be computed as 
the arithmetical average of the readings recorded. The average luminous 
intensity of a specimen shall be not less than 20,000 candela.
    (2) Elevated temperature, humidity, and storage. Place specimen in a 
thermostatically controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 [deg]C. 
with not less than 90 percent relative humidity for 72 hours. Remove 
specimen and store at room temperature (20[deg] to 25 [deg]C.) with 
approximately 65 percent relative humidity for 10 days. If for any 
reason it is not possible to operate the oven continuously for the 72-
hour period, it may be operated at the required temperature and humidity 
for 8 hours out of each 24 during the 72-hour conditioning period. 
(Total of 24 hours on and 48 hours off.) The signal shall not ignite or 
decompose during this conditioning. The signal shall fire and operate 
satisfactorily following this conditioning.

[[Page 64]]

    (3) Spontaneous ignition. Place the specimen in a thermostatically 
controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 [deg]C. with not more than 
10% relative humidity for 48 consecutive hours. The signal shall not 
ignite or undergo marked decomposition.
    (4) Chromaticity. The color of the burning signal must be vivid red 
as defined by Sections 13 and 14 of the ``Color Names Dictionary.'' Two 
identical test plates of white cardboard about 30 cm x 60 cm 
(12 x 24) are used. Except for a negligible amount 
of stray daylight, the first test plate is illuminated by light from the 
specimen placed at a distance of about 1.5 cm (5 ft.). The second test 
plate is illuminated only by light from an incandescent lamp operated at 
a color temperature close to 2,848[deg] K at a distance of about 30 cm 
(1 ft.). The first plate is viewed directly, the second through 
combinations of lovibond red, yellow, and blue glasses selected so as to 
approximate a chromaticity match. By separating the test plates by a 
wide unilluminated area (subtending at the observer about 45[deg]), it 
is possible to make accurate determinations of chromaticity in terms of 
the 1931 CIE Standard Observer and Coordinate System, in spite of 
fluctuations in luminous intensity of the specimen by factors as high as 
2 or 3. The CIE coordinates are converted to the Munsell notation which 
is cross-referenced to the color name in Section 13 of the ``Color Names 
Dictionary'' (see the discussion in section 10 of ``the Universal Color 
Language'').

[CGD 76-048a, CGD 76-048b, 44 FR 73071, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by 
USCG-2014-0668, 79 FR 58285, Sept. 29, 2014]



Sec. 160.024-5  Marking.

    (a) Cartridge. Each pistol-projected parachute red flare distress 
signal shall be legibly marked as follows:

          Pistol-Projected Parachute Red Flare Distress Signal

20,000 candela--30 seconds burning time
use only when aircraft or vessel is sighted directions--Fire upward from 
signal pistol
Service Life Expiration Date (date to be inserted by manufacturer) 
(Month and year manufactured) Lot No.------
Manufactured by (Name and address of manufacturer)
U.S. COAST GUARD APPROVAL NO.------.

    (b) Marking of expiration date. The expiration date must be not more 
than 42 months from the date of manufacture.
    (c) Other marking. (1) On each pistol-projected parachute red flare 
distress signal there shall be die-stamped, in figures not less than 3mm 
(\1/8\ in.) high, on the cartridge, numbers indicating the month and 
year of manufacture, thus: ``6-54'' indicating June 1954.
    (2) The pyrotechnic candle shall be legibly marked with the month 
and year of manufacture.
    (3) In addition to any other marking placed on the smallest packing 
carton or box containing cartridges, each carton or box shall be plainly 
and permanently marked to show the service life expiration date, the 
date of manufacture, and the lot number.
    (4) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships 
signals must be marked with the following or equivalent words: ``Keep 
under cover in a dry place.''

    Note: Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does 
not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the 
label requirements of 15 U.S.C. 1263, the Federal Hazardous Substances 
Act.



Sec. 160.024-7  Procedure for approval.

    (a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in 
subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
    (b) [Reserved]



   Subpart 160.026_Water, Emergency Drinking (In Hermetically Sealed 
                    Containers), for Merchant Vessels



Sec. 160.026-1  Applicable specifications and standard.

    (a) General. The following specifications and standard, of the issue 
in effect on the date emergency drinking water is packed, form a part of 
this subpart:
    (1) Military specifications:

MIL-L-7178--Lacquer; cellulose nitrate, gloss for aircraft use.
MIL-E-15090--Enamel, equipment, light-gray (Formula No. 111).

[[Page 65]]

MIL-W-15117--Water, drinking, canned, emergency.

    (2) U.S. Public Health Service:

Drinking Water Standards (Publication No. 956).

    (b) Copies on file. Copies of the specifications referred to in this 
section shall be kept on file by the packer, together with the approved 
plans and certificate of approval issued by the Coast Guard. The 
military specifications may be obtained from the Military Specifications 
and Standards, Standardization Documents Order Desk, Building 4D, 700 
Robbins Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19111-5094, https://
assist.daps.dla.mil/quicksearch/. The ``Drinking Water Standards'' may 
be obtained from the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 
Public Health Service, Washington, DC, 20201.

[CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11466, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by CGD 84-064, 49 FR 
34004, Aug. 28, 1984; USCG-2013-0671, 78 FR 60156, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.026-2  Type.

    (a) Emergency drinking water for lifeboats and life rafts and its 
hermetically sealed container shall be as specified herein, but 
alternate containers will be given special consideration.
    (b) [Reserved]

[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7865, Dec. 5, 1953]



Sec. 160.026-3  Container.

    (a) General. The emergency drinking water container shall be a 
sanitary type can, approximately 2\11/16\ in diameter by 4\7/
8\ in height. The top and bottom of the can shall be double-
seamed and compound-lined. The side seam shall be of a locked type, 
soldered on the outside. The can shall be made of 1.25-pound coating 
coke tin-plate throughout, with not less than 100-pound plate for the 
body and 85-pound plate for the ends.
    (b) Interior and exterior coatings. The interior of the container 
shall be uncoated, except for the tin-plating required by paragraph (a) 
of this section. In addition to the tin-plating, the exterior surfaces 
of the container, including the ends, but excluding the side seam, shall 
be lithographed a gray enamel conforming to Type I or II, Class 2 of 
Specification MIL-E-15090, with the marking as provided by Sec. 
160.026-5 lithographed in black print. After filling, sealing, 
autoclaving, and marking, the container shall be dip-coated with one 
coat of clear base lacquer conforming to Specification MIL-L-7178.
    (c) Plant sanitation, sterilizing and filling. The plant and 
equipment in which the water is canned shall be maintained in a clean 
and sanitary condition at all times, and standard aseptic procedures 
shall be followed throughout in filling the cans. The container shall be 
free from all foreign materials, and shall be filled with approximately 
10\2/3\ oz. of water meeting the requirements of Sec. 160.026-4. After 
filling, it shall be hermetically sealed under vacuum, and after 
sealing, it shall be autoclaved at a temperature of not less than 250 
[deg]F. for not less than 15 minutes.

[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7865, Dec. 5, 1953]



Sec. 160.026-4  Water.

    (a) Only water meeting the U.S. Public Health Service ``Drinking 
Water Standards'' which has been suitably inhibited to protect the 
container against corrosion shall be used. After treatment and packing 
the water shall be free from organic matter, sediment and odor. It shall 
have a pH between 7.0 and 9.0 as determined by means of a standard pH 
meter using glass electrodes.
    (b) [Reserved]

[CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11466, Sept. 8, 1965]



Sec. 160.026-5  Marking.

    (a) General. The month and year of packing and the lot number shall 
be embossed on the top of the container. The container shall also be 
lithographed on one side in accordance with Sec. 160.026-3(b) with the 
following:


[[Page 66]]



                           ``U. S. Coast Guard

                           Approval No. ----''

               (Not less than \3/22\ in height)

                               ``Contents

                          Approx. 10\2/3\ oz.''

               (Not less than \3/32\ in height)

                               ``EMERGENCY

                                DRINKING

                                 WATER''

               (Not less than \2/3\ in height)

                      (Name and address of packer)

               (Not less than \1/8\ in height)

    (b) Other marking. In addition to any other marking placed on the 
smallest packing carton or box in which emergency drinking water 
containers are placed prior to shipment, each carton or box shall be 
plainly and permanently marked with the name and address of the packer, 
the month and year of packing, and the lot number.

[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7865, Dec. 5, 1953]



Sec. 160.026-6  Sampling, inspection, and tests of production lots.

    (a) General. Containers of emergency drinking water must be tested 
in accordance with the provisions of this section by an independent 
laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under 46 CFR 159.010.
    (b) Lots. For purposes of sampling the production of approved 
emergency drinking water for lifeboats and life rafts, a lot shall 
consist of all cans of water to be offered for inspection at one time. 
Lots shall be numbered serially by the packer, and a new lot shall be 
started with any change or modification in materials or production 
methods.
    (c) Visual inspection of containers. The independent laboratory 
inspector shall select at random from each lot the number of sample 
filled containers indicated in table 160.026-6(c), which shall be 
examined visually for compliance with the requirements of this subpart. 
If the number of defective cans exceeds the acceptance number shown in 
the table for the samples selected, the lot shall be rejected.

    Table 160.026-6(c)--Sampling for Visual Inspection of Containers
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 No. of
                   Lot size                     cans in     Acceptance
                                                 sample       number
------------------------------------------------------------------------
800 and under................................         35               0
801 to 1,300.................................         50               1
1,301 to 3,200...............................         75               2
3,201 to 8,000...............................        110               3
8,001 and over...............................        150               4
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (d) Laboratory tests of containers and water. The manufacturer shall 
select at random from each lot the number of sets of 11 filled sample 
containers indicated in Table 160.026-6(d1), which shall be forwarded to 
an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under 46 CFR 
159.010. The independent laboratory shall perform the tests outlined in 
Table 160.026-6(d2). If any sample is found to be non-conforming in any 
of these tests, the lot shall be rejected.

           Table 160.026-6(d1)--Sampling for Laboratory Tests
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Number of sets of samples to
                Lot size                            be selected
------------------------------------------------------------------------
3,200 and under.........................  1 set of 11 containers each.
3,201 and over..........................  2 sets of 11 containers each.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


         Table 160.026-6(d)(2)--Description of Laboratory Tests
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Reference
 Number of containers per set of                       specification for
      samples to be tested           Type of test      test procedure to
                                                          be followed
------------------------------------------------------------------------
2...............................  Internal corrosion  MIL-W-15117.
                                   and vacuum.
9...............................  Bacteriological     MIL-W-15117 and
                                   limits and salt     U.S. Public
                                   content.            Health ``Drinking
                                                       Water
                                                       Standards.''
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 67]]

    (e) Lot acceptance. When the independent laboratory is satisfied 
that the emergency drinking water meets the requirements of this 
subpart, the lot shall be accepted. When permitted by the independent 
laboratory, rejected lots may be resubmitted for official inspection, 
provided all containers in the lot have been reworked by the packer, and 
all defective units removed. Emergency drinking water from rejected lots 
may not, unless subsequently accepted, be sold or offered for sale under 
representation as being in compliance with this subpart or as being 
approved for use on merchant vessels.

[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7865, Dec. 5, 1953, as amended by CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 
11466, Sept. 8, 1965; CGD 75-186, 41 FR 10437, Mar. 11, 1976; CGD 95-
028, 62 FR 51211, Sept. 30, 1997]



Sec. 160.026-7  Procedure for approval.

    (a) General. Emergency drinking water for lifeboats and liferafts on 
merchant vessels is approved only by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard.
    (b) Pre-approval samples and plans. Packers who desire to pack 
approved emergency drinking water shall have the required tests in 
accordance with Sec. 160.026-5 performed by an independent laboratory 
accepted by the Coast Guard under 46 CFR 159.010. A copy of the 
independent laboratory's report will be forwarded to the Commandant for 
examination, and, if satisfactory, an official approval number will be 
assigned to the manufacturer for the emergency drinking water.

[CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51211, Sept. 30, 1997]



            Subpart 160.027_Life Floats for Merchant Vessels

    Source: CGD 79-167, 47 FR 41376, Sept. 20, 1982, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.027-2  Type.

    (a) Each life float must meet the requirements in subpart 160.010 of 
this chapter for a peripheral body type buoyant apparatus designed so 
that persons supported are only partially immersed (180 N (40 lb.) of 
buoyancy per person required).
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.027-3  Additional requirements for life floats.

    (a) Each life float must have a platform designed to drop through 
the center of the float, whichever way the life float is floating. A 
typical arrangement is shown in Figure 160.027-3(a).
    (b) The platform must meet the requirements of one of the following 
paragraphs:

[[Page 68]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.008

    (1) A lattice type platform must be of western red cedar, port 
orford cedar, sitka spruce, northern white pine, or southern cypress 
slats constructed on an oak frame. The slats must have nominal cross-
section dimensions not less than 90 mm (3\5/8\ in.) by 9.5 mm (\3/8\ 
in.). The frame members must have

[[Page 69]]

nominal cross-section dimensions not less than 100 mm (4 in.) by 12.5 mm 
(\1/2\ in.). The space between adjacent slats must not exceed the width 
of the slats. The space between each frame member and the adjacent slat 
must not exceed twice the width of the slats. The platform must be 
riveted together at each intersection of--
    (i) Frame members,
    (ii) Slats, and
    (iii) Frame members and slats.
    (2) A plywood platform must be made of exterior or marine type 
plywood with surfaces that are either ``A'' or ``B'' grade as commonly 
designated in the plywood industry. Holes 35 mm (1\3/8\ in.) to 50 mm (2 
in.) in diameter must be drilled through the platform. The number of 
holes must be at least the number equal to (L-25) (W-25)/225, where L is 
the length of the platform in cm and W is the width of the platform in 
cm. (The formula is (L-10)(W-10)/36 where L and W are measured in 
inches.) The thickness of the plywood must be at least--
    (i) 12.5 mm (\1/2\ in.) for life floats of 10 persons capacity and 
under,
    (ii) 16 mm (\5/8\ in.) for life floats between 11 and 25 persons 
capacity inclusive, and
    (iii) 19 mm (\3/4\ in.) for life floats of 26 persons capacity and 
over.
    (3) A platform of construction differing from that described in 
either (1) or (2) of this paragraph will be approved if it has holes to 
permit the passage of water and if it passes the tests in Sec. 160.027-
7. The number of holes must be the same as required for a plywood 
platform. If the platform is netting on a frame, the netting must be 
constructed of cordage with a breaking strength of at least 1600 N (355 
lb.). The netting must be constructed on not more than 5 cm (2 in.) 
centers and must be knotted together at each point where the lines 
intersect.
    (c) Each platform must be of a material that is resistant to 
deterioration by exposure to weather or must have a surface that 
protects it from deterioration by exposure to weather. For a wood 
platform, this surface must be at least two coats of water resistant 
spar varnish, or two coats of marine paint.
    (d) Each part of the platform, including surfaces, edges, and rivets 
must be smooth and must not have cutting edges, points, or splinters 
which would be dangerous for bare feet.
    (e) The platform must be arranged so that under normal stowed 
conditions, it can be retained in the center of the float and can be 
readily released from this position for use.
    (f) The platform must be suspended from the body of the float by a 
net or an equivalent arrangement, which when fully extended, holds the 
top of the platform approximately 900 mm (36 in.) below the center of 
the float body.
    (1) The net must be constructed of cordage with a minimum breaking 
strength of 1600 N (355 lb.). The net must be attached to the platform 
through holes on centers that do not exceed 165 mm (6\1/2\ in.).
    (2) If the platform is suspended from the body of the float by an 
arrangement other than a net as described in paragraph (c)(1) of this 
section, the arrangement must be of equivalent to the net in terms of 
strength, resistance to tangling, and allowing the platform to freely 
pass through the center of the life float body.



Sec. 160.027-7  Pre-approval tests for alternate platform designs.

    (a) The tests in this section are for life float platforms that do 
not meet the requirements of either Sec. 160.027-3(b) (1) or (2).
    (b) The float body must be supported so that the platform is 
suspended in the air by the net or equivalent supporting arrangement. 
The platform must be loaded evenly with a weight equal to 60 percent of 
the weight of the total number of persons for which the float is to be 
rated, assuming a weight of 75 kg (165 lb.) per person. The weight must 
be allowed to remain on the platform for ten minutes after which it is 
removed. The supporting arrangement and platform must not show any 
evidence of damage or permanent deformation as a result of this test.
    (c) The float body must be supported so that the platform is 
suspended in the air by the net or equivalent supporting arrangement. A 
bag of sand, shot or similar granular material weighing 90 kg (200 lb.) 
must be dropped onto the center of the platform

[[Page 70]]

from a height of 3 m (10 ft.). The supporting arrangement and platform 
must not show any damage that would affect the serviceability of the 
float or platform.
    (d) As part of the buoyancy test required in Sec. 160.010-7(e) of 
this chapter, the platform must be loaded with weights equal to \1/2\ 
the rated capacity of the float. There must be no damage to the 
supporting arrangement or platform as a result of this test.

    Note: Since the weights on the platform will be submerged during 
this test, allowance must be made for the displacement of the submerged 
weights. The weight required is calculated by the formula W = (18d)/(d-
4895), where W is the required submerged weight per person (in kg) and d 
is the density of the material (in kg/m\3\). (In customary U.S. units, 
the formula is W = 40d)/(d-63) where W is in lb. and d is in lb./
ft.\3\).



      Subpart 160.028_Signal Pistols for Red Flare Distress Signals

    Source: CGD 76-048a, CGD 76-048b, 44 FR 73078, Dec. 17, 1979, unless 
otherwise noted.



Sec. 160.028-2  Type.

    (a) Each signal pistol for launching a parachute distress signal 
that meets subpart 160.024 of this part must be of the center-firing 
type having chamber and bore dimensions within the limits indicated by 
Figure No. 160.028-2(a).
    (b) A signal pistol for launching an aerial flare not under 
paragraph (a) of this section may have any chamber and bore dimensions 
if they are not the dimensions for a conventional round of ammunition.



Sec. 160.028-3  Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance
requirements.

    (a) Materials. The materials used in signal pistols shall conform 
strictly to the specifications and drawings submitted by the 
manufacturer and approved by the Commandant. In general, all parts shall 
be corrosion-resistant or properly protected against corrosion. The 
ejection mechanism shall be of material possessing excellent wearing 
qualities.
    (b) Workmanship. Signal pistols shall be of first class workmanship 
and shall be free from imperfections of manufacture affecting their 
serviceability or appearance.
    (c) Construction and performance requirements. (Pistols intended for 
signals meeting Subpart 160.024). Signal pistols shall be of rugged 
construction and shall operate satisfactorily in firing and ejecting 
pistol-projected parachute red flare distress signals of the type 
covered by Subpart 160.024. The ejection mechanism shall be of sturdy 
design capable of withstanding rough and repeated usage. The overall 
size and weight of signal pistols should be kept to a minimum consistent 
with adequate strength and safety. When the pistol is cocked and the 
trigger is pulled, the firing pin shall project between 1.52 mm and 2.54 
mm (0.060 in. and 0.100 in.) beyond the face plate of the frame. When 
the barrel is locked in the firing position, the barrel chamber shall be 
not more than 0.25 mm (0.010 in.) from the face plate of the frame.



Sec. 160.028-4  Approval and production tests.

    (a) Approval test. An independent laboratory accepted by the 
Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of this chapter must test three pistols 
in accordance with the operational test in paragraph (c) of this 
section.
    (b) Production inspections and tests. Production inspections and 
tests of each pistol must be conducted under the procedures in Sec. 
159.007 of this chapter. Each pistol which passes the production 
inspections and tests must be stamped with the letters ``P.T.'' Each 
pistol which fails the test must not be represented as meeting this 
subpart or as being approved by the Coast Guard.
    (1) Inspections and tests by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's 
quality control procedures must include the inspection of the pistols 
during production, and inspection of the finished pistols, to determine 
that the pistols are being produced in accordance with the approved 
plans. Each pistol must be tested in accordance with the operational 
test in paragraph (c) of this section, except that checking of the 
chamber and bore dimensions is not required.
    (2) Inspections and tests by an independent laboratory. An 
independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant

[[Page 71]]

under Sec. 159.010 of this Chapter must inspect and test three pistols 
at least one each year. The inspection must determine that the pistols 
are being produced in accordance with the approved plans. The test must 
be in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.
    (c) Operational test. The operational test must be conducted as 
follows:
    (1) Check the chamber and bore dimensions of the pistol.
    (2) Fire a dummy cartridge simulating a normal signal in size and 
weight, but with a charge double the normal charge.
    (3) Fire a normal signal.

[[Page 72]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.009

    (4) Recheck the chamber and bore dimensions.
    (5) The pistol must fire the signal properly, must not have any 
visible deformation or damage as a result of the test, and must not have 
any change in the chamber and bore dimensions.

[[Page 73]]



Sec. 160.028-5  Marking.

    (a) General. Each signal pistol shall be permanently and legibly 
marked with its serial number, Coast Guard approval number, and the name 
and address of the manufacturer.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.028-6  Container.

    (a) General. Containers for the stowage of signal pistols and pistol 
projected parachute red flare distress signals in lifeboats and life 
rafts on merchant vessels are not required to have specific approval or 
to be of specific design except for certain material, marking, and test 
requirements, which requirements are contained in Sec. 160.024-6 of 
subpart 160.024.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.028-7  Procedure for approval.

    (a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in 
subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
    (b) [Reserved]



    Subpart 160.031_Line-Throwing Appliance, Shoulder Gun Type (and 
                               Equipment)

    Source: CGD 76-048a, CGD 76-048b, 44 FR 73080, Dec. 17, 1979, unless 
otherwise noted.



Sec. 160.031-1  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) The following Federal specification is incorporated by reference 
into this subpart:
    (1) T-R-605 b, December 13, 1963 and Amendment 3, April 17, 1973--
Rope, Manila, and Sisal.
    (b) The Federal specification may be obtained from Military 
Specifications and Standards, Standardization Documents Order Desk, 
Building 4D, 700 Robbins Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19111-5094, https://
assist.daps.dla.mil/quicksearch/. This specification is also on file in 
the Federal Register library.
    (c) Approval to incorporate by reference the material listed in this 
section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on 
September 24, 1979.

[CGD 76-048a, CGD 76-048b, 44 FR 73080, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by 
USCG-2013-0671, 78 FR 60156, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.031-2  Type and size.

    (a) The shoulder gun type line-throwing appliance shall be breech-
loading for the cartridge and muzzle-loading for the projectile, of not 
more than 13 mm (0.50 in.) caliber, chambered for blank rifle 
cartridges, smooth bored, and properly stocked, with shot line canister 
attached in a position below the barrel.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.031-3  Materials, construction, workmanship, and performance 
requirements.

    (a) All materials used in the construction of shoulder gun type 
line-throwing appliances and equipment shall be of good quality, 
suitable for the purpose intended, and shall conform to the requirements 
of this specification. The choice of materials shall be such that 
resistance to corrosion by salt water or spray, shock, temperature 
change, and wear will be obtained. The use of dissimilar metals in 
combination shall be avoided wherever possible, but when such contacts 
are necessary, provision shall be made to prevent such deleterious 
effects as galvanic corrosion, freezing or buckling of moving parts, and 
loosening or tightening of joints due to difference in coefficients of 
thermal expansion.
    (b) The design and construction shall be proper and substantial for 
effective and safe operation aboard ship.
    (c) The workmanship shall be first class and free from any 
imperfections of manufacture affecting appearance or serviceability of 
the gun.
    (d) The gun, when loaded and fired in accordance with the 
manufacturer's instructions, shall be capable of propelling through 
relatively still air, the service projectile with service line attached, 
for a distance of not less than 75 m (250 ft.) with deviation from the 
target not to exceed 4.5 m (15 ft.) either side.



Sec. 160.031-4  Equipment for shoulder gun type line-throwing
appliance.

    (a) Ten service projectiles, each machined from steel or bronze, 
weighing about 225 g (8 oz.), and having a shank of sufficient length to 
project slightly beyond the muzzle, with an eye at the upper end for 
securing the service line.

[[Page 74]]

    (b) Four service lines, each not less than 180 m (600 ft.) in 
length, of 1.5 mm (\1/16\-in.) or more in diameter, woven or braided 
nylon, very flexible, and having a breaking strength of not less than 
625 N (140 lb.), or equivalent. Each line shall be one continuous length 
without splice, knot, or other weakening features and shall be made up 
or coiled in such way as to render it ready at all times for immediate 
use. The end of the line intended to be attached to projectile shall 
have securely attached thereto a substantial tag bearing a permanent 
legend indicating its purpose, and the other end of the line shall be 
tagged in the same manner to prevent delay in securing proper and 
immediate action with the equipment. The line shall be coiled or reeled 
in such manner that when all the line leaves the canister it 
automatically becomes unattached and free from the canister and the gun. 
The line canister shall be secured by clamps or brackets below the 
barrel of the gun.
    (c) One auxiliary line consisting of at least 150 m (500 ft.) of 7.5 
mm (3 in.) circumference manila complying with federal specification T-
R-605.
    (d) Twenty-five cartridges of the caliber and loading specified in 
the instructions furnished by the manufacturer of the gun. The 
cartridges shall be blank with waterproof paper wad.
    (e) One cleaning rod with brush.
    (f) One can of oil suitable for cleaning the gun and preserving the 
finish of the metal parts.
    (g) Twelve wiping patches of a size suitable for cleaning the bore.
    (h) One set of instructions including a list of the equipment 
furnished with the gun, the proper caliber and loading of the cartridges 
to be used in firing the gun, information as to the proper maintenance 
of the gun and equipment, and directions for loading and firing in 
service use shall be permanently engraved in plastic and mounted 
conspicuously in the case or box required by Sec. 160.031-4(i).
    (i) A suitable case or box, properly compartmented for stowage of 
the appliance and auxiliary equipment, is required for stowage on 
merchant vessels. The auxiliary line need not be stowed in the case.



Sec. 160.031-5  Approval and production tests.

    (a) Approval test. An independent laboratory accepted by the 
Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of this chapter must test an appliance in 
accordance with the operational test in paragraph (c) of this section.
    (b) Production inspections and tests. Production inspections and 
tests of each appliance must be conducted under the procedures in Sec. 
159.007 of this chapter. Each appliance which fails the inspections and 
tests must not be represented as meeting this Subpart or as being 
approved by the Coast Guard.
    (1) Inspections and tests by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's 
quality control procedures must include the inspection of appliances 
during production as well as inspection of finished appliances to 
determine that the appliances are being produced in accordance with the 
approved plans. Each appliance must be tested in accordance with 
paragraph (c) of this section except that the projectile may be fired 
without a service line attached, and the distance and deviation do not 
have to be measured.
    (2) Inspections and test by an independent laboratory. An 
independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of 
this chapter must inspect and test one appliance at least once each 
year. The inspection must determine that the appliances are being 
produced in accordance with the approved plans. The test must be in 
accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.
    (c) Operational test. The operational test must be conducted as 
follows:
    (1) Three rounds must be fired by the gun, at least one of which 
must be with a service line attached to a projectile.
    (2) The projectile must be fired first by aiming it down an open 
course, and measuring the distance and deviation of the projectile.
    (3) After the projectile is fired, the other two rounds must be 
fired.
    (4) The distance and deviation of the projectile must be in 
accordance with Sec. 160.031-3(d) the gun must fire each round properly 
and the gun must not be fractured or damaged by the test.

[[Page 75]]



Sec. 160.031-6  Marking.

    (a) Gun. The gun shall be permanently and legibly marked on the 
barrel with the manufacturer's model or type designation of the gun, the 
serial number for the gun, the official Coast Guard approval number, and 
the name of the manufacturer. The gun stock shall have recessed in it a 
brass or other corrosion-resistant plate showing legible maintenance 
instructions for the care of the gun and its parts to prevent corrosion. 
After the proof test, the gun barrel shall be marked with the letters 
``P.T.'' and the name or mark of the company.
    (b) Projectile. Projectiles shall be permanently and legibly marked 
with the name of the manufacturer.
    (c) Line and container. The end of a service line intended to be 
attached to the projectile shall have securely attached thereto a 
substantial tag bearing a permanent legend indicating its purpose, and 
the other end of the line shall be tagged in the same manner to prevent 
delay in securing proper and immediate action with the equipment. The 
container of new service lines shall bear the name of the manufacturer, 
date of manufacture, and a statement to the effect that in all respects 
the line meets the requirements of this subpart for service lines. Line 
canisters and reels shall bear the name of the manufacturer.

[CGD 76-048a, CGD 76-048b, 44 FR 73080, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by 
USCG-2014-0688, 79 FR 58285, Sept. 29, 2014]



Sec. 160.031-7  Procedure for approval.

    (a) Shoulder gun line throwing appliances are approved by the Coast 
Guard under the procedures in subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
    (b) [Reserved]

Subpart 160.032-035 [Reserved]



Subpart 160.036_Hand-Held Rocket-Propelled Parachute Red Flare Distress 
                                 Signals

    Source: CGD 76-048a, CGD 76-048b, 44 FR 73081, Dec. 17, 1979, unless 
otherwise noted.



Sec. 160.036-1  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) The following is incorporated by reference into this subpart:
    (1) ``The Universal Color Language'' and ``The Color Names 
Dictionary'' in Color: Universal Language and Dictionary of Names, 
National Bureau of Standards Special Publication 440, December 1976.
    (b) NBS Special Publication 440 may be obtained by ordering from the 
Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, 
Washington, DC 20402 (Order by SD Catalog No. C13.10:440).
    (c) Approval to incorporate by reference the material listed in this 
section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on 
November 1, 1979. The material is on file in the Federal Register 
library.



Sec. 160.036-2  Type.

    (a) Handheld rocket-propelled parachute red flare distress signals 
specified by this subpart shall be of one type which shall consist 
essentially of a completely self-contained device which can be fired 
from the hand to provide a rocket-propelled parachute red flare distress 
signal.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.036-3  Materials, workmanship, construction and performance
requirements.

    (a) Materials. The materials used in handheld rocket-propelled 
parachute red flare distress signals shall conform strictly to the 
specifications and drawings submitted by the manufacturer and approved 
by the Commandant. In general, all exposed parts shall be corrosion-
resistant or properly protected against corrosion.
    (b) Workmanship. Handheld rocket-propelled parachute red flare 
distress signals shall be of first class workmanship and shall be free 
from imperfections of manufacture affecting their appearance or that may 
affect their serviceability.
    (c) Construction. The exterior case of the cartridge shall be made 
of a suitable metal and shall protect against the entrance of moisture. 
The construction shall be such that the parachute and pyrotechnic candle 
will be

[[Page 76]]

expelled at approximately the maximum altitude reached.
    (d) Performance. Signals shall meet all of the inspection and test 
requirements contained in Sec. 160.036-4.



Sec. 160.036-4  Approval and production tests.

    (a) Approval tests. The manufacturer must produce a lot of at least 
100 signals from which samples must be taken for testing for approval 
under Sec. 160.036-7. The approval tests are the operational tests and 
technical tests in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section. The approval 
tests must be conducted by an independent laboratory accepted by the 
Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of this chapter.
    (b) Production inspections and tests. Production inspections and 
tests of each lot of signals produced must be conducted under the 
procedures in Sec. 159.007 of this chapter. Signals from a rejected lot 
must not be represented as meeting this Subpart or as being approved by 
the Coast Guard. If the manufacturer identifies the cause of the 
rejection of a lot of signals, the signals in the lot may be reworked by 
the manufacturer to correct the problem. Samples from the rejected lot 
must be retested in order to be accepted. Records shall be kept of the 
reasons for rejection, the reworking performed on the rejected lot, and 
the results of the second test.
    (1) Lot size. For the purposes of sampling the production of 
signals, a lot must consist of not more than 30,000 signals. Lots must 
be numbered serially by the manufacturer. A new lot must be started 
with:
    (i) Any change in construction details,
    (ii) Any changes in sources of raw materials, or
    (iii) The start of production on a new production line or on a 
previously discontinued production line.
    (2) Inspections and tests by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's 
quality control procedures must include inspection of materials entering 
into construction of the signals and inspection of the finished signals, 
to determine that signals are being produced in accordance with the 
approved plans. Samples from each lot must be tested in accordance with 
the operational tests in paragraph (c) of this section.
    (3) Inspections and test by an independent laboratory. An 
independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of 
this chapter must perform or supervise the inspections and tests under 
paragraph (b)(2) of this section at least 4 times a year, unless the 
number of lots produced in a year is less than four. The inspections and 
tests must occur at least once during each quarterly period, unless no 
lots are produced during this period. If less than four lots are 
produced, the laboratory must perform or supervise the inspection and 
testing of each lot. In addition, the laboratory must perform or 
supervise the technical tests in paragraph (d) of this section at least 
once for every ten lots of signals produced, except that the number of 
technical tests must be at least one but not more than four per year. If 
a lot of signals tested by the independent laboratory is rejected, the 
laboratory must perform or supervise the inspections and tests of the 
reworked lot and the next lot of signals produced. The tests of each 
reworked lot and the next lot produced must not be counted for the 
purpose of meeting the requirement for the annual number of inspections 
and tests performed or supervised by the independent laboratory.
    (c) Operational tests. Each lot of signals must be sampled and 
tested as follows:
    (1) Sampling procedure and accept/reject criteria. A sample of 
signals must be selected at random from the lot. The size of the sample 
must be the individual sample size in Table 160.036-4(c)(1) 
corresponding to the lot size. Each signal in the sample is tested as 
prescribed in the test procedure in paragraph (c)(2) of this section. 
Each signal that has a defect listed in the table of defects (Table 
160.036-4(c)(2)) is assigned a score (failure percent) in accordance 
with that table. In the case of multiple defects, only the score having 
the highest numerical value is assigned to that signal. If the sum of 
all the failure percents (cumulative failure percent) for the number of 
units in the sample is less than or equal to the accept criterion, the 
lot is accepted. If this sum is equal to or more than the

[[Page 77]]

reject criterion the lot is rejected. If the cumulative failure percent 
falls between the accept and reject criteria, another sample is selected 
from the production lot and the operational tests are repeated. The 
cumulative failure percent of each sample tested is added to that of the 
previous samples to obtain the cumulative failure percent for all the 
signals tested (cumulative sample size). Additional samples are tested 
and the tests repeated until either the accept or reject criterion for 
the cumulative sample size is met. If any signal in the sample explodes 
when fired or ignites in a way that could burn or otherwise injure the 
person firing it, the lot is rejected without further testing. (This 
procedure is diagrammed in figure 160.036-4(c)).
    (2) Test procedure. Each sample signal (specimen) must be tested as 
follows:
    (i) Conditioning of test specimens--water resistant. Immerse 
specimen horizontally with uppermost portion of the signal approximately 
25 mm (1 in.) below the surface of the water for a period of 24 hours.
    (ii) Firing and operating characteristics. Signals shall fire and 
operate satisfactorily when the manufacturer's directions are followed. 
The parachute and pyrotechnic candle shall be ejected at approximately 
the maximum altitude reached by the projectile case. The parachute shall 
open and properly suspend the pyrotechnic candle without fouling. The 
pyrotechnic candle shall burn with uniform intensity and without 
damaging the parachute, shrouds, or leader line.
    (iii) Altitude. The altitude reached by a signal is considered to be 
the height at which the parachute and pyrotechnic candle are ejected 
from the projectile case, as determined by visual observation against an 
object of known height, such as a tower or balloon, or by triangulation 
from two or more points of observation, or by other method satisfactory 
to the Commandant. The altitude reached shall be not less than 150 m 
(500 ft.).
    (iv) Rate of descent. The rate of descent of a signal is considered 
to be the calculated average rate obtained by dividing the altitude by 
the time of descent to the surface. The rate of descent shall not exceed 
4.5 m (15 ft.) per second.
    (v) Burning time. The burning time of the pyrotechnic candle shall 
be obtained by stop watch measurement from the time a distinct, 
sustained flame is emitted until it ceases. The burning time shall be 
not less than 30 seconds.

                   Table 160.036-4(c)(1)--Accept and Reject Criteria for Operational Test Lots
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Individual                             Cumulative
                   Lot size                      sample              Sample             sample    Accept  Reject
                                                  size                                   size       \1\     \1\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
280 or                                                  8  First....................           8   ( \2\     400
                                                                                                       )
  less.                                        ..........  Second...................          16     100     500
                                               ..........  Third....................          24     200     600
                                               ..........  Fourth...................          32     300     700
                                               ..........  Fifth....................          40     500     800
                                               ..........  Sixth....................          48     700     900
                                               ..........  Seventh..................          56     950     951
281 to                                                 13  First....................          13       0     400
  500.                                         ..........  Second...................          26     100     600
                                               ..........  Third....................          39     300     800
                                               ..........  Fourth...................          52     500   1,000
                                               ..........  Fifth....................          65     700   1,100
                                               ..........  Sixth....................          78   1,000   1,200
                                               ..........  Seventh..................          91   1,350   1,351
501 to                                                 20  First....................          20       0     500
  1,200.                                       ..........  Second...................          40     300     800
                                               ..........  Third....................          60     600   1,000
                                               ..........  Fourth...................          80     800   1,300
                                               ..........  Fifth....................         100   1,100   1,500
                                               ..........  Sixth....................         120   1,400   1,700
                                               ..........  Seventh..................         140   1,850   1,851
1,201 to                                               32  First....................          32     100     700
  3,200.                                       ..........  Second...................          64     400   1,000
                                               ..........  Third....................          96     800   1,300
                                               ..........  Fourth...................         128   1,200   1,700
                                               ..........  Fifth....................         160   1,700   2,000
                                               ..........  Sixth....................         192   2,100   2,300
                                               ..........  Seventh..................         224   2,550   2,551
More                                                   50  First....................          50     200     900
  than                                         ..........  Second...................         100     700   1,400
  3,201.                                       ..........  Third....................         150   1,300   1,900
                                               ..........  Fourth...................         200   1,900   2,500
                                               ..........  Fifth....................         250   2,500   2,900
                                               ..........  Sixth....................         300   3,100   3,300
                                               ..........  Seventh..................         350   3,750   3,751
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Cumulative failure percent.
\2\ Lot may not be accepted. Next sample must be tested.


                          Table 160.036-4(c)(2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Percentage
                       Kind of defect                         of failure
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a. Failure to fire.........................................          100
b. Failure to eject projectile contents....................          100
c. Failure to ignite pyrotechnic candle....................          100
d. Failure of parachute to open completely.................           75
e. Complete carrying away or destruction of parachute......           75
f. Altitude less than 70 pct of that required..............          100
g. Altitude less than 70 pct but less than 80 pct of that             75
 required..................................................
h. Altitude at least 80 pct but less than 90 pct of that              50
 required..................................................
i. Altitude at least 90 pct but less than 100 pct of that             25
 required..................................................

[[Page 78]]

 
j. Average rate of descent greater than four times maximum           100
 permitted.................................................
k. Average rate of descent less than 4 but greater than 3             75
 times maximum permitted...................................
l. Average rate of descent less than 3 but greater than 2             50
 times maximum permitted...................................
m. Average rate of descent less than twice but greater than           25
 maximum permitted.........................................
n. Burning time less than 70 pct of that required..........          100
o. Burning time at least 70 pct but less than 80 pct of               75
 that required.............................................
p. Burning time at least 80 pct but less than 90 pct of               50
 that required.............................................
q. Burning time at least 90 pct but less than 100 pct of              25
 that required.............................................
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 79]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.010

    (d) Technical tests. Three signals must be subjected to each of the 
following tests. Two of the three signals must pass each test in order 
for the lot of signals to be accepted.
    (1) Luminous intensity. The luminous intensity of each pyrotechnic 
candle

[[Page 80]]

tested shall be measured by a visual photometer or equivalent 
photometric device while the specimen is supported in a horizontal 
position and the photometer is at right angles to the axis of the 
specimen. Visual luminous intensity readings shall be observed and 
recorded at approximately 5-second intervals during the burning of the 
specimen. The minimum photometric distance shall be 3 m (10 ft.). 
Recording photometers shall have a chart speed of at least 10 cm (4 in.) 
per minute. The luminous intensity of the specimen shall be computed as 
the arithmetical average of the readings recorded. The average luminous 
intensity of a specimen shall be not less than 20,000 candela.
    (2) Elevated temperature, humidity, and storage. Place specimen in a 
thermostatically controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 [deg]C. 
with not less than 90 percent relative humidity for 72 hours. Remove 
specimen and store at room temperature (20[deg] to 25 [deg]C.) with 
approximately 65 percent relative humidity for ten days. If for any 
reason it is not possible to operate the oven continuously for the 72-
hour period, it may be operated at the required temperature and humidity 
for 8 hours out of each 24 during the 72-hour conditioning period. 
(Total of 24 hours on and 48 hours off.) The signal shall not ignite or 
decompose during this conditioning. The signal shall fire and operate 
satisfactorily following this conditioning.
    (3) Spontaneous ignition. Place the specimen in a thermostatically 
controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 [deg]C. with not more than 
10% relative humidity for 48 consecutive hours. The signal shall not 
ignite or undergo marked decomposition.
    (4) Chromaticity. The color of the burning signal must be vivid red 
as defined by Sections 13 and 14 of the ``Color Names Dictionary.'' Two 
identical test plates of white cardboard about 30 cm x 60 cm 
(12 x 24) are used. Except for a negligible amount 
of stray daylight, the first test plate is illuminated by light from the 
specimen placed at a distance of about 1.5 m (5 ft.). The second test 
plate is illuminated only by light from an incandescent lamp operated at 
a color temperature close to 2,848[deg] K at a distance of about 30 cm 
(1 ft.). The first plate is viewed directly, the second through 
combinations of Lovibond red, yellow, and blue glasses selected so as to 
approximate a chromaticity match. By separating the test plates by a 
wide unilluminated area (subtending at the observer about 45[deg]), it 
is possible to make accurate determinations of chromaticity in terms of 
the 1931 CIE Standard Observer and Coordinate System, in spite of 
fluctuations in luminous intensity of the specimen by factors as high as 
2 or 3. The CIE coordinates are converted to the Munsell notation which 
is cross-referenced to the color name in Section 13 of the ``Color Names 
Dictionary'' (see the discussion in Section 10 of ``The Universal Color 
Language'').

[CGD 76-048a, CGD 76-048b, 44 FR 73081, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by 
USCG-2014-0688, 79 FR 58285, Sept. 29, 2014]



Sec. 160.036-5  Marking.

    (a) General. Each hand-held rocket-propelled parachute red flare 
distress signal shall be legibly marked or labeled as follows:

    (Company brand or style designation) Hand-Held Rocket-Propelled 
Parachute Red Flare Distress Signal--20,000 candela--30 seconds burning 
time. Use Only When Aircraft or Vessel Is Sighted. Directions--(In 
numbered paragraphs, simply worded instructions for firing the device). 
Service Life Expiration Date (date to be inserted by manufacturer) 
(Month and year manufactured) (Lot No. ----) Manufactured by (Name and 
address of manufacturer) U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. ----.

    (b) Marking of expiration date. The expiration date must be not more 
than 42 months from the date of manufacture.
    (c) Other marking. (1) On each hand-held rocket propelled parachute 
red flare distress signal there shall be die-stamped in figures not less 
than 3 mm (\1/8\ in.) high, on the signal, numbers indicating the month 
and year of manufacture, thus: ``6-54'' indicating June, 1954.
    (2) The pyrotechnic candle shall be legibly marked with the month 
and year of manufacture.
    (3) In addition to any other marking place on the smallest packing 
carton or box containing signals, each carton or

[[Page 81]]

box shall be plainly and permanently marked to show the service life 
expiration date, date of manufacture, and lot number.
    (4) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships 
signals must be marked with the following or equivalent words: ``Keep 
under cover in a dry place.''

    Note: Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does 
not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the 
label requirements of 15 U.S.C. 1263, the Federal Hazardous Substances 
Act.



Sec. 160.036-6  Container.

    (a) General. The container for storing the signals on lifeboats and 
liferafts is not required to be of a special design or be approved by 
the Coast Guard. The container must meet the requirements in Subpart 
160.021 (Sec. 160.021-6) except that the wording on the container must 
be:

     Hand-Held Rocket-Propelled Parachute Red Flare Distress Signals

    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.036-7  Procedure for approval.

    (a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in 
subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
    (b) [Reserved]



           Subpart 160.037_Hand Orange Smoke Distress Signals

    Source: CGD 76-048a, CGD 76-048b, 44 FR 73085, Dec. 17, 1979, unless 
otherwise noted.



Sec. 160.037-1  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) The following are incorporated by reference into this subpart:
    (1) ``The Color Names Dictionary'' in Color: Universal Language and 
Dictionary of Names, National Bureau of Standards Special Publication 
440, December 1976.
    (2) ``Development of a Laboratory Test for Evaluation of the 
Effectiveness of Smoke Signals,'' National Bureau of Standards Report 
4792, July 1956.
    (b) NBS Special Publication 440 may be obtained by ordering from the 
Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, 
Washington, DC 20402 (Order by SD Catalog No. C13.10:440).
    (c) NBS Report 4792 may be obtained from Coast Guard Headquarters. 
Contact Commandant (CG-ENG), Attn: Office of Design and Engineering 
Systems, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue 
SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509.
    (d) Approval to incorporate by reference the materials listed in 
this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on 
November 1 and 29, 1979. The materials are on file in the Federal 
Register library.

[CGD 76-048a, CGD 76-048b, 44 FR 73085, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by CGD 
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 
1988; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, 
Sept. 27, 1996; USCG-2009-0702, 74 FR 49237, Sept. 25, 2009; USCG-2013-
0671, 78 FR 60156, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.037-2  Type.

    (a) Hand orange smoke distress signals specified by this subpart 
shall be one type which shall consist essentially of a wooden handle to 
which is attached a tubular casing having a sealing plug at the handle 
end, the casing being filled with a smoke producing composition and fuse 
with button of ignition material at the top, and a removable cap having 
a friction striking material on its top which may be exposed for use by 
pulling a tear strip. The signal is ignited by scraping the friction 
striker on top of the cap against the igniter button on top of the body 
of the signal. Alternate arrangements which conform to the performance 
requirements of this specification will be given special consideration.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.037-3  Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance
requirements.

    (a) Materials. The materials shall conform strictly to the 
specifications and drawings submitted by the manufacturer and approved 
by the Commandant. The color of the tube shall be orange. The 
combustible materials shall be of such nature as will not deteriorate 
during long storage, nor when subjected to frigid or tropical climates, 
or both.

[[Page 82]]

    (b) Workmanship. Hand orange smoke distress signals shall be of 
first class workmanship and shall be free from imperfections of 
manufacture affecting their appearance or that may affect their 
serviceability. Moisture proof coatings shall be applied uniformly and 
shall be free from pinholes or other visible defects which would impair 
their usefulness.
    (c) Construction. The casing shall be fitted and secured to the 
handle with not less than a 25 mm (1 in.) overlap and shall be attached 
to the handle in such a manner that failure of the joint will not occur 
during tests, ignition, or operation. The plug shall be securely affixed 
in the casing to separate the smoke composition from the wooden handle. 
The smoke composition shall be thoroughly mixed and be uniformly 
compressed throughout to preclude variations of density which may 
adversely affect uniformity of its smoke emitting characteristics. The 
cap shall have a lap fit of not less than 25 mm (1 in.) over the end of 
the casing and smoke composition to entirely and securely protect the 
exposed surface of the igniter button and end of smoke composition and 
casing, and shall have an inner shoulder so constructed that it is 
mechanically impossible for the inner surface of the cap to come in 
contact with the igniter button. The cap shall be securely attached to 
the casing in such manner as to preclude its accidental detachment. The 
cap shall be provided on its top with a friction striking material which 
shall, by a pull of the tear strip, be entirely exposed for striking the 
friction igniter button. The igniter button shall be non-water soluble 
or be protected from moisture by a coating of some waterproof substance, 
and shall be raised or exposed in such manner as to provide positive 
ignition by the friction striker. The igniter button shall be firmly 
secured in or on the top of the smoke composition; the arrangement shall 
be such that the ignition will be transmitted to the smoke producing 
composition. The assembled signal, consisting of tear strip, cap, 
casing, and handle, shall be sealed and treated to protect the signal 
from deterioration by moisture. The protective waterproof coating shall 
be applied so none adheres to the friction striking surface. Special 
consideration will be given to alternate waterproofing of the signal by 
means of a water-resistant coating on the signal plus packaging in a 
sealed plastic waterproof bag satisfactory to the Commandant.
    (d) Performance. Signals shall meet all the inspection and test 
requirements contained in Sec. 160.037-4.



Sec. 160.037-4  Approval and production tests.

    (a) Approval tests. The manufacturer must produce a lot of at least 
100 signals from which samples must be taken for testing for approval 
under Sec. 160.037-7. The approval tests are the operational tests and 
technical tests in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section. The approval 
tests must be conducted by an independent laboratory accepted by the 
Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of this chapter.
    (b) Production inspections and tests. Production inspections and 
tests of each lot of signals produced must be conducted under the 
procedures in Sec. 159.007 of this chapter. Signals from a rejected lot 
must not be represented as meeting this subpart or as being approved by 
the Coast Guard. If the manufacturer identifies the cause of the 
rejection of a lot of signals, the signals in the lot may be reworked by 
the manufacturer to correct the problem. Samples from the rejected lot 
must be retested in order to be accepted. Records shall be kept of the 
reasons for rejection, the reworking performed on the rejected lot, and 
the results of the second test.
    (1) Lot size. For the purposes of sampling the production of 
signals, a lot must consist of not more than 30,000 signals. Lots must 
be numbered serially by the manufacturer. A new lot must be started 
with:
    (i) Any change in construction details,
    (ii) Any change in sources of raw materials, or
    (iii) The start of production on a new production line or on a 
previously discontinued production line.
    (2) Inspections and tests by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's 
quality control procedures must include inspection of materials entering 
into

[[Page 83]]

construction of the signals and inspection of the finished signals, to 
determine that signals are being produced in accordance with the 
approved plans. Samples from each lot must be tested in accordance with 
the operational tests in paragraph (c) of this section.
    (3) Inspections and tests by an independent laboratory. An 
independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of 
this Chapter must perform or supervise the inspections and tests under 
paragraph (b)(2) of this section at least 4 times a year, unless the 
number of lots produced in a year is less than four. The inspections and 
tests must occur at least once during each quarterly period, unless no 
lots are produced during this period. If less than four lots are 
produced, the laboratory must perform or supervise the inspection and 
testing of each lot. In addition, the laboratory must perform or 
supervise the technical tests in paragraph (d) of this section at least 
once for every ten lots of signals produced, except that the number of 
technical tests must be at least one but not more than four per year. If 
a lot of signals tested by the independent laboratory is rejected, the 
laboratory must perform or supervise the inspections and tests of the 
reworked lot and the next lot of signals produced. The tests of each 
reworked lot and the next lot produced must not be counted for the 
purpose of meeting the requirement for the annual number of inspections 
and tests performed or supervised by the independent laboratory.
    (c) Operational tests. Each lot of signals must be sampled and 
tested as follows:
    (1) Sampling procedure and accept/reject criteria. A sample of 
signals must be selected at random from the lot. The size of the sample 
must be the individual sample size in Table 160.037-4(c)(1) 
corresponding to the lot size. Each signal in the sample is tested as 
prescribed in the test procedure in paragraph (c)(2) of this section. 
Each signal that has a defect listed in the table of defeats (Table 
160.037-4(c)(2)) is assigned a score (failure percent) in accordance 
with that table. In the case of multiple defects, only the score having 
the highest numerical value is assigned to that signal. If the sum of 
all the failure percents (cumulative failure percent) for the number of 
units in the sample is less than or equal to the accept criterion, the 
lot is accepted. If the sum is equal to or more than the reject 
criterion the lot is rejected. If the cumulative failure percent falls 
between the accept and reject criteria, another sample is selected from 
the production lot and the operational tests are repeated. The 
cumulative failure percent of each sample tested is added to that of the 
previous samples to obtain the cumulative failure percent for all the 
signals tested (cumulative sample size). Additional samples are tested 
and the tests repeated until either the accept or reject criterion for 
the cumulative sample size is met. If any signal in the sample explodes 
when fired, or ignites in a way that could burn or otherwise injure the 
person firing it, the lot is rejected without further testing. (This 
procedure is diagrammed in figure 160.037-4(c)).
    (2) Test procedure. Each sample signal (specimen) must be tested as 
follows:
    (i) Conditioning of test specimens--water resistance. Immerse 
specimen horizontally with uppermost portion of the signal approximately 
25 mm (1 in.) below the surface of the water for a period of 24 hours. 
If the signal is protected by alternate waterproofing consisting of a 
water-resistant coating on the signal plus packaging in a sealed plastic 
waterproof bag, the 24-hour water immersion conditioning will be 
conducted while the signal is in the sealed plastic waterproof bag and 
will be followed by an additional immersion of the bare signal (i.e., 
after removal from the bag) 25 mm (1 in.) below the surface of the water 
for a period of 10 minutes.
    (ii) Waterproofing of igniter button. Remove the cap from the test 
specimen. Place head of specimen without cap about 25 mm (1 in.) under 
the surface of water for approximately 5 minutes. Remove specimen from 
the water and wipe dry.
    (iii) Smoke emitting time. Ignite specimen according to directions 
printed on the signal. The smoke emitting time of a specimen shall be 
obtained by stop watch measurements from the time of distinct, sustained 
smoke emission until it ceases. The watch shall be

[[Page 84]]

stopped during periods of flame emission. The smoke emitting time for a 
specimen shall be not less than 50 seconds.
    (iv) Ignition and smoke emitting characteristics. Test specimens 
shall ignite and emit smoke properly when the directions on the signal 
are followed. Test specimens shall not ignite explosively in a manner 
that might be dangerous to the user or persons close by. The plug 
separating the smoke producing composition from the handle shall in no 
case allow flame or hot gases to pass through it or between it and the 
casing in such manner as might burn the hand while holding the signal by 
the handle.

                   Table 160.037-4(c)(1)--Accept and reject criteria for operational test lots
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        Cumula-
                                                Individual                                tive    Accept  Reject
                   Lot size                       sample              Sample             sample     \1\     \1\
                                                   size                                   size
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
280 or                                                   8  First....................          8   ( \2\     400
                                                                                                       )
  less.                                         ..........  Second...................         16     100     500
                                                ..........  Third....................         24     200     600
                                                ..........  Fourth...................         32     300     700
                                                ..........  Fifth....................         40     500     800
                                                ..........  Sixth....................         48     700     900
                                                ..........  Seventh..................         56     950     951
281 to                                                  13  First....................         13       0     400
  500.                                          ..........  Second...................         26     100     600
                                                ..........  Third....................         39     300     800
                                                ..........  Fourth...................         52     500   1,000
                                                ..........  Fifth....................         65     700   1,100
                                                ..........  Sixth....................         78   1,000   1,200
                                                ..........  Seventh..................         91   1,350   1,351
501 to                                                  20  First....................         20       0     500
  1,200.                                        ..........  Second...................         40     300     800
                                                ..........  Third....................         60     600   1,000
                                                ..........  Fourth...................         80     800   1,300
                                                ..........  Fifth....................        100   1,100   1,500
                                                ..........  Sixth....................        120   1,400   1,700
                                                ..........  Seventh..................        140   1,850   1,851
1,201 to                                                32  First....................         32     100     700
  3,200.                                        ..........  Second...................         64     400   1,000
                                                ..........  Third....................         96     800   1,300
                                                ..........  Fourth...................        128   1,200   1,700
                                                ..........  Fifth....................        160   1,700   2,000
                                                ..........  Sixth....................        192   2,100   2,300
                                                ..........  Seventh..................        224   2,550   2,551
More                                                    50  First....................         50     200     900
  than                                          ..........  Second...................        100     700   1,400
  3,201.                                        ..........  Third....................        150   1,300   1,900
                                                ..........  Fourth...................        200   1,900   2,500
                                                ..........  Fifth....................        250   2,500   2,900
                                                ..........  Sixth....................        300   3,100   3,300
                                                ..........  Seventh..................        350   3,750   3,751
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Cumulative failure percent.
\2\ Lot may not be accepted. Next sample must be tested.


                          Table 160.037-4(c)(2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Percentage
                      Kind of defects                         of failure
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a. Failure to ignite.......................................          100
b. Ignites or burns dangerously............................           50
c. Non-uniform smoke-emitting rate.........................           50
d. Smoke-emitting time less than 70 pct of specified time..          100
e. Smoke-emitting time at least 70 pct but less than 80 pct           75
 of specified time.........................................
f. Smoke-emitting time at least 80 pct but less than 90 pct           50
 of specified time.........................................
g. Smoke-emitting time at least 90 pct but less than 100              25
 pct of specified time.....................................
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 85]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.011

    (d) Technical tests. Three signals must be subjected to each of the 
following tests. Two of the three signals must pass each test in order 
for the lot of signals to be accepted.
    (1) Underwater smoke emission. Condition each sample in accordance 
with

[[Page 86]]

paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section. Ignite specimen and let it burn 
about 15 seconds in air. Submerge the burning signal in water in a 
vertical position with head down. Obtain underwater smoke emission time 
by stop watch measurements from time of submersion until smoke emission 
ceases. The test specimen shall burn underwater not less than 10 seconds 
when subjected to this test.
    (2) Bending strength. Place the specimen on supports 15 cm (6 in.) 
apart. Attach a weight of 35 kg (77 lb.) to a length of wire. Hang the 
weight from the supported signal by looping the wire around the signal 
approximately equidistant from the two points of support. Let the weight 
hang approximately 5 minutes. The test specimen shall not deflect more 
than 7 mm (\1/4\ in.), nor shall the joint between the casing and the 
handle fail when subjected to this test.
    (3) Tensile strength. Place the specimen in a chuck firmly holding 
it about 13 mm (\1/2\ in.) below the cap. Attach a weight of 35 kg (77 
lb.) to a length of wire. Hang the weight from the supported signal by 
looping the wire through a hole bored perpendicular to and through the 
axis of the handle. Let the weight hang approximately 5 minutes. The 
test specimen shall not show noticeable distortion, nor shall the joint 
between the casing and handle fail, when subjected to this test.
    (4) Elevated temperature, humidity and storage. Place specimen in a 
thermostatically controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 [deg]C. 
with not less than 90 percent relative humidity for 72 hours. Remove 
specimen and store at room temperature (20[deg] to 25 [deg]C.) with 
approximately 65 percent relative humidity for 10 days. If for any 
reason it is not possible to operate the oven continuously for the 72-
hour period, it may be operated at the required temperature and humidity 
for 8 hours out of each 24 during the 72-hour conditioning period. 
(Total of 24 hours on and 48 hours off.) The signal shall not ignite or 
decompose during this conditioning. The signal shall ignite and operate 
satisfactorily following this conditioning.
    (5) Spontaneous ignition. Place the specimen in a thermostatically 
controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 [deg]C. with not more than 
10% relative humidity for 48 consecutive hours. The signal shall not 
ignite or undergo marked decomposition.
    (6) Susceptibility to explosion. Remove smoke composition from 
signal and punch a small hole in the composition. Insert a No. 6 
commercial blasting cap. Ignite the cap. The test specimen shall not 
explode or ignite.
    (7) Color of smoke. Ignite specimen in the open air in daytime 
according to the directions printed on the signal, and determine the 
smoke color by direct visual comparison of the unshadowed portions of 
the smoke with a color chart held so as to receive the same daylight 
illumination as the unshadowed portions of the smoke. The color of the 
smoke must be orange as defined by Sections 13 and 14 of the ``Color 
Names Dictionary'' (colors 34-39 and 48-54).
    (8) Volume and density of smoke. The test specimen shall show less 
than 70 percent transmission for not less than 30 seconds when measured 
with apparatus having a light path of 19 cm (7\1/2\ in.), an optical 
system aperture of + 3.7 degrees, and an entrance air flow of 18.4m\3\ 
per minute (650 cu. ft. per minute), such apparatus to be as described 
in National Bureau of Standards Report No. 4792.



Sec. 160.037-5  Labeling and marking.

    (a) Labeling. Each hand orange smoke distress signal shall bear a 
label securely affixed thereto, showing in clear, indelible black 
lettering on an orange background, the following wording and 
information:

                  (Company brand or style designation)

                    Hand Orange Smoke Distress Signal

                For daytime use--50 seconds burning time

               Use Only When Aircraft or Vessel is Sighted

    Directions: Pull tape over top of cap. Remove cap and ignite flare 
by rubbing scratch surface on top of cap sharply across igniter button 
on head of signal.
    Caution: Stand with back to wind and point away from body when 
igniting or signal is burning.

[[Page 87]]

    Service Life Expiration Date (Month and year to be inserted by 
manufacturer) (Month and year manufactured) (Lot No. ----). Manufactured 
by (Name and address of manufacturer). U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. --
--.

    (b) Marking of expiration date. The expiration date must not be more 
than 42 months from the date of manufacture.
    (c) Other marking. (1) There shall be die-stamped, in the side of 
the wooden handle in figures not less than 3 mm (\1/8\ in.) high, 
numbers indicating the month and year of manufacture, thus: ``6-54'' 
indicating June, 1954.
    (2) In addition to any other marking place on the smallest packing 
carton or box containing hand orange smoke distress signals such cartons 
or boxes shall be plainly and permanently marked to show the service 
life expiration date, date of manufacture, and lot number.
    (3) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships 
signals must be marked with the following or equivalent words: ``Keep 
under cover in a dry place.''

    Note: Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does 
not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the 
label requirements of 15 U.S.C. 1263, the Federal Hazardous Substances 
Act.



Sec. 160.037-6  Container.

    (a) General. The container for storing the signals on lifeboats and 
liferafts is not required to be of a special design or be approved by 
the Coast Guard. The container must meet the requirements in subpart 
160.021 (Sec. 160.021-6) except that the wording on the container must 
be: ``Hand Orange Smoke Distress Signals.''
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.037-7  Procedure for approval.

    (a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in 
subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
    (b) [Reserved]



     Subpart 160.038_Magazine Chests, Portable, for Merchant Vessels

    Source: CGFR 49-43, 15 FR 122 Jan. 11, 1950, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 160.038-1  Applicable specifications.

    (a) There are no other specifications applicable to this subpart.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.038-2  Type.

    (a) Portable magazine chests shall be of a type suitable for stowage 
of pyrotechnic distress signals, rockets, or powder for line-throwing 
guns, and shall be of a size not less than 6 nor more than 40 cubic feet 
capacity. Alternate types of construction to that specified below will 
be given special consideration.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.038-3  Materials, workmanship, and construction.

    (a) Portable magazine chests shall be constructed of metal and lined 
with wood.
    (b) The lining shall be so fitted and finished as to form a smooth 
surface within the interior of the chest. Fastenings shall be recessed 
below the surface to avoid projections within the interior. Construction 
shall be such as to separate all containers of explosives or 
pyrotechnics from contact with metal surfaces.
    (c) The metal shall be \1/8\ inch thick and free from crimps, 
buckles, and rough edges. All metal surfaces shall be wire brushed and 
all oil, grease, rust, loose scale, and other extraneous matter, removed 
before application of any primer. All surfaces of the metal chest and 
fittings shall be given a heavy coat of quick drying red lead, zinc 
chromate, or other suitable primer before painting. The finish shall 
consist of two coats of paint. The interior shall be lined with wood 
sheathing of a minimum thickness of \3/4\ inch. Securing means shall be 
countersunk below the surface of the sheathing. Securing means for the 
cover and 4 lashing rings shall be provided. The lashing rings shall be 
3 I.D. x \3/8\ wire permanently attached to the 
magazine chest. Two runners, not less than 2 inches high shall be 
permanently attached to the bottom of the chest.



Sec. 160.038-4  Inspections and tests.

    (a) Portable magazine chests specified by this subpart are not 
ordinarily

[[Page 88]]

subject to regularly s scheduled factory inspections.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.038-5  Marking.

    (a) Portable magazine chests used for the stowage of pyrotechnic 
signals, rockets, and powder for line-throwing guns shall be marked, in 
letters at least 3 inches high, with the following legend: ``Portable 
Magazine Chest, Inflammable--Keep Lights and Fire Away.''
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.038-6  Procedure for approval.

    (a) Portable magazine chests are not subject to formal approval, but 
will be accepted by the inspector on the basis of this subpart at annual 
inspections and reinspections of vessels.
    (b) [Reserved]

Subpart 160.039 [Reserved]



 Subpart 160.040_Line-Throwing Appliance, Impulse-Projected Rocket Type 
                             (and Equipment)

    Source: CGD 76-048a, CGD 76-048b, 44 FR 73089, Dec. 17, 1979, unless 
otherwise noted.



Sec. 160.040-1  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) The following military specifications are incorporated by 
reference into this subpart:
    (1) MIL-R-23139 B, 16 August 1965--Rocket Motors, Surface Launched, 
Development and Qualification Requirements for.
    (2) MIL-R-45505 A, 2 April 1971--Line Throwing Apparatuses, Rocket 
and Projectile Units.
    (b) The military specifications may be obtained from Military 
Specifications and Standards, Standardization Documents Order Desk, 
Building 4D, 700 Robbins Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19111-5094, https://
assist.daps.dla.mil/quicksearch/. These specifications are also on file 
in the Federal Register library.
    (c) Approval to incorporate by reference the materials listed in 
this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on 
September 24, 1979.

[CGD 76-048a, CGD 76-048b, 44 FR 73089, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by 
USCG-2013-0671, 78 FR 60156, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.040-2  Type and size.

    (a) Impulse-projected rocket type line-throwing appliances required 
by this subpart shall be of a type consisting essentially of a pistol or 
launcher, which can be hand held and hand directed, or suitably 
supported and hand directed.
    (b) Impulse-projected rocket type line-throwing appliances shall 
weigh (complete with one rocket, bridle, and leader) not to exceed 16 kg 
(35 lb.) and shall be of a size easily manageable by one person.
    (c) Alternate arrangements which meet the performance requirements 
of this subpart will be given special consideration. Line-throwing 
appliances meeting the requirements of MIL-L-45505 Type I will be 
considered as meeting the requirements of this subpart subject to 
approval of the Commandant.



Sec. 160.040-3  Materials, construction, workmanship, and performance
requirements.

    (a) Materials. All materials used in the construction of impulse-
projected rocket type line-throwing appliances and equipment shall be of 
good quality suitable for the purpose intended, and shall conform to 
this subpart and to the specifications submitted by the manufacturer and 
approved by the Commandant. The choice of materials, when there is no 
specific requirement, shall be such that maximum safety to operating 
personnel will be maintained, and that resistance to corrosion by salt 
water or spray, shock, temperature change, and wear will be obtained. 
The use of dissimilar materials in combination shall be avoided wherever 
possible, but when such contacts are necessary, provision shall be made 
to prevent such deleterious effects as galvanic corrosion, freezing or 
buckling of moving parts, and loosening or tightening of joints due to 
differences in coefficients of thermal expansion.

[[Page 89]]

    (b) Construction. The design and construction shall be such as to 
obtain effective and safe operation aboard vessels at sea.
    (c) Workmanship. Impulse-projected rocket type line-throwing 
appliances shall be of first class workmanship and shall be free from 
imperfections of manufacture affecting their appearance or that may 
affect their serviceability.
    (d) Performance. When the rocket is fired from the appliance in 
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, it shall be capable of 
passing the tests specified by Sec. 160.040-5(c).

[CGD 76-048a, CGD 76-048b, 44 FR 73089, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by 
USCG-2014-0688, 79 FR 58285, Sept. 29, 2014]



Sec. 160.040-4  Equipment for impulse-projected rocket type line
-throwing appliance.

    (a) Four rocket projectiles, each complete with bridle and leader of 
fire-resistant materials. Two of the projectiles shall be of the buoyant 
type.
    (b) Not less than 4 primer-ejector cartridges which fit the chamber 
of the pistol, gun, or launcher.
    (c) Four service lines, each 4 mm (\5/32\ in.) minimum diameter with 
a minimum breaking strength of at least 2,250 N (500 lb.), and in one 
continual length not less than that specified in the approval of the 
appliance carried, without splice, knot, or other retarding or weaking 
features. The length of each service line will be assigned in the 
approval of the appliance as a round number approximately one-third in 
excess of the average distance the line is carried in the tests required 
by Sec. 160.040-7(c). The line shall be of either natural or synthetic 
fibers suitable for marine usage. The end of the line intended to be 
attached to the projectile shall have securely attached thereto a 
substantial tag bearing a permanent legend indicating its purpose, and 
the other end of the line shall be tagged in the same manner to prevent 
delay in securing proper and immediate action with the equipment. Each 
line shall be coiled, faked, or reeled in its own faking box or reel in 
such manner that when all the line leaves the container, it shall 
automatically become unattached and free from the container. The faking 
box or reel shall be big enough for the line. The reel type container 
shall consist of a reel upon which the line may be readily coiled and a 
canister or container into which the line may be placed that affords a 
fair lead through which the line may pay out. The reel must be so 
designed as to permit easy withdrawal after the line has been coiled. 
Containers of new lines shall bear the name of the manufacturer, date of 
manufacture, and a statement to the effect that in all respects the line 
meets the requirements of this specification.
    (d) [Reserved]
    (e) One cleaning rod with wire brush of non-ferrous metal, prongs 
arranged in a spiral of sufficient rigidity and size to clean the bore.
    (f) One can of oil suitable for cleaning and preserving the 
appliance.
    (g) Twelve flannel wiping patches of sufficient size to cover the 
brush and suitable for wiping the bore clean.
    (h) One set of instructions including a list of the equipment 
furnished with the appliance, information as to the proper maintenance 
of the appliance and equipment, and directions for loading and firing 
the appliance in service use shall be permanently engraved in plastic 
and mounted conspicuously in the case or box required by paragraph (i) 
of this section.
    (i) A suitable case or box, properly compartmented for stowage of 
the appliance and auxiliary equipment, is required for stowage on 
merchant vessels. The service line and auxiliary line need not be stowed 
in the case.

[CGD 76-048a, CGD 76-048b, 44 FR 73089, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by 
USCG-2014-0688, 79 FR 58285, Sept. 29, 2014]



Sec. 160.040-5  Approval and production tests.

    (a) Approval tests. An independent laboratory accepted by the 
Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of this chapter must perform or supervise 
the performance tests in paragraph (c) of this section.
    (b) Production inspections and tests. Production inspections and 
tests must be conducted under the procedures in Sec. 159.007 of this 
chapter. Each appliance or lot of rockets which fails the inspections 
and tests must not be represented

[[Page 90]]

as meeting this subpart or as being approved by the Coast Guard.
    (1) Inspections and tests by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's 
quality control procedures must include the inspection of appliances 
during production as well as inspection of finished appliances, to 
determine that the appliances are being produced in accordance with the 
approved plans. The performance tests in paragraph (c) of this section 
must be performed by the manufacturer.
    (2) Inspections and tests by an independent laboratory. An 
independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of 
this chapter must inspect and test appliances and rockets at least once 
each year. The inspection must determine that the appliances and rockets 
are being produced in accordance with the appropriate plans. The tests 
must be in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.
    (c) Performance tests--(1) Appliances. Each appliance shall be 
tested by firing three rounds. These rounds may be regular rockets or 
buoyant type rockets carrying regular service lines, as provided in 
paragraph (c)(2) of this paragraph or may be dummy projectiles, of the 
same size and weight as the regular rocket projectile, expelled into an 
earthen bank or other resisting medium from a reasonable distance. At 
least one of the rounds shall be fired using a primer-ejector cartridge 
loaded with a charge double the normal charge; the other rounds may be 
fired using regular primer-ejector cartridges. After the firing tests 
have been completed, each appliance shall be fired twice using the 
regular primer-ejector cartridges only, for the purposes of 
demonstrating that the appliance is still in operating condition. The 
entire assembly of the appliance shall then be examined. Results of the 
test firing and the physical examination shall show none of the 
following: Failure to eject cartridge, failure to close breech, trigger 
malfunction, safety lock failure to function, breech catch malfunction, 
broken spring, broken handgrips, cracked barrel or discharge chamber, 
firing pin or plunger broken, distorted or excessively worn or loose 
breech. A single misfire is acceptable if a second cartridge fires on 
repeated test. Misfire of both shall be cause for rejection of the 
appliance. More than one loose screw shall be cause for rejection. If an 
appliance exhibits a single loose screw, it may be retightened.
    (2) Rockets. The rocket shall utilize a solid fuel propellant which 
shall function in accordance with all applicable requirements of MIL-R-
23139. The use of black powder for the rocket motor is not acceptable. 
The ignition of the rocket motor shall occur at such a distance from the 
appliance so as not to spew flame, hot gaseous exhaust, or hot particles 
of propellant in such a manner as to create a hazard to personnel or the 
vessel. The rocket shall have a service line carrier assembly 
permanently attached and made of material, or suitably protected, to 
withstand the heat from the rocket motor's exhaust. From each 200 
rockets manufactured, not less than three must be selected to be tested 
by firing with service line attached. The rockets selected will, over a 
period of time, include representative samples of both the regular and 
buoyant type rockets, except that the approval test must include both 
types. The line shall be carried, under conditions of reasonably still 
atmosphere, a minimum of 230 m (750 ft.), without breaking or fouling 
the line, and the rocket shall alight not more than 15 m (50 ft.) from 
either side of the target line. In no case shall a test rocket be fired 
without a line attached. After a buoyant type rocket is fired, it shall 
demonstrate its ability to float in water for not less than 2 hours. 
Failure to meet any of the test requirements, nose cone cracks, rupture 
in flight, erratic flight, or unusual burning rate, shall be cause for 
rejection of rockets produced until suitable correction has been made. 
If rockets selected from this lot are used for the tests required in 
paragraph (c)(1) of this section this may be accepted as meeting the 
requirements of this paragraph.
    (3) Primer-ejector cartridges. Inasmuch as primer-ejector cartridges 
are used for the tests required by paragraphs (c) (1) and (2) of this 
paragraph, additional tests of primer-ejector cartridges will be made 
only when deemed advisable by the independent laboratory. Misfiring or 
failure of any kind shall be

[[Page 91]]

cause for rejection of cartridges produced until suitable correction has 
been made.



Sec. 160.040-6  Marking and labeling.

    (a) The appliance shall be permanently and legibly marked by die-
stamping or raised letters with the model designation of the appliance, 
the manufacturer's serial number for the appliance, the official Coast 
Guard approval number, and the name of the manufacturer. The rocket-
projectiles shall be legibly marked with the name of the manufacturer, 
the model designation, the official Coast Guard approval number, and 
month and year manufactured. Primer-ejector cartridges shall be 
permanently and legibly marked with the name of the manufacturer, and 
the model designation, the official Coast Guard approval number, and the 
month and year manufactured.
    (b) The containers of new service lines shall bear the name of the 
manufacturer, date of manufacture, and a statement to the effect that in 
all respects the line meets the requirements of this subpart for service 
lines. Line faking boxes and reels shall bear the name of the 
manufacturer.

    Note: Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does 
not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the 
label requirements of 15 U.S.C 1263, the Federal Hazardous Substances 
Act.



Sec. 160.040-7  Procedure for approval.

    (a) Rocket type line-throwing appliances are approved by the Coast 
Guard under the procedures in subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
    (b) [Reserved]



          Subpart 160.041_Kits, First-Aid, for Merchant Vessels

    Source: CGFR 50-12, 15 FR 3093, May 20, 1950, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.041-1  Applicable specification and publication.

    (a) Specification. The following specification, of the issue in 
effect on the date first-aid kits are manufactured, forms a part of this 
subpart:
    (1) Federal specification:

GG-K-391, Kits (Empty), First Aid, Burn Treatment, and Snake Bite; and 
Kit Contents.

    (b) Publication. The following publication, of the issue in effect 
on the date first-aid kits are manufactured, forms a part of this 
subpart:
    (1) National Bureau of Standards Simplified Practice Recommendation:

No. R178-41, Packaging of First-aid Unit Dressings and Treatments.

    (c) Copies of the specification and publication referred to in this 
section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together with the 
approved plans and certificate of approval. They shall be kept for a 
period consisting of the duration of approval and 6 months after 
termination of approval. The Federal specification may be purchased from 
the Business Service Center, General Services Administration, 
Washington, DC 20407. The Naval Bureau of Standards publication may be 
purchased from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing 
Office, Washington, DC 20402.

[CGFR 50-12, 15 FR 3093, May 20, 1950, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 
10899, Aug. 21, 1965]



Sec. 160.041-2  Type and size.

    (a) Type. First-aid kits covered by this specification shall be of 
the water-tight cabinet carrying type designated as Type II, Grade A, 
class B by Federal Specification GG-K-391. Alternate arrangements of 
materials meeting the performance requirements of this specification 
will be given special consideration.
    (b) Size. First-aid kits shall be of a size (approximately 
9 x 9 x 2\1/2\ inside) adequate for 
packing 24 standard single cartons (defined by National Bureau of 
Standards Simplified Practice Recommendations for Packaging of First-aid 
Unit Dressings and Treatments), or equivalent combinations of single, 
double, or triple cartons, the arrangement of the cartons to be such as 
to permit ready access to each item contained in the kit.

[[Page 92]]



Sec. 160.041-3  Construction and workmanship.

    (a) Construction. The container shall be of substantial and rugged 
construction, with the body, handle, and all fittings of a corrosion-
resistant material or suitably protected against corrosion. All ferrous 
metal employed shall be protected by hot dip galvanizing, or other 
equally effective means. The thickness of metal in the container shall 
be at least equal to 20 USSG and all seams and joints shall be welded or 
brazed. Either the body or the cover shall contain a gasket of molded 
rubber or other material which will give a suitable watertight seal, and 
the mating piece shall be flanged or turned to form an effective bearing 
surface. The cover shall be fastened to the body by two positive closed 
type pull-down snap fasteners on one edge, which together with two 
positive open type pull-down snap fasteners at the opposite edge, and 
one positive open type pull-down snap fastener at each of the other two 
edges, shall effectively hold the bearing surfaces together to provide 
the required watertight closure. The container shall be capable of being 
opened and reclosed watertight.
    (b) Handle. A suitable carrying handle, approximately 3 x 
1\1/4\, of 0.125 diameter steel wire, shall be 
securely mounted on the side or end of the body of the container, and be 
so arranged that when laid flat against the container it will not 
project beyond either the upper or lower edge, and shall provide ample 
finger clearance for carrying.
    (c) Cover fasteners. The cover fasteners shall be of the pull-down, 
draw bolt type or equivalent and of sufficient size and strength for the 
purpose. The fasteners shall be so constructed as not to jar loose by 
vibration, but to permit easy and quick opening with one hand. There may 
be no sharp edges and all parts shall be adequately protected against 
corrosion.



Sec. 160.041-4  Contents.

    (a) Individual cartons. Cartons shall be of the standard commercial 
unit type referred to by Simplified Practice Recommendation R178-41, 
properly labeled to designate the name, size of contents, and method of 
use, and shall contain all information required by Federal and State 
laws. Each package shall be enclosed in a jacket of tough, transparent 
material, properly sealed, which shall meet the watertight requirements 
of Sec. 160.041-5(f). Each carton and the contents therein shall 
conform to the applicable requirements of Federal Specification GG-K-
391. Medicinal products shall conform to the latest revision of the U.S. 
Pharmacopoeia. Vials for tablets shall not be made of glass.
    (b) Items. The items contained in first-aid kit shall be as listed 
in Table 160.041-4(b).

                                   Table 160.041-4(b)--Items for First-Aid Kit
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                         No. of
                      Item                           Number per package          Size of package        packages
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bandage compress--4.................  1........................  Single...................          5
Bandage compress--2.................  4........................   do......................          2
Waterproof adhesive compress--1.....  16.......................   do......................          2
Triangular bandage--40..............  1........................   do......................          3
Eye dressing packet, \1/8\ ounce Opthalmic       3........................   do......................          1
 ointment, adhesive strips, cotton pads.
Bandage, gauze, compressed, 2 inches by 6 yards  2........................   do......................          1
Tourniquet, forceps, scissors, 12 safety pins..  1, 1, 1, and 12,           Double...................          1
                                                  respectively.
Wire splint....................................  1........................  Single...................          1
Ammonia inhalants..............................  10.......................   do......................          1
Iodine applicators (\1/2\ ml swab type)........  10.......................   do......................          1
Aspirin, phenacetin and caffeine compound, 6\1/  5........................  Double...................          1
 2\ gr tablets, vials of 20.
Sterile petrolatum gauze, 3 x 18.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (c) Instructions. Instructions for the use of the contents of the 
first-aid kit shall be printed in legible type on a durable surface and 
shall be securely attached to the inside of the cover. The instructions 
for the use of the contents are as follows:

[[Page 93]]



               Directions for the Use of the First-Aid Kit
------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Item title                             Remarks
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ammonia inhalants.................  Break one and inhale for faintness,
                                     fainting, or collapse.
Aspirin, phenacetin, caffeine       Chew up and swallow 2 tablets every
 tablets.                            three hours for headache, colds,
                                     minor aches, pains, and fever.
                                     Maximum of 8 in twenty-four hours.
Bandage compress, 4 and  Apply as a dressing over wound.
 2.                       DON'T touch part that comes in
                                     contact with wound.
Bandage, gauze, compressed, 2.                            etc.
Bandage, triangular, compressed...  Use as arm sling, tourniquet, or for
                                     retaining splints or dressings in
                                     place.
Burn dressing.....................  The petrolatum gauze bandage is
                                     applied in at least two layers over
                                     the burned surface and an area
                                     extending 2 beyond it.
                                     The first dressing should be
                                     allowed to remain in place,
                                     changing only the outer, dry
                                     bandage as needed, for at least 10
                                     days unless signs of infection
                                     develop after several days, in
                                     which case the dressing should be
                                     removed and the burn treated as an
                                     infected wound. Watch for blueness
                                     or coldness of the skin beyond the
                                     dressing and loosen the dressing if
                                     they appear.
Compress, adhesive, 1..  Apply as dressing over small wounds.
                                     DON'T touch part that comes in
                                     contact with wound.
Eye patch.........................  Apply as dressing over inflamed or
                                     injured eye.
Forceps...........................  Use to remove splinters or foreign
                                     bodies. Don't dig.
Ophthalmic ointment...............  Apply in space formed by pulling
                                     lower eyelid down, once daily for
                                     inflamed or injured eyes. Don't
                                     touch eyeball with tube.
Splint, wire......................  Pad with gauze and mold to member to
                                     immobilize broken bones. Hold in
                                     place with bandage. Do not attempt
                                     to set the bone.
Tincture of iodine, mild..........  Remove protective sleeve, crush tube
                                     and apply swab end. DON'T use in or
                                     around eyes.
Tourniquet........................  For control of hemorrhage. Loosen
                                     for a few seconds every 15 minutes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[CGFR 50-12, 15 FR 3093, May 20, 1950,, as amended by USCG-2014-0688, 79 
FR 58285, Sept. 29, 2014]



Sec. 160.041-5  Inspections and tests.

    (a) Accelerated weathering. The container without contents shall be 
exposed to ultra violet light and subjected to a spray of water for 
about 30 seconds every 20 minutes for 100 hours at 120 [deg]F. As an 
alternate to this test the container may be exposed to an ultra violet 
light for 100 hours at 130 [deg]F. without the water spray. There shall 
be no evidence of warping or deterioration as a result of this test.
    (b) Salt spray. The container shall be exposed to a spray of 20% by 
weight of reagent grade sodium chloride at about 95 [deg]F. for 100 
hours. There shall be no evidence of corrosion or disintegration of the 
material as a result of this test.
    (c) Temperature change. The container shall be exposed to a 
temperature of 150 [deg]F. for one hour and then to a temperature of 30 
[deg]F. below zero for one hour. There shall be no warping or 
deterioration of the gasket material as a result of this test.
    (d) Container watertightness. After the completion of all other 
container tests, a closed empty container, lined with colored blotting 
paper, with the cover in a horizontal position and uppermost shall be 
submerged under a head of one foot of water for a period of two hours. 
At the end of this period the container shall be removed, opened, and 
examined for the presence of moisture. No seepage shall be allowed.
    (e) Carton watertightness. Four cartons from each container tested 
shall be submerged under a head of one foot of water for a period of two 
hours. Upon opening the sealed wrappers there shall be no evidence of 
leakage of water.

[CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11467, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by CGD 95-028, 62 FR 
51213, Sept. 30, 1997]



Sec. 160.041-6  Marking.

    (a) Each approved first-aid kit shall be permanently marked with the 
following information: name of manufacturer, trade name symbol, model 
number, or other identification used by the manufacturer, the Coast 
Guard Approval Number, and the words ``FIRST-AID KIT.'' This information 
may be embossed on the container or may be applied by silk screen 
process, using a suitable paint and protected as necessary to withstand 
the required tests, or by other means shown to be acceptable.

[[Page 94]]

    (b) [Reserved]



          Subpart 160.042_Skids, Liferaft, for Merchant Vessels

    Source: CGFR 50-12, 15 FR 3095, May 20, 1950, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.042-1  Applicable specification.

    (a) The following specification, of the issue in effect on the date 
life raft skids are manufactured, forms a part of this subpart:
    (1) Coast Guard specification:

160.018, Life Rafts.

    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.042-2  General requirements.

    (a) The requirements of this subpart provide for a standard life 
raft skid for use on ocean and coastwise vessels in conjunction with the 
stowage of Type A rafts which may be used on such vessels.
    (b) Life raft skids shall be constructed and arranged so as to 
properly support a Type A life raft in the stowed position and permit 
the launching of the life raft directly into the water without the 
application of any force other than that necessary to release the 
gripping arrangement and operate the release mechanism.
    (c) Arrangements other than those specified by this subpart will be 
given special consideration.



Sec. 160.042-3  Construction.

    (a) The trackways of the skids shall be constructed of 6 
x 3\1/2\ x \1/2\ structural angles, or of material 
of approved shape and equivalent strength, inclined approximately 60 
degrees from the horizontal. The trackways shall be spaced 8[foot]-
4 from the inside of the 3\1/2\ vertical leg of 
one trackway angle to the inside of the 3\1/2\ vertical leg 
of the other trackway angle. The inside of the 6 leg of the 
trackway angles shall form the skid surface for the life raft. The 
trackways shall be supported by a substantial structure suitable for 
stowing a Type A life raft at a 60-degree angle without having the raft 
project over the side of the vessel.
    (b) The lower end of the life raft shall be supported by a base 
plate so arranged as to permit launching of the raft by a quick release 
assembly.
    (c) All bearing surfaces of the quick release mechanism shall be 
constructed of non-corrosive metal. Alemite fittings shall be provided 
to insure positive lubrication of all bearing surfaces.



Sec. 160.042-4  Inspection.

    (a) Life raft skids covered by this subpart are not subject to 
inspection at the place of manufacture, but are inspected on the basis 
of this specification during the annual or other inspection of the 
vessel upon which they are placed.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.042-5  Procedure for approval.

    (a) Life raft skids are not subject to formal approval by the 
Commandant, but for each merchant vessel on which Type A life rafts are 
to be installed, plans showing the construction and arrangement of the 
life raft stowage and launching device on the vessel are required to be 
submitted for approval to the Commandant through the Commander of the 
Coast Guard District prior to the actual installation. Life raft skids 
should comply with the requirements of this specification in order to be 
acceptable for use in such installations.
    (b) Correspondence pertaining to the subject matter of this 
specification should be addressed to the Commander of the Coast Guard 
District in which the skids are to be installed.



    Subpart 160.043_Jackknife (With Can Opener) for Merchant Vessels

    Source: CGFR 50-12, 15 FR 3095, May 20, 1950, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.043-1  Applicable specification and plan.

    (a) Specification. The following specification, of the issue in 
effect on the date jackknives are manufactured, forms a part of this 
subpart:
    (1) Federal specification:

QQ-M-151, Metals; General Specification for Inspection of.


[[Page 95]]


    (b) Plan. The following plan, of the issue in effect on the date 
jackknives are manufactured, forms a part of this subpart:
    (1) Coast Guard:

Dwg. No. 160.043-1(b), Jackknife (With Can Opener).

    (c) Copies on file. A copy of the above specification and reference 
plan shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together with the 
approved plans and certificate of approval.



Sec. 160.043-2  Type.

    (a) The jackknife specified by this subpart shall be of a type as 
illustrated by Drawing No. 160.043-1(b), which consists of a one-bladed 
knife fitted with a can opener and a shackle to which a lanyard is 
attached, all made from materials as specified in this subpart. 
Alternate arrangements will be given special consideration.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.043-3  Materials.

    (a) Blade, can opener, and springs. The blade shall be made of AISI 
Type 440B stainless steel, heat treated to show a Rockwell hardness of 
C55 to C59. The can opener shall be made of AISI Type 420 stainless 
steel, heat treated to show a Rockwell hardness of C50 to C54. The 
springs shall be made of AISI Type 420 stainless steel, heat treated to 
show a Rockwell hardness of C44 to C48.
    (b) Linings and center. The linings and center shall be hard brass.
    (c) Bolsters and shackle. The bolsters and shackle shall be 18 
percent nickel-silver.
    (d) Handles. The handles shall be good quality, thermosetting, high 
impact plastic.
    (e) Rivets and pins. The rivets and pins shall be either hard brass 
or 18 percent nickel-silver as specified in this subpart.
    (f) Lanyard. The lanyard shall be cotton rope, \1/8\ inch nominal 
diameter.



Sec. 160.043-4  Construction and workmanship.

    (a) Blade. The blade shall be not less than 0.095 inch thick at the 
tang. Shall have a triangular section and sheeps foot point. It shall 
have a cutting edge approximately 3\1/8\ inches in length and shall be 
approximately \13/16\ inch in height at the point. The blade shall be 
uniformly ground and finished on both sides and sharpened to a uniform 
and keen edge, and it shall have a common nail nick on one side. Before 
assembling, the sides of the tang shall be uniformly polished.
    (b) Can opener. The can opener shall be not less than 0.072 inch 
thick at the tang, and 1\11/16\ to 1\15/16\ inches long overall. It 
shall be so designed that the cutting action turns the ragged edge down 
into the can, and shall be mounted at the same end of the knife as the 
blade and in such a manner that both rectangular and circular cans may 
be opened with a minimum of effort when the knife is held in the right 
hand and operated in a clockwise direction around the can. The cutting 
edge shall be suitably formed to obtain a smooth cutting action. It 
shall have a common nail nick on one side, and the extreme distal end 
shall be pointed. It shall be polished on both sides, and before 
assembling, the side of the tang shall be polished.
    (c) Springs. Each spring shall be of a thickness corresponding to 
the blade it operates, and the back edge and that section of the front 
edge coming in contact with the end of the tang of the blade shall be 
polished.
    (d) Linings and center. Linings and center shall be not less than 
0.022 inch in thickness and shall be polished before assembly.
    (e) Bolsters. The bolsters shall be approximately \9/16\ inch long 
by 0.100 inch thick measured at the center line.
    (f) Shackle. The shackle shall be of conventional design, not less 
than 0.120 inch in diameter, and shall extend not less than \3/4\ inch 
from the end of the knife. The shackle shall be attached to the knife by 
a solid nickel-silver pin not less than 0.080 inch in diameter which 
shall pass through the shackle and be securely fastened.
    (g) Handles. The handles shall be approximately 3\3/4\ inches long. 
They shall be well fitted at the bolsters and fastened to the linings by 
two solid rivets countersunk on the inside of the linings and smoothly 
rounded on the outside.
    (h) Rivets and pins. Pins holding the handles to the linings shall 
be of hard

[[Page 96]]

brass, not less than 0.048 inch in diameter. Middle and end pins shall 
be of hard brass not less than 0.095 inch in diameter. The bolster rivet 
shall be 18 percent nickel-silver not less than 0.095 inch in diameter. 
All rivets and pins shall have carefully spun heads.
    (i) Lanyard. A lanyard 6 feet in length shall be secured to the 
shackle.
    (j) Polishing and oiling. After assembly all outside surfaces shall 
be buffed, and the metal parts polished uniformly. The working parts 
shall be cleaned and oiled with a good grade of joint oil.
    (k) Workmanship. Workmanship shall be first class in all respects, 
and jackknives shall be free from defects which may affect their 
serviceability.



Sec. 160.043-5  Inspections and tests.

    (a) General. Jackknives are not ordinarily subjected to regularly 
scheduled factory inspections, but the Commander of the Coast Guard 
District in which they are manufactured may detail an inspector at any 
time to places where jackknives are manufactured to check materials and 
construction methods, and to conduct such tests as may be required to 
satisfy himself that jackknives are being manufactured in compliance 
with the requirements of this specification and the manufacturer's plans 
and specifications as approved by the Commandant. The manufacturer shall 
admit the inspector to his plant and shall provide a suitable place and 
the necessary apparatus for use of the inspector in conducting tests at 
the place of manufacture.
    (b) Hardness test. Hardness of the blade, can opener, and spring 
metal shall be determined in accordance with the Rockwell method as 
described in Federal Specification QQ-M-151. Hardness impressions shall 
be made at locations representing the cutting edges and surfaces subject 
to wear, and they shall fall within the ranges set forth in Sec. 
160.043-3(a).
    (c) Bending and drop tests. With all of the blade of the knife 
except the tang clamped in vertical jaws so that the handle is in a 
horizontal position, a downward load of 15 pounds shall be suspended 
from the lanyard and allowed to hang for a period of 5 minutes. The 
knife shall then be turned over, and the test repeated with the can 
opener in the jaws. The knife shall then be dropped on its side from a 
height of 8 feet onto a concrete floor. Both the blade and the can 
opener shall open and close properly, and the knife shall show no other 
evidence of failure at the conclusion of these tests.
    (d) Cutting test. The knife shall be used to cut various nonmetallic 
objects, including at least 10 shavings from a strip of oak or other 
hardwood, and to open various rectangular and circular cans, and shall 
show no noticeable loss in cutting ability.



Sec. 160.043-6  Marking and packing.

    (a) General. Jackknives specified by this subpart shall be stamped 
or otherwise permanently and legibly marked on the tang of the blade 
with the manufacturer's name or with a trade mark of such known 
character that the source of manufacture may be readily determined, and 
with the manufacturer's type or size designation.
    (b) Instructions for can opener. With each jackknife the 
manufacturer shall supply instructions, complete with an illustration, 
indicating the proper method for using the can opener.
    (c) Packing. Each jackknife, complete with lanyard attached, shall 
be packed in a heat-sealed bag of waterproof vinyl resin or polyethylene 
film not less than 0.004 inch in thickness. The bag shall be marked in a 
clear and legible manner with the Coast Guard approval number, the name 
and address of the manufacturer, and in letters not less than \1/4\ inch 
in height with the words. ``JACKKNIFE (WITH CAN OPENER)''. The 
instructions for use of the can opener as required by paragraph (b) of 
this section may also be printed on the bag.



      Subpart 160.044_Pumps, Bilge, Lifeboat, for Merchant Vessels

    Source: CGFR 50-30, 16 FR 1085, Feb. 6, 1951, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.044-1  Applicable specifications.

    (a) There are no other specifications applicable to this subpart.
    (b) [Reserved]

[[Page 97]]



Sec. 160.044-2  Types and sizes.

    (a) Type. Bilge pumps covered by this subpart shall be manually 
operated, either oscillating, wing type, or full rotary type, with 
mountings so arranged as to permit attachment to a thwart or other part 
of the lifeboat structure without interference with the seating 
arrangement. Alternate types, arrangements or materials, which meet the 
performance requirements of this subpart will be given special 
consideration.
    (b) Sizes. Bilge pumps covered by this subpart shall be of three 
sizes, having capacities as follows:
    (1) Size No. 1. 5 gallons per minute at 65 double strokes, \1\ for 
lifeboats up to 330 cubic feet capacity. \2\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ A double stroke is a complete cycle from one extreme to the 
other and back again to the original starting point, or, for rotary 
type, one complete revolution.
    \2\ The capacity of a lifeboat for determining the size of the bilge 
pump shall be 0.6 times the product of the length, breadth, and depth of 
the lifeboat, in feet.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) Size No. 2. 6 gallons per minute at 50 double strokes, for 
lifeboats from 330 cubic feet up to 700 cubic feet capacity.
    (3) Size No. 3. 15 gallons per minute at 50 double strokes, for 
lifeboats of 700 cubic feet or more capacity.



Sec. 160.044-3  General requirements.

    (a) Bilge pumps shall be of rugged construction, of first class 
workmanship in every respect, and free from any defects affecting 
serviceability. Where a choice of materials is permitted, the materials 
used shall be of good quality and suitable for the purpose intended, and 
shall be corrosion-resistant or protected against corrosion by 
acceptable means, except that parts subject to wear shall not depend 
upon coatings for corrosion resistance.
    (b) Bilge pumps covered by this subpart shall be capable of 
operating against a head pressure of 20 pounds per square inch when 
tested in accordance with Sec. 160.044-4(c).
    (c) The bilge pump body shall be of bronze and shall be provided 
with a cover plate or plates, attached by means of wing nuts at least 
1\1/4\ inches long, on not more than 6 studs, or by means of a suitable 
bayonet type joint, so as to be readily removable for inspection or 
cleaning.
    (d) The operating lever shall have a steel or bronze core through 
its entire length, but for comfort may have a gripping surface of wood 
or other suitable material. The lever shall be removable and shall be 
attached to the pump shaft which is to be square ended, by means of a 
set screw with 1\1/4\-inch wings, and further shall be connected to the 
pump body or shaft end by a retaining chain to prevent loss.
    (e) The suction line shall be fitted with an intake check valve and 
a suitable strainer. The strainer shall be removable for cleaning 
without the use of tools. The suction line shall contain no hose or 
fittings subject to collapsing when the pump is in service.
    (f) Suction and discharge outlets shall be not less than 1 inch 
inside diameter for pump sizes Nos. 1 and 2, and not less than 1\1/4\ 
inches inside diameter for pump size No. 3. Discharge outlets shall be 
provided with a tee of cast bronze or other corrosion-resistant 
material, with a removable plug at the top for priming, the plug to have 
a wing arrangement for removal by hand, and be secured to the tee by a 
retaining chain. The bottom of the tee shall have pipe threads to fit 
the discharge outlet of the pump, and the discharge portion of the tee 
shall be a plain clamp type male hose connection, with inside diameter 
not less than that of the pump discharge opening.



Sec. 160.044-4  Inspection and tests.

    (a) Capacity. The bilge pump being tested shall be set up over a 
source of water for operation with all the required fittings and 
connections, the set-up to simulate an installation in a lifeboat. The 
bilge pump shall be operated at the standard speed specified for its 
size, and the flow of water measured. The amount of water discharged 
shall not be less than that required by Sec. 160.044-2(b).
    (b) Head pressure. After the successful completion of the test 
outlined in paragraph (b) of this section, a pressure gage capable of 
registering 20 pounds per square inch, and a variable restriction, such 
as a nozzle, valve, etc., shall be fitted in the discharge line. The

[[Page 98]]

pump shall be put in operation with the discharge line open, and then 
the restriction shall be gradually closed until the pressure builds up 
to at least 20 pounds per square inch. This pressure shall be maintained 
for at least 15 seconds, after which the pump shall be disassembled and 
inspected. No destruction or deformation of parts sufficient to affect 
the serviceability of the pump shall be permitted as a result of this 
test.
    (c) Operating lever. With the pump firmly secured in such a position 
that both the shaft and operating lever are in a horizontal position, 
apply a downward load of 200 pounds for a period of 5 minutes at the 
free end of the operating lever and perpendicular to its axis and the 
axis of the shaft. There shall be no slippage of the lever around the 
shaft, nor any evidence of permanent set or undue stress in any part of 
the pump. In cases where the design of the pump is such that this test 
may not be applicable to the complete pump, the pump shall be 
disassembled and the 200-pound load applied to the shaft and operating 
lever while the free end of the shaft is held in a vise or check so that 
both the shaft and the operating lever are in a horizontal position.

[CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11467, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by CGD 95-028, 62 FR 
51213, Sept. 30, 1997]



Sec. 160.044-5  Marking.

    (a) Each pump shall be permanently and legibly marked, in letters 
not less than \1/4\ inch high, either cast or stamped on the body, with 
the name of the manufacturer, the size for which approved (USCG No. 1, 2 
or 3), and the Coast Guard approval number. The tee required by Sec. 
160.044-3(f) shall be permanently and legibly marked with the word 
``PRIME HERE''.
    (b) [Reserved]



   Subpart 160.047_Specification for a Buoyant Vest, Kapok or Fibrous 
                         Glass, Adult and Child



Sec. 160.047-1  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Specifications and Standards. This subpart makes reference to 
the following documents:
    (1) Federal Specification:

L-P-375C--Plastic Film, Flexible, Vinyl Chloride.

    (2) Military specifications:

MIL-W-530--Webbing, Textile, Cotton, General Purpose, Natural or in 
Colors.
MIL-B-2766--Batt, Fibrous Glass, Lifesaving Equipment.

    (3) Federal Standards:

No. 191--Textile Test Methods.
751A--Stitches, Seams, and Stitchings.

    (4) Coast Guard specification:

164.003--Kapok, Processed.

    (b) Plans. The following plans, of the issue in effect on the date 
buoyant vests are manufactured, form a part of this subpart:

Dwg. No. 160.047-1:
    Sheet 1, Rev. 2--Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement, Models AK-
1, and AF-1.
    Sheet 2, Rev. 2--Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement, Models 
CKM-1 and CFM-1.
    Sheet 3, Rev. 2--Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement, Models 
CKS-1 and CFS-1.
    Sheet 4, Rev. 1--Pad Patterns.

    (c) Copies on file. The manufacturer shall keep a copy of each 
specification and plan required by this section on file together with 
the certificate of approval. Plans and specifications may be obtained as 
follows:
    (1) The Coast Guard plans and specifications may be obtained from 
the Commandant (CG-ENG), Attn: Office of Design and Engineering Systems, 
U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., 
Washington, DC 20593-7509 or a recognized laboratory listed in Sec. 
160.047-6b.
    (2) The Federal Specifications and Standard may be purchased from 
the Business Service Center, General Services Administration, 
Washington, DC 20407;
    (3) The military specifications may be obtained from the Military 
Specifications and Standards, Standardization Documents Order Desk, 
Building 4D, 700 Robbins Avenue, Philadelphia,

[[Page 99]]

PA 19111-5094, https://assist.daps.dla.mil/quicksearch/.

[CGD 65-37, 30 FR 11581, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-90R, 37 FR 
10836, May 31, 1972; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27153, 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 
1988; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, 
Sept. 27, 1996; USCG-2009-0702, 74 FR 49237, Sept. 25, 2009; USCG-2013-
0671, 78 FR 60157, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.047-2  Model.

    Each buoyant vest specified in this subpart is a:
    (a) Model AK-1, adult, kapok (for persons weighing more than 90 
pounds);
    (b) Model AF-1, adult, fibrous glass (for persons weighing more than 
90 pounds);
    (c) Model CKM-1, child medium, kapok (for children weighing from 50 
to 90 pounds);
    (d) Model CFM-1, child medium, fibrous glass (for children weighing 
from 50 to 90 pounds);
    (e) Model CKS-1, child small, kapok (for children weighing less than 
50 pounds); or
    (f) Model CFS-1, child small, fibrous glass (for children weighing 
less than 50 pounds).

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8119, Mar. 23, 1973]



Sec. 160.047-3  Materials.

    (a) General. All components used in the construction of buoyant 
vests must meet the applicable requirements of subpart 164.019 of this 
chapter. The requirements for materials specified in this section are 
minimum requirements, and consideration will be given to the use of 
alternate materials in lieu of those specified. Detailed technical data 
and samples of all proposed alternate materials must be submitted for 
approval before those materials are incorporated in the finished 
product.
    (b) Kapok. The kapok shall be all new material complying with 
Subpart 164.003 of this subchapter and shall be properly processed.
    (c) Fibrous glass. The fibrous glass shall comply with the 
requirements of specification MIL-B-2766.
    (d) Envelope. The buoyant vest envelope, or cover, shall be made 
from 39, 2.85 cotton jeans cloth, with a thread count of 
approximately 96 x 64. The finished goods shall weigh not less than 4.2 
ounces per square yard, shall have a thread count of not less than 94 x 
60, and shall have a breaking strength of not less than 85 pounds in the 
warp and 50 pounds in the filling. Other cotton fabrics having a weight 
and breaking strength not less than the above will be acceptable. There 
are no restrictions as to color, but the fastness of the color to 
laundering, water, crocking and light shall be rated ``good'' when 
tested in accordance with Federal Test Method Standard No. 191, Methods 
5610, 5630, 5650, and 5660.
    (e) Pad covering. The covering for the buoyant pad inserts shall be 
flexible vinyl film not less than 0.006 in thickness meeting 
the requirements of Federal Specification L-P-375 for Type I or II, 
class 1, film.
    (f) Tie tapes and body strap loops. The tie tapes and body strap 
loops for an adult or child size buoyant vest specified by this subpart 
must be \3/4\-inch cotton webbing meeting the requirements in military 
specification MIL-T-43566 (Class I) for Type I webbing.
    (f-1) Body straps. The complete body strap assembly, including 
hardware, must have a breaking strength of 150 pounds for an adult size 
and 115 pounds for a child size. The specifications for the webbing are 
as follows:
    (1) For an adult size vest, the webbing must be 1 inch.
    (2) For a child size vest, the webbing must be three-fourth inch and 
meet the requirements of military specification MIL-W-530 for Type IIa 
webbing.
    (f-2) Reinforcing tape. The reinforcing tape around the neck of a 
buoyant vest specified by this subpart must be \3/4\-inch cotton tape 
weighing 0.18 ounce or more per linear yard and having a minimum 
breaking strength of 120 pounds.
    (g) [Reserved]
    (h) Thread. Each thread must meet the requirements of subpart 
164.023 of this chapter. Only one kind of thread may be used in each 
seam.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11581, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-90R, 37 
FR 10836, May 31, 1972; CGD 73-130R 39 FR 20684, June 13, 1974; CGD 78-
012; 43 FR 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; 
CGD 84-068, 58 FR 29493, May 20, 1993]

[[Page 100]]



Sec. 160.047-3a  Materials--Dee ring and snap hook assemblies and
other instruments of closure for buoyant vests.

    (a) Specifications. Dee ring and snap lock assemblies and other 
instruments of closure for buoyant vests may have decorative platings in 
any thickness and must meet the following specifications:
    (1) The device must be constructed of inherently corrosion resistant 
materials. As used in this section the term inherently corrosion 
resistant materials includes, but is not limited to, brass, bronze, and 
stainless steel.
    (2) The size of the opening of the device must be consistent with 
the webbing which will pass through the opening.
    (b) Testing requirements. Dee ring and snap hook assemblies and 
other instruments of closure for buoyant vests must--
    (1) Be tested for weathering. The Coast Guard will determine which 
one or more of the following tests will be used:
    (i) Application of a 20 percent sodium-chloride solution spray at a 
temperature of 95 [deg]F (35 [deg]C) for a period of 240 hours in 
accordance with the procedures contained in method 811 of the Federal 
Test Method Standard No. 151.
    (ii) Exposure to a carbon-arc weather-ometer for a period of 100 
hours.
    (iii) Submergence for a period of 100 hours in each of the 
following:
    (a) Leaded gasoline.
    (b) Gum turpentine.
    (iv) Exposure to a temperature of 0[deg] 5 
[deg]F (-17.6 2.775 [deg]C) for 24 hours; and
    (2) Within 5 minutes of completion of the weathering test required 
by paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the assembly must be attached to a 
support and bear 150 pounds for an adult size and 115 pounds for a child 
size for 10 minutes at the ambient temperatures without breaking or 
distorting.

[CGD 73-130R, 39 FR 20684, June 13, 1974]



Sec. 160.047-4  Construction.

    (a) General. This specification covers buoyant vests which 
essentially consist of a vest-cut envelope containing compartments in 
which are enclosed pads of buoyant material arranged and distributed so 
as to provide the proper flotation characteristics and buoyancy required 
to hold the wearer in an upright backward position with head and face 
out of water. The buoyant vests are also fitted with tapes, webbing, and 
hardware to provide for proper adjustment and close and comfortable fit 
to the bodies of various size wearers.
    (b) Envelope. The envelope or cover shall be cut to the pattern 
shown on Dwg. No. 160.047-1, Sheet 1, for adult size, and Sheets 2 and 3 
for child sizes, and sewed with seams and stitching as shown on the 
drawing. Three compartments shall be formed to hold the buoyant pad 
inserts, two front compartments and one back compartment, and 
reinforcing strips of the same material as the cover shall be stitched 
to the inside of the front compartments in way of the strap attachments 
as shown by the drawings. As alternate construction, the front and/or 
back cover panels may be made in two pieces, provided that the two 
pieces are joined by a double stitched seam from the top center of the 
neck hole to the top of the vest as shown in Section J-J of the 
drawings.
    (c) Pad inserts--(1) Forming and sealing. The buoyant pad inserts 
shall each be formed from two pieces of film cut to the patterns shown 
by Dwg. No. 160.047-1, Sheet 4, which shall be heat-sealed tight. The 
heat-sealed pad seams shall show an adhesion of not less than 8 pounds 
when 1 inch strips cut across and perpendicular to the seams are pulled 
apart at a rate of separation of the clamping jaws of the test machine 
of 12 inches per minute.
    (2) Kapok-filled pads for Models AK-1, CKM-1, and CKS-1. The buoyant 
pad inserts for Models AK-1, CKM-1, and CKS-1 buoyant vests shall be 
filled with kapok distributed as provided in Table 160.047-4(c)(2).

[[Page 101]]



                       Table 160.047-4(c)(2)--Distribution of Kapok in Buoyant Pad Inserts
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Model AK-1      Model CKM-1     Model CKS-1
                                                                     (minimum)       (minimum)       (minimum)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Ounces          Ounces          Ounces
Front pad (2) (each)............................................            5.75            3.75            2.50
Back pad........................................................            4.00            2.50            2.00
                                                                 -----------------------------------------------
 Total..........................................................           15.50           10.00            7.00
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (3) Fibrous glass-filled pads for Models AF-1, CFM-1, and CFS-1. The 
buoyant pad inserts for Models AF-1, CFM-1, and CFS-1 buoyant vests 
shall be filled with fibrous glass distributed as provided in Table 
160.047-4(c)(3).

                   Table 160.047-4(c)(3)--Distribution of Fibrous Glass in Buoyant Pad Inserts
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Model AF-1      Model CFM-1     Model CFS-1
                                                                     (minimum)       (minimum)       (minimum)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Ounces          Ounces          Ounces
Front pad (2) (each)............................................           10.25            6.75            4.50
Back............................................................            7.25            4.50            3.50
                                                                 -----------------------------------------------
 Total..........................................................           27.75           18.00           12.50
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (4) Displacement of buoyant pad inserts. The volume of the finished 
individual heat-sealed buoyant pad inserts shall be such as to provide 
buoyancy as set forth in Table 160.047-4(c)(4) when tested in accordance 
with the method set forth in Sec. 160.047-5(e)(1), except that the pad 
covers shall not be slit open and the period of submergence shall be 
only long enough to determine the displacement of the pads.

                                                Table 160.047-4(c)(4)--Volume Displacement of Sealed Pads
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Models AK-1 and AF-1                  Models CKM-1 and CFM-1                Models CKS-1 and CFS-1
                                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Each                                   Each                                  Each
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Front pads..........................  6\1/4\ pounds \1/4\ pound.                        eq>\1/4\ pound.                        eq>\1/4\ pound
Back pads...........................  4\1/4\ pounds \1/4\ pound.                        eq>\1/4\ pound.                        eq>\1/4\ pound
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (d) Tie tapes. The tie tapes at the neck shall finish not less than 
12 inches in length for both adult and child size buoyant vests. They 
shall be arranged and attached to the envelope as shown by the drawings, 
and the free ends shall be doubled over and stitched in accordance with 
section H-H.
    (e) Body strap, hardware, and reinforcing tape. The body strap, 
hardware, and reinforcing tape shall be arranged as shown on the 
drawings and attached to the envelope with the seams and stitching 
indicated.
    (f) Stitching. All stitching shall be a short lock stitch conforming 
to Stitch Type 301 of Federal Standard No. 751, and there shall be not 
less than 7 nor more than 9 stitches to the inch. Both ends of the 
stitching forming the shoulder hinge seams and the top and bottom 
closing seams of the envelope shall be backstitched approximately \1/2\ 
inch.
    (g) Workmanship. Buoyant vests shall be of first-class workmanship 
and shall be free from any defects materially affecting their appearance 
or serviceability.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11581, Sept. 10, 1965]



Sec. 160.047-5  Inspections and tests. \1\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ The manufacturer of a personal flotation device must meet 33 CFR 
181.701 through 33 CFR 181.705 which require an instruction pamphlet for 
each device that is sold or offered for sale for use on recreational 
boats.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (a) General. Manufacturers of listed and labeled buoyant vests 
shall--

[[Page 102]]

    (1) Maintain quality control of the materials used, the 
manufacturing methods and the finished product to meet the requirements 
of this subpart by conducting sufficient inspections and tests of 
representative samples and components produced;
    (2) Make available to the recognized laboratory inspector and to the 
Coast Guard inspector, upon request, records of tests conducted by the 
manufacturer and records of materials used during production of the 
device including affidavits from suppliers; and
    (3) Permit any examination, inspection, and test required by the 
recognized laboratory or the Coast Guard for a listed and labeled 
device, either at the place of manufacture, or some other location.
    (b) Lot size and sampling. (1) A lot consists of 500 buoyant vests 
or fewer.
    (2) A new lot begins after any change or modification in materials 
used or manufacturing methods employed;
    (3) The manufacturer of the buoyant vests shall notify the 
recognized laboratory when a lot is ready for inspection;
    (4) The manufacturer shall select samples in accordance with the 
requirements in Table 160.047-5(b)(4) from each lot of buoyant vests to 
be tested by the inspector in accordance with paragraph (e) of this 
section;

            Table 160.047-5(b)(4)--Sample for Buoyancy Tests
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Number of
                          Lot size                             vests in
                                                                sample
------------------------------------------------------------------------
100 and under..............................................            1
101 to 200.................................................            2
201 to 300.................................................            3
301 to 500.................................................            4
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (5) The recognized laboratory must assign an inspector to a plant 
when notified that a lot is ready for inspection, to conduct tests and 
inspections on samples selected in accordance with paragraph (b)(4) of 
this section.
    (6) If a vest fails the buoyancy test, the sample from the next 
succeeding lot must consist of 10 specimen vests or more to be tested 
for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.
    (c) Additional tests. An inspector from the recognized laboratory or 
the Coast Guard may conduct an examination, test, and inspection of a 
listed and labeled buoyant device that is obtained from the manufacturer 
or through commercial channels to determine its conformance to the 
applicable requirements.
    (d) Test facilities. The manufacturer shall admit the laboratory 
inspector and the Coast Guard inspector to any part of the premises at 
the place of manufacture of a listed and labeled device to--
    (1) Examine, inspect, or test a sample of a part or a material that 
is included in the construction of the device; and
    (2) Conduct any necessary examination, inspection, or test in a 
suitable place and with appropriate apparatus provided by the 
manufacturer.
    (e) Buoyancy--(1) Buoyancy test method. Remove the buoyant pad 
inserts from the vest and cut three slits each not less than 2 inches in 
length and not less than 2 inches apart on both sides of each pad. 
Securely attach the spring scale in a position directly over the test 
tank. Suspend the weighted wire basket from the scale in such a manner 
that the basket is weighed while it is completely under water. In order 
to measure the actual buoyancy provided by the pads, proceed as follows:
    (i) Weigh the empty wire basket under water.
    (ii) Place the pads inside the basket and submerge it so that the 
top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the water 
for 24 hours. The tank shall be locked or sealed during this 24-hour 
submergence period. It is important that after the pads have once been 
submerged they shall remain submerged for the duration of the test, and 
at no time during the course of the test shall they be removed from the 
tank or otherwise exposed to air.
    (iii) After the 24-hour submergence period unlock or unseal the tank 
and weigh the weighted wire basket with the pads inside while both are 
still under water.
    (iv) The buoyancy is computed as (i) minus (iii).

[[Page 103]]

    (2) Buoyancy required. The pad inserts from adult buoyant vests 
shall provide not less than 16 pounds buoyancy; the pad inserts from 
child medium vests shall provide not less than 11 pounds buoyancy; and 
the pad inserts from child small vests shall provide not less than 7\1/
4\ pounds buoyancy.
    (f) Body strap test. The complete body strap assembly, including 
hardware, shall be tested for strength by attaching the dee ring to a 
suitable support such that the assembly hangs vertically its full 
length. A weight as specified in Sec. 160.047-3(f) shall be attached to 
the other end on the snap hook for 10 minutes. The specified weight 
shall not break or excessively distort the body strap assembly.

[CGFR 65-37; 30 FR 11581, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-90R, 37 
FR 10836, May 31, 1972; CGD 75-008, 43 FR 9772, Mar. 9, 1978]



Sec. 160.047-6  Marking.

    (a) Each buoyant vest must have the following information clearly 
marked in waterproof lettering that can be read at a distance of 2 feet:

    Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard 
regulations.
    (Kapok or Fibrous glass) buoyant material provides a minimum buoyant 
force of (16 lb., 11 lb., or 7\1/4\ lb.).
    Dry out thoroughly when wet.
    Do not snag or puncture inner plastic cover.
    If pads become waterlogged, replace device.
    Approved for use on all recreational boats and on uninspected 
commercial vessels less than 40 feet in length not carrying passengers 
for hire by persons weighing (over 90 lb., 50 to 90 lb., or less than 50 
lb.).
    U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.047/(assigned manufacturer's No.)/
(Revision No.); (Model No.).
    (Name and address of manufacturer or distributor.).
    (Lot No.).

    (b) Waterproof marking tags. Marking for buoyant vests shall be 
sufficiently waterproof so that after 72 hours submergence in water, it 
will withstand vigorous rubbing by hand while wet without the printed 
matter becoming illegible.

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8119, Mar. 28, 1973, as amended by CGD 75-008, 43 FR 
9770, Mar. 9, 1978; USCG-2013-0263, 79 FR 56499, Sept. 22, 2014]



Sec. 160.047-7  Recognized laboratory.

    (a) A manufacturer seeking Coast Guard approval of a product under 
this subpart shall follow the approval procedures of subpart 159.005 of 
this chapter, and shall apply for approval directly to a recognized 
independent laboratory. The following laboratories are recognized under 
Sec. 159.010-7 of this part, to perform testing and approval functions 
under this subpart:

Underwriters Laboratories, 12 Laboratory Drive, P.O. Box 13995, Research 
Triangle Park, NC 27709-3995, (919) 549-1400.

    (b) Production oversight must be performed by the same laboratory 
that performs the approval tests unless, as determined by the 
Commandant, the employees of the laboratory performing production 
oversight receive training and support equal to that of the laboratory 
that performed the approval testing.

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13930, Mar. 28, 1996]



   Subpart 160.048_Specification for a Buoyant Cushion, Fibrous Glass



Sec. 160.048-1  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Specifications and Standards. This subpart makes reference to 
the following documents:
    (1) Military specification:

MIL-B-2766--Batt, Fibrous Glass, Lifesaving Equipment.

    (2) Federal Specifications:

CCC-C-700G--Cloth, Coated, Vinyl, Coated (Artificial Leather).
CCC-C-426D--Cloth, Cotton Drill.
L-P-375C--Plastic Film, Flexible, Vinyl Chloride.

    (3) Federal standard:

No. 751--Stitches, Seams, and Stitchings.

    (4) Coast Guard specification:

164.003--Kapok, Processed.

    (b) Plan. The following plan, of the issue in effect on the date 
kapok or fibrous glass buoyant cushions are manufactured, form a part of 
this subpart:
    (1) Coast Guard Dwg. No. 160.048-1.
    (c) Copies on File. Copies of the specifications and plan referred 
to in this section shall be kept on file by the

[[Page 104]]

manufacturer, together with the approved plans and certificate of 
approval. The Coast Guard specification and plan may be obtained upon 
request from Commandant (CG-ENG), Attn: Office of Design and Engineering 
Systems, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue 
SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509, or recognized laboratory. The Federal 
Specifications and the Federal Standard may be purchased from the 
Business Service Center, General Services Administration, Washington; DC 
20407. The Military Specification may be obtained from the Military 
Specifications and Standards, Standardization Documents Order Desk, 
Building 4D, 700 Robbins Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19111-5094, https://
assist.daps.dla.mil/quicksearch/.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11583, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGFR 70-143, 35 
FR 19962, Dec. 30, 1970; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27153, 27154, June 22, 1978; 
USCG-1999-6216, 64 FR 53227, Oct. 1, 1999; USCG-2013-0671, 78 FR 60157, 
Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.048-2  Types and sizes.

    (a) Types. Buoyant cushions shall be of the box type, i.e., have 
top, bottom and gusset. Pillow type cushions without a gusset are not 
acceptable.
    (b) Sizes. Buoyant cushions shall have not less than 225 square 
inches top surface area; widths and lengths which fall within the 
dimensions shown in Tables 160.048-4(c)(1)(i) and 160.048-4(c)(1)(ii); 
and thickness not less than 2 nor more than 3 inches, the thickness to 
be considered as the finished width of the gusset between seams.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11583, Sept. 10, 1965]



Sec. 160.048-3  Materials.

    (a) General. All components used in the construction of buoyant 
cushions must meet the applicable requirements of subpart 164.019 of 
this chapter.
    (b) Kapok. The kapok shall be all new material complying with 
Specification subpart 164.003 of this subchapter and shall be properly 
processed.
    (c) Fibrous glass. The fibrous glass shall comply with the 
requirements of specification MIL-B-2766.
    (d) Cover. Cotton fabrics and coated upholstery cloth meeting the 
minimum requirements set forth in paragraphs (d) (1) and (2) of this 
section are acceptable for use as covers for buoyant cushions, but 
alternate materials will be given special consideration. Pro rata widths 
of like construction will be acceptable.
    (1) Cotton fabrics. Cotton fabrics shall comply with the 
requirements of Federal Specification CCC-C-426 for Type I, Class 3 
material.
    (2) Coated upholstery cloth. Coated upholstery cloth shall comply 
with the requirements of Federal Specification CCC-A-700.
    (e) Pad covering. The covering for the buoyant pad inserts shall be 
flexible vinyl film not less than 0.008 inch in thickness meeting the 
requirements of Federal Specification L-P-375 for Type I or II, Class 1, 
film.
    (f) Grab straps. The grab straps shall be of materials permitted for 
the cover, or approved equivalent.
    (g) Thread. Each thread must meet the requirements of subpart 
164.023 of this chapter. Only one kind of thread may be used in each 
seam.
    (h) Welting. The welting where used may be any fiber or plastic 
material suitable for the purpose.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11583, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 78-012, 43 
FR 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 84-068, 58 FR 29493, May 20, 1993]



Sec. 160.048-4  Construction and workmanship.

    (a) General. This specification covers buoyant cushions of the box 
type filled with kapok or fibrous glass contained in heat-sealed vinyl 
film pad covers which are inserted in an outer cover fitted with grab 
straps. The primary purpose of such cushions is to provide buoyancy to 
aid a person in keeping afloat in the water. No hooks, snaps, or other 
means shall be included which might facilitate fastening the cushion to 
a boat. Buoyant cushions shall be of such size and volume as to provide 
not less than 20 pounds buoyancy when tested in the manner described in 
Sec. 160.048-5(e), but no cushion providing less than 225 square inches 
of top surface area or measuring less than 2 inches or more than 3 
inches in thickness will be acceptable.
    (b) Cover. One piece of material each for the top and bottom shall 
be

[[Page 105]]

stitched together to form the cover except that piecing of the cover 
material will be allowed provided it is for decorative purposes only. 
Gusset or boxing materials shall be of not more than two pieces. If more 
than one piece of material is used for the top, bottom, boxing or 
gusset, they shall be attached by a double row of stitching of the type 
shown in Federal Standard No. 751, for seam types SSw-2 or LS(b)-2. The 
top and bottom may be of any of the materials permitted for the cover, 
but the boxing or gusset shall be a cotton fabric as specified by Sec. 
160.048-3(c)(1) or other equivalent material of a porous nature. 
Nonporous materials will not be permitted for the boxing or gusset, but 
coated upholstery cloth specified by Sec. 160.048-3(d)(2), perforated 
to permit adequate draining and drying will be acceptable.
    (c) Buoyant material. Buoyant cushions shall be filled with the 
minimum amounts of kapok or fibrous glass determined as follows:
    (1) Rectangular buoyant cushions 2 inches thick shall be filled with 
the amounts of kapok or fibrous glass indicated for the various widths 
and lengths of such cushions by Table 160.048-4(c)(1)(i) or 160.048-
4(c)(1)(ii), as applicable. Trapezoidal buoyant cushions 2 inches thick 
shall be filled with the amounts of kapok or fibrous glass indicated for 
the various widths and lengths of rectangular buoyant cushions by Table 
160.048-4(c)(1)(i) or 160.048-4(c)(1)(ii) as applicable, on the basis 
that the length of a trapezoidal cushion shall be considered as its 
average length in each case.

  Table 160.048-4(c)(1)(i)--Weight of Kapok (in Ounces) for Filling Rectangular Buoyant Cushions 2 Inches Thick
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       Width (inches)
                                          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
             Length (inches)                                                                                Over
                                            12   13   14   15   16   17   18   19   20   21   22   23   24   24
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15.......................................  ...  ...  ...   20  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ....
16.......................................  ...  ...  ...   21   23  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ....
17.......................................  ...  ...   21   23   24   26  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ....
18.......................................  ...   21   22   24   26   27   29  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ....
19.......................................   20   22   24   25   27   29   30   32  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ....
20.......................................   21   23   25   27   28   30   32   34   36  ...  ...  ...  ...  ....
21.......................................   22   24   26   28   30   32   34   35   37   39  ...  ...  ...  ....
22.......................................   23   25   27   29   31   33   35   37   39   41   43  ...  ...  ....
23.......................................   25   27   29   31   33   35   37   39   41   43   45   47  ...  ....
24.......................................   26   28   30   32   34   36   38   41   43   45   47   49   51  ....
25.......................................   27   29   31   33   36   38   40   42   44   47   49   51   53  (\1\
                                                                                                               )
26.......................................   28   30   32   35   37   39   42   44   46   49   51   53   55  (\1\
                                                                                                               )
27.......................................   29   31   34   36   38   41   43   46   48   50   53   55   58  (\1\
                                                                                                               )
28.......................................   30   32   35   37   40   42   44   47   50   52   55   57   60  (\1\
                                                                                                               )
29.......................................   31   34   36   39   41   44   46   49   52   54   57   59   62  (\1\
                                                                                                               )
30.......................................   32   35   37   40   43   45   48   51   53   56   59   61   64  (\1\
                                                                                                               )
31.......................................   33   36   39   41   44   47   50   52   55   58   61   63   66  (\1\
                                                                                                               )
32.......................................   34   37   40   43   46   48   51   54   57   60   62   65   68  (\1\
                                                                                                               )
33.......................................   35   38   41   44   47   50   53   56   59   62   64   67   70  (\1\
                                                                                                               )
34.......................................   36   39   42   45   48   51   54   57   60   63   66   69   73  (\1\
                                                                                                               )
35.......................................   37   40   44   47   50   53   56   59   62   65   68   72   75  (\1\
                                                                                                               )
36.......................................   38   42   45   48   51   54   58   61   64   67   70   74   77  (\1\
                                                                                                               )
Over 36..................................  (\1  (\1  (\1  (\1  (\1  (\1  (\1  (\1  (\1  (\1  (\1  (\1  (\1  (\1\
                                            \)   \)   \)   \)   \)   \)   \)   \)   \)   \)   \)   \)   \)     )
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Determine amount of kapok from formula (1) contained in Sec. 160.048-4(c)(2).




 Table 160.048-4(c)(1)(ii)--Weight of Fibrous Glass (in Ounces) for Filling Rectangular Buoyant Cushion 2 Inches
                                                      Thick
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       Width (inches)
                                          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
             Length (inches)                                                                                Over
                                            12   13   14   15   16   17   18   19   20   21   22   23   24   24
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15.......................................  ...  ...  ...   36  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ....

[[Page 106]]

 
16.......................................  ...  ...  ...   38   41  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ....
17.......................................  ...  ...   38   41   44   46  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ....
18.......................................  ...   37   40   43   46   49   52  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ....
19.......................................   36   40   43   46   49   52   55   58  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ....
20.......................................   38   42   45   48   51   54   58   61   64  ...  ...  ...  ...  ....
21.......................................   40   44   47   50   54   57   60   64   67   71  ...  ...  ...  ....
22.......................................   42   46   49   53   56   60   63   67   70   74   77  ...  ...  ....
23.......................................   44   48   52   55   59   63   66   70   74   77   81   85  ...  ....
24.......................................   46   50   54   58   61   65   69   73   77   81   84   88   92  ....
25.......................................   48   52   56   60   64   68   72   76   80   84   88   92   96  (\1\
                                                                                                               )
26.......................................   50   54   58   62   67   71   75   79   83   87   92   96  100  (\1\
                                                                                                               )
27.......................................   52   56   60   65   69   73   78   82   86   91   95   99  104  (\1\
                                                                                                               )
28.......................................   54   58   63   67   72   76   81   85   90   94   99  103  108  (\1\
                                                                                                               )
29.......................................   56   60   65   70   74   79   84   88   93   97  102  107  111  (\1\
                                                                                                               )
30.......................................   58   62   67   72   77   82   86   91   96  101  106  110  115  (\1\
                                                                                                               )
31.......................................   60   64   69   74   79   84   89   94   99  104  109  114  119  (\1\
                                                                                                               )
32.......................................   61   67   72   77   82   87   92   97  103  108  113  118  123  (\1\
                                                                                                               )
33.......................................   63   69   74   79   84   90   95  100  106  111  116  121  127  (\1\
                                                                                                               )
34.......................................   65   71   76   82   87   92   98  103  109  114  120  125  131  (\1\
                                                                                                               )
35.......................................   67   73   78   84   90   95  101  106  112  118  123  129  134  (\1\
                                                                                                               )
36.......................................   69   75   81   86   92   98  104  109  115  121  127  132  138  (\1\
                                                                                                               )
Over 36..................................  (\1  (\1  (\1  (\1  (\1  (\1  (\1  (\1  (\1  (\1  (\1  (\1  (\1  (\1\
                                            \)   \)   \)   \)   \)   \)   \)   \)   \)   \)   \)   \)   \)     )
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Determine amount of fibrous glass from formula (2) contained in Sec. 160.048-4(c)(2).



    (2) All buoyant cushions more than 2 inches thick, and all buoyant 
cushions 2 inches thick which are of shapes different from those covered 
by paragraph (c)(1) of this section, shall be filled with kapok or 
fibrous glass as determined in the following formulas:

Amount of kapok (ounces) = A x t / 22.5 (1)

Amount of fibrous glass (ounces) = A x t / 12.5 (2)

Where:

A = Top surface area of cushion in square inches as determined from 
          measurements taken along finished edges.
t = Thickness of boxing or gusset of finished cushion in inches.

    (d) Pad covers for buoyant material. Before being inserted in the 
outer cover the buoyant material shall be placed in waterproof vinyl 
film pad covers which shall be heat-sealed tight. The heat-sealed pad 
seams shall show an adhesion of not less than 8 pounds when one inch 
strips cut across and perpendicular to the seams are pulled apart at a 
rate of separation of the clamping jaws of the test machine of 12 inches 
per minute. Each cushion shall contain not less than four pads and all 
pads in a cushion shall contain approximately equal portions of the 
total amount of buoyant material in the cushion. The buoyant material 
may be inserted directly into the vinyl film pad covers, or may first be 
packed in bags made of print cloth or other suitable material and then 
inserted into the vinyl film pad covers. The pads shall be of such size 
as to adequately fill the outer cover, and prior to sealing, the pads 
shall be evacuated of air sufficiently that when sat on the pads will 
not ``balloon'' excessively because of the pressure in the pad covers. 
For 15 x 15 x 2 cushions the four vinyl 
film pad covers shall each be cut approximately 12 wide x 
12 long or approximately 8 wide x 18 
long shall have a sealed area of approximately 125 square inches; shall 
contain not less than 5 ounces of kapok or 9 ounces of fibrous glass 
each; and the volume displacement of the individual heat-sealed pad 
inserts shall be 5\1/2\ pounds each, plus or minus \1/2\ pound, when 
tested in accordance with the method set forth in Sec. 160.048-5(e)(1), 
except that the pad covers shall not be slit open, and the period of 
submergence shall be only long enough to determine the displacement of 
the pads.

[[Page 107]]

    (e) Grab straps. Grab straps shall be attached as shown on Dwg. No. 
160.048-1 and shall finish 20 inches long and 1 inch wide at opposite 
ends. The grab straps, if formed from cover material shall be folded and 
stitched together so as to produce a double thickness with raw edges 
turned under. Other means will be given special consideration.
    (f) Seams and stitching. Seams shall be constructed with not less 
than a \3/8\ inch border between the seam and the edge of the cover 
materials. All stitching shall be a lock stitch, 7 to 9 stitches per 
inch, except as follows: Chain stitching 6 to 8 stitches per inch, with 
20/4 thread on top and 40/3 thread on the bottom, will be acceptable in 
constructing straps.
    (g) Workmanship. All cushions shall be of first class workmanship 
and shall be free from defects materially affecting their appearance or 
serviceability. Cushions classified as ``seconds'' or ``irregular'' will 
not be acceptable under this specification.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11583, Sept. 10, 1965]



Sec. 160.048-5  Inspections and tests. \1\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ The manufacturer of a personal flotation device must meet 33 CFR 
181.701 through 33 CFR 181.705 which require an instruction pamphlet for 
each device that is sold or offered for sale for use on recreational 
boats.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (a) General. Manufacturers of listed and labeled buoyant cushions 
shall maintain quality control of the materials used, manufacturing 
methods and the finished product so as to meet the applicable 
requirements, and shall make sufficient inspections and tests of 
representative samples and components produced to maintain the quality 
of the finished product. Records of tests conducted by the manufacturer 
and records of materials, including affidavits by suppliers that 
applicable requirements are met, entering into construction shall be 
made available to the recognized laboratory inspector or the Coast Guard 
inspector, or both, for review upon request. Any examinations, 
inspections and test which are required by the recognized laboratory for 
listed and labeled devices produced will be conducted by the laboratory 
inspector at the place of manufacture or other location at the option of 
the laboratory.
    (b) Lot size and sampling. (1) A lot shall consist of not more than 
1,000 buoyant cushions. A new lot shall be started with any change or 
modification in materials used or manufacturing methods employed. When a 
lot of buoyant cushions is ready for inspection, the manufacturer shall 
notify the recognized laboratory so that they may, at their discretion, 
assign an inspector to the plant for the purpose of making any tests and 
inspections deemed necessary. From each lot of buoyant cushions, the 
manufacturer or the recognized laboratory or U.S. Coast Guard inspector, 
when assigned, shall select samples in accordance with Table 160.048-
5(b)(1) to be tested for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (e) of 
this section.

           Table 160.048-5(b)(1)--Sampling for Buoyancy Tests
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 No. of
                           Lot size                             cushions
                                                               in sample
------------------------------------------------------------------------
200 and under................................................          1
201 to 400...................................................          2
401 to 600...................................................          3
601 to 1,000.................................................          4
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) For a lot next succeeding one from which any sample cushion 
failed the buoyancy test, the sample shall consist of not less than 10 
specimen cushions to be tested for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph 
(e) of this section.
    (c) Additional tests. Unannounced examinations, tests and 
inspections of samples obtained either directly from the manufacturer or 
through commercial channels may be made to determine the suitability of 
a product for listing and labeling, or to determine conformance of a 
labeled product to the applicable requirements. These may be conducted 
by the recognized laboratory or the Coast Guard.
    (d) Test facilities. The laboratory inspector, or the Coast Guard 
inspector, or both, shall be admitted to any place in the factory where 
work is being done on listed and labeled products, and either or both 
inspectors may take samples of parts or materials entering into 
construction of final assemblies, for further examinations, inspections, 
or

[[Page 108]]

tests. The manufacturer shall provide a suitable place and the apparatus 
necessary for the performance of the tests which are done at the place 
of manufacture.
    (e) Buoyancy--(1) Buoyancy test method. Remove the buoyant pad 
inserts from the cushion and cut three slits in the vinyl film, each not 
less than 6 inches in length on both sides of each pad. Securely attach 
the spring scale in a position directly over the test tank. Suspend the 
weighted wire basket from the scale in such a manner that the basket is 
weighed while it is completely under water. In order to measure the 
actual buoyancy provided by the pads, the underwater weight of the empty 
basket should exceed the buoyancy of the pads. To obtain the buoyancy of 
the pads, proceed as follows:
    (i) Weigh the empty wire basket under water.
    (ii) Place the pads inside the basket and submerge it so that the 
top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the water 
for 24 hours. The tank shall be locked or sealed during this 24-hour 
submergence period. It is important that after the pads have once been 
submerged that they shall remain submerged for the duration of the test, 
and at no time during the course of the test shall they be removed from 
the tank or otherwise exposed to air.
    (iii) After the 24-hour submergence period unlock or unseal the tank 
and weigh the weighted wire basket with the pads inside while both are 
still under water.
    (iv) The buoyancy is computed as (i) minus (iii).
    (2) Buoyancy required. The buoyant pads from the cushion shall 
provide not less than 20 pounds total buoyancy.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11585, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGFR 70-143, 35 
FR 19963, Dec. 30, 1970; CGD 78-008, 43 FR 9772, Mar. 9, 1978; USCG-
2014-0688, 79 FR 58285, Sept. 29, 2014]



Sec. 160.048-6  Marking.

    (a) Each buoyant cushion must have the following information clearly 
marked in waterproof lettering:
    (1) In letters that can be read at a distance of 2 feet:

Type IV Personal Flotation Device.
    Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard 
regulations.
    Dry out thoroughly when wet.
    (Kapok or Fibrous glass) buoyant material provides a minimum buoyant 
force of 20 lb.
    Do not snag or puncture inner plastic cover.
    If pads become waterlogged, replace device.
    Approved for use on recreational boats only as a throwable device.
    U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.048/(assigned manufacturer's No.)/
(Revision No.); (Model No.).
    (Name and address of manufacturer or distributor.).
    (Lot No.).
    (Size; width, thickness, and length, including both top and bottom 
for trapezoidal cushions.).

    (2) In letters that are distinctively set off or larger than all 
other marking, and are at least one-fourth of an inch in height:

                      WARNING: DO NOT WEAR ON BACK

    (b) Waterproofness of marking. Marking for buoyant cushions shall be 
sufficiently waterproof so that after 72 hours submergence in water, it 
will withstand vigorous rubbing by hand while wet without the printed 
matter becoming illegible.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11585, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGFR 70-143, 35 
FR 19963, Dec. 30, 1970; CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8119, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 75-
008, 43 FR 9771, Mar. 9, 1978; CGD 92-045, 58 FR 41608, Aug. 4, 1993; 
CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51213, Sept. 30, 1997]



Sec. 160.048-7  Procedure for approval.

    (a) Group approval. A single group approval will be granted to each 
manufacturer to cover all buoyant cushions which have materials and 
construction strictly in conformance with this subpart, which are 2 
inches thick, and which are filled with kapok or fibrous glass in 
accordance with Sec. 160.048-4(c)(1).
    (b) Special approvals. Special approvals will be granted separately 
to each manufacturer for each kapok or fibrous glass buoyant cushion he 
proposes to manufacture which is not included under the group approval 
provided by paragraph (b) of this section, for example: A kapok or 
fibrous glass buoyant cushion having cover material not specifically 
provided for by this subpart;

[[Page 109]]

or any buoyant cushion more than 2 inches thick; or any buoyant cushion 
having a different shape.
    (c) A buoyant cushion is approved when it bears the compliance label 
of the recognized laboratory.

[CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19963, Dec. 30, 1970, as amended by CGD 72-163R, 38 
FR 8119, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13930, Mar. 28, 1996; 61 FR 
15162, Apr. 4, 1996]



Sec. 160.048-8  Recognized laboratory.

    (a) A manufacturer seeking Coast Guard approval of a product under 
this subpart shall follow the approval procedures of subpart 159.005 of 
this chapter, and shall apply for approval directly to a recognized 
independent laboratory. The following laboratories are recognized under 
Sec. 159.010-7 of this part, to perform testing and approval functions 
under this subpart:

Underwriters Laboratories, 12 Laboratory Drive, P.O. Box 13995, Research 
Triangle Park, NC 27709-3995, (919) 549-1400.

    (b) Production oversight must be performed by the same laboratory 
that performs the approval tests unless, as determined by the 
Commandant, the employees of the laboratory performed production 
oversight receive training and support equal to that of the laboratory 
that performed the approval testing.

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13930, Mar. 28, 1996]



    Subpart 160.049_Specification for a Buoyant Cushion Plastic Foam



Sec. 160.049-1  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Specifications and Standards. This subpart makes reference to 
the following documents:
    (1) Federal Specifications:

CCC-C-700G-Cloth, Coated, Vinyl, Coated (Artificial Leather).
CCC-C-426D-Cloth, Cotton Drill.

    (2) Federal standard:

No. 751--Stitches, Seams, and Stitchings.
    (3) Coast Guard specifications:

160.055--Life Preservers, Unicellular Plastic Foam, Adult and Child.
164.015--Plastic Foam, Unicellular, Buoyant, Sheet and Molded Shapes.

    (4) Military specifications.

MIL-C-43006--Cloth, Laminated, Vinyl-Nylon, High Strength, Flexible.

    (b) Plan. The following plan, of the issue in effect on the date 
unicellular plastic foam buoyant cushions are manufactured, form a part 
of this subpart:
    (1) Coast Guard Dwg. No. 160.049-1.
    (c) Copies on file. Copies of the specifications and plan referred 
to in this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together 
with the approved plans and certificate of approval. The Coast Guard 
specifications and plan may be obtained upon request from Commandant 
(CG-ENG), Attn: Office of Design and Engineering Systems, U.S. Coast 
Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, DC 
20593-7509, or recognized laboratory. The Federal Specifications and the 
Federal Standard may be purchased from the Business Service Center, 
General Services Administration, Washington, DC 20407.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11586, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGFR 70-143, 35 
FR 19964, Dec. 30, 1970; CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8119, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 78-
012, 43 FR 27153, 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 
7, 1988; USCG-1999-6216, 64 FR 53228, Oct. 1, 1999; USCG-2013-0671, 78 
FR 60157, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.049-2  Types and sizes.

    (a) Type. Buoyant cushions shall be of the box type, i.e., have top, 
bottom, and gusset. Pillow type cushions without a gusset are not 
acceptable.
    (b) Sizes. Buoyant cushions shall have not less than 225 square 
inches of top surface area, shall contain not less than 630 cubic inches 
of buoyant material, shall not be less than 2 inches thick, and shall 
have width no less than 12 inches and length no less than 15 inches, 
respectively.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11586, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by USCG-1998-4442, 
63 FR 52191, Sept. 30, 1998]



Sec. 160.049-3  Materials.

    (a) General. All components used in the construction of buoyant 
cushions must meet the applicable requirements of subpart 164.019.
    (b) Unicellular plastic foam. The unicellular plastic foam shall be 
all new

[[Page 110]]

material complying with the requirements of Specification subpart 
164.015 for Type A or B foam.
    (c) Cover. Cotton fabrics and coated upholstery cloth meeting the 
minimum requirements set forth in paragraphs (c) (1) and (2) of this 
section, are acceptable for use as covers for buoyant cushions. Vinyl-
dip coating meeting the requirements set forth in paragraph (c)(3) of 
this section will also be acceptable. Alternate materials will be given 
special consideration. Pro rata widths of like construction will be 
acceptable.
    (1) Cotton fabrics. Cotton fabrics shall comply with the 
requirements of Federal Specification CCC-C-426 for Type I, Class 3 
material.
    (2) Coated upholstery cloth. Coated upholstery cloth shall comply 
with the requirements of Federal Specification CCC-A-700.
    (3) Vinyl-dip. The vinyl-dip coating shall comply with the coating 
requirements of Sec. 160.055-5(b)(2) except there are no color 
restrictions.
    (4) Adhesive. The adhesive shall be an all-purpose waterproof vinyl 
type. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Co. EC-870 or EC-1070, United 
States Rubber Co. M6256, Herculite Protective Fabrics Corp. CVV, 
Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co. R.828, or equal, are acceptable.
    (5) Reinforcing fabric. The reinforcing fabric shall be type II, 
class I, laminated vinyl-nylon high strength cloth in accordance with 
the requirements of Specification MIL-C-43006.
    (d) Grab Straps. The grab straps shall be of materials permitted for 
the cover, or approved equivalent.
    (e) Thread. Each thread must meet the requirements of subpart 
164.023 of this chapter. Only one kind of thread may be used in each 
seam.
    (f) Welting. The welting where used may be of any fiber or plastic 
material suitable for the purpose.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11586, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGFR 70-143, 35 
FR 19964, Dec. 30, 1970; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 84-
068, 58 FR 29493, May 20, 1993]



Sec. 160.049-4  Construction and workmanship.

    (a) General. This specification covers buoyant cushions of the box 
type filled with unicellular plastic foam buoyant material. Such 
cushions consist essentially of a buoyant insert contained in an outer 
cover fitted with grab straps. The primary purpose of such cushions is 
to provide buoyancy to aid a person in keeping afloat in the water. 
Buoyant cushions providing less than 20 pounds buoyancy or less than 2 
inches in thickness will not be acceptable.
    (b) Cover. One piece of material each for the top and bottom shall 
be stitched together to form the cover except that piecing of the cover 
material will be allowed provided it is for decorative purposes only. 
Gusset or boxing materials shall be of not more than two pieces. If more 
than one piece of material is used for the top, bottom, boxing or 
gusset, they shall be attached by a double row of stitching of the type 
shown in Federal Standard No. 751, for Seam types SSw-2 or LSb-2. The 
top and bottom may be of any of the materials permitted for the cover, 
but the boxing or gusset shall be a cotton fabric as specified by Sec. 
160.049-3(b)(1) or other equivalent material of a porous nature. 
Nonporous materials will not be permitted for the boxing or gusset, but 
coated upholstery cloth specified by Sec. 160.049-3(c)(2), perforated 
to permit adequate draining and drying will be acceptable.
    (c) Buoyant material. A buoyant insert for a buoyant cushion must 
comply with the requirements in paragraph (c) (1) and (2) of this 
section and may be:
    (1) Molded in one piece; or
    (2) Built up from sheet material if it is formed from:
    (i) Three pieces or less in each layer, cemented together with an 
all-purpose vinyl adhesive such as or equivalent to U.S. Rubber No. M-
6256 or Minnesota Mining No. EC-870 and No. EC-1070;
    (ii) Three layers or less that may be cemented; and
    (iii) Staggered butts and seams of adjacent layers.
    (d) Grab Straps. Grab straps shall be attached as shown on Dwg. No. 
160,049-1 and shall finish 20 inches long and 1 inch wide at opposite 
ends. The grab straps, if formed from cover material shall be folded and 
stitched together so as to produce a double thickness with

[[Page 111]]

raw edges turned under. Other means will be given special consideration.
    (e) Seams and stitching. Seams shall be constructed with not less 
than a \3/8\-inch border between the seam and the edge of the cover 
materials. All stitching shall be a lock stitch, 7 to 9 stitches per 
inch, except as follows: Chain stitching 6 to 8 stitches per inch with 
20/4 thread on top and 40/3 thread on the bottom, will be acceptable in 
constructing grab straps.
    (f) Workmanship. All cushions shall be of first class workmanship 
and shall be free from defects materially affecting their appearance or 
serviceability. Cushions classified as ``seconds'' or ``irregular'' will 
not be acceptable under this specification.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11586, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-163R, 38 
FR 8119, Mar. 28, 1973]



Sec. 160.049-5  Inspections and tests. \1\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ The manufacturer of a personal flotation device must meet 33 CFR 
181.701 through 33 CFR 181.705 which require an instruction pamphlet for 
each device that is sold or offered for sale for use on recreational 
boats.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (a) General. Manufacturers of listed and labeled buoyant cushions 
shall maintain quality control of the materials used, manufacturing 
methods and the finished product so as to meet the applicable 
requirements, and shall make sufficient inspections and tests of 
representative samples and components produced to maintain the quality 
of the finished product. Records of tests conducted by the manufacturer 
and records of materials, including affidavits by suppliers that 
applicable requirements are met, entering into construction shall be 
made available to the recognized laboratory inspector or the Coast Guard 
inspector, or both, for review upon request. Any examinations, 
inspections and tests which are required by the recognized laboratory 
for listed and labeled devices produced will be conducted by the 
laboratory inspector at the place of manufacture or other location at 
the option of the laboratory.
    (b) Lot size and sampling. (1) A lot shall consist of not more than 
1,000 buoyant cushions. A new lot shall be started with any change or 
modification in materials used or manufacturing methods employed. When a 
lot of buoyant cushions is ready for inspection, the manufacturer shall 
notify the recognized laboratory so that they may, at their discretion, 
assign an inspector to the plant for the purpose of making any tests and 
inspections deemed necessary. From each lot of buoyant cushions, the 
manufacturer or the recognized laboratory or U.S. Coast Guard inspector, 
when assigned, shall select samples in accordance with table 160.049-
5(b)(1) to be tested for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (e) of 
this section.

           Table 160.049-5(b)(1)--Sampling for Buoyancy Tests
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Number of
                           Lot size                             cushions
                                                               in sample
------------------------------------------------------------------------
200 and under................................................          1
201 to 400...................................................          2
401 to 600...................................................          3
601 to 1,000.................................................          4
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (c) Additional tests. Unannounced examinations, tests and 
inspections of samples obtained either directly from the manufacturer or 
through commercial channels may be made to determine the suitability of 
a product for listing and labeling, or to determine conformance of a 
labeled product to the applicable requirements. These may be conducted 
by the recognized laboratory or the U.S. Coast Guard.
    (d) Test facilities. The laboratory inspector, or the Coast Guard 
inspector, or both, shall be admitted to any place in the factory where 
work is being done on listed and labeled products, and either or both 
inspectors may take samples of parts or materials entering into 
construction of final assemblies, for further examinations, inspections, 
or tests. The manufacturer shall provide a suitable place and the 
apparatus necessary for the performance of the tests which are done at 
the place of manufacture.
    (e) Buoyancy--(1) Buoyancy test method. Securely attach the spring 
scale in a position directly over the test tank. Suspend the weighted 
wire basket from the scale in such a manner that the

[[Page 112]]

basket is weighed while it is completely under water. In order to 
measure the actual buoyancy provided by the cushion, the underwater 
weight of the empty basket should exceed the buoyancy of the cushion. To 
obtain the buoyancy of the cushion, proceed as follows:
    (i) Weigh the empty wire basket under water.
    (ii) Place the cushion inside the basket and submerge it so that the 
top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the water 
for 24 hours. The tank shall be locked or sealed during this 24-hour 
submergence period. It is important that after the cushion has once been 
submerged that it shall remain submerged for the duration of the test, 
and at no time during the course of the test shall it be removed from 
the tank or otherwise exposed to air.
    (iii) After the 24-hour submergence period unlock or unseal the tank 
and weigh the weighted wire basket with the cushion inside while both 
are still under water.
    (iv) The buoyancy is computed as (i) minus (iii).
    (2) Buoyancy required. Each cushion shall provide not less than 20 
pounds buoyancy.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11587, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGFR 70-143, 35 
FR 19964, Dec. 30, 1970; CGD 75-008, 43 FR 9772, Mar. 9, 1978]



Sec. 160.049-6  Marking.

    (a) Each buoyant cushion must have the following information clearly 
marked in waterproof lettering:
    (1) In letters that can be read at a distance of 2 feet:

Type IV Personal Flotation Device.
    Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard 
regulations.
    (Name of buoyant material) buoyant material provides a minimum 
buoyant force of 20 lb.
    Dry out thoroughly when wet.
    Approved for use on recreational boats only as a throwable device.
    U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.049/(assigned manufacturer's No.)/
(Revision No.); (Model No.).
    (Name and address of manufacturer or distributor.).
    (Lot No.).
    (Size; width, thickness, and length, including both top and bottom 
for trapezoidal cushions.).

    (2) In letters that are distinctively set off or larger than all 
other marking, and are at least one-fourth of an inch in height:

                      WARNING: DO NOT WEAR ON BACK

    (b) Waterproofness of marking. Marking for buoyant cushions shall be 
sufficiently waterproof so that after 72 hours submergence in water, it 
will withstand vigorous rubbing by hand while wet without the printed 
matter becoming illegible.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11588, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGFR 70-143, 35 
FR 19964, Dec. 30, 1970; CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8119, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 75-
008, 43 FR 9771, Mar. 9, 1978; CGD 92-045, 58 FR 41608, Aug. 4, 1993; 
CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51213, Sept. 30, 1997]



Sec. 160.049-7  Procedure for approval.

    (a) Group approval. A single group approval will be granted to each 
manufacturer to cover all buoyant cushions which have materials and 
construction strictly in conformance with this subpart, and which are in 
accordance with Sec. 160.049-4(c)(1).
    (b) Special approvals. Special approvals will be granted separately 
to each manufacturer for each unicellular plastic foam buoyant cushion 
he proposes to manufacture which is not included under the group 
approval provided for by paragraph (b) of this section, for example: a 
buoyant cushion having cover material not specifically provided for by 
this subpart, or any buoyant cushion having a different shape.
    (c) A buoyant cushion is approved when it bears the compliance label 
of the recognized laboratory.

[CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19964, Dec. 30, 1970, as amended by CGD 72-163R, 38 
FR 8119, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13930, Mar. 28, 1996]



Sec. 160.049-8  Recognized laboratory.

    (a) A manufacturer seeking Coast Guard approval of a product under 
this subpart shall follow the approval procedures of subpart 159.005 of 
this chapter, and shall apply for approval directly to a recognized 
independent laboratory. The following laboratories are recognized under 
Sec. 159.010-7 of this part, to perform testing and approval functions 
under this subpart:


[[Page 113]]


Underwriters Laboratories, 12 Laboratory Drive, P.O. Box 13995, Research 
Triangle Park, NC 27709-3995, (919) 549-1400.

    (b) Production oversight must be performed by the same laboratory 
that performs the approval tests unless, as determined by the 
Commandant, the employees of the laboratory performing production 
oversight receive training and support equal to that of the laboratory 
that performed the approval testing.

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13930, Mar. 28, 1996]



Subpart 160.050_Specification for a Buoy, Life Ring, Unicellular Plastic



Sec. 160.050-1  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Standard. This subpart makes reference to Federal Standard No. 
595-Colors in Sec. 160.050-3.
    (b) Copies on file. The Federal Standard may be obtained from the 
Business Service Center, General Services Administration, Washington, DC 
20407.

[USCG-1999-6216, 64 FR 53228, Oct. 1, 1999]



Sec. 160.050-2  Types and sizes.

    (a) Type. Life buoys shall be of the annular ring type as described 
in this subpart, but alternate arrangements meeting the performance 
requirements set forth will be given special consideration.
    (b) Sizes. Ring life buoys shall be of the sizes set forth in Table 
160.050-2(b). A tolerance of a plus or minus 5 percent will be allowable 
on the dimensions indicated in Table 160.050-2(b).

       Table 160.050-2(b)--Sizes and Dimensions of Ring Life Buoys
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Dimensions
                                                               (inches)
                            Size                               Finished
                                                                 ring
------------------------------------------------------------------------
30-inch....................................................           30
24-inch....................................................           24
20-inch....................................................           20
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[CGFR 54-46, 19 FR 8707, Dec. 18, 1954, as amended by CGFR 62-17, 27 FR 
9045, Sept. 11, 1962]



Sec. 160.050-3  Materials.

    (a) General. All exposed materials must be resistant to oil or oil 
products, salt water and anticipated weather conditions encountered at 
sea. All components used in construction of buoys and life rings must 
meet the applicable requirements of subpart 164.019 of this chapter.
    (b) Unicellular plastic. The unicellular plastic material used in 
fabrication of the buoy body shall meet the requirements of subpart 
164.015 of this subchapter for Type C material. The buoy's body shall be 
finished with two coats of vinyl base paint. The ring life buoys shall 
be either international orange (Color No. 12197 of Federal Standard 595) 
or white in color and the colorfastness shall be rated ``good'' when 
tested in accordance with Federal Test Method Standard No. 191 Methods 
5610, 5630, 5650, and 5660.

    Note: On vessels on an international voyage, all ring life buoys 
shall be international orange in color.)

    (c) Grab line. The grab line shall be \3/8\-inch diameter 
polyethylene, polypropylene, or other suitable buoyant type synthetic 
material having a minimum breaking strength of 1,350 pounds.
    (d) Beckets. The beckets for securing the grab line shall be 2-inch 
polyethylene, polypropylene, nylon, saran or other suitable synthetic 
material having a minimum breaking strength of 585 pounds. In addition, 
polyethylene and polypropylene shall be weather-resistant type which is 
stabilized as to heat, oxidation, and ultraviolet light degradation.
    (e) Thread. Each thread must meet the requirements of subpart 
164.023 of this chapter. Only one kind of thread may be used in each 
seam.

[CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11477, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by CGFR 65-64, 31 FR 
562, Jan. 18, 1966; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 84-068, 
58 FR 29493, May 20, 1993]



Sec. 160.050-4  Construction and workmanship.

    (a) General. This specification covers ring life buoys which provide 
buoyancy to aid in keeping persons afloat in the water. Each buoy 
consists of a body constructed in the shape of an annular ring, with an 
approximately elliptical body cross section and which is fitted

[[Page 114]]

with a grab line around the outside periphery. The outside and inside 
diameters of the ring and the length and width of the cross section of 
the body shall be uniform throughout.
    (b) Body. The body shall be made in either one or two pieces. If of 
two pieces, the pieces shall be equal in size and shall be adhesive 
bonded along a center line through an axis passing through the flat area 
dimension of the body. The adhesive shall be a liquid cold setting, 
polymerizable, nonsolvent, containing material of the 
phenolepichlorhydrin type or equivalent having good strength retention 
under outdoor weathering conditions.
    (c) Grab line. The finished length of the grab line shall be four 
times the outside diameter of the buoy. The ends of the grab line shall 
be securely and neatly spliced together, or shall be hand whipped with a 
needle and both ends securely and smoothly seized together. The grab 
line shall encircle the buoy and shall be held in place by the beckets. 
The spliced or seized ends of the grab line shall be placed in the 
center of the width of one of the beckets.
    (d) Beckets. Each ring buoy shall be fitted with four beckets 
located at equidistant points about the body of the buoy. The beckets 
shall be passed around the body of the buoy with the free ends to the 
outside, and shall be securely cemented to the buoy with a suitable 
waterproof adhesive which is compatible with the unicellular plastic 
used in the buoy body. The ends of the beckets shall be turned under at 
least 1 inch, one end to go around the grab line, and the other to be 
laid flat against the first end. The beckets shall then be stitched to 
the grab line with not less than five hand stitches made with two parts 
of thread or machined stitched with not less than three stitches per 
inch. Alternate methods for rigging beckets and grab line will be given 
special consideration.
    (e) Weight. The weight of the completely assembled buoy shall be not 
less than 2.5 pounds and not more than 4.25 pounds for the 20-inch size, 
not less than 3.0 pounds and not more than 5.5 pounds for the 24-inch 
size, and not less than 5.0 and not more than 7.5 pounds for the 30-inch 
size.
    (f) Workmanship. Ring life buoys shall be of first class workmanship 
and free from any defects materially affecting their appearance or 
serviceability.

[CGFR 54-46, 19 FR 8707, Dec. 18, 1954, as amended by CGFR 62-17, 27 FR 
9045, Sept. 11, 1962; CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11477, Sept. 8, 1965]



Sec. 160.050-5  Sampling, tests, and inspection.

    (a) General. Production tests and inspections must be conducted in 
accordance with this section, subpart 159.007 of this chapter, and if 
conducted by an independent laboratory, the independent laboratory's 
procedures for production inspections and tests as accepted by the 
Commandant. The Commandant may prescribe additional production tests and 
inspections necessary to maintain quality control and to monitor 
compliance with the requirements of this subchapter.
    (b) Oversight. In addition to responsibilities set out in part 159 
of this chapter and the accepted laboratory procedures for production 
inspections and tests, each manufacturer of a ring life buoy and each 
laboratory inspector shall comply with the following, as applicable:
    (1) Manufacturer. Each manufacturer must--
    (i) Perform all tests and examinations necessary to show compliance 
with this subpart and the subpart under which the ring life buoy is 
approved on each lot before any inspector's tests and inspection of the 
lot;
    (ii) Follow established procedures for maintaining quality control 
of the materials used, manufacturing operations, and the finished 
product; and
    (iii) Allow an inspector to take samples of completed units or of 
component materials for tests required by this subpart and for tests 
relating to the safety of the design.
    (iv) Meet 33 CFR 181.701 through 33 CFR 181.705 which requires an 
instruction pamphlet for each device that is sold or offered for sale 
for use on recreational boats, and must make the pamphlet accessible 
prior to purchase.
    (2) Laboratory. An inspector from the accepted laboratory shall 
oversee production in accordance with the laboratory's procedures for 
production inspections and tests accepted by the

[[Page 115]]

Commandant. During production oversight, the inspector shall not perform 
or supervise any production test or inspection unless--
    (i) The manufacturer has a valid approval certificate; and
    (ii) The inspector has first observed the manufacturer's production 
methods and any revisions to those methods.
    (3) At least quarterly, the inspector shall check the manufacturer's 
compliance with the company's quality control procedures, examine the 
manufacturer's required records, and observe the manufacturer perform 
each of the required production tests.
    (c) Test facilities. The manufacturer shall provide a suitable place 
and apparatus for conducting the tests and inspections necessary to 
determine compliance of ring life buoys with this subpart. The 
manufacturer shall provide means to secure any test that is not 
continuously observed, such as the 48 hour buoyancy test. The 
manufacturer must have the calibration of all test equipment checked in 
accordance with the test equipment manufacturer's recommendation and 
interval but not less than at least once every year.
    (d) Lots. A lot may not consist of more than 1000 life buoys. A lot 
number must be assigned to each group of life buoys produced. Lots must 
be numbered serially. A new lot must be started whenever any change in 
materials or a revision to a production method is made, and whenever any 
substantial discontinuity in the production process occurs. The lot 
number assigned, along with the approval number, must enable the ring 
life buoy manufacturer to determine the supplier's identifying 
information for the component lot.
    (e) Samples. (1) From each lot of ring life buoys, manufacturers 
shall randomly select a number of samples from completed units at least 
equal to the applicable number required by table 160.050-5(e) for 
buoyancy testing. Additional samples must be selected for any tests, 
examinations, and inspections required by the laboratory's production 
inspections and tests procedures.

             Table 160.050-5(e)--Sampling for Buoyancy Tests
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Number
                                                                 of life
                           Lot size                             buoys in
                                                                 sample
------------------------------------------------------------------------
100 and under.................................................         1
101 to 200....................................................         2
201 to 300....................................................         3
301 to 500....................................................         4
501 to 750....................................................         6
751 to 1000...................................................         8
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) For a lot next succeeding one from which any sample ring life 
buoy failed the buoyancy or strength test, the sample shall consist of 
not less than ten specimen ring life buoys to be tested for buoyancy in 
accordance with paragraph (f) of this section.
    (f) Tests--(1) Strength test. The buoy body shall be suspended by a 
2-inch-wide strap. A similar strap shall be passed around the opposite 
side of the buoy and a 200-pound weight suspended by it from the buoy. 
After 30 minutes, the buoy body shall be examined, and there shall be no 
breaks, cracks or permanent deformation.
    (2) Resistance to damage test. The buoy body shall be dropped three 
times from a height of 6 feet onto concrete, and there shall be no 
breaks or cracks in the body.
    (3) Buoyancy test. To obtain the buoyancy of the buoy, proceed as 
follows:
    (i) Weigh iron or other weight under water. The weight shall be more 
than sufficient to submerge the buoy.
    (ii) Attach the iron or other weight to the buoy and submerge with 
the top of the buoy at least 2 inches below the surface for 48 hours.
    (iii) After the 48-hour submergence period, weigh the buoy with the 
weight attached while both are still under water.
    (iv) The buoyancy is computed as paragraph (f)(3)(i) minus paragraph 
(f)(3)(iii) of this section.
    (4) Buoyancy required. The buoys shall provide a buoyancy of not 
less than 16.5 pounds for the 20-and 24-inch sizes, and not less than 32 
pounds for the 30-inch size.
    (g) Lot inspection. On each lot, the laboratory inspector shall 
perform a final lot inspection to be satisfied that the ring life buoys 
meet this subpart. Each lot must demonstrate--

[[Page 116]]

    (1) First quality workmanship;
    (2) That the general arrangement and attachment of all components 
are as specified in the approved plans and specifications; and
    (3) Compliance with the marking requirements in the applicable 
approval subpart.
    (h) Lot acceptance. When the independent laboratory has determined 
that the ring life buoys in the lot are of a type officially approved in 
the name of the company, and that such ring life buoys meet the 
requirements of this subpart, they shall be plainly marked in waterproof 
ink with the independent laboratory's name or identifying mark.
    (i) Lot rejection. Each nonconforming unit must be rejected. If 
three or more nonconforming units are rejected for the same kind of 
defect, lot inspection must be discontinued and the lot rejected. The 
inspector must discontinue lot inspection and reject the lot if 
examination of individual units or the records for the lot shows 
noncompliance with either this subchapter or the laboratory's or the 
manufacturer's quality control procedures. A rejected unit or lot may be 
resubmitted for testing and inspection if the manufacturer first removes 
and destroys each defective unit or, if authorized by the laboratory, 
reworks the unit or lot to correct the defect. A rejected lot or 
rejected unit may not be sold or offered for sale under the 
representation that it meets this subpart or that it is Coast Guard-
approved.

[CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11478, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by CGD 95-028, 62 FR 
51213, Sept. 30, 1997]



Sec. 160.050-6  Marking.

    (a) Each ring buoy must have the following information in waterproof 
lettering:

Type IV Personal Flotation Device.
    Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard 
regulations.
    (Name of buoyant material) buoyant material provides a minimum 
buoyant force of (32 lb. or 16\1/2\ lb.).
    Approved for use on recreational boats only as a throwable device.
    U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.050/(assigned manufacturer's No.)/
(Revision No.); (Model No.).
    (Name and address of manufacturer or distributor).
    (Size).
    USCG (Marine Inspection Office identification letters).
    (Lot No.).

    (b) A method of marking that is different from the requirements of 
paragraph (a) of this section may be given consideration by the Coast 
Guard.

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8120, Mar. 28, 1973, as amended by CGD 75-186, 41 FR 
10437, Mar. 11, 1976; CGD 75-008, 43 FR 9771, Mar. 9, 1978; 43 FR 10913, 
Mar. 16, 1978; CGD 92-045, 58 FR 41608, Aug. 4, 1993; CGD 95-028, 62 FR 
51214, Sept. 30, 1997]



Sec. 160.050-7  Procedure for approval.

    (a) General. Designs of ring life buoys are approved only by the 
Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard. Manufacturers seeking approval of a ring 
life buoy design shall follow the procedures of this section and subpart 
159.005 of this chapter.
    (b) Each application for approval of a ring life buoy must contain 
the information specified in Sec. 159.005-5 of this chapter. The 
application and, except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (d)(2) of this 
section, a prototype ring life buoy must be submitted to the Commandant 
for preapproval review. If a similar design has already been approved, 
the Commandant may waive the preapproval review under Sec. Sec. 
159.005-5 and 159.005-7 of this chapter.
    (c) If the ring life buoy is of a standard design, the application:
    (1) Must include the following: A statement of any exceptions to the 
standard plans and specifications, including drawings, product 
description, construction specifications, and/or bill of materials.
    (2) Need not include: The information specified in Sec. 159.005-
5(a)(2).
    (d) If the ring life buoy is of a non-standard design, the 
application must include the following:
    (1) Plans and specifications containing the information required by 
Sec. 159.005-12 of this chapter, including drawings, product 
description, construction specifications, and bill of materials.
    (2) The information specified in Sec. 159.005-5(a)(2) (i) through 
(iii) of this

[[Page 117]]

chapter, except that, if preapproval review has been waived, the 
manufacturer is not required to send a prototype ring life buoy sample 
to the Commandant.
    (3) Performance testing results of the design performed by an 
independent laboratory that has a Memorandum of Understanding with the 
Coast Guard under Sec. 159.010-7 of this subchapter covering the in-
water testing of personal flotation devices showing equivalence to the 
standard design's performance in all material respects.
    (4) Buoyancy and other relevant tolerances to be complied with 
during production.
    (5) The text of any optional marking to be included on the ring life 
buoy in addition to the markings required by the applicable approval 
subpart.
    (6) For any conditionally approved ring life buoy, the intended 
approval condition(s).
    (e) The description of quality control procedures required by Sec. 
159.005-9 of this chapter may be omitted if the manufacturer's planned 
quality control procedures meet the requirements of those accepted by 
the Commandant for the independent laboratory performing production 
inspections and tests.
    (f) Waiver of tests. A manufacturer may request that the Commandant 
waive any test prescribed for approval under the applicable subpart. To 
request a waiver, the manufacturer must submit to the Commandant and the 
laboratory described in Sec. 159.010, one of the following:
    (1) Satisfactory test results on a ring life buoy of sufficiently 
similar design as determined by the Commandant.
    (2) Engineering analysis demonstrating that the test for which a 
waiver is requested is not appropriate for the particular design 
submitted for approval or that, because of its design or construction, 
it is not possible for the ring life buoy to fail that test.

[CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51214, Sept. 30, 1997]



        Subpart 160.051_Inflatable Liferafts for Domestic Service

    Source: CGD 85-205, 62 FR 25546, May 9, 1997, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.051-1  Scope.

    (a) This subpart prescribes requirements for approval by the Coast 
Guard of A, B, and Coastal Service inflatable liferafts for use only in 
domestic service. These liferafts must comply with all of the 
requirements for SOLAS A and SOLAS B liferafts in subpart 160.151 except 
as specified in this subpart.
    (b) This subpart does not apply to any A, B, and Coastal Service 
inflatable liferaft for use only in domestic service that has been 
approved by the Coast Guard before November 10, 2011, so long as the 
liferaft satisfies the annual servicing requirements set forth in 46 CFR 
160.151-57.

[USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62975, Oct. 11, 2011, as amended by 76 FR 70062, 
Nov. 10, 2011]



Sec. 160.051-3  Definitions.

    In this subpart, the term:
    A or B liferaft means an inflatable liferaft that meets the 
requirements prescribed in subpart 160.151 for a SOLAS A or SOLAS B 
liferaft, respectively, except that the capacity is less than 6 persons 
and the liferaft cannot contain SOLAS markings.
    Coastal Service liferaft means a liferaft that does not meet the all 
of the requirements prescribed in subpart 160.151 for a SOLAS A or SOLAS 
B liferaft, but that instead meets the requirements of this subpart and 
is approved for use on certain uninspected vessels under subchapter C of 
this chapter.
    Commandant means Commandant (CG-ENG-4), Attn: Lifesaving and Fire 
Safety Division, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. 
Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509.

[CGD 85-205, 62 FR 25546, May 9, 1997, as amended by USCG-2010-0048, 76 
FR 62975, Oct. 11, 2011; USCG-2013-0671, 78 FR 60157, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.051-5  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part 
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition

[[Page 118]]

other than that specified in this section, the Coast Guard must publish 
notice of change in the Federal Register and the material must be 
available to the public. All approved material is available for 
inspection at Coast Guard Headquarters. Contact Commandant (CG-ENG-4), 
Attn: Lifesaving and Fire Safety Division, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 
2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509. You 
may also inspect this material at the National Archives and Records 
Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this 
material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to http://www.archives.gov/
federal--register/code--of--federal--regulations/ibr--locations.html. 
You may obtain copies of the material from the sources specified in the 
following paragraphs.
    (b) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publications Section, 
4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, + 44 (0)20 7735 
7611, http://www.imo.org/.
    (1) Life-Saving Appliances, including LSA Code, 2010 Edition, 
(2010), pages 7-71 (``IMO LSA Code''), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 
160.051-7 and 160.051-9.
    (2) Life-Saving Appliances, including LSA Code, 2010 Edition, 
(2010), Revised recommendation on testing of live-saving appliances, 
pages 79-254 (``IMO Revised recommendation on testing''), IBR approved 
for Sec. Sec. 160.051-7 and 160.051-11.

[USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62975, Oct. 11, 2011, as amended by USCG-2013-
0671, 78 FR 60157, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.051-7  Design and performance of Coastal Service inflatable 
liferafts.

    To obtain Coast Guard approval, each Coastal Service inflatable 
liferaft must comply with subpart 160.151, with the following 
exceptions:
    (a) Canopy requirements (IMO LSA Code chapter IV/4.1.1.5, 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.051-5 of this subpart)). The 
canopy may--
    (1) Be of a type that is furled when the liferaft inflates and that 
can be set in place by the occupants. A furled canopy must be secured to 
the buoyancy tubes over 50 percent or more of the liferaft's 
circumference;
    (2) Be of an uninsulated, single-ply design; and
    (3) Have an interior of any color.
    (b) Viewing port (IMO LSA Code, chapter IV/4.1.1.5.5). The liferaft 
need not have the viewing port.
    (c) Rainwater collection (IMO LSA Code, chapter IV/4.1.1.5.6). The 
liferaft need not have the means of rainwater collection.
    (d) Capacity (IMO LSA Code, chapter IV/4.1.2.1). The carrying 
capacity must be not less than four persons.
    (e) Floor insulation (IMO LSA Code, chapter IV/4.2.2.2). The floor 
may be uninsulated.
    (f) Boarding ramps (IMO LSA Code, chapter IV/4.2.4.1). The liferaft 
need be provided with boarding ramps only if the combined cross-section 
diameter of the buoyancy chambers is greater than 500 mm (19.5 in).
    (g) Stability (IMO LSA Code, chapter IV/4.2.5). Each Coastal Service 
inflatable liferaft must either meet the stability criteria in Sec. 
160.151-17(a) or be fitted with water-containing stability pockets 
meeting the following requirements:
    (1) The total volume of the pockets must be not less than 25 percent 
of the minimum required volume of the principal buoyancy compartments of 
the liferaft.
    (2) The pockets must be securely attached and evenly distributed 
around the periphery of the exterior bottom of the liferaft. They may be 
omitted at the locations of inflation cylinders.
    (3) The pockets must be designed to deploy underwater when the 
liferaft inflates. If weights are used for this purpose, they must be of 
corrosion-resistant material.
    (h) Lamp (IMO LSA Code, chapter IV/4.1.3.4). The liferaft need not 
have the manually controlled interior lamp.
    (i) Markings (IMO LSA Code, chapter IV/4.2.3.6). The words ``COASTAL 
SERVICE'' must appear on the container, and the type of equipment pack 
must be identified as ``Coastal Service''. No ``SOLAS'' markings may 
appear on the container.
    (j) Drop test. The drop test required under paragraph 1/5.1 of IMO 
Revised recommendation on testing (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 
160.051-5 of this subpart) and 160.151-27(a) may be

[[Page 119]]

from a lesser height, if that height is the maximum height of stowage 
marked on the container.
    (k) Loading and seating test. For the loading and seating test 
required under paragraph 1/5.7 of IMO Revised recommendation on testing 
and Sec. 160.151-27(a), the loaded freeboard of the liferaft must be 
not less than 200 mm (8 in.).
    (l) Cold-inflation test. The cold-inflation test required under 
paragraph 1/5.17.3.3.2 of IMO Revised recommendation on testing and 
Sec. 160.151-27(a) must be conducted at a test temperature of -18 
[deg]C (0 [deg]F).

[CGD 85-205, 62 FR 25546, May 9, 1997. Redesignated and amended by USCG-
2010-0048, 76 FR 62975, Oct. 11, 2011]



Sec. 160.051-9  Design and performance of A and B inflatable liferafts.

    To obtain Coast Guard approval, each A and B inflatable liferaft 
must comply with the requirements in subpart 160.151, with the following 
exceptions:
    (a) Capacity (IMO LSA Code chapter IV/4.1.2.1). The carrying 
capacity must be not less than four persons.
    (b) Markings (IMO LSA Code, chapter IV/4.2.6.3). The type of 
equipment pack must be identified as ``A'' or ``B'', respectively, 
instead of ``SOLAS A'' or ``SOLAS B''. No ``SOLAS'' markings may appear 
on the container.

[CGD 85-205, 62 FR 25546, May 9, 1997. Redesignated and amended by USCG-
2010-0048, 76 FR 62975, 62976, Oct. 11, 2011]



Sec. 160.051-11  Equipment required for Coastal Service inflatable 
liferafts.

    In lieu of the equipment specified in Sec. 160.151-21, the 
following equipment must be provided with a Coastal Service inflatable 
liferaft:
    (a) Rescue quoit and heaving line. One rescue quoit and a heaving 
line as described in Sec. 160.151-21(a).
    (b) Knife. One knife, of a type designed to minimize the chance of 
damage to the inflatable liferaft and secured with a lanyard.
    (c) Bailer. One bailer as described in Sec. 160.151-21(c).
    (d) Sponge. One sponge as described in Sec. 160.151-21(d).
    (e) Sea anchor. One sea anchor as described in Sec. 160.151-21(e).
    (f) Paddles. Two paddles of the same size and type as used to pass 
the maneuverability test in paragraph 1/5.10 of IMO Revised 
recommendation on testing (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.051-
5 of this subpart).
    (g) Whistle. One whistle as described in Sec. 160.151-21(i) of this 
part.
    (h) Flashlight. One flashlight with spare batteries as described in 
Sec. 160.151-21(m).
    (i) Signalling mirror. One signalling mirror as described in Sec. 
160.151-21(o).
    (j) Survival instructions. Instructions on how to survive as 
described in Sec. 160.151-21(v).
    (k) Instructions for immediate action. Instructions for immediate 
action as described in Sec. 160.151-21(w).
    (l) Repair outfit. One set of sealing clamps or plugs as described 
in Sec. 160.151-21(y)(1).
    (m) Pump or bellows. One pump or bellows as described in Sec. 
160.151-21(z).
    (n) Plugs for pressure-relief valves. Plugs for pressure-relief 
valves as described in Sec. 160.151-21(aa).

[CGD 85-205, 62 FR 25546, May 9, 1997. Redesignated and amended by USCG-
2010-0048, 76 FR 62975, 62976, Oct. 11, 2011]



 Subpart 160.052_Specification for a Buoyant Vest, Unicellular Plastic 
                          Foam, Adult and Child



Sec. 160.052-1  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Specifications and Standards. This subpart makes reference to 
the following documents.
    (1) [Reserved]
    (2) Military specification:

MIL-W-530F--Webbing, Textile, Cotton, General Purpose, Natural and in 
Colors.

    (3) Federal Standards:

No. 191--Textile Test Methods.
No. 751A--Stitches, Seams, and Stitching.

    (4) Coast Guard specifications:

160.055--Life Preservers, Unicellular Plastic Foam, Adult and Child.
164.015--Plastic Foam, Unicellular, Buoyant Sheet and Molded Shapes.

    (b) Plans. The following plans, of the issue in effect on the date 
buoyant vests are manufactured, form a part of this subpart:


[[Page 120]]


Dwg. No. 160.052-1:
    Sheet 1--Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement, Model AP.
    Sheet 2--Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement, Model CPM.
    Sheet 3--Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement, Model CPS.
    Sheet 4--Insert Patterns.

    (c) Copies on file. The manufacturer shall keep a copy of each 
specification and plan required by this section on file together with 
the certificate of approval. Plans and specifications may be obtained as 
follows:
    (1) The Coast Guard plans and specifications may be obtained upon 
request from the Commandant (CG-ENG), Attn: Office of Design and 
Engineering Systems, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King 
Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509, or a recognized laboratory 
listed in Sec. 160.052-8b.
    (2) The Federal Specifications and Standards may be purchased from 
the Business Service Center, General Services Administration, 
Washington, DC 20407.
    (3) The military specification may be obtained from the Military 
Specifications and Standards, Standardization Documents Order Desk, 
Building 4D, 700 Robbins Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19111-5094, https://
assist.daps.dla.mil/quicksearch/.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11588, Sept. 10, 1965]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec. 
160.052-1, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.fdsys.gov.



Sec. 160.052-2  Size and model.

    (a) A standard buoyant vest is manufactured in accordance with a 
plan specified in Sec. 160.052-1(b) and is a:
    (1) Model AP, adult (for persons over 90 pounds);
    (2) Model CPM, child, medium (for persons weighing from 50 to 90 
pounds); or
    (3) Model CPS, child, small (for persons weighing less than 50 
pounds).
    (b) A nonstandard buoyant vest is:
    (1) Manufactured in accordance with the manufacturer's approved 
plan;
    (2) Equivalent in performance to the standard buoyant vest; and
    (3) Assigned a model designation by the manufacturer for the 
following sizes:
    (i) Adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds);
    (ii) Child, medium (for persons weighing from 50 to 90 pounds);
    (iii) Child, small (for persons weighing less than 50 pounds).

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8120, Mar. 28, 1973]



Sec. 160.052-3  Materials--standard vests.

    (a) General. All components used in the construction of buoyant 
vests must meet the applicable requirements of subpart 164.019 of this 
chapter. The requirements for materials specified in this section are 
minimum requirements, and consideration will be given to the use of 
alternate materials in lieu of those specified. Detailed technical data 
and samples of all proposed alternate materials shall be submitted for 
approval before those materials are incorporated in the finished 
product.
    (b) Unicellular plastic foam. The unicellular plastic foam shall be 
all new material complying with the requirements of specification 
Subpart 164.015 of this subchapter for Type A or B foam.
    (c) Envelope. The buoyant vest envelope, or cover, shall be made 
from 39, 2.85 cotton jeans cloth, with a thread count of 
approximately 96 x 64. The finished goods shall weigh not less than 4.2 
ounces per square yard, shall have thread count of not less than 94 x 
60, and shall have a breaking strength of not less than 85 pounds in the 
warp and 50 pounds in the filling. Other cotton fabrics having a weight 
and breaking strength not less than the above will be acceptable. There 
are no restrictions as to color, but the fastness of the color to 
laundering, water, crocking, and light shall be rated ``good'' when 
tested in accordance with Federal Test Method Standard No. 191, Methods 
5610, 5630, 5650, and 5660.
    (d) Tie tapes and body strap loops. The tie tapes and body strap 
loops for both adult and child sizes must be \3/4\-inch cotton webbing 
meeting the requirements of military specification MIL-T-43566 (Class I) 
for Type I webbing.
    (d-1) Body straps. The complete body strap assembly, including 
hardware, must have a minimum breaking

[[Page 121]]

strength of 150 pounds for an adult size and 115 pounds for a child 
size. The specifications for the webbing are as follows:
    (1) For an adult size vest, the webbing must be 1 inch;
    (2) For a child size vest, the webbing must be three-quarter inch 
and meet the requirements of military specification MIL-W-530 for Type 
IIa webbing.
    (e) [Reserved]
    (f) Thread. Each thread must meet the requirements of subpart 
164.023 of this chapter. Only one kind of thread may be used in each 
seam.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11588, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-90R, 37 
FR 10837, May 31, 1972; CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8120, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 73-
130R, 39 FR 20684, June 13, 1974; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27154, June 22, 
1978; CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 84-068, 58 FR 29493, 
May 20, 1993]



Sec. 160.052-3a  Materials--Dee ring and snap hook assemblies and
other instruments of closure for buoyant vests.

    (a) Specifications. Dee ring and snap hook assemblies and other 
instruments of closure for buoyant vests may have decorative platings in 
any thickness and must meet the following specifications:
    (1) The device must be constructed of inherently corrosion resistant 
materials. As used in this section the term inherently corrosion 
resistant materials includes, but is not limited to brass, bronze, and 
stainless steel.
    (2) The size of the opening of the device must be consistent with 
the webbing which will pass through the opening.
    (b) Testing requirements. Dee ring and snap hook assemblies and 
other instruments of closure for buoyant vests must--
    (1) Be tested for weathering. The Coast Guard will determine which 
one or more of the following tests will be used:
    (i) Application of a 20 percent sodium-chloride solution spray at a 
temperature of 95 [deg]F (35 [deg]C) for a period of 240 hours in 
accordance with the procedures contained in method 811 of the Federal 
Test Method Standard No. 151.
    (ii) Exposure to a carbon-arc weatherometer for a period of 100 
hours.
    (iii) Submergence for a period of 100 hours in each of the 
following:
    (a) Leaded gasoline.
    (b) Gum turpentine.
    (iv) Exposure to a temperature of 0[deg] 5 
[deg]F (17.6 2.775 [deg]C) for 24 hours; and
    (2) Within 5 minutes of completion of the weathering test required 
by paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the assembly must be attached to a 
support and bear 150 pounds for an adult size and 115 pounds for a child 
size for 10 minutes at ambient temperatures without breaking or 
distorting.

[CGD 73-130R, 39 FR 20684, June 13, 1974]



Sec. 160.052-4  Materials--nonstandard vests.

    (a) General. All materials used in nonstandard buoyant vests must be 
equivalent to those specified in Sec. 160.052-3 and be obtained from a 
supplier who furnishes an affidavit in accordance with the requirement 
in Sec. 160.052-3(a).
    (b) Cover. A vinyl-dip coating may be allowed for the covering of 
the vest instead of a fabric envelope if the coating meets the 
requirements in Sec. 160.055-5(b)(2) of this chapter except there is no 
color restriction.
    (c) Reinforcing tape. When used, the reinforcing tape around the 
neck shall be \3/4\ cotton tape weighing not less than 0.18 
ounces per linear yard having a minimum breaking strength of not less 
than 120 pounds.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11588, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-90R, 37 
FR 10837, May 31, 1972; 37 FR 11774, June 14, 1972, CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 
8120, Mar. 28, 1973]



Sec. 160.052-5  Construction--standard vests.

    (a) General. This specification covers buoyant vests which 
essentially consist of a fabric envelope in which are enclosed inserts 
of buoyant material arranged and distributed so as to provide the 
flotation characteristics and buoyancy required to hold the wearer in an 
upright or slightly backward position with head and face out of water. 
The buoyant vests are also fitted with straps and hardware to provide 
for proper adjustment and close and comfortable fit to the bodies of 
various size wearers.

[[Page 122]]

    (b) Envelope. The envelope or cover shall be made of three pieces. 
Two pieces of fabric shall be cut to the pattern shown on Dwg. No. 
160.052-1, Sheet 1 for adult size, and Sheets 2 and 3 for child sizes, 
and joined together with a third piece which forms a 2 
finished gusset strip all around. Reinforcing strips of the same 
material as the envelope shall be stitched to the inside of the front 
piece of the envelope in way of the strap attachments as shown by the 
drawings.
    (c) Buoyant inserts. The unicellular plastic foam buoyant inserts 
shall be cut and formed as shown on Dwg. 160.052-1, Sheet 4.
    (d) Tie tapes, body straps, and hardware. The tie tapes, body 
straps, and hardware shall be arranged as shown on the drawings and 
attached to the envelope with the seams and stitching indicated.
    (e) Stitching. All stitching shall be short lock stitch conforming 
to Stitch Type 301 of Federal Standard No. 751, and there shall be not 
less than 7 nor more than 9 stitches to the inch.
    (f) Workmanship. Buoyant vests shall be of first-class workmanship 
and shall be free from any defects materially affecting their appearance 
or service-ability.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11588, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-163R, 38 
FR 8120, Mar. 28, 1973]



Sec. 160.052-6  Construction--nonstandard vests.

    (a) General. The construction methods used for nonstandard buoyant 
vests must be equivalent to those requirements in Sec. 160.052-5 for a 
standard vest and also meet the requirements in this section.
    (b) Size. Each nonstandard vest must contain the following volume of 
plastic foam buoyant material, determined by the displacement method:
    (1) Five hundred cubic inches or more for an adult size;
    (2) Three hundred and fifty cubic inches or more for a child, medium 
size;
    (3) Two hundred and twenty-five cubic inches or more for a child, 
small size.
    (c) Arrangement of buoyant material. The buoyant material in a 
nonstandard vest must:
    (1) Be arranged to hold the wearer in an upright or backward 
position with head and face out of water;
    (2) Have no tendency to turn a wearer face downward in the water; 
and
    (3) Be arranged so that 70 to 75 percent of the total is located in 
the front of the vest.
    (d) Neck opening. Each cloth-covered nonstandard vest must have at 
the neck opening:
    (1) A gusset; or
    (2) Reinforcing tape.
    (e) Adjustment, fit, and donning. Each nonstandard vest must be made 
with adjustments to:
    (1) Fit a range of wearers for the type designed; and
    (2) Facilitate donning time for an uninitiated person.

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8120, Mar. 28, 1973]



Sec. 160.052-7  Inspections and tests--standard and nonstandard vests. \1\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ The manufacturer of a personal flotation device must meet 33 CFR 
181.701 through 33 CFR 181.705 which require an instruction pamphlet for 
each device that is sold or offered for sale for use on recreational 
boats.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (a) General. Manufacturers of listed and labeled buoyant vests 
shall--
    (1) Maintain quality control of the materials used, the 
manufacturing methods and workmanship, and the finished product to meet 
the requirements of this subpart by conducting sufficient inspections 
and tests of representative samples and components produced;
    (2) Make available to the recognized laboratory inspector and the 
Coast Guard inspector, upon request, records of tests conducted by the 
manufacturer and records of materials used during production of the 
device, including affidavits by supplier; and
    (3) Permit any examination, inspection, and test required by the 
recognized laboratory or the Coast Guard for a produced listed and 
labeled device, either at the place of manufacture or some other 
location.
    (b) Lot size and sampling. (1) A lot consists of 500 buoyant vests 
or fewer.

[[Page 123]]

    (2) A new lot begins after any change or modification in materials 
used or manufacturing methods employed.
    (3) The manufacturer of the buoyant vests shall notify the 
recognized laboratory when a lot is ready for inspection.
    (4) The manufacturer shall select samples in accordance with the 
requirements in Table 160.052-7(b)(4) from each lot of buoyant vests to 
be tested for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.

             Table 160.052-7(b)(4)--Sample for Buoyant Vests
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Number of
                          Lot size                             vests in
                                                                sample
------------------------------------------------------------------------
100 and under..............................................            1
101 to 200.................................................            2
201 to 300.................................................            3
301 to 500.................................................            4
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (5) The manufacturer shall test--
    (i) At least one vest from each lot for buoyancy in accordance with 
procedures contained in paragraph (e) of this section; and
    (ii) At least one vest in each 10 lots for strength of the body 
strap assembly in accordance with the procedures contained in paragraph 
(f) of this section.
    (6) If a vest fails the buoyancy test, the sample from the next 
succeeding lot must consist of 10 specimen vests or more to be tested 
for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.
    (7) The manufacturer shall keep on file and make available to the 
laboratory inspector and Coast Guard inspector the records of 
inspections and tests, together with affidavits concerning the material.
    (c) Additional compliance tests. An inspector from the recognized 
laboratory or Coast Guard may conduct an examination, test and 
inspection of a buoyant device that is obtained from the manufacturer or 
through commercial channels to determine the suitability of the device 
for listing and labeling or to determine its conformance to applicable 
requirements.
    (d) Test facilities. The manufacturer shall admit the laboratory 
inspector and the Coast Guard inspector to any part of the premises at 
the place of manufacture of a listed and labeled device to--
    (1) Examine, inspect, or test a sample of a part or a material that 
is included in the construction of the device; and
    (2) Conduct any necessary examination, inspection, or test in a 
suitable place and with appropriate apparatus provided by the 
manufacturer.
    (e) Buoyancy--(1) Buoyancy test method. Remove the buoyant inserts 
from the vests. Securely attach the spring scale in a position directly 
over the test tank. Suspend the weighted wire basket from the scale in 
such a manner that the basket can be weighed while it is completely 
under water. In order to measure the actual buoyancy provided by the 
inserts, the underwater weight of the empty basket should exceed the 
buoyancy of the inserts. To obtain the buoyancy of the inserts, proceed 
as follows:
    (i) Weigh the empty wire basket under water.
    (ii) Place the inserts inside the basket and submerge it so that the 
top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the water. 
Allow the inserts to remain submerged for 24 hours. The tank shall be 
locked or sealed during this 24-hour submergence period. It is important 
that after the inserts have once been submerged they shall remain 
submerged for the duration of the test, and at no time during the course 
of the test shall they be removed from the tank or otherwise exposed to 
air.
    (iii) After the 24-hour submergence period, unlock or unseal the 
tank and weigh the wire basket with the inserts inside while both are 
still under water.
    (iv) The buoyancy is computed as paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section 
minus paragraph (e)(i)(iii) of this section.
    (2) Buoyancy required. The buoyant inserts from adult size buoyant 
vests shall provide not less than 15\1/2\ pounds buoyancy in fresh 
water; the inserts from child medium size vests shall provide not less 
than 11 pounds buoyancy; and the inserts from child small size vests 
shall provide not less than 7 pounds buoyancy.
    (f) Body strap test. The complete body strap assembly including 
hardware, shall be tested for strength by attaching the dee ring to a 
suitable support such that the assembly hangs

[[Page 124]]

vertically its full length. A weight as specified in Sec. 160.052-3(d) 
shall be attached to the other end of the snap hook for 10 minutes. The 
specified weight shall not break or excessively distort the body strap 
assembly.
    (g) Additional approval tests for nonstandard vests. Tests in 
addition to those required by this section may be conducted by the 
inspector for nonstandard vests to determine performance equivalence to 
a standard vest. Such additional tests may include determining 
performance in water, suitability of materials, donning time, ease of 
adjustment, and similar equivalency tests. Costs of any additional tests 
must be assumed by the manufacturer.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11588, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-90R, 37 
FR 10837, May 31, 1972; CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8120, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 75-
008, 43 FR 9772, Mar. 9, 1978; USCG-2014-0688, 79 FR 58285, Sept. 29, 
2014]



Sec. 160.052-8  Marking.

    (a) Each buoyant vest must have the following information clearly 
marked in waterproof lettering that can be read at a distance of 2 feet:

Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard regulations.
(Name of buoyant material) provides a minimum buoyant force of (15\1/2\ 
lb., 11 lb., or 7 lb.).
Dry out thoroughly when wet.
Approved for use on all recreational boats and on uninspected commercial 
vessels less than 40 feet in length not carrying passengers for hire by 
persons weighing (over 90 lb., 50 to 90 lb., or less than 50 lb.).
U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.050/(assigned manufacturer's No.)/
(Revision No.); (Model No.).
(Name and address of manufacturer or distributor).
(Lot No.)

    (b) Waterproof marking. Marking for buoyant vests shall be 
sufficiently waterproof so that after 72 hours submergence in water it 
will withstand vigorous rubbing by hand while wet without the printed 
matter becoming illegible.

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8120, Mar. 28, 1973, as amended by CGD 75-008, 43 FR 
9771, Mar. 9, 1978; USCG-2013-0263, 79 FR 56499, Sept. 22, 2014]



Sec. 160.052-9  Recognized laboratory.

    (a) A manufacturer seeking Coast Guard approval of a product under 
this subpart shall follow the approval procedures of subpart 159.005 of 
this chapter, and shall apply for approval directly to a recognized 
independent laboratory. The following laboratories are recognized under 
Sec. 159.010-7 of this part, to perform testing and approval functions 
under this subpart:

Underwriters Laboratories, 12 Laboratory Drive, P.O. Box 13995, Research 
Triangle Park, NC 27709-3995, (919) 549-1400.

    (b) Production oversight must be performed by the same laboratory 
that performs the approval tests unless, as determined by the 
Commandant, the employees of the laboratory performing production 
oversight receive training and support equal to that of the laboratory 
that performed the approval testing.

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13930, Mar. 28, 1996]



          Subpart 160.053_Work Vests, Unicellular Plastic Foam

    Source: CGFR 59-22, 24 FR 4961, June 18, 1959, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.053-1  Applicable specifications.

    (a) Specification. The following specification of the issue in 
effect on the date unicellular plastic foam work vests are manufactured, 
form a part of this subpart:
    (1) Military specification: MIL-L-17653A--Life Preserver, Vest, Work 
Type, Unicellular Plastic.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (b) Copies on file. Copies of the specification referred to in this 
section, as well as the various specifications forming a part thereof, 
shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together with the certificate 
of approval. They shall be kept for a period consisting of the duration 
of approval and 6 months after termination of approval. Federal 
specifications may be purchased from the General Services 
Administration, Federal Acquisition Service, Office of the FAS 
Commissioner, 2200 Crystal Drive, 11th Floor, Arlington, VA 22202, 703-
605-5400. Military specifications may be obtained from the Military 
Specifications

[[Page 125]]

and Standards, Standardization Documents Order Desk, Building 4D, 700 
Robbins Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19111-5094, https://
assist.daps.dla.mil/quicksearch/.

[CGFR 59-22, 24 FR 4961, June 18, 1959, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 
10899, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 72-163, 38 FR 8120, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 78-012, 
43 FR 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51215, Sept. 30, 1997; 
USCG-2013-0671, 78 FR 60157, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.053-2  Type.

    (a) Unicellular plastic foam work vests specified by this subpart 
shall be of the type described in Military Specification MIL-L-17653A, 
but alternate designs equivalent in materials, construction, 
performance, and workmanship will be given consideration.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.053-3  Materials, construction and workmanship.

    (a) General. Except as otherwise specifically provided by this 
subpart and subparts 164.019 and 164.023 of this chapter, the materials, 
construction, and workmanship of unicellular plastic foam work vests 
specified by this subpart shall conform to the requirements of Military 
Specification MIL-L-17653A.
    (b) Color of envelope. Indian Orange, Cable No. 70072, Standard 
Color Card of America, will be acceptable in lieu of the Scarlet-Munsell 
7.5 red \6/10\ color specified for envelopes or covers by paragraph 
3.1.1.1 of Specification MIL-L-17653A.
    (c) Color of webbing and thread. The color of the webbing and thread 
need not match the color of the envelope as specified by paragraphs 
3.1.3 and 3.2.8 of Specification MIL-L-17653A.
    (d) Materials; acceptance and quality. All components used in the 
construction of work vests must meet the applicable requirements of 
subpart 164.019 of this chapter.

[CGFR 59-22, 24 FR 4961, June 18, 1959, as amended by CGD 84-068, 58 FR 
29493, May 20, 1993]



Sec. 160.053-4  Inspections and tests.

    (a) General. Work vests are not inspected at regularly scheduled 
factory inspections; however, the Commander of the Coast Guard District 
may detail a marine inspector at any time to visit any place where work 
vests are manufactured to observe production methods and to conduct any 
inspections or tests which may be deemed advisable. The marine inspector 
shall be admitted to any place in the factory where work is done on work 
vests or component materials, and samples of materials entering into 
construction may be taken by the marine inspector and tests made for 
compliance with the applicable requirements.
    (b) Manufacturer's inspections and tests. Manufacturers of approved 
work vests shall maintain quality control of the materials used, 
manufacturing methods, workmanship, and the finished product so as to 
meet the requirements of this specification, and shall make full 
inspections and tests of representative samples from each lot to 
maintain the quality of their product.
    (c) Lot size. A lot shall consist of not more than 500 work vests 
manufactured at the same time. Lots shall be numbered serially by the 
manufacturer, and if at any time during the manufacture of a lot, any 
change or modification in materials or production methods is made, a new 
lot shall be started.
    (d) Test facilities. The manufacturer shall provide a suitable place 
and shall have on hand the necessary apparatus for conducting buoyancy 
tests in compliance with this specification. The apparatus shall include 
accurate spring scales of adequate capacity, weighted wire mesh baskets, 
and a test tank or tanks which can be locked or sealed in such a manner 
as to preclude disturbance of work vests undergoing tests or change in 
water level.
    (e) Buoyancy--(1) Buoyancy test method. Remove the buoyant inserts 
from the vest. Securely attach the spring scale in a position directly 
over the test tank. Suspend the weighted wire basket from the scale in 
such a manner that the basket can be weighed while it is completely 
under water. In order to measure the actual buoyancy provided by the 
inserts, the underwater weight of the empty basket should exceed the 
buoyancy of the inserts. To obtain the buoyancy of the inserts, proceed 
as follows:

[[Page 126]]

    (i) Weigh the empty wire basket under water.
    (ii) Place the inserts inside the basket and submerge it so that the 
top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the water. 
Allow the inserts to remain submerged for 24 hours. The tank shall be 
locked or sealed during this 24-hour submergence period.
    (iii) After the 24-hour submergence period, unlock the tank and 
weigh the wire basket with the inserts inside while both are still under 
water.
    (iv) The buoyancy is computed as paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section 
minus paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section.
    (2) Buoyancy required. The buoyant inserts from work vests shall 
provide not less than 17\1/2\ pounds buoyancy in fresh water.



Sec. 160.053-5  Marking.

    (a) Each work vest must have the following information clearly 
printed in waterproof lettering that can be read at a distance of 2 
feet:

    Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard 
regulations.
    (Name of buoyant material) buoyant material provides a minimum 
buoyant force of 17\1/2\ lbs.
    Approved for use on Merchant Vessels as a work vest.
    U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.053/(assigned manufacturer's No.)/
(Revision No.); (Model No.).
    (Name and address of manufacturer or distributor.)
    (Lot No.)
    This vest is filled with (name of buoyant material), which will not 
be harmed by repeated wetting. Hang up and dry thoroughly when vest is 
wet.

    (b) Additional marking required. In addition to the wording included 
on the marking tag, on a front compartment of each work vest there shall 
be stenciled in waterproof ink in letters not less than one inch in 
height, the words, ``WORK VEST ONLY.''
    (c) Waterproofness of marking tags. Marking tags shall be 
sufficiently waterproof so that after 48 hours submergence in water, 
they will withstand rubbing by hand with moderate pressure while wet 
without the printed matter becoming illegible.

[CGFR 59-22, 24 FR 4961, June 18, 1959, as amended by CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 
8121, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 75-008, 43 FR 9771, Mar. 9, 1978; USCG-2013-
0263, 79 FR 56499, Sept. 22, 2014]



Sec. 160.053-6  Procedure for approval.

    (a) General. Work vests for use on merchant vessels are approved 
only by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard. Manufacturers seeking approval 
of a work vest shall follow the procedures of this section and subpart 
159.005 of this chapter.
    (b) If the work vest is of a standard design, as described by Sec. 
160.053-3, in order to be approved, the work vest must be tested in 
accordance with Sec. 160.053-4 by an independent laboratory accepted by 
the Coast Guard under 46 CFR 159.010.
    (c) If the work vest is of a non-standard design, the application 
must include the following:
    (1) Plans and specifications containing the information required by 
Sec. 159.005-12 of this chapter, including drawings, product 
description, construction specifications, and bill of materials.
    (2) The information specified in Sec. 159.005-5(a)(2) (i) through 
(iii) of this chapter, except that, if preapproval review has been 
waived, the manufacturer is not required to send a prototype work vest 
sample to the Commandant.
    (3) Performance testing results of the design performed by an 
independent laboratory, that has a Memorandum of Understanding with the 
Coast Guard under Sec. 159.010-7 of this subchapter covering the in-
water testing of personal flotation devices, showing equivalence to the 
standard design's performance in all material respects.
    (4) Any special purpose(s) for which the work vest is designed and 
the vessel(s) or vessel type(s) on which its use is intended.
    (5) Buoyancy and other relevant tolerances to be complied with 
during production.
    (6) The text of any optional marking to be included on the work vest 
in addition to the markings required by Sec. 160.053.

[CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51215, Sept. 30, 1997]

[[Page 127]]



        Subpart 160.054_Kits, First-Aid, for Inflatable Liferafts

    Source: CGFR 60-36, 25 FR 10637, Nov. 5, 1960, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.054-1  Applicable specification.

    (a) Specification. The following specification of the issue in 
effect on the date first aid kits are manufactured forms a part of this 
subpart:
    (1) Coast Guard specification 160.041--Kits, First-Aid.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (b) Copies on file. Copies of the specification regulations referred 
to in this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together 
with the approved plans and certificate of approval. They shall be kept 
for a period consisting of the duration of approval and 6 months after 
termination of approval. The Coast Guard specification may be obtained 
from Commandant (CG-ENG), Attn: Office of Design and Engineering 
Systems, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue 
SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509.

[CGFR 60-36, 25 FR 10637, Nov. 5, 1960, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 
10899, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 95-
072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 
1996; USCG-2009-0702, 74 FR 49237, Sept. 25, 2009; USCG-2013-0671, 78 FR 
60157, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.054-2  Type and size.

    (a) Type. First-aid kits covered by this specification shall be of 
the water-tight type. Alternate arrangements of materials meeting the 
performance requirements of this specification will be given special 
consideration.
    (b) Size. First-aid kits shall be of a size adequate for packing 12 
standard single cartons of the kind indicated in specification subpart 
160.041.



Sec. 160.054-3  Construction.

    (a) Construction. The container shall be constructed of tough 
transparent material, not less than .008 inch nominal thickness, 
properly sealed around three edges, and having the fourth edge closed in 
such manner that it is capable of being opened and reclosed watertight. 
The re-openable closure may be a plastic zip seal closure without 
slider, or other means which meet the test requirements of Sec. 
160.054-5.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.054-4  Contents.

    (a) Individual cartons. Cartons and their contents shall be the type 
indicated in Specification subpart 160.041.
    (b) Items. The items contained in first-aid kit shall be as listed 
in Table 160.054-4(b).

                                   Table 160.054-4(b)--Items for First-Aid Kit
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                          No. of
                      Item                              No. per pkg.                Size of pkg.          pkgs.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bandage compress--4 inches.....................  1.........................  Single....................        1
Bandage compress--2 inches.....................  4.........................  Single....................        1
Waterproof adhesive compress--1 inch...........  16........................  Single....................        1
Eye dressing packet, \1/8\ oz. Ophthalmic        3.........................  Single....................        1
 ointment, adhesive strips, cotton pads..
Bandage, gauze, compressed, 2 inches x 6 yards.  2.........................  Single....................        1
Tourniquet, forceps, scissors, 12 safety pins..  1, 1, 1, and 12,            Double....................        1
                                                  respectively.
Wire splint....................................  1.........................  Single....................        1
Ammonia inhalants..............................  10........................  Single....................        1
Iodine applicators, (\1/2\ ml swab type).......  10........................  Single....................        1
Aspirin, phenacetin and caffeine compound, 6\1/  2.........................  Single....................        1
 2\ Gr. tablets, vials of 20.
Sterile petrolatum gauze, 3 inches by 18 inches  4.........................  Single....................        1
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (c) Instructions. Instructions for the use of the contents of the 
first-aid kit shall be printed in legible type and either shall be 
placed inside the container or printed on the container in waterproof 
ink. The instructions for the use of the contents are as indicated in 
Specification subpart 160.041, except that the triangular bandage is 
omitted.



Sec. 160.054-5  Inspections and tests.

    (a) Salt spray. The container shall be exposed to a spray of 20 
percent by

[[Page 128]]

weight of reagent grade sodium chloride at about 95 [deg]F. for 100 
hours. There shall be no disintegration of the material as a result of 
this test.
    (b) Container Watertightness. With the required number of items 
inside, the closed container, with reclosable edge uppermost, shall be 
submerged under a head of one foot of water for a period of two hours. 
At the end of this period, the container shall be removed, surface 
dried, opened, and examined for the presence of moisture. No seepage 
shall be allowed.

[CGFR 60-36, 25 FR 10637, Nov. 5, 1960, as amended by CGD 95-028, 62 FR 
51215, Sept. 30, 1997]



Sec. 160.054-6  Marking.

    (a) Each approved first-aid kit shall be plainly and permanently 
marked with the following information: Name and address of the 
manufacturer, model number or other manufacturer's identification of the 
kit, the Coast Guard approval number, and the words ``First-Aid Kit--For 
Inflatable Life Rafts''. If the means for opening and re-closing are not 
self-evident, suitable directions shall be marked along the closure; 
such as, for the zip seal closure, an arrow, with the words ``To Open, 
Lift by Thumb Nail'', and ``To Close, Press Together Full Length''. The 
marking may be applied to the container by the silk screen process, 
using a suitable ink or paint, or may be applied by other means shown to 
be acceptable.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.054-7  Procedure for approval.

    (a) Manufacturer's plans. In order to obtain approval, submit 
detailed plans showing fully the construction, material specification, 
arrangement, and list of contents to the Commander of the Coast Guard 
District in which the factory is located. Each drawing shall have an 
identifying number, and date, and shall indicate the manufacturer's 
symbol, trade name, or other identification for the first-aid kit. At 
the time of selection of the pre-approval sample, the manufacturer shall 
furnish the inspector four copies of all plans and specifications, 
corrected as may be required, for forwarding to the Commandant.
    (b) Pre-approval sample. After the first drawings have been examined 
and found to appear satisfactory, a marine inspector will be detailed to 
the factory to observe the manufacturing facilities and methods and to 
obtain two samples, complete with contents which will be forwarded, 
prepaid by the manufacturer, to the Commandant for the necessary 
conditioning and tests in accordance with Sec. 160.054-5 to determine 
the suitability of the first-aid kit for use in conjunction with 
lifesaving equipment on board merchant vessels. The cost of the tests 
shall be borne by the manufacturer.

[CGFR 60-36, 25 FR 10637, Nov. 5, 1960, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 
10899, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 95-
028, 62 FR 51215, Sept. 30, 1997]



  Subpart 160.055_Life Preservers, Unicellular Plastic Foam, Adult and 
                       Child, for Merchant Vessels



Sec. 160.055-1  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Specifications and Standards. This subpart makes reference to 
the following documents:
    (1) Military Specifications:

MIL-W-530F--Webbing, Textile, Cotton, General Purpose, Natural or in 
Colors.
MIL-T-3530E--Thread and Twine; Mildew Resistant or Water Repellant 
Treated.
MIL-W-17337D--Webbing, Woven, Nylon.
MIL-C-43006D--Cloth and Strip Laminated, Vinyl-Nylon High Strength, 
Flexible.

    (2) Federal Specifications:

CCC-C-700G--Cloth, Coated, Vinyl, Coated (Artificial Leather).
CCC-C-426D--Cloth, Drill, Cotton.

    (3) Federal Standards:

No. 191--Textile Test Methods.
No. 595A--Color.
No. 751A--Stitches, Seams, and Stitchings.

    (4) Standards of ASTM:

ASTM D 413-82 (1993), Standard Test Methods for Rubber Property--
Adhesion to Flexible Substrate--160.055-3
ASTM D 570-95, Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics--
160.055-3
ASTM D 882-97, Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Thin 
Plastic Sheeting--160.055-3
ASTM D 1004-94a, Standard Test Method for Initial Tear Resistance of 
Plastic Film and Sheeting--160.055-3


[[Page 129]]


    (5) Coast Guard specification:

164.015--Plastic Foam, Unicellular, Buoyant, Sheet and Molded Shape.

    (b) Plans. The following plans, of the issue in effect on the date 
unicellular plastic foam life preservers are manufactured, form a part 
of this subpart:

Dwg. No. 160.055-IA:
    Sheet 1--Construction and Arrangement, Vinyl Dip Coated, Model 62, 
Adult.
    Sheet 2--Construction and Arrangement, Vinyl Dip Coated, Model 66, 
Child.
Dwg. No. 160.055-IB:
    Sheet 1--Construction and Arrangement, Cloth Covered, Model 63, 
Adult.
    Sheet 2--Buoyant Inserts, Model 63.
    Sheet 3--Construction and Arrangement, Cloth Covered, Model 67, 
Child.
    Sheet 4--Buoyant Inserts, Model 67.

    (c) Copies on file. Copies of the specifications, standards, and 
plans referred to in this section shall be kept on file by the 
manufacturer, together with the approved plans and certificate of 
approval. The Coast Guard Specification and plans may be obtained upon 
request from the Commandant (CG-ENG), Attn: Office of Design and 
Engineering Systems, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King 
Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509. The Federal standards may be 
obtained from the General Services Administration, Federal Acquisition 
Service, Office of the FAS Commissioner, 2200 Crystal Drive, 11th Floor, 
Arlington, VA 22202; telephone 703-605-5400. The Military Specifications 
may be obtained from the Military Specifications and Standards, 
Standardization Documents Order Desk, Building 4D, 700 Robbins Avenue, 
Philadelphia, PA 19111-5094, https://assist.daps.dla.mil/quicksearch/. 
The ASTM Standards may be purchased from ASTM International, 100 Barr 
Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959; telephone 
877-909-2786 or Web site http://www.astm.org.

[CGFR 66-73, 32 FR 5500, Apr. 4, 1967]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec. 
160.055-1, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.fdsys.gov.



Sec. 160.055-2  Type and model.

    Each life preserver specified in this subpart is a:
    (a) Standard, bib type, vinyl dip coated:
    (1) Model 62, adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds); or
    (2) Model 66, child (for persons weighing less than 90 pounds); or
    (b) Standard, bib type, cloth covered;
    (1) Model 63, adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds); or
    (2) Model 67, child (for persons weighing less than 90 pounds); or
    (c) Nonstandard, shaped type:
    (1) Model, \1\ adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds); or
    (2) Model, \1\ child (for persons weighing less than 90 pounds).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ A model designation for each nonstandard life preserver is to be 
assigned by the manufacturer. That designation must be different from 
any standard lifesaving device designation.

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8121, Mar. 28, 1973, as amended by USCG-2014-0688, 
79 FR 58285, Sept. 29, 2014]



Sec. 160.055-3  Materials--standard life preservers.

    (a) General. All components used in the construction of life 
preservers must meet the applicable requirements of subpart 164.019 of 
this chapter. The requirements for materials specified in this section 
are minimum requirements, and consideration will be given to the use of 
alternate materials in lieu of those specified. Detailed technical data 
and samples of all proposed alternate materials must be submitted for 
approval before those materials are incorporated in the finished 
product.
    (b) Unicellular plastic foam. The unicellular plastic foam shall be 
all new material complying with the requirements of Subpart 164.015 of 
this chapter for Type A foam.
    (c) Envelope. The life preserver envelope, or cover, shall be made 
of cotton drill. The color shall be Indian Orange, Cable No. 70072, 
Standard Color Card of America, issued by the Textile Color Association 
of the United States, Inc., 200 Madison Avenue, New York, N.Y., or 
Scarlet Munsell 7.5 Red 6/10. The drill shall be evenly dyed, and the 
fastness of the color to laundering, water,

[[Page 130]]

crocking, and light shall be rated ``good'' when tested in accordance 
with Federal Test Method Standard No. 191, Methods 5610, 5630, 5650, and 
5660. After dyeing, the drill shall be treated with a mildew-inhibitor 
of the type specified in paragraph (e) of this section. The finished 
goods shall contain not more than 2 percent residual sizing or other 
nonfibrous material, shall weigh not less than 6.5 ounces per square 
yard, shall have a thread count of not less than 74 in the warp and 56 
in the filling, and shall have a breaking strength (grab method) of not 
less than 105 pounds in the warp and 70 pounds in the filling. Properly 
mildew-inhibited drills meeting the physical requirements of Federal 
Specification CCC-C-426 for Type I, Class 3 drill will be acceptable. If 
it is proposed to treat the fabric with a fire-retardant substance, full 
details shall be submitted to the Commandant for determination as to 
what samples will be needed for testing.
    (d) Thread. Each thread must meet the requirements of subpart 
164.023 of this chapter. Only one kind of thread may be used in each 
seam.
    (e) Mildew-inhibitor. The mildew-inhibitor shall be 
dihydroxydichloro-diphenylmethane, known commercially as Compound G-4, 
applied by the aqueous method. The amount of inhibitor deposited shall 
be not more than 1.50 percent and not less than 1 percent of the dry 
weight of the finished goods.
    (f) Adhesive. The adhesive shall be an all-purpose waterproof vinyl 
type. (Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Co. EC-870 or EC-1070, United 
States Rubber Co. M-6256, Herculite Protective Fabrics Corp., CVV, 
Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co. R 828, or equal.)
    (g) Reinforcing fabric. The reinforcing fabric shall be Type III, 
Class I, laminated vinyl-nylon high strength cloth in accordance with 
the requirements of Specification MIL-C-43006.
    (h) Webbing. There are no restrictions as to color, but the fastness 
of the color to laundering, water, crocking, and light shall be rated 
``good'' when tested in accordance with Federal Test Method Standard No. 
191, Methods 5610, 5630, 5650, and 5660. The complete body strap 
assembly shall have a minimum breaking strength of 360 pounds.
    (1) Nylon webbing. This webbing shall be 1-inch wide nylon webbing 
in accordance with the requirements of Specification MIL-W-17337.
    (2) Cotton webbing. This webbing shall be 1-inch cotton webbing 
meeting the requirements of Specification MIL-W-530 for Type IIb 
webbing. This webbing shall be treated with a mildew-inhibitor of the 
type specified in paragraph (e) of this section.
    (i) Hardware. All hardware shall be brass, bronze, or stainless 
steel, and of the approximate size indicated by the drawings. Steel 
hardware, protected against corrosion by plating, is not acceptable. 
Snap hook springs shall be phosphor bronze or other suitable corrosion-
resistant material. Dee ring, o-ring, slide adjuster and snap hook ends 
shall be welded or brazed, or they may be a one-piece casting. The 
complete body strap assembly shall have a minimum breaking strength of 
360 pounds.
    (j) Coating. The coating for the plastic foam shall be a liquid 
elastomeric vinyl compound. The coating shall be International Orange in 
color (Color No. 12197 of Federal Standard 595) or Scarlet Munsel 7.5, 
Red 6/10 and shall meet the following requirements in Table 160.055-
3(j):

                                               Table 160.055-3(j)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Property                           Test method                          Requirement
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tensile strength......................  ASTM-D882, Method B, \1/2\ in.  1,200 p.s.i., minimum.
                                         dumbbell die.
Ultimate elongation...................  ASTM-D882, Method B, \1/2\ in.  320 percent, minimum.
                                         dumbbell die.
Tear resistance.......................  ASTM-D1004, Constant            90 pounds per inch, minimum.
                                         Elongation Machine.
Abrasion resistance...................  FS CCC-T-191, Method 5304, No.  100,000 double rubs.
                                         8 cotton duck, 6 lb. tension,
                                         2 lb. pressure.
Blocking..............................  FS CCC-T-191, Method 5872, 30   No blocking.
                                         minutes at 180 [deg]F., \1/4\
                                         p.s.i.
Accelerated weathering................  FS CCC-T-191, Method 5670, 120  Color change--very slight.
                                         hours.                         Cracking--None.
                                                                        Flexibility--No change.

[[Page 131]]

 
Plasticizer heat loss.................  FS CCC-A-700, paragraph 4.4.4,  8 percent, maximum.
                                         48 hours at 221 [deg]F.
Adhesion to foam--Tensile pull........  ASTM-D413, machine method, 12
                                         in. per minute, 1 in. strip.
  Film to foam skin...................  ..............................  4 lb./in., minimum.
  Film to foam (no skin)..............  ..............................  2 lb./in., minimum.
Water absorption......................  ASTM-D570, 24 hours at 70       0.5 percent, maximum.
                                         [deg]F.
Cold crack (unsupported film) 0 [deg]F  Coast Guard, 164.015,           No cracking.
                                         paragraph 164.015-4(j).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[CGFR 66-73, 32 FR 5500, Apr. 4, 1967, as amended by CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 
8121, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27153, 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 
84-068, 58 FR 29493, May 20, 1993]



Sec. 160.055-4  Materials--nonstandard life preservers.

    All materials used in nonstandard life preservers must be equivalent 
to those specified in Sec. 160.055-3 for standard life preservers.

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8121, Mar. 28, 1973]



Sec. 160.055-5  Construction--standard life preservers.

    (a) General. This specification covers life preservers which 
essentially consist of plastic foam buoyant material arranged and 
distributed so as to provide the flotation characteristics and buoyancy 
required to hold the wearer in an upright or slightly backward position 
with head and face clear of the water. The life preservers are also 
arranged so as to be reversible and are fitted with straps and hardware 
to provide proper adjustment and fit to the bodies of various size 
wearers.
    (b) Construction--standard, vinyl dip coated life preserver. This 
device is constructed from one piece of unicellular plastic foam with 
neck hole and the body slit in the front, vinyl dip coating, and fitted 
and adjustable body strap.
    (1) Buoyant material. The buoyant material of the life preserver 
shall be a molded shape or made from one or two sheets of foam finished 
so as to have dimensions after coating in accordance with the pattern 
shown on Dwg. No. 160.055-1A, Sheet 1, for adult size and Sheet 2 for 
child size. The reinforcing fabric shall be cemented on the foam buoyant 
body before coating.
    (2) Coating. After all cutting and shaping of the buoyant body and 
installation of the reinforcing fabric, the entire body of the life 
preserver shall be coated evenly and smoothly to a minimum thickness of 
0.010 with a liquid vinyl coating material of the type 
described in Sec. 160.055-3(j).
    (3) Body strap. After the coating on the buoyant body of the life 
preserver is fully cured, a nylon webbing body strap shall be attached 
as shown on Dwg. No. 160.055-IA.
    (4) Stitching. All stitching shall be a short lock stitch, 
conforming to Stitch Type 301 of Federal Standard 751, with nylon 
thread, and there shall be not less than 9 nor more than 11 stitches to 
the inch. Bar tacking with nylon thread is acceptable as noted on Dwg. 
No. 160-055-IA.
    (c) Construction--standard, cloth covered life preserver. This 
device is constructed from three sections of unicellular plastic foam 
contained in a cloth envelope and has a neck hole, the body slit in the 
front, and a fitted and adjustable body strap.
    (1) Buoyant material. The buoyant material of the life preserver 
shall be three sections of foam cut so as to have finished dimensions in 
accordance with the patterns shown on Dwg. No. 160.055-IB, Sheet 2, for 
adult size and Sheet 4, for child size. One or two layers of foam may be 
used to make up each section.
    (2) Envelope. The envelope shall be cut to the pattern shown on Dwg. 
No. 160.055-IB, Sheet 1, for adult size, and Sheet 3, for child size, 
and joined by seams and stitching as shown on the drawing. Alternate 
finished envelopes are permitted as noted on Dwg. No. 160.055-IB.
    (3) Body strap. The body strap may be cotton or nylon webbing and 
shall be attached by stitching as shown on the

[[Page 132]]

Dwg. No. 160.055-IB, Sheet 1, for adult size and Sheet 3, for child 
size.
    (4) Stitching. All stitching shall be a short lock stitch conforming 
to Stitch Type 301 of Federal Standard No. 751, and there shall be not 
less than 7 nor more than 9 stitches to the inch if cotton thread is 
used, and not less than 9 nor more than 11 if nylon thread is used. Bar 
tacking is acceptable as noted on Dwg. No. 160.055-IB.
    (d) Workmanship. Life preservers shall be of first-class workmanship 
and shall be free from any defects materially affecting their appearance 
or service-ability.

[CGFR 66-73, 32 FR 5500, Apr. 4, 1967, as amended by CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 
8121, Mar. 28, 1973]



Sec. 160.055-6  Construction--nonstandard, life preservers.

    (a) General. The construction methods used for a nonstandard life 
preserver must be equivalent to the requirements in Sec. 160.055-5 for 
a standard life preserver and also meet the requirements in this 
section.
    (b) Size. Each nonstandard life preserver must contain the following 
volume of plastic foam buoyant material, determined by the displacement 
method:
    (1) 700 cubic inches or more for an adult size;
    (2) 350 cubic inches or more for a child size.
    (c) Arrangement of buoyant materials. The buoyant material in 
nonstandard life preservers must:
    (1) Be arranged to hold the wearer in an upright or backward 
position with head and face out of water;
    (2) Have no tendency to turn the wearer face downward in the water; 
and
    (3) Be arranged so that 68 to 73 percent of the total is located in 
the front of the life preserver.
    (d) Adjustment, fit, and donning. Each nonstandard life preserver 
must be capable of being:
    (1) Worn reversed;
    (2) Adjusted to fit a range of wearers for the type designed; and
    (3) Donned in a time comparable to that of a standard life 
preserver.

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8121, Mar. 28, 1973]



Sec. 160.055-7  Sampling, tests, and inspections.

    (a) Production tests and inspections must be conducted by the 
manufacturer of a life preserver and the accepted laboratory inspector 
in accordance with this section and Sec. 160.001-5.
    (b) Buoyancy test. The buoyancy of the pad inserts from the life 
preserver shall be determined according to Sec. 160.001-5(f) of this 
part with each compartment of the buoyant pad insert covers slit so as 
not to entrap air. The period of submersion must be at least 48 hours.
    (c) Buoyancy required. The buoyant pad inserts from Model 3 adult 
life preservers shall provide not less than 25 pounds buoyancy in fresh 
water, and the pads from Model 5 child life preservers shall provide not 
less than 16.5 pounds buoyancy.

[CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51215, Sept. 30, 1997]



Sec. 160.055-8  Marking.

    Each life preserver must have the following information clearly 
marked in waterproof lettering:
    (a) In letters three-fourths of an inch or more in height;
    (1) Adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds); or
    (2) Child (for persons weighing less than 90 pounds).
    (b) In letters that can be read at a distance of 2 feet:

    Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard 
regulations.
    (Name of buoyant material) buoyant material provides a minimum 
buoyant force of (22 lb. or 11 lb.).
    Approved for use on all vessels by persons weighing (90 lb. or more, 
or less than 90 lb.).
    U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.055/(assigned manufacturer's No.)/
(Revision No.); (Model No.).
    (Name and address of manufacturer or distributor).
    (Lot No.)

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8121, Mar. 28, 1973, as amended by CGD 75-008, 43 FR 
9771, Mar. 9, 1978; 43 FR 10913, Mar. 11, 1978; USCG-2013-0263, 79 FR 
56499, Sept. 22, 2014]



Sec. 160.055-9  Procedure for approval--standard and nonstandard
life preservers.

    (a) General. Manufacturers seeking approval of a life preserver 
design shall

[[Page 133]]

follow the procedures of subpart 159.005 of this chapter, as explained 
in Sec. 160.001-3 of this part.
    (b) Assignment of inspector; standard life preservers. Upon receipt 
of an approval of a standard life preserver, a Coast Guard inspector is 
assigned to the factory to:
    (1) Observe the production facilities and manufacturing methods;
    (2) Select from a lot of 10 manufactured life preservers or more, 
three or more of each model for examination;
    (3) Test the selected sample for compliance with the requirements of 
this subpart; and
    (4) Forward to the Commandant a copy of his report of the tests and 
the production and manufacturing facilities, a specimen life preserver 
selected from those already manufactured but not tested, and one copy of 
an affidavit for each material used in the life preservers.
    (b-1) Approval number--standard life preserver. An approval number 
is assigned to the manufacturer by the Coast Guard for a standard life 
preserver found to be in compliance with the requirements of this 
subpart.
    (c) Assignment of inspector--nonstandard life preserver. Upon 
receipt of an application from a manufacturer for approval of 
nonstandard life preservers, an inspector is assigned to the factory to:
    (1) Observe the production facilities and manufacturing methods;
    (2) Select three samples of life preservers of each model for which 
approval is desired;
    (3) Forward to the Commandant:
    (i) Three samples of each model of life preserver;
    (ii) A copy of the inspector's report of tests and the production 
and manufacturing facilities; and
    (iii) Four copies each of fully dimensioned, full-scale drawings 
showing all details of construction of the sample life preservers 
submitted, material affidavits, and four copies of a bill of materials 
showing all materials used in construction of the life preservers 
submitted by the manufacturer.
    (c-1) Approval number--nonstandard life preserver. An official 
approval number is assigned to the manufacturer by the Coast Guard for a 
nonstandard life preserver approved after tests.
    (d) Private brand labels. Private brand labels are those bearing the 
name and address of a distributor in lieu of the manufacturer. In order 
for a manufacturer to apply for an approval number to be used on such a 
private brand label, he shall forward a letter of request to the 
Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the factory is located, 
setting forth the life preservers involved, together with a letter from 
his distributor also requesting that approval be issued. The 
manufacturer's request for approval together with that of his 
distributor, will be forwarded to the Commandant, and when deemed 
advisable, an approval number or numbers will be issued in the name of 
the distributor. Approvals issued to a distributor under such an 
arrangement shall apply only to life preservers made by the manufacturer 
named on the certificate of approval, and this manufacturer shall be 
responsible for compliance of the life preservers with the requirements 
of this subpart.

[CGFR 66-73, 32 FR 5500, Apr. 4, 1967, as amended by CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 
8121, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 88-070, 
53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51215, Sept. 30, 1997]



                       Subpart 160.056_Rescue Boat

    Source: CGFR 61-15, 26 FR 9300, Sept. 30, 1961, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.056-1  General requirements.

    (a) Rescue boats accepted and in use prior to the effective date of 
this subpart may be continued in service if in satisfactory condition.
    (b) All rescue boats must be properly constructed, of such form as 
to be readily maneuverable, and be of the open rowboat type. They shall 
be suitable for use of three persons.
    (c) Rescue boats shall be constructed of materials acceptable to the 
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, having jurisdiction of 
construction.



Sec. 160.056-2  Construction.

    (a) General. Rescue boats shall be square-sterned, of normal 
proportions, not less than 11 feet nor more than 14 feet in length. The 
length shall be the

[[Page 134]]

overall horizontal distance from bow to stern.
    (b) Construction. The method of construction shall be such as is 
accepted as good engineering practice in the case of the specific 
material used. The hull shall be suitably stiffened to assure adequate 
strength.
    (c) Weight. The weight of the rescue boat, fully equipped, shall not 
exceed 225 pounds.
    (d) Seats. The rescue boat shall be fitted with three thwarts. The 
middle thwart shall be arranged as the rowing seat.
    (e) Internal buoyancy. Buoyant material of suitable unicellular 
plastic foam shall be installed in the rescue boat. This material shall 
be protected from mechanical damage. It shall be distributed uniformly 
in the boat and such that at least one-quarter of the required volume is 
located at the sides of the boat. The minimum amount of buoyant 
material, in cubic feet, shall be determined by the following:

B = 2 + (W - W / d) / 62.4 - c (1)

Where:

B = Volume of buoyant material required in cubic feet.
W = Weight of equipped boat, in pounds.
d = Specific gravity of hull material.
c = Density of buoyant material, in pounds per cubic foot.



Sec. 160.056-3  Fittings and equipment.

    (a) Fittings. (1) The rescue boat shall be fitted with one pair of 
rowlock sockets. Detachable rowlocks shall be permanently attached to 
the boat by chain or other suitable means.
    (2) At least one eyebolt, ring, or other fitting suitable for 
attaching a painter shall be fitted to the bow and stern.
    (b) Equipment. (1) The rescue boat shall be provided with one pair 
of oars of suitable size and material.
    (2) A painter shall be attached to the bow and to the stern 
fittings. Each shall be of suitable material, at least \3/8\-inch in 
diameter, and at least 30 feet long.



Sec. 160.056-4  Approval tests of prototype rescue boat.

    (a) Drop test. The rescue boat, fully equipped, shall be dropped, in 
a free fall, from a ten-foot height into water. No damage which would 
render the rescue boat unserviceable shall result from this drop.
    (b) Stability and freeboard test. The rescue boat shall have 
sufficient stability and freeboard so that the gunwale on the low side 
shall not be submerged with 350 pounds placed nine inches from the side 
in way of and about the level of the middle thwart.
    (c) Rescue boarding test. With one man in the rowing position, a 
second kneeling on the stern thwart facing aft, and a third man balanced 
on the transom, the minimum freeboard of the transom shall be five 
inches. The men should average 165 pounds each. This test simulates the 
rescue of a person over the transom by a two-man boat crew.
    (d) Rowing test. Three men, averaging 165 pounds each, shall be 
seated on the centerline of the boat, one on each thwart. One man, in 
the rowing position, using ordinary rowing technique, shall demonstrate 
the satisfactory course keeping and maneuvering characteristics of the 
boat in the ahead and astern directions.



Sec. 160.056-6  Name plate.

    (a) Each rescue boat shall have permanently fitted at the transom a 
metal name plate, galvanically compatible with the hull material, and 
bearing information relating to the testing and approval of the 
prototype boat. Either raised or indented letters shall be used.
    (b) The following information shall appear on the name plate:

                               RescueBoat

U.S.C.G. Specification 160.056
Prototype approved______________________________________________________
                                                                  (Date)
Approved by OCMI________________________________________________________
                                                                  (Port)
Date of manufacture_____________________________________________________
                                                                  (Date)
Manufacturer's serial No._______________________________________________
Manufacturer's name and address_________________________________________



Sec. 160.056-7  Procedure for approval.

    (a) The manufacturer shall submit a request for approval to the 
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, having jurisdiction of the place 
of manufacture of the rescue boat.
    (b) Formal plans will not be required. However, a combined general 
arrangement and construction plan is required,

[[Page 135]]

which includes principal dimensions, and descriptive data of hull 
material, buoyant material, and equipment.
    (c) When plans and data are satisfactory, the Officer in Charge, 
Marine Inspection, will assign a marine inspector to conduct the tests 
required by Sec. 160.056-4.
    (d) Upon successful completion of the test, the inspector shall 
submit a written report to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. A 
copy of this report, with plans and photographs, shall be forwarded to 
the Commandant for record purposes. The date of approval and the marine 
inspector's initials shall be indicated in this report.
    (e) The Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, shall issue a letter 
to the manufacturer indicating that approval of the rescue boat has been 
granted, and will include any conditions imposed. A copy of this 
approval letter shall be forwarded to the District Commander and to the 
Commandant.
    (f) If a rescue boat is required on short notice, a boat may be 
approved on an individual basis: Provided, That the requirements in this 
subpart are met to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge Marine 
Inspection. Sketches of the boat showing alterations may be submitted in 
lieu of the manufacturer's general arrangement and construction plan. 
Under these circumstances, the letter indicating that approval of the 
rescue boat has been granted shall be issued to the vessel using the 
boat.

[CGFR 61-15, 26 FR 9300, Sept. 30, 1961, as amended by CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 
11480, Sept. 8, 1965]



   Subpart 160.057_Floating Orange Smoke Distress Signals (15 Minutes)

    Source: CGD 76-048a, CGD 76-048b, 44 FR 73091, Dec. 17, 1979, unless 
otherwise noted.



Sec. 160.057-1  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) The following are incorporated by reference into this subpart:
    (1) ``The Color Names Dictionary'' in Color: Universal Language and 
Dictionary of Names, National Bureau of Standards Special Publication 
440, December 1976.
    (2) ``Development of a Laboratory Test for Evaluation of the 
Effectiveness of Smoke Signals,'' National Bureau of Standards Report 
4792, July 1956.
    (b) NBS Special Publication 440 may be obtained by ordering from the 
Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, 
Washington, DC 20402 (Order by SD Catalog No. C13.10:440).
    (c) NBS Report 4792 may be obtained from the Commandant (CG-ENG), 
Attn: Office of Design and Engineering Systems, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 
7509, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509.
    (d) Approval to incorporate by reference the materials listed in 
this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on 
November 1 and 29, 1979. The materials are on file in the Federal 
Register library.

[CGD 76-048a, CGD 76-048b, 44 FR 73091, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by CGD 
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 
1988; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, 
Sept. 27, 1996; USCG-2009-0702, 74 FR 49237, Sept. 25, 2009; USCG-2013-
0671, 78 FR 60157, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.057-2  Type.

    (a) Floating orange. smoke distress signals specified by this 
subpart shall be of one type which shall consist essentially of an outer 
container, ballast, an air chamber, an inner container, the smoke 
producing composition, and an igniter mechanism. Alternate arrangements 
which conform to the performance requirements of this specification will 
be given special consideration.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.057-3  Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance
requirements.

    (a) Materials. The materials shall conform strictly to the 
specifications and drawings submitted by the manufacturer and approved 
by the Commandant. Metal for containers shall be not less than 0.5 mm 
(0.020 in.) in thickness. Other dimensions or materials may be 
considered upon special request when presented with supporting data. 
Igniter systems shall be

[[Page 136]]

of corrosion-resistant metal. The combustible material shall be of such 
nature that it will not deteriorate during long storage, nor when 
subjected to frigid or tropical climates, or both.
    (b) Workmanship. Floating orange smoke distress signals shall be of 
first class workmanship and shall be free from imperfections of 
manufacture affecting their appearance or that may affect their 
serviceability.
    (c) Construction. The outer container shall be cylindrical and of a 
size suitable for intended use. All sheet metal seams should be hook 
jointed and soldered. The whole container shall be covered with two 
coats of waterproof paint or other equivalent protection system. The 
igniter mechanism shall operate and provide ignition of the signal 
automatically when the ring life buoy to which it is attached is thrown 
overboard.
    (d) Performance. Signals shall meet all the inspection and test 
requirements contained in Sec. 160.057-4.



Sec. 160.057-4  Approval and production tests.

    (a) Approval tests. The manufacturer must produce a lot of at least 
20 signals from which samples must be taken for testing for approval 
under Sec. 160.057-7. The approval tests are the operational tests and 
technical tests in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section. The approval 
tests must be conducted by an independent laboratory accepted by the 
Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of this chapter.
    (b) Production inspections and tests. Production inspections and 
tests of each lot of signals produced must be conducted under the 
procedures in Sec. 159.007 of this chapter. Signals from a rejected lot 
must not be represented as meeting this subpart or as being approved by 
the Coast Guard. If the manufacturer identifies the cause of the 
rejection of a lot of signals, the signals in the lot may be reworked by 
the manufacturer to correct the problem. Samples from the rejected lot 
must be retested in order to be accepted. Records shall be kept of the 
reasons for rejection, the reworking performed on the rejected lot, and 
the results of the second test.
    (1) Lot size. For the purposes of sampling the production of 
signals, a lot must consist of not more than 1,200 signals. Lots must be 
numbered serially by the manufacturer. A new lot must be started with: 
(i) Any change in construction details, (ii) any change in sources of 
raw materials, or (iii) the start of production on a new production line 
or on a previously discontinued production line.
    (2) Inspections and tests by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's 
quality control procedures must include inspection of materials entering 
into construction of the signals and inspection of the finished signals, 
to determine that signals are being produced in accordance with the 
approved plans. Samples from each lot must be tested in accordance with 
the operational tests in paragraph (c) of this section.
    (3) Inspections and tests by an independent laboratory. An 
independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of 
this chapter must perform or supervise the inspections and tests under 
paragraph (b)(2) of this section at least 4 times a year, unless the 
number of lots produced in a year is less than four. The inspections and 
tests must occur at least once during each quarterly period, unless no 
lots are produced during that period. If less than four lots are 
produced, the laboratory must perform or supervise the inspection and 
testing of each lot. In addition, the laboratory must perform or 
supervise the technical tests in paragraph (d) of this section at least 
once for every ten lots of signals produced, except that the number of 
technical tests must be at least one but not more than four per year. If 
a lot of signals tested by the independent laboratory is rejected, the 
laboratory must perform or supervise the inspections and tests of the 
reworked lot and the next lot of signals produced. The tests of each 
reworked lot and the next lot produced must not be counted for the 
purpose of meeting the requirement for the annual number of inspections 
and tests performed or supervised by the independent laboratory.
    (c) Operational tests. Each lot of signals must be sampled and 
tested as follows:

[[Page 137]]

    (1) Sampling procedure and accept/reject criteria. A sample of 
signals must be selected at random from the lot. The size of the sample 
must be the individual sample size in Table 160.057-4(c)(1) 
corresponding to the lot size. Each signal in the sample is tested as 
prescribed in the test procedure in paragraph (c)(2) of this section. 
Each signal that has a defect listed in the table of defects (Table 
160.057-4(c)(2)) is assigned a score (failure percent) in accordance 
with that table. In the case of multiple defects, only the score having 
the highest numerical value is assigned to that signal If the sum of all 
the failure percents (cumulative failure percent) for the number of 
units in the sample is less than or equal to the accept criterion, the 
lot is accepted. If this sum is equal to or more than the reject 
criterion the lot is rejected.

If the cumulative failure percent falls between the accept and reject 
criteria, another sample is selected from the production lot and the 
operational tests are repeated. The cumulative failure percent of each 
sample tested is added to that of the previous samples to obtain the 
cumulative failure percent for all the signals tested (cumulative sample 
size). Additional samples are tested and the tests repeated until either 
the accept or reject criterion for the cumulative sample size is met. If 
any signal in the sample explodes when fired, or ignites in a way that 
could burn or otherwise injure the person firing it, the lot is rejected 
without further testing. (This procedure is diagrammed in figure 
160.057-4(c)).
    (2) Test procedure. Each sample signal (specimen) must be tested as 
follows:
    (i) Conditioning of test specimens--water resistance. Immerse 
specimen horizontally with uppermost portion of the signal approximately 
25 mm (1 in.) below the surface of the water for a period of 24 hours.
    (ii) Smoke emitting time. Ignite specimen according to the 
directions printed on the signal and place signal in tub or barrel of 
water. The smoke emitting time of a specimen shall be obtained by stop 
watch measurements from the time of distinct, sustained smoke emission 
until it ceases. There shall be no flame emission during the entire 
smoke emitting time of the signal. The smoke emitting time for a 
specimen shall not be less than 15 minutes. When the tests are performed 
or supervised by an independent laboratory, this test shall be conducted 
with approximately 6 mm (\1/4\ in.) of gasoline covering the water in 
the tub or barrel. The gasoline vapors shall not ignite during the 
entire smoke emitting time of the signal.
    (iii) Ignition and smoke emitting characteristics. Test specimens 
shall ignite and emit smoke properly when the directions on the signal 
are followed. Test specimens shall not ignite explosively in a manner 
that might be dangerous to the user or persons close by. Test specimens 
shall emit smoke at a uniform rate while floating in calm to rough 
water. Signals should be so constructed that water submerging the signal 
in moderately heavy seas will not cause it to become inoperable.

                   Table 160.057-4(c)(1)--Accept and reject criteria for operational test lots
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        Cumula-
                                                Individual                                tive    Accept  Reject
                   Lot size                       sample              Sample             sample     \1\     \1\
                                                   size                                   size
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
150 or                                                   2  First....................          2   ( \2\     200
                                                                                                       )
  less.                                         ..........  Second...................          4   ( \2\     200
                                                                                                       )
                                                ..........  Third....................          6       0     200
                                                ..........  Fourth...................          8       0     300
                                                ..........  Fifth....................         10     100     300
                                                ..........  Sixth....................         12     100     300
                                                ..........  Seventh..................         14     299     300
151 to                                                   3  First....................          3   ( \2\     200
                                                                                                       )
  500.                                          ..........  Second...................          6       0     300
                                                ..........  Third....................          9       0     300
                                                ..........  Fourth...................         12     100     400
                                                ..........  Fifth....................         15     200     400
                                                ..........  Sixth....................         18     300     500
                                                ..........  Seventh..................         21     499     500
More                                                     5  First....................          5   ( \2\     300
                                                                                                       )
  than                                          ..........  Second...................         10       0     300
  501.                                          ..........  Third....................         15     100     400
                                                ..........  Fourth...................         20     200     500
                                                ..........  Fifth....................         25     300     600
                                                ..........  Sixth....................         30     400     600
                                                ..........  Seventh..................         35     699     700
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Cumulative failure percent.
\2\ Lot may not be accepted. Next sample must be tested.


                          Table 160.057-4(c)(2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Percentage
                      Kind of defects                        of failures
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a. Failure to ignite.......................................          100
b. Ignites or burns dangerously............................          100
c. Nonuniform smoke emitting rate..........................           50
d. Smoke-emitting time less than 70 percent of specified             100
 time......................................................
e. Smoke-emitting time at least 70 percent but less than 80           75
 percent of specified time.................................
f. Smoke-emitting time at least 80 percent but less than 90           50
 percent of specified time.................................

[[Page 138]]

 
g. Smoke-emitting time at least 90 percent but less than              25
 100 percent of specified time.............................
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 139]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.012

    (d) Technical tests. One signal must be subjected to each of the 
following tests. Each signal must pass the test in order for the lot of 
signals to be accepted.
    (1) Drop test. One signal must be attached to a ring life buoy and 
arranged

[[Page 140]]

to be ignited by the dropping buoy in the same manner as it would be 
when used on a vessel. The signal and buoy must be mounted at least 27 m 
(90 ft.) above the surface of a body of water. The buoy is released and 
must cause the signal to ignite and fall to the water with the buoy. The 
signal must remain afloat and emit smoke at least 15 minutes.
    (2) Wave test. A signal shall be tested in a manner simulating its 
use at sea. The signal shall be ignited and thrown overboard under 
conditions where waves are at least 30 cm (1 ft.) high. The smoke 
emitting time must be for the full 15 minutes and the signal shall float 
in such a manner that it shall function properly during this test. The 
signal shall be attached to a ring life buoy in accordance with the 
manufacturer's instructions.
    (3) Underwater smoke emission. Condition the signal in accordance 
with paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section. Ignite specimen and let it 
burn about 15 seconds in air. Submerge the burning signal in water in a 
vertical position with head down. Obtain underwater smoke emission time 
by stop watch measurements from time of submersion until smoke emission 
ceases. The test specimen shall emit smoke under water not less than 30 
seconds when subjected to this test.
    (4) Elevated Temperature, Humidity and Storage. Place specimen in a 
thermostatically controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 [deg]C. 
with not less than 90 percent relative humidity for 72 hours. Remove 
specimen and store at room temperature (20[deg] to 25 [deg]C.) with 
approximately 65 percent relative humidity for 10 days. If for any 
reason it is not possible to operate the oven continuously for the 72-
hour period, it may be operated at the required temperature and humidity 
for 8 hours out of each 24 during the 72-hour conditioning period. 
(Total of 24 hours on and 48 hours off.) The signal shall not ignite or 
decompose during this conditioning. The signal shall ignite and operate 
satisfactorily following this conditioning.
    (5) Spontaneous ignition. Place the specimen in a thermostatically 
controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 [deg]C. with not more than 
10% relative humidity for 48 consecutive hours. The signal must not 
ignite or undergo marked decomposition.
    (6) Susceptibility to explosion. Remove smoke composition from 
signal and punch a small hole in the composition. Insert a No. 6 
commercial blasting cap. Ignite the cap. The test specimen shall not 
explode or ignite.
    (7) Corrosion resistance. Expose the complete specimen with cover 
secured hand-tight to a finely divided spray of 20 percent by weight 
sodium chloride solution at a temperature between 32 [deg]C and 38 
[deg]C (90 [deg]F and 100 [deg]F) for 100 hours. The container and cap 
must not be corroded in any fashion that would impair their proper 
functioning.
    (8) Color of smoke. Ignite specimen in the open air in daytime 
according to the directions printed on the signal, and determine the 
smoke color by direct visual comparison of the unshadowed portions of 
the smoke with a color chart held so as to receive the same daylight 
illumination as the unshadowed portions of the smoke. The color of the 
smoke must be orange as defined by sections 13 and 14 of the ``Color 
Names Dictionary'' (colors 34-39 and 48-54).
    (9) Volume and density of smoke. The test specimen shall show less 
than 70 percent transmission for not less than 12 minutes when measured 
with apparatus having a light path of 19 cm (7\1/2\ in.), an optical 
system aperture of + 3.7 degrees, and an entrance air flow of 18.4m\3\ 
per minute (650 cu. ft. per minute), such apparatus to be as described 
in National Bureau of Standards Report No. 4792.



Sec. 160.057-5  Marking.

    (a) Directions for use. Each floating orange smoke distress signal 
shall be plainly and indelibly marked in black lettering not less than 3 
mm (\1/8\ in.) high ``Approved for daytime use only'', and in black 
lettering not less than 5 mm (\3/16\ in.) high with the word 
``Directions''. Immediately below shall be similarly marked in black 
lettering not less than 3 mm (\1/8\ in.) high in numbered paragraphs, 
and in simple and easily understood wording, instructions to be followed 
to make the device operative. Pasted-on labels are not acceptable.

[[Page 141]]

    (b) Other markings. (1) There shall be embossed or die-stamped, in 
the outer container in figures not less than 5 mm (\3/16\ in.) high, 
numbers, indicating the month and year of manufacture, thus: ``6-54'' 
indicating June 1954. The outer container shall also be plainly and 
indelibly marked with the commercial designation of the signal, the 
words ``Floating Orange Smoke Distress Signal (15 minutes)'', name and 
address of the manufacturer, the Coast Guard Approval No., the service 
life expiration date (month and year to be entered by the manufacturer), 
the month and year of manufacture and the lot number.
    (2) In addition to any other marking placed on the smallest packing 
carton or box containing floating orange smoke distress signals, such 
cartons or boxes shall be plainly and indelibly marked to show the 
service life expiration date, the month and year of manufacture, and the 
lot number.
    (3) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships 
signals must be marked with the following or equivalent words: ``Keep 
under cover in a dry place.''
    (c) Marking of expiration date. The expiration date must be not more 
than 42 months from the date of manufacture.

    Note: Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does 
not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the 
label requirements of 15 U.S.C. 1263, the Federal Hazardous Substances 
Act.



Sec. 160.057-7  Procedure for approval.

    (a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in 
subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
    (b) [Reserved]



     Subpart 160.058_Desalter Kits, Sea Water, for Merchant Vessels

    Source: CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11483, Sept. 8, 1965, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.058-1  Applicable specification.

    (a) Specification. The following specification, of the issue in 
effect on the date the desalter kits are manufactured, forms a part of 
this subpart:
    (1) Military specification. MIL-D-5531D--Desalter Kit, Sea Water, 
Mark 2.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (b) Copies on file. A copy of the specification referred to in this 
section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together with the 
approved plans and certificate of approval. The Military Specification 
may be obtained from the Military Specifications and Standards, 
Standardization Documents Order Desk, Building 4D, 700 Robbins Avenue, 
Philadelphia, PA 19111-5094, https://assist.daps.dla.mil/quicksearch/.

[CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11483, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by USCG-2013-0671, 78 
FR 60157, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.058-2  Type.

    (a) Desalter kits specified by this subpart shall be of the type 
described in the specification listed in Sec. 160.058-1(a)(1).
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.058-3  Materials, workmanship, construction and performance
requirements.

    (a) The materials, construction, workmanship, general and detail 
requirements shall conform to the requirements of the specification 
listed in Sec. 160.058-1(a)(1), except as otherwise specifically 
provided by this subpart.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.058-4  Inspections.

    (a) Desalter kits specified by this subpart are not inspected at 
regularly scheduled factory inspections; however, the Commander of the 
Coast Guard District in which the desalter kits are manufactured may 
detail a marine inspector at any time to visit places where desalter 
kits are manufactured to check materials and construction methods and to 
satisfy himself that the desalter kits are being manufactured in 
compliance with the requirements of the specification listed in Sec. 
160.058-1(a)(1) as modified by this specification and are suitable for 
the intended purpose. The manufacturer shall admit the marine inspector 
to his plant and shall provide a suitable place and the necessary 
apparatus for the use of the marine inspector in conducting tests at the 
place of manufacture.
    (b) [Reserved]

[[Page 142]]



Sec. 160.058-5  Labeling and marking.

    (a) In addition to the marking and instructions required by the 
specification listed in Sec. 160.058-1(a)(1), the Coast Guard approval 
number shall be included. The contract number may be omitted.
    (b) [Reserved]



     Subpart 160.060_Specification for a Buoyant Vest, Unicellular 
                   Polyethylene Foam, Adult and Child



Sec. 160.060-1  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Specifications and Standards. This subpart makes reference to 
the following documents:
    (1) [Reserved]
    (2) Military Specification:

MIL-W-530F-Webbing, Textile, Cotton, General Purpose, Natural or in 
Colors.

    (3) Federal Standards:

No. 191-Textile Test Methods.
No. 751A-Stitches, Seams, and Stitchings.

    (4) Coast Guard Specification:

164.013--Foam, Unicellular Polyethylene (Buoyant, Slab, Slitted Trigonal 
Pattern)

    (b) Plans. The following plans, of the issue in effect on the date 
buoyant vests are manufacture, form a part of this subpart:

Dwg. No. 160.060-1:
    Sheet 1--Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement, Model AY.
    Sheet 2--Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement, Model CYM.
    Sheet 3--Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement, Model CYS.
    Sheet 4--Insert Pattern, Model AY.
    Sheet 5--Insert Pattern, Model CYM.
    Sheet 6--Insert Pattern, Model CYS.

    (c) Copies on file. Copies of the specifications and plans referred 
to in this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer together 
with the Certificate of Approval.
    (1) The Coast Guard plans and specifications may be obtained upon 
request from the Commandant (CG-ENG), Attn: Office of Design and 
Engineering Systems, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King 
Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509 or a recognized laboratory 
listed in Sec. 160.060-8b.
    (2) The Federal Specifications and Standard may be purchased from 
the Business Service Center, General Services Administration, 
Washington, DC 20407.
    (3) The Military Specification may be obtained from the Military 
Specifications and Standards, Standardization Documents Order Desk, 
Building 4D, 700 Robbins Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19111-5094, https://
assist.daps.dla.mil/quicksearch/.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11590, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-90R, 37 
FR 10839, May 31, 1972; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27153, 27154, June 22, 1978; 
CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 
1988; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, 
Sept. 27, 1996; USCG-2009-0702, 74 FR 49237, Sept. 25, 2009; USCG-2013-
0671, 78 FR 60158, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.060-2  Type and model.

    Each buoyant vest specified in this subpart is a:
    (a) Standard:
    (1) Model AY, adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds); or
    (2) Model CYM, child, medium (for children weighing from 50 to 90 
pounds); or
    (3) Model CYS, child, small (for children weighing less than 50 
pounds); or
    (b) Nonstandard:
    (1) Model, \1\ adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds);
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ A model designation for a nonstandard vest is to be assigned by 
the individual manufactured and must be different from any standard 
vest.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) Model, \1\ child, medium (for persons weighing from 50 to 90 
pounds) or
    (3) Model, \1\ child, small (for persons weighing less than 50 
pounds).

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8122, Mar. 28, 1973]



Sec. 160.060-3  Materials--standard vests.

    (a) General. All components used in the construction of buoyant 
vests must meet the applicable requirements of subpart 164.019 of this 
chapter. The requirements for materials specified in this section are 
minimum requirements, and consideration will be given to the use of 
alternate materials in lieu of those specified. Detailed technical data 
and samples of all proposed alternate materials must be submitted for

[[Page 143]]

approval before those materials are incorporated in the finished 
product.
    (b) Unicellular polyethylene foam. The unicellular polyethylene foam 
shall be all new material complying with specification subpart 164.013 
of this subchapter.
    (c) Envelope. The buoyant vest envelope, or cover, shall be made 
from 39, 2.85 cotton jeans cloth, with a thread count of 
approximately 96 x 64. The finished goods shall weigh not less than 4.2 
ounces per square yard, shall have thread count of not less than 94 x 
60, and shall have a breaking strength of not less than 85 pounds in the 
warp and 50 pounds in the filling. Other cotton fabrics having a weight 
and breaking strength not less than the above will be acceptable. There 
are no restrictions as to color, but the fastness of the color to 
laundering, water, crocking, and light shall be rated ``good'' when 
tested in accordance with Federal Test Method Standard No. 191, Methods 
5610, 5630, 5650, and 5660.
    (d) Tie tapes and body strap loops. The tie tapes and body strap 
loops for both adult and child sizes must be \3/4\-inch cotton webbing 
meeting the requirements of military specification MIL-T-43566 (Class I) 
for Type I webbing.
    (d-1) Body straps. The complete body strap assembly including 
hardware, must have a minimum breaking strength of 150 pounds for an 
adult size and 115 pounds for a child size. The specifications for the 
webbing are as follows:
    (1) For an adult size vest, the webbing must be 1 inch.
    (2) For a child size vest, the webbing must be three-quarter inch 
and meet military specification MIL-W-530 for Type IIa webbing.
    (e) [Reserved]
    (f) Thread. Each thread must meet the requirements of subpart 
164.023 of this chapter. Only one kind of thread may be used in each 
seam.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11590, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-90R, 37 
FR 10839, May 31, 1972; CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8122, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 73-
130R, 39 FR 20684, June 13, 1974; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27154, June 22, 
1978; CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536, 
Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 84-068, 58 FR 29494, May 20, 1993]



Sec. 160.060-3a  Materials--Dee ring and snap hook assemblies and
other instruments of closure for buoyant vests.

    (a) Specifications. Dee ring and snap hook assemblies and other 
instruments of closure for buoyant vests may have decorative platings in 
any thickness and must meet the following specifications:
    (1) The device must be constructed of inherently corrosion resistant 
materials. As used in this section the term inherently corrosion 
resistant materials includes, but is not limited to, brass, bronze, and 
stainless steel.
    (2) The size of the opening of the device must be consistent with 
the webbing which will pass through the opening.
    (b) Testing requirements. Dee ring and snap hook assemblies and 
other instruments of closure for buoyant vests must--
    (1) Be tested for weathering. The Coast Guard will determine which 
one or more of the following tests will be used:
    (i) Application of a 20 percent sodium-chloride solution spray at a 
temperature of 95 [deg]F (35 [deg]C) for a period of 240 hours in 
accordance with the procedures contained in method 811 of the Federal 
Test Method Standard No. 151.
    (ii) Exposure to a carbon-arc weatherometer for a period of 100 
hours.
    (iii) Submergence for a period of 100 hours in each of the 
following:
    (a) Leaded gasoline.
    (b) Gum turpentine.
    (iv) Exposure to a temperature of 0[deg] 5 
[deg]F (17.6 2.775 [deg]C) for 24 hours; and
    (2) Within 5 minutes of completion of the weathering test required 
by paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the assembly must be attached to a 
support and bear 150 pounds for an adult size and 115 pounds for a child 
size for 10 minutes at ambient temperatures without breaking or 
distorting.

[CGD 73-130R, 39 FR 20684, June 13, 1974]



Sec. 160.060-4  Materials--nonstandard vests.

    (a) General. All materials used in nonstandard buoyant vests must be 
equivalent to those specified in

[[Page 144]]

Sec. 160.060-3 and be obtained from a supplier who furnishes an 
affidavit in accordance with the requirements in Sec. 160.060-3(a).
    (b) Reinforcing tape. When used, the reinforcing tape around the 
neck shall be \3/4\ cotton tape weighing not less than 0.18 
ounce per linear yard having a minimum breaking strength of not less 
than 120 pounds.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11590, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-163R, 38 
FR 8122, Mar. 28, 1973]



Sec. 160.060-5  Construction--standard vests.

    (a) General. This specification covers buoyant vests which 
essentially consist of a fabric envelope in which are enclosed inserts 
of buoyant material arranged and distributed so as to provide the 
flotation characteristics and buoyancy required to hold the wearer in an 
upright or slightly backward position with head and face out of water. 
The buoyant vests are also fitted with straps and hardware to provide 
for proper adjustment and close and comfortable fit to the bodies of 
various size wearers.
    (b) Envelope. The envelope or cover shall be made of three pieces. 
Two pieces of fabric shall be cut to the pattern shown on Dwg. No. 
160.060-1, Sheet 1 for the adult size, and Sheets 2 and 3 for child 
sizes, and joined together with a third piece which forms a 2\1/
4\ finished gusset strip all around. Reinforcing strips of 
the same material as the envelope shall be stitched to the inside of the 
front piece of the envelope in way of the strap attachments as shown by 
the drawings.
    (c) Buoyant inserts. The unicellular plastic foam buoyant inserts 
shall be cut and formed as shown on Dwg. No. 160.060-1, Sheets 4, 5, and 
6 for the adult, child medium, and child small sizes, respectively.
    (d) Tie tapes, body straps, and hardware. The tie tapes, body 
straps, and hardware shall be arranged as shown on the drawings and 
attached to the envelope with the seams and stitching indicated.
    (e) Stitching. All stitching shall be short lock stitch conforming 
to Stitch Type 301 of Federal Standard No. 751, and there shall be not 
less than 7 nor more than 9 stitches to the inch.
    (f) Workmanship. Buoyant vests shall be of first-class workmanship 
and shall be free from any defects materially affecting their appearance 
or serviceability.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11590, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-163R, 38 
FR 8122, Mar. 28, 1973]



Sec. 160.060-6  Construction--nonstandard vests.

    (a) General. The construction methods used for a nonstandard buoyant 
vest must be equivalent to the requirements in Sec. 160.060-5 for 
standard vests and also meet the requirements specified in this section.
    (b) Sizes. Each nonstandard vest must contain the following volume 
of unicellular polyethylene foam buoyant material, determined by the 
displacement method:
    (1) Five hundred cubic inches or more for the adult size, for 
persons weighing over 90 pounds.
    (2) Three hundred and fifty cubic inches or more for a child medium 
size, for children weighing from 50 to 90 pounds.
    (3) Two hundred and twenty-five cubic inches or more for children 
weighing less than 50 pounds.
    (c) Arrangement of buoyant material. The buoyant material in a 
nonstandard vest must:
    (1) Be arranged to hold the wearer in an upright or backward 
position with head and face out of water;
    (2) Have no tendency to turn the wearer face downward in the water; 
and
    (3) Be arranged so that 70 to 75 percent of the total is located in 
the front of the vest.
    (d) Neck opening. Each cloth covered nonstandard vest must have at 
the neck opening:
    (1) A gusset; or
    (2) Reinforcing tape.
    (e) Adjustment, fit, and donning. Each nonstandard vest must be made 
with adjustments to:
    (1) Fit a range of wearers for the type designed; and
    (2) Facilitate donning time for an uninitiated person.

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8122, Mar. 28, 1973]

[[Page 145]]



Sec. 160.060-7  Inspections and tests--standard and nonstandard vests. \1\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ The manufacturer of a personal flotation device must meet 33 CFR 
181.701 through 33 CFR 181.705 which require an instruction pamphlet for 
each device that is sold or offered for sale for use on recreational 
boats.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (a) General. Manufacturers of listed and labeled buoyant vests 
shall--
    (1) Maintain quality control of the materials used, the 
manufacturing methods, and the finished product to meet the applicable 
requirements of this subpart by conducting sufficient inspections and 
tests of representative samples and components produced;
    (2) Make available to the recognized laboratory inspector and the 
Coast Guard inspector, upon request, records of tests conducted by the 
manufacturer and records of materials used during production of the 
device, including affidavits by suppliers; and
    (3) Permit any examination, inspection and test required by the 
recognized laboratory or the Coast Guard for a produced listed and 
labeled device, either at the place of manufacture or some other 
location.
    (b) Lot size and sampling. (1) A lot shall consist of 500 buoyant 
vests or fewer;
    (2) A new lot begins after any change or modification in materials 
used or manufacturing methods employed;
    (3) The manufacturer of the buoyant vests shall notify the 
recognized laboratory when a lot is ready for inspection;
    (4) The manufacturer shall select samples in accordance with the 
requirements in Table 160.060-7(b)(4) from each lot of buoyant vests to 
be tested for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.

            Table 160.060-7(b)(4)--Sample for Buoyancy Tests
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Number of
                           Lot size                             vests in
                                                                 sample
------------------------------------------------------------------------
100 and under................................................          1
101 to 200...................................................          2
201 to 300...................................................          3
301 to 500...................................................          4
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (5) If a sample vest fails the buoyancy test, the sample from the 
next succeeding lot must consist of 10 specimen vests or more to be 
tested for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.
    (c) Additional compliance tests. An inspector from the recognized 
laboratory or Coast Guard may conduct an examination, test and 
inspection of a buoyant device that is obtained from the manufacturer or 
through commercial channels to determine the suitability of the device 
for listing and labeling, or to determine its conformance to applicable 
requirements.
    (d) Test facilities. The manufacturer shall admit the laboratory 
inspector and the Coast Guard inspector to any part of the premises at 
the place of manufacture of a listed and labeled device to--
    (1) Examine, inspect, or test a sample of a part or a material that 
is included in the construction of the device; and
    (2) Conduct any examination, inspection, or test in a suitable place 
and with appropriate apparatus provided by the manufacturer.
    (e) Buoyancy--(1) Buoyancy test method. Remove the buoyant inserts 
from the vests. Securely attach the spring scale in a position directly 
over the test tank. Suspend the weighted wire basket from the scale in 
such a manner that the basket can be weighed while it is completely 
under water. In order to measure the actual buoyancy provided by the 
inserts, the underwater weight of the empty basket should exceed the 
buoyancy of the inserts. To obtain the buoyancy of the inserts, proceed 
as follows:
    (i) Weigh the empty wire basket under water.
    (ii) Place the inserts inside the basket and submerge it so that the 
top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the water. 
Allow the inserts to remain submerged for 24 hours. The tank shall be 
locked or sealed during this 24-hour submergence period. It is important 
that after the inserts have once been submerged they shall remain 
submerged for the duration of the test, and at no time during the course 
of the test shall they be removed from the tank or otherwise exposed to 
air.
    (iii) After the 24-hour submergence period, unlock or unseal the 
tank and weigh the wire basket with the inserts inside while both are 
still under water.

[[Page 146]]

    (iv) The buoyancy is computed as paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section 
minus paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section.
    (2) Buoyancy required. The buoyant inserts from adult size buoyant 
vests shall provide not less than 15\1/2\ pounds of buoyancy in fresh 
water; the inserts from the child medium size buoyant vests shall 
provide not less than 11 pounds buoyancy; and the inserts from the child 
small size buoyant vests shall provide not less than 7 pounds buoyancy.
    (f) Body strap test. The complete body strap assembly, including 
hardware shall be tested for strength by attaching the dee ring to a 
suitable support such that the assembly hangs vertically its full 
length. A weight as specified in Sec. 160.060-3(d) shall be attached to 
the other end on the snap hook for 10 minutes. The specified weight 
shall not break or excessively distort the body strap assembly.
    (g) Additional approval tests for nonstandard vests. Tests in 
addition to those required by this section may be conducted by the 
inspector for a nonstandard vest to determine performance equivalence to 
a standard vest. Such additional tests may include determining 
performance in water, suitability of materials, donning time, ease of 
adjustment, and similar equivalency tests. Costs for any additional 
tests must be assumed by the manufacturer.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11590, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-90R, 37 
FR 10839, May 31, 1972; CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8122, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 75-
008, 43 FR 9772, Mar. 9, 1978]



Sec. 160.060-8  Marking.

    (a) Each buoyant vest must have the following information clearly 
marked in waterproof lettering:

    Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard 
regulations.
    Polyethylene foam buoyant material provides a minimum buoyant force 
of (15\1/2\ lb., 11 lb., or 7 lb.).
    Dry out thoroughly when wet.
    Approved for use on all recreational boats and on uninspected 
commercial vessels less than 40 feet in length not carrying passengers 
for hire by persons weighing (more than 90 lb., 50 to 90 lb., or less 
than 50 lb.).
    U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.060/(assigned manufacturer's No.)/
(Revision No.); (Model No.).
    (Name and address of manufacturer or distributor).
    (Lot No.).

    (b) Waterproof marking. Marking of buoyant vests shall be 
sufficiently waterproof so that after 72 hours submergence in water it 
will withstand vigorous rubbing by hand while wet without printed matter 
becoming illegible.

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8122, Mar. 28, 1973, as amended by CGD 75-008, 43 FR 
9771, Mar. 9, 1978; USCG-2013-0263, 79 FR 56499, Sept. 22, 2014]



Sec. 160.060-9  Recognized laboratory.

    (a) A manufacturer seeking Coast Guard approval of a product under 
this subpart shall follow the approval procedures of subpart 159.005 of 
this chapter, and shall apply for approval directly to a recognized 
independent laboratory. The following laboratories are recognized under 
Sec. 159.010-7 of this part, to perform testing and approval functions 
under this subpart:

Underwriters Laboratories, 12 Laboratory Drive, P.O. Box 13995, Research 
Triangle Park, NC 27709-3995, (919) 549-1400.

    (b) Production oversight must be performed by the same laboratory 
that performs the approval tests unless, as determined by the 
Commandant, the employees of the laboratory performing production 
oversight receive training and support equal to that of the laboratory 
that performed the approval testing.

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13930, Mar. 28, 1996]



  Subpart 160.061_Fishing Tackle Kits, Emergency, for Merchant Vessels

    Source: CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11483, Sept. 8, 1965, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.061-1  Applicable specifications.

    (a) The following specifications, of the issue in effect on the date 
emergency fishing tackle kits are manufactured, form a part of this 
subpart:
    (1) Federal specifications:

QQ-I-706--Iron and steel; sheet, tinned (tin plate).
QQ-W-423--Wire, steel, corrosion-resisting
HH-P-91--Packing, fiber, hard sheet.
CCC-F-451--Flannel, canton.


[[Page 147]]


    (2) Military specifications:

MIL-H-2846--Hooks, fish, steel.
MIL-B-1418--Blades, razor, safety.
MIL-A-140--Adhesive, water-resistant, W.P. barrier-material.

    (b) Copies of the specifications referred to in this section shall 
be kept on file by the manufacturer, together with the approved plans, 
if any, and the certificate of approval.
    (1) The Federal Specifications may be purchased from the General 
Services Administration, Federal Acquisition Service, Office of the FAS 
Commissioner, 2200 Crystal Drive, 11th Floor, Arlington, VA 22202; 
telephone 703-605-5400.
    (2) The Military Specifications may be obtained from the Military 
Specifications and Standards, Standardization Documents Order Desk, 
Building 4D, 700 Robbins Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19111-5094, https://
assist.daps.dla.mil/quicksearch/.

[CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11483, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by USCG-2013-0671, 78 
FR 60158, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.061-2  Requirements.

    (a) Material. Material shall be as specified in this subpart.
    (b) Assembly. Emergency fishing kits shall consist of fishing rigs, 
accessories, and instructions furnished in a hermetically sealed 
container.
    (c) Components. Each fishing kit shall consist of the items listed 
in table 160.06-2(c).

                    Table 160.061-2(c)--Fishing Kits
------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Item No.                     Description \1\       Quantity
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.................................  Booklet, Fishing               1 ea.
                                     Instructions (Refer to
                                     Sec. 160.061-3(i)).
2.................................  Container, Fishing Kit         1 ea.
                                     (See Fig. 2).
3.................................  Hooks, treble, size 1,         2 ea.
                                     short shank.
4.................................  Hooks, size 7/0, 5/0, 1/0,     2 ea.
                                     2, 6, 8, O'Shaugnessy,
                                     straight shank, double
                                     strength.
5.................................  Leader, wire, 0.011-inch       2 ea.
                                     diameter, 27-pound test
                                     (with No. 3 snap on one
                                     end and No. 7 swivel on
                                     the other end) 6-inch
                                     length.
6.................................  Leader, wire, 0.016-inch       2 ea.
                                     diameter, 58-pound test
                                     (with No. 3 snap on one
                                     end and No. 4 swivel on
                                     the other end) 12-inch
                                     length.
7.................................  Leader, monofilament,          4 ea.
                                     0.021-inch diameter, 15-
                                     pound test, 4-foot length.
8.................................  Line, monofilament, 18-        1 ea.
                                     pound test, 100-foot
                                     length.
9.................................  Line, nylon or dacron,         1 ea.
                                     braided, 63-pound test,
                                     150 feet length.
10................................  Pad, canton flannel, 2\3/      1 ea.
                                     4\ inches square,
                                     specification CCC-F-451,
                                     color, bright yellow.
11................................  Pad, canton flannel, 2\3/      1 ea.
                                     4\ inches square,
                                     specification CCC-F-451,
                                     color, bright red.
12................................  Lure, spoon, removable No.     1 ea.
                                     6 hook, yellow feathers,
                                     blade length 1\3/32\
                                     inches, width \15/32\
                                     inch, weight \1/20\
                                     ounce, polished copper
                                     finish.
13................................  Lure, spoon, removable No.     1 ea.
                                     5/0 hook, yellow
                                     feathers, blade length 3
                                     inches, width \7/8\ inch,
                                     weight \2/5\ ounce,
                                     polished chrome finish.
14................................  Lure, spoon, free swinging     1 ea.
                                     No. 1 treble double
                                     strength, short shank,
                                     blade length 2\3/16\
                                     inches, width \13/16\
                                     inch, weight \1/4\ ounce,
                                     stainless steel or chrome
                                     plated brass.
15................................  Sinkers, pinch on or           1 ea.
                                     equal, \1/4\ ounce, \5/
                                     16\ ounce, 1 ounce.
16................................  Foil, shiny, 4 inches          1 ea.
                                     square.
17................................  Squid, tinned body, length     1 ea.
                                     2 inches, weight \1/2\
                                     ounce.
18................................  Jig, painted lead head,        1 ea.
                                     bucktail feathered with 1/
                                     0 hook.
19................................  Jig, painted lead head,        1 ea.
                                     bucktail feathered with 3/
                                     0 hook.
20................................  Blades, razor, safety,         1 ea.
                                     single edge.
21................................  Bait, pork rind, 4 inches      4 ea.
                                     long, \1/2\ inch wide,
                                     with ends tapered to \1/
                                     8\ inch wide and rounded.
22................................  Snap and swivels, No. 3...     6 ea.
23................................  Card, leader knots and         1 ea.
                                     hitches (fig. 1).
24................................  Winder (see Sec. 160.061-    2 ea.
                                     3(h)).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The tolerances of these items shall be plus or minus \1/32\-inch on
  all dimensions.



Sec. 160.061-3  Design and construction.

    (a) Container. The container shall be made of ethyl cellulose, 
clear, type EM--1, Specification MIL-P-3412 or better. The dimensions 
shall not exceed those specified in Figure 2. Other packaging 
arrangements acceptable to the Commandant will be considered.
    (b) Card. A card showing leader knots and hitches shall be provided 
as per Figure 1. Size of card should not exceed 2\3/4\ by 4\3/4\ inches.
    (c) Hooks. Unless otherwise specified, all hooks shall be of forged 
steel, hollow ground with filed out points. The hooks shall be of ringed 
type and shall be tinned. Hooks shall be tempered, tough, flexible, and 
resilient.
    (d) Leaders. Wire leaders shall be of stainless steel, and shall be 
attached to snaps and swivels with not less than six turns of wire. 
Monofilament leaders shall be blue mist and shall be provided with a \5/
8\-inch inside diameter end loop on one end.

[[Page 148]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.013

    (e) Snaps and swivels. Swivels shall be either of brass or bronze. 
Snaps shall be stainless steel.
    (f) Lines. Unless otherwise specified nylon lines shall be hard 
braided, waterproofed, and heat set to reduce ``stretch''. Lines may be 
either camouflage or mist in color.
    (g) Spoons. Spoons shall be of the single-blade, egg-shaped dished 
type with either fixed or free-swinging hooks. The spoons shall be 
stainless steel or stamped from brass and plated to resist corrosion. 
Each spoon shall, on the forward end, be provided with an eye for 
attachment to the line. Spoons having free-swinging hooks shall have the 
hooks attached by means of a split ring through a hole in the rear of 
the blade. In fixed-hook spoons, the hook shall be attached to the spoon 
by a screw and shall be shaped to conform to the contour of the spoon. 
Feathers, if provided, shall be yellow hackle feathers attached to the 
hook by wrapping with thread, and the wrapping coated with red lacquer.

[[Page 149]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.014

                                Figure 2
    (h) Winder. Winders shall conform to Figure 3, or shall be of an 
equivalent commercial design suitable to contain required length of 
line.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.015

    Figure 3--Winder. Material: Packing; fiber, hard sheet, 
Specification HH-P-91; dimensions in inches: Unless otherwise specified; 
tolerances: Fractions plus or minus \1/32\-inch.
    (i) Booklet of instructions. The fishing instructions shall be 
prepared in pamphlet form, approximately 2\1/2\ inches by 4\1/2\ inches 
on parchment paper, in waterproof ink, with printing on one side of the 
paper only. The booklet shall contain a complete description of how and 
under what conditions each component should be used, and general 
suggestions for fishing. It shall be prepared in easy to read form in 
such a manner that a completely inexperienced person will know what 
equipment to use and how to use it. Both physical form and the contents 
of the booklet shall be specially approved by the Commandant, U.S. Coast 
Guard, prior to acceptance. A copy of approved contents for the 
instruction booklet will be furnished on request.



Sec. 160.061-4  Kit assembly.

    (a) Preparation of items. The items shall be prepared for packing 
into the kit as indicated below. Each transparent envelope shall be 
closed by heat sealing.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Item No.                     Preparation for assembly
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 23,    None.
 24.
3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 18, 19, 21, 22...........  Insert in a transparent
                                           envelope.
8 and 9.................................  Gather into a hank 4\1/2\
                                           inches long and restrain with
                                           tape.

[[Page 150]]

 
20......................................  Wrap in paper envelope.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (b) Packing of items. The components of the kit, after being 
prepared as specified, shall be packed in the container in such manner 
that there is a minimum possibility of any item being bent or crushed. 
The marking label shall be placed on the bottom of the container with 
the wording facing out. The instruction booklet shall be packed, front 
cover up, under the lid. The container shall be sealed after the 
components have been packaged therein with an 18-inch length of \3/4\-
inch wide adhesive tape conforming to Specification JAN-P-127. The tape 
shall be applied around the perimeter of the container with an equal 
amount on each side of the juncture of the two sections of the 
container. An alternate packaging arrangement acceptable to the 
Commandant will be acceptable.



Sec. 160.061-5  Marking.

    (a) General. The containers shall be stenciled on the bottom in 
black with the manufacturer's name or trademark and type or model number 
in letters approximately \3/16\ inch high, together with the following 
legend in letters \3/16\ inch high:

                        UNITED STATES COAST GUARD

                         APPROVAL NO. 160.061/--

                      EMERGENCY FISHING TACKLE KIT

                                OPEN ONLY

                        FOR ACTUAL EMERGENCY USE

                           NOT FOR INSPECTION

    (b) [Reserved]



  Subpart 160.062_Releases. Lifesaving Equipment, Hydraulic and Manual

    Source: CGFR 68-32, 33 FR 5721, Apr. 12, 1968, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.062-1  Applicable specifications, and referenced material.

    (a) Specifications and standards. The following specifications of 
the issue in effect on the date releases are manufactured or 
reconditioned shall form a part of the regulations of this subpart (see 
Sec. Sec. 2.75-17 through 2.75-19 of subchapter A (Procedures 
Applicable to the Public) of this chapter):
    (1) Military Specifications and Standards:

MIL-R-15041C--Releases, lifesaving equipment, hydraulic and manual.
MIL-STD-105--Sample procedures and tables for inspection by attributes.

    (2) Federal Test Method Standards:

Standard No. 151--Metals, test methods.

    (b) Technical references. For guidance purposes the technical 
reference may be used, which is entitled ``Corrosion Handbook,'' 1948, 
by H. H. Uhlig, and published by John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 605 Third 
Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10016, and priced at $21 per copy.
    (c) Copies on file. A copy of the specifications and standards 
listed in paragraph (a) of this section shall be kept on file by the 
manufacturer, together with the approved plans, specifications and 
certificate of approval. It is the manufacturer's responsibility to have 
the latest issue, including addenda and changes, of these specifications 
and standards on hand when manufacturing or reconditioning equipment 
under this specification subpart.
    (1) The military specifications and standards may be obtained from 
the Military Specifications and Standards, Standardization Documents 
Order Desk, Building 4D, 700 Robbins Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19111-
5094, https://assist.daps.dla.mil/quicksearch/.
    (2) The Federal standards may be obtained from the General Services 
Administration, Federal Acquisition Service, Office of the FAS 
Commissioner, 2200 Crystal Drive, 11th Floor, Arlington, VA 22202; 
telephone 703-605-5400.

[CGFR 68-32, 33 FR 5721, Apr. 12, 1968, as amended by USCG-2013-0671, 78 
FR 60158, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.062-2  Types.

    (a) The hydraulic releases referred to under Sec. 160.062-1(a)(1) 
are of the diaphram-spring plunger type, which releases a buoyant load 
under hydrostatic pressure.

[[Page 151]]

    (b) All hydraulic releases given an approval under this subpart 
shall be designed and tested to operate with spring-tensioned gripes. 
Such gripes shall be considered as a part of each approval.
    (c) Alternate designs will be given special consideration, but the 
expense of their preliminary investigation at a laboratory accepted by 
the Commandant shall be borne by the manufacturer.

[CGFR 68-32, 33 FR 5721, Apr. 12, 1968, as amended by CGD 73-153R, 40 FR 
4422, Jan. 30, 1975]



Sec. 160.062-3  Materials, construction, workmanship, and performance requirements.

    (a) General. The materials, construction, workmanship, and 
performance requirements shall conform to the requirements of the 
specifications listed in Sec. 160.062-1(a)(1) except as otherwise 
provided by this subpart. In addition, all metals and materials used in 
a hydraulic release must be compatible with each other so that the final 
assembly under conditions of use is not subject to such deleterious 
effects as galvanic corrosion, freezing, or buckling of moving parts, or 
loosening and tightening of joints due to differences in coefficients of 
thermal expansion. Galvanizing or other forms of metallic coating on the 
parts of a hydraulic release are not acceptable. The criteria for 
accepting any combination of materials shall be determined by testing or 
by the data stated in Sec. 160.062-1(b).
    (b) Buoyant load capacity. A hydraulic release working in 
conjunction with its spring-tensioned gripe must demonstrate that it can 
release buoyant loads between the limits of 200 pounds and 3,750 pounds 
and within the range of depths specified by paragraph (c) of this 
section.
    (c) Release depth. A hydraulic release shall automatically release 
the buoyant loads described in paragraph (b) of this section at depths 
between 5 feet to 15 feet prior to being tested for either the 
temperature or the corrosion resistance tests of 160.062-4(c)(2). After 
exposure to these temperature and corrosion tests, a hydraulic release 
shall release the buoyant loads of paragraph (b) of this section between 
the depths of 5 feet to 25 feet.



Sec. 160.062-4  Inspections and tests.

    (a) General. Marine inspectors shall be assigned to make factory 
inspections of hydraulic releases, as described in paragraph (d) of this 
section for sampling and testing. In addition, the Commander of the 
Coast Guard District may detail a marine inspector at any time to visit 
any place where approved hydraulic releases are manufactured or 
reconditioned to observe production methods and to conduct any 
inspections or tests which may be deemed advisable. The marine inspector 
shall be admitted to any place in the factory or place where work is 
done on hydraulic releases or their components. In addition, the marine 
inspector may take samples of assembled hydraulic releases or parts or 
materials used in their construction for further examination, 
inspection, or tests. The manufacturer shall provide a suitable place 
and the apparatus necessary for the performance of the tests which are 
conducted at the place of manufacture by the marine inspector.
    (b) Classification of tests. The sampling, inspections, and tests 
conducted upon hydraulic releases shall fall within one of the following 
general classifications, as described hereafter:
    (1) Preapproval tests.
    (2) Factory inspections and tests.
    (3) Spot check tests.
    (4) Periodic servicing tests.
    (c) Preapproval testing. The ``Visual and dimensional examination'' 
referred to in Table 160.062-4(c) shall be conducted by a marine 
inspector at the factory. The ``Physical and operational tests'' of that 
table shall be conducted at a laboratory accepted by the Commandant.

                Table 160.062-4(c)--Preapproval Tests \1\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of
specimens           Name of tests                    Reference
------------------------------------------------------------------------
        4  Visual and dimensional          Para. 4.2.1, 4.2.2, and 4.3
            examination.                    of MIL-R-15041C.
        4  Physical and operational tests  Para. 4.2.1, 4.2.3, and 4.4
                                            of MIL-R-15041C.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ These tests are called ``Lot acceptance tests,'' in Military
  Specification MIL-R-15041C.


[[Page 152]]

    (1) Visual and dimensional examination. The marine inspector shall 
examine the 4 hydraulic release samples of the preapproval sample for 
their visual and dimensional characteristics. If all 4 of the devices 
are in agreement with the manufacturer's plans previously reviewed by 
the Commandant, the 4 devices will be accepted and are to be assembled 
for further testing under the ``Physical and operational tests'' of 
paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
    (2) Physical and operational tests. Each hydraulic release selected 
under Table 160.062-4(c) for the ``Physical and operational tests'' 
shall undergo each of the tests described in this paragraph without 
renewal of parts or repairs between the tests. The tests shall be 
conducted in the following sequence:
    (i) Submergence test. A hydraulic release shall be tested by 
applying buoyant loads of its designed capacity to its spring-tensioned 
gripe as required under Sec. 160.062-3(b) while the device is submerged 
in water or in a water-filled pressure testing tank. A hydraulic release 
shall show by its submergence test that it meets the buoyant capacity 
and release depth requirements of Sec. 160.062-3 (b) and (c) by 
automatically tripping and releasing its load.
    (ii) Temperature test. After its submergence test, a hydraulic 
release sample shall be placed in a cold box at minus 30 degrees F. for 
4 hours. Upon completion of this conditioning, the sample device shall 
be opened for inspection and shall show no significant change in the 
position of the hydraulic or manual control as a result of the low 
temperature exposure.
    (iii) Corrosion resisting test. After the completion of its 
temperature test, a hydraulic release sample shall be exposed to a 20 
percent salt spray test for 160 continuous hours in accordance with 
Federal Test Method Standard No. 151. At the conclusion of this test, 
the sample device shall be entirely serviceable and shall show a minimal 
amount of corrosion.
    (iv) Second temperature test. After its corrosion resisting test, a 
hydraulic release sample shall undergo a repeat of the temperature test, 
subdivision (ii) of this paragraph.
    (v) Second submergence test. The final test of a hydraulic release 
sample shall be a repeat of the submergence test, paragraph (c)(2)(i) of 
this section.
    (d) Factory inspections and tests. For purposes of sampling, a lot 
shall consist of not more than 500 hydraulic releases of the same model. 
Manufacturers of approved hydraulic releases shall maintain quality 
control of the materials used, manufacturing methods, workmanship, and 
the finished product as to produce hydraulic releases in conformity with 
the approvals previously issued by the Commandant.
    (1) Visual and dimensional examination. A random sample of hydraulic 
releases shall be selected by a marine inspector at the factory in 
accordance with Table 160.062-4(d)(1) from each assembled lot. After the 
samples have been selected, they will undergo an examination of visual 
and dimensional characteristics by referring to their approved drawings 
with their acceptance based on Table 160.062-4(d)(1) and MIL-STD-105, 
and checking for compliance with specific details as described therein.

 Table 160.062-4(d)(1)--Sampling for Visual and Dimensional Examination
                                   \1\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Rejection
     Number of release devices in       Number of release      number
            inspection lot              devices in sample   (defectives)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
15 and under.........................  All................  ............
16 to 25.............................  15.................            1
26 to 40.............................  25.................            1
41 to 110............................  35.................            2
111 to 180...........................  50.................            2
181 to 300...........................  75.................            3
301 to 500...........................  110................            2
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ This table is derived from Table I of Paragraph 4.2.2 of Military
  Specification MIL-R-15041C.

    (2) Physical and operational tests. If the sampling and examination 
of paragraph (d)(1) of this section are satisfactory, the marine 
inspector shall select an additional random sample of hydraulic releases 
from the same assembled lot as described above. This second group of 
samples, of a number determined by Table 160.062-4(d)(2), shall be 
forwarded for testing at the manufacturer's expense to a laboratory 
accepted by the Commandant. Each hydraulic release shall undergo each of 
the tests described in this paragraph without renewal of parts or 
repairs between tests. The tests shall be conducted in the following 
sequence:

[[Page 153]]

    (i) Submergence test. Same test as described in paragraph (c)(2)(i) 
of this section.
    (ii) Temperature test. Same test as described in paragraph 
(c)(2)(ii) of this section.
    (iii) Corrosion resisting test. Same test as described in paragraph 
(c)(2)(iii) of this section.
    (iv) Second temperature test. Same test as described in paragraph 
(c)(2)(iv) of this section.
    (v) Second submergence test. Same test as described in paragraph 
(c)(2)(v) of this section.

 Table 160.062-4(d)(2)--Sampling for Physical and Operational Tests \1\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Rejection
                                                                number
     Number of release devices in          Number release      (failures
            inspection lot                devices in sample     in the
                                                                tests)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
15 and under..........................  4...................           1
16 to 25..............................  5...................           1
26 to 40..............................  7...................           1
41 to 110.............................  10..................           1
111 to 180............................  12..................           1
181 to 300............................  16..................           1
301 to 500............................  20..................           1
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ This table is derived from Table II of Paragraph 4.2.3 of Military
  Specification MIL-R-15041C.

    (3) Lot acceptance at a factory. The submergence test of paragraph 
(c)(2)(i) shall be performed on each of the remaining hydraulic releases 
in a production lot after the selection of the lot samples required by 
paragraph (d)(2) of this section. Such individual submergence tests may 
be performed at the factory in a pressure tank apparatus which simulates 
the hydrostatic pressure and the various tension loads on the hydraulic 
release. Those hydraulic releases which do not pass this submergence 
test shall be removed from the production lot as unacceptable, but may 
be reworked and included in a subsequent lot. After the completion of 
these individual submergence tests and after receipt of the laboratory's 
test report showing that the tests on the lot samples were 
satisfactorily met, the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which 
the factory is located shall have the manufacturer notified that this 
production lot of hydraulic releases meets the requirements of this 
specification subpart. After being marked as required by Sec. 160.062-
5, the manufacturer may sell such hydraulic releases as approved 
equipment.
    (i) Hydraulic releases which have been rejected may not, unless 
subsequently accepted, be sold or offered for sale under representation 
as being in compliance with this specification or as being approved for 
use on vessels subject to inspection under this chapter.
    (4) Records and test reports. The manufacturer shall maintain 
records and copies of test reports for each production lot of hydraulic 
releases manufactured for a period of five (5) years from the date 
notified that a production lot meets the requirements in this subpart. 
These records and test reports, upon request, shall be made available to 
the marine inspector. The manufacturer will be provided with a copy of 
the laboratory's test report concerning each production lot of hydraulic 
releases submitted for testing.
    (e) Spot checks. As one of the conditions in granting an approval 
for a hydraulic release under this subpart, the Coast Guard reserves the 
right to spot check at any time and at any place the product, parts, and 
complete assemblies of hydraulic releases covered by the approval. The 
spot check shall be by a marine inspector who shall be admitted to the 
place or places where work may be performed before, during, or after the 
manufacture of hydraulic releases or at any place where hydraulic 
releases may be assembled, reworked, repaired, or reconditioned by the 
manufacturer of any repair facility accepted by the Commandant in 
accordance with the procedure contained in Sec. 160.062-7. A spot check 
includes having a marine inspector compare materials, parts, and 
workmanship and/or complete hydraulic releases with the manufacturer's 
approved plans, records and test reports to ascertain compliance with 
these requirements. The marine inspector may select samples of materials 
or parts used in the construction of hydraulic releases and complete 
hydraulic releases and may order or have performed any or all of the 
tests described in this section conducted on such devices or parts 
thereof. This work and any tests required shall be borne by the 
manufacturer without cost to the Coast Guard.

[[Page 154]]

    (f) Periodic Servicing and Testing. A hydraulic release is inspected 
as follows:
    (1) Inspection for devices not installed after manufacture. A 
hydraulic release, that is not installed after manufacture and is stored 
for period of 24 months or less, is not required to be inspected or 
tested before installation but must be stamped by a marine inspector on 
the inspection tag required in Sec. 160.062-5(b)(2) with--
    (i) The word ``Installed'';
    (ii) The installation date; and
    (iii) The Marine Inspection Office identification letters.
    (2) Inspection for devices that have been installed. A hydraulic 
release that is installed for a period of 12 months or more must pass 
the test contained in paragraph (f)(3) of this section and be marked as 
required in paragraph (f)(5) of this section. If, after passing the 
test, the device is stored for a period of 24 months or less, it must be 
stamped as required in paragraph (f)(1) of this paragraph by the marine 
inspector before reinstallation.
    (3) Devices stored longer than 24 months. A hydraulic release that 
is stored for a period of more than 24 months must be inspected and 
tested by an employee of a repair or test facility, accepted in 
accordance with the requirement contained in Sec. 160.062-7 or Sec. 
160.062-8, as follows:
    (i) The device must be manually operated to determine if it 
releases.
    (ii) If the device releases, it must pass the submergence test 
contained in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section, at a depth between 5 
feet and 15 feet and be marked as required in paragraph (f)(5) of this 
section.
    (iii) If the device fails to release or fails to pass the 
submergence test required in paragraph (f)(3)(ii) of this section, the 
device must be disassembled, repaired, and tested in accordance with the 
requirements contained in paragraph (f)(4) of this paragraph.
    (4) Disassembly and repair tests. If a hydraulic release fails the 
test contained in paragraph (f)(3)(iii) of this section, it must be 
disassembled and repaired by the manufacturer or a repair facility 
accepted in accord with the requirements contained in Sec. 160.062-7 
and be tested as follows:
    (i) A production lot must be formed consisting of 12 or more but not 
exceeding 100 devices.
    (ii) In the presence of a marine inspector, the device must pass the 
submergence test contained in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section at a 
depth between 5 feet and 15 feet.
    (iii) Any device that fails must be--
    (A) Repaired;
    (B) Placed in a subsequent lot; and
    (C) Submitted to the submergence test contained in paragraph 
(c)(2)(i) of this section at a depth between 5 feet and 15 feet.
    (5) Marking of devices. If a hydraulic release passes the 
submergence test required in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section at a 
depth between 5 feet and 15 feet the marine inspector stamps the 
inspection tag with--
    (i) The test date;
    (ii) The Marine Inspection Office identification letters; and
    (iii) The letters ``USCG''.

[CGFR 68-32, 33 FR 5721, Apr. 12, 1968, as amended by CGD 73-153R, 40 FR 
4422, Jan. 30, 1975; CGD 75-186, 41 FR 10437, Mar. 11, 1976]



Sec. 160.062-5  Markings.

    (a) Hydraulic releases manufactured prior to the granting of a 
certificate of approval to the manufacturer may be permitted in service 
only to July 1, 1969. However, such hydraulic releases meeting the type 
and design requirements covered by a current certificate of approval may 
be repaired and/or reconditioned as provided in Sec. 160.062-4(f) and 
be accepted as approved equipment when it bears the following markings:
    (1) Body marking. The name of the manufacturer and the model 
designation are plainly visible.
    (2) Inspection tag markings. Each hydraulic release repaired or 
reconditioned shall be provided with a 2 by 3\1/2\ 
stainless steel tag of a minimum thickness of 0.032 inches. This tag 
shall be permanently attached to a hydraulic release with a single 
stainless steel link made of wire \3/16\ in diameter. This 
link shall provide nonrigid attachment of the tag to the hydraulic 
release. The top of the inspection tag shall be stamped in block 
characters not less than \1/16\ in height with the 
manufacturer's name, Coast Guard approval number, the limits of buoyant 
capacity

[[Page 155]]

in pounds, the Marine Inspection Office identification letters, and the 
letters ``USCG.'' The remaining space on the tag will be used for the 
stamping of periodic servicing test dates and the marine inspector's 
initials as described in Sec. 160.062-4(f).
    (b) Hydraulic release manufactured under a certificate of approval 
issued under this subpart shall be provided with 2 sets of markings as 
follows:
    (1) Body marking. The metal body of a hydraulic release shall be 
stamped in block characters not less than \1/8\ in height on 
a plainly visible portion with the name of the manufacturer, the model 
designation, the limits of buoyant capacity in pounds, the method of 
manual release, the notation ``DO NOT PAINT'', Coast Guard approval 
number, the Marine Inspection Office identification letters, and the 
letters ``USCG''.
    (2) Inspection tag markings. Each hydraulic release shall be 
provided at its time of manufacture with a 2 by 3\1/
2\ stainless steel tag of a minimum thickness of 0.032 inch. 
This tag shall be permanently attached to a hydraulic release with a 
single stainless steel link made of wire \3/16\ in diameter. 
This link shall provide nonrigid attachment of the tag to the hydraulic 
release. The top of the inspection tag shall be stamped in block 
characters not less than \1/8\ in height with the original 
lot number of the hydraulic release, its date of manufacture, and its 
release depth range in feet. The remaining space on the tag will be used 
for the stamping of periodic servicing test dates and the Marine 
Inspection Office identification letters as described in Sec. 160.062-
4(f).

[CGFR 68-32, 33 FR 5721, Apr. 12, 1968, as amended by CGD 75-186, 41 FR 
10437, Mar. 11, 1976]



Sec. 160.062-6  Procedure for approval.

    General. Hydraulic releases for use on lifesaving equipment for 
merchant vessels are approved only by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard. 
In order to be approved, the hydraulic releases must be tested in 
accordance with Sec. 160.062-4(c) by an independent laboratory accepted 
by the Coast Guard under 46 CFR 159.010. The independent laboratory will 
forward the report to the Commandant for examination, and if 
satisfactory an official approval number will be assigned to the 
manufacturer for the model hydraulic release submitted.

[CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51215, Sept. 30, 1997]



Sec. 160.062-7  Procedures for acceptance of repair facility.

    (a) Before a repair facility is accepted by the Commandant to 
perform the services required in Sec. 160.062-4(f), it must be 
inspected by the cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, to 
determine if it has--
    (1) The testing apparatus to perform all the tests required in Sec. 
160.062-4;
    (2) A source of supply of replacement parts for a hydraulic release, 
evidenced by a signed agreement between the facility and his source of 
supply, or the parts for it; all replacement parts must be in compliance 
with applicable specifications and standards contained in Sec. 160.062-
1; and
    (3) Employees competent to perform the services required in this 
paragraph. Each employee who is engaged in serving a hydraulic release 
must demonstrate his competence to the Officer in Charge, Marine 
Inspection by--
    (i) Disassembling a hydraulic release;
    (ii) Making all necessary repairs to the disassembled unit;
    (iii) Reassembling the unit in conformance with the specifications 
and standards contained in Sec. 160.062-1(a); and
    (iv) Showing that the reassembled unit meets the buoyant capacity 
and release depth requirements contained in Sec. 160.062-3 (b) and (c) 
after being inspected and tested in conformance with the requirements 
contained in Sec. 160.062-4(f).
    (b) Based on the report of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, 
regarding the inspection required in paragraph (a) of this section, the 
Commandant notifies the facility that--
    (1) It is an accepted repair facility for the reconditioning and 
testing of hydraulic releases; or
    (2) It is not accepted as a repair facility, lists each discrepancy 
noted by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection,

[[Page 156]]

and describes the procedure for reinspection if applicable corrections 
are made.

[CGD 73-153R, 40 FR 4422, Jan. 30, 1975]



Sec. 160.062-8  Procedures for acceptance of testing facility.

    (a) The Commandant may consider the acceptance of a facility that 
conducts only the submergence test contained in Sec. 160.062-
4(c)(2)(i). Before a facility is accepted by the Commandant to conduct 
this test, it must be inspected by the cognizant Officer in Charge, 
Marine Inspection, to determine if it has--
    (1) The testing apparatus to perform the test required in Sec. 
160.062-4(c)(2)(i); and
    (2) Employees competent to perform the test required in Sec. 
160.062-4(c)(2)(i). Each employee who is engaged in testing a device 
must demonstrate his competence to the Officer in Charge, Marine 
Inspection by conducting a submergence test.
    (b) Based on the report of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, 
regarding the inspection required in paragraph (a) of this section, the 
Commandant notifies each applicant, in accordance with the procedures 
described in Sec. 160.062-7(b), whether or not it is an accepted 
testing facility.

[CGD 73-153R, 40 FR 4422, Jan. 30, 1975]



                 Subpart 160.064_Marine Buoyant Devices



Sec. 160.064-1  Applicable specifications.

    (a) Specifications. There are no other Coast Guard specifications 
applicable to this subpart.
    (b) [Reserved]

[CGFR 64-30, 29 FR 7388, June 6, 1964]



Sec. 160.064-2  Types and models.

    (a) Types. Water safety buoyant devices covered by this subpart 
shall be of two general types, viz, those intended to be worn on the 
body and those intended to be thrown.
    (b) Models. Water safety buoyant devices may be of different models 
which incorporate characteristics considered valuable for safety in 
various fields of water sports or boating activities.
    (c) Sizes. Water safety buoyant devices designed to be worn shall be 
of sizes suitable for adults or children, as intended and marked on the 
device. Water safety buoyant devices intended to be thrown in water 
shall be of a minimum size intended for adults.
    (d) Dimensions. A foam cushion designed to be thrown must be 2 
inches or more in thickness and must have 225 or more square inches of 
top surface area.

[CGFR 64-30, 29 FR 7388, June 6, 1964, as amended by CGD 73-246R, 39 FR 
36967, Oct. 16, 1974]



Sec. 160.064-3  Requirements. \1\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ The manufacturer of a personal flotation device must meet 33 CFR 
181.701 through 33 CFR 181.705 which require an instruction pamphlet for 
each device that is sold or offered for sale for use on recreational 
boats.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (a) General. Every water safety buoyant device shall conform to the 
requirements as accepted by the Commandant for listing and labeling by a 
recognized laboratory, and shall be of such design, materials, and 
construction as to meet the requirements specified in this section.
    (b) Designs and constructions. Water safety buoyant devices shall be 
of designs suitable for the purposes intended. A design intended to be 
worn on the body shall be capable of being adjusted and secured to fit 
the range of wearers for which designed with as few fastenings or 
adjustments as are consistent with the purpose of the device. Designs 
may be varied, but shall not provide means intended for fastening or 
securing the device to a boat. The arrangement of the buoyancy of 
devices intended to be worn on the body shall provide for flotation of 
the wearer in an upright, slightly backward position in the water to as 
great a degree as is consistent with the special purpose intended, and 
in no case shall the device have a tendency to turn the wearer face 
downward in the water. Devices intended to be thrown shall not provide 
means for adjustment or close fitting to the body. Methods of 
construction shall provide strengths, with reinforcements where 
necessary, to be adequate for the intended use and purpose of the 
device.

[[Page 157]]

    (c) Materials. All materials used in any device covered by this 
subpart must meet the applicable requirements of subpart 164.019 of this 
chapter and shall be all new materials and shall be suitable for the 
purpose intended and shall be at least equivalent to corresponding 
materials specified for standard buoyant vests or buoyant cushions. 
Hardware or fastenings shall be of sufficient strength for the purpose 
of the device and shall be of inherently corrosion-resistant material, 
such as stainless steel, brass, bronze, certain plastics, etc. 
Decorative platings of any thickness are permissible. Fabrics, coated 
fabrics, tapes, and webbing shall be selected with a view to the 
purposes of the device and shall be either mildew resistant or treated 
for mildew resistance. Buoyancy shall be provided by inherently buoyant 
material and shall not be dependent upon loose, granulated material, gas 
compartments or inflation. So long as the minimum required buoyancy is 
provided by inherently buoyant material, the use of supplementary gas 
compartments, or inflation, will be permitted to supply additional 
buoyancy.
    (d) Buoyancy. (1) Buoyancy for devices to be worn is as follows:
    (i) Devices for persons weighing more than 90 pounds must have 15\1/
2\ pounds or more of buoyancy.
    (ii) Devices for persons weighing 50 to 90 pounds must have 11 
pounds or more of buoyancy.
    (iii) Devices for persons weighing less than 50 pounds must have 7 
pounds or more of buoyancy.
    (2) Buoyancy for devices to be thrown is as follows:
    (i) Ring life buoys must have 16\1/2\ pounds or more of buoyancy.
    (ii) Foam cushions must have 18 pounds or more of buoyancy.
    (iii) A device other than those specified in paragraph (d)(2) (i) or 
(ii) of this section must have 20 pounds or more of buoyancy.
    (3) The buoyancy values required in paragraphs (d) (1) and (2) of 
this section must be as follows:
    (i) For each device containing foam buoyant materials, the required 
buoyancy value must remain after the device has been submerged in fresh 
water for 24 or more continuous hours.
    (ii) For each device containing kapok, the required buoyancy value 
must remain after the device has been submerged in fresh water for 48 or 
more continuous hours.
    (e) Workmanship. Water safety buoyant devices covered by this 
subpart shall be of first class workmanship and shall be free from any 
defects materially affecting their appearance or serviceability.

[CGFR 64-30, 29 FR 7388, June 6, 1964, as amended by CGD 73-246R, 39 FR 
36967, Oct. 16, 1974; CGD 75-008, 43 FR 9772, Mar. 9, 1978; CGD 84-068, 
58 FR 29494, May 20, 1993]



Sec. 160.064-4  Marking.

    (a) Labels. Each water safety buoyant device must be marked in 
accordance with the recognized laboratory's listing and labeling 
requirements in accordance with Sec. 160.064-3(a). At a minimum, all 
labels must include--
    (1) Size information, as appropriate;
    (2) The Coast Guard approval number;
    (3) Manufacturer's contact information;
    (4) Model name/number;
    (5) Lot number, manufacturer date; and
    (6) Any limitations or restrictions on approval or special 
instructions for use.
    (b) Durability of marking. Marking must be of a type which will be 
durable and legible for the expected life of the device.

[USCG-2013-0263, 79 FR 56499, Sep. 22, 2014]



Sec. 160.064-6  Examinations, tests and inspections.

    (a) Manufacturer's inspection and tests. Manufacturers of listed and 
labeled water safety buoyant devices shall maintain quality control of 
the materials used, manufacturing methods and the finished product so as 
to meet the applicable requirements, and shall make sufficient 
inspections and tests of representative samples and components produced 
to maintain the quality of the finished product. Records of tests 
conducted by the manufacturer

[[Page 158]]

and records of materials, including affidavits by suppliers that 
applicable requirements are met, entering into construction shall be 
made available to the recognized laboratory inspector or to the Coast 
Guard marine inspector, or both, for review upon request.
    (b) Laboratory inspections and tests. Such examinations, inspections 
and tests as are required by the recognized laboratory for listed and 
labeled devices produced will be conducted by the laboratory inspector 
at the place of manufacture or other location at the option of the 
laboratory.
    (c) Test facilities. The laboratory inspector, or the Coast Guard 
marine inspector assigned by the Commander of the District in which the 
factory is located, or both, shall be admitted to any place in the 
factory where work is being done on listed and labeled products, and 
either or both inspectors may take samples of parts or materials 
entering into construction or final assemblies, for further 
examinations, inspections, or tests. The manufacturer shall provide a 
suitable place and the apparatus necessary for the performance of the 
tests which are done at the place of manufacture.
    (d) Additional tests, etc. Unannounced examinations, tests, and 
inspections of samples obtained either directly from the manufacturer or 
through commercial channels may be made to determine the suitability of 
a product for listing and labeling, or to determine conformance of a 
labeled product to the applicable requirements. These may be conducted 
by the recognized laboratory or the United States Coast Guard.

[CGFR 64-30, 29 FR 7388, June 6, 1964, as amended by CGD 73-246R, 39 FR 
36967, Oct. 16, 1974]



Sec. 160.064-7  Recognized laboratory.

    (a) A manufacturer seeking Coast Guard approval of a product under 
this subpart shall follow the approval procedures of subpart 159.005 of 
this chapter, and shall apply for approval directly to a recognized 
independent laboratory. The following laboratories are recognized under 
Sec. 159.010-7 of this part, to perform testing and approval functions 
under this subpart:

Underwriters Laboratories, 12 Laboratory Drive, P.O. Box 13995, Research 
Triangle Park, NC 27709-3995, (919) 549-1400.

    (b) Production oversight must be performed by the same laboratory 
that performs the approval tests unless, as determined by the 
Commandant, the employees of the laboratory performing production 
oversight receive training and support equal to that of the laboratory 
that performed the approval testing.

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13931, Mar. 28, 1996]



 Subpart 160.066_Distress Signal for Boats, Red Aerial Pyrotechnic Flare

    Source: CGD 76-183a, 44 FR 73050, Dec. 17, 1979, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.066-1  Type.

    (a) Red aerial pyrotechnic distress signals specified by this 
subpart must be either self-contained or pistol launched, and either 
meteor or parachute assisted type.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.066-5  Design, construction, and manufacturing requirements.

    (a) Each signal must be either:
    (1) A self-contained unit with all necessary components for firing 
the signal, or
    (2) A cartridge intended for firing from a signal pistol that is 
approved under Subpart 160.028 of this chapter.
    (b) Each signal unit must have an interior chamber which contains 
the main propulsion charge and which is constructed so that it is 
capable of withstanding the forces generated by ignition without 
rupture, crack, or deformation of any kind.
    (c) Signals must be constructed in lots numbered serially by the 
manufacturer. A new lot must be started when:
    (1) Any change in construction details occurs;
    (2) Any change in sources of raw materials occurs;
    (3) Production is started on a new production line or on a 
previously discontinued production line; or
    (4) A lot exceeds 30,000 units.

[[Page 159]]



Sec. 160.066-7  Performance requirements.

    (a) Each signal must:
    (1) Burn ``vivid red'' when tested as specified in Sec. 160.021-
4(d)(7) for at least 5.5 seconds.
    (2) Have a peak luminous intensity of at least 10,000 candela.
    (3) Burn a total of not less than 1,000 candleminutes (Cm) using the 
formula

I x T = Cm

Where:

I = the luminous intensity measured as in subsection (c);
T = the total burn time of the device in minutes; and
Cm = the candle-minute rating of the device.

    (4) Burn out completely before falling back to the level of launch.
    (5) Function in a manner that would not cause burns or injury to an 
unprotected person firing the signal in accordance with the 
manufacturer's instructions.
    (6) Not malfunction in a manner that would cause burns or injury to 
an unprotected person firing the signal in accordance with the 
manufacturer's instructions.
    (b) Each signal must meet the requirements of paragraph (a) after:
    (1) Submersion in water for 24 hours, or
    (2) If protected by a sealed container, submersion in water for 24 
hours inside the sealed container immediately followed by submersion for 
10 minutes without the container, and
    (3) Being exposed to the Elevated Temperature, Humidity, and Storage 
Test in Sec. 160.066-13(b).
    (c) Testing for burn time and luminous intensity pursuant to 
paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2), respectively, shall be conducted in 
conformity with the following requirements and procedures:
    (1) The chart speed of the light measuring equipment shall not be 
slower than 5 seconds per inch;
    (2) The chart sweep of the light measuring equipment shall not be 
slower than .5 seconds for full scale;
    (3) The first and last seconds of the burn shall be eliminated in 
measuring luminous intensity;
    (4) The time during which the candle burns (excluding first and last 
seconds of burn) is to be used to determine the luminous intensity by 
averaging the readings taken during the burning; and
    (5) Burn time is to be measured from first light of the signal to 
dark.



Sec. 160.066-9  Labeling.

    (a) Each signal must be legibly and indelibly marked with the 
following information:
    (1) The manufacturer's name,
    (2) The designed burning time of the pyrotechnic candle(s),
    (3) The specific signal pistol for which the signal is designed, if 
any,
    (4) The lot number,
    (5) The Coast Guard approval number,
    (6) Operation and storage instructions,
    (7) The month and year of expiration determined by Sec. 160.066-10, 
and
    (8) The words:
    ``Aerial Flare. Acceptable as a Day and Night Visual Distress Signal 
for boats as required by 33 CFR 175.110. For Emergency Use Only''.
    (b) If the signal is too small to contain all of the information 
required by paragraph (a) and any labeling which may be required by 
paragraph (d), the information required by paragraphs (a) (2), (6), and 
(8) may be printed on a separate piece of paper packed with each signal 
or with the smallest container in which several signals are packed.
    (c) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships 
signals must be marked with the following or equivalent words: ``Keep 
under cover in a dry place.''
    (d) Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does 
not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the 
label requirements of the Federal Hazardous Substances Act, 15 U.S.C. 
1263.



Sec. 160.066-10  Expiration date.

    Each approved signal must have an expiration date marked on it. That 
date must not be more than forty-two months from date of manufacture.



Sec. 160.066-11  Approval procedures.

    (a) Red aerial pyrotechnic flare distress signals are approved under 
the procedures of subpart 159.005 of this chapter.

[[Page 160]]

    (b) The manufacturer must produce a lot of at least 100 signals from 
which samples for approval testing must be drawn. Approval testing must 
be conducted in accordance with the operational tests in Sec. 160.066-
12 and the technical tests in Sec. 160.066-13. In order for the signal 
to be approved, the samples must pass both the operational and the 
technical tests.
    (c) The approval tests must be performed by an independent 
laboratory accepted by the Commandant under Subpart 159.010 of this 
chapter.

[CGD 76-183a, 44 FR 73050, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by CGD 93-055, 61 
FR 13931, Mar. 28, 1996]



Sec. 160.066-12  Operational tests.

    (a) The procedure for conducting operational tests is described in 
figure (1).
    (1) An ``accept lot'' decision must be reached in order to pass the 
operational tests.
    (2) If a ``reject lot'' decision is reached, the entire lot is 
rejected.
    (3) Signals from ``reject lots'' may be reworked by the manufacturer 
to correct the deficiency for which they were rejected and be 
resubmitted for inspection. Records shall be kept of the reasons for 
rejection, the reworking performed on the ``reject lot'', and the result 
of the second test. Signals from ``reject lots'' may not, unless 
subsequently accepted, be sold or offered for sale as being in 
compliance with this specification.
    (b) Each signal selected for the operational tests must be 
conditioned by:
    (1) Being submerged under at least 25 mm (1 in.) of water for 24 
hours without any protection other than its waterproofing; or
    (2) If waterproofing is provided by a sealed plastic bag or other 
waterproof packaging, submersion under 25 mm (1 in.) of water for 24 
hours in the packaging, followed immediately by submersion under 25 mm 
(1 in.) of water for 10 minutes with the signal removed from the 
packaging.
    (c) After each signal selected has undergone the conditioning 
required by paragraph (b) of this section it must be fired as described 
by the manufacturer's operating instructions. The following data as 
observed must be recorded for each signal:
    (1) Burning time of the pyrotechnic candle;
    (2) Color;
    (3) Whether the pyrotechnic candle burns out above, at, or below the 
level of launch.
    (d) A signal fails the operational tests if:
    (1) It fails to fire,
    (2) The pyrotechnic candle fails to ignite,
    (3) The pyrotechnic candle continues to burn after it falls back to 
the level of launch,
    (4) The observed color is other than vivid red, or
    (5) The burning time is less than 5.5 seconds.
    (e) A lot is rejected if a ``reject lot'' decision is reached using 
Figure (1) and Table 1 after completion of the operational tests.

[[Page 161]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.016


[[Page 162]]



                                              Table 1--Accept and Reject Criteria for Operational Test Lots
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                Individual                                     Cumulative sample
                   Lot size                    sample size               Sample                      size             Accept \1\          Reject \1\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
280 or                                                   8  First...........................                   8               (\2\)                   4
  less.                                        ...........  Second..........................                  16                   1                   5
                                                            Third...........................                  24                   2                   6
                                                            Fourth..........................                  32                   3                   7
                                                            Fifth...........................                  40                   5                   8
                                                            Sixth...........................                  48                   7                   9
                                                            Seventh.........................                  56                   9                  10
281 to                                                  13  First...........................                  13               (\2\)                   4
  500.                                         ...........  Second..........................                  26                   1                   6
                                                            Third...........................                  39                   3                   8
                                                            Fourth..........................                  52                   5                  10
                                                            Fifth...........................                  65                   7                  11
                                                            Sixth...........................                  78                  10                  12
                                                            Seventh.........................                  91                  13                  14
501 to                                                  20  First...........................                  20               (\2\)                   5
  1,200.                                       ...........  Second..........................                  40                   3                   8
                                                            Third...........................                  60                   6                  10
                                                            Fourth..........................                  80                   8                  13
                                                            Fifth...........................                 100                  11                  15
                                                            Sixth...........................                 120                  14                  17
                                                            Seventh.........................                 140                  18                  19
1,201 to                                                32  First...........................                  32                   1                   7
  3,200.                                       ...........  Second..........................                  64                   4                  10
                                                            Third...........................                  96                   8                  13
                                                            Fourth..........................                 128                  12                  17
                                                            Fifth...........................                 160                  17                  20
                                                            Sixth...........................                 192                  21                  23
                                                            Seventh.........................                 224                  25                  26
More                                                    50  First...........................                  50                   2                   9
  than                                         ...........  Second..........................                 100                   7                  14
  3,200.                                       ...........  Third...........................                 150                  13                  19
                                                            Fourth..........................                 200                  19                  25
                                                            Fifth...........................                 250                  25                  29
                                                            Sixth...........................                 300                  31                  33
                                                            Seventh.........................                 350                  37                  38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Cumulative number of failures.
\2\ Lot may not be accepted. Next sample must be tested.



Sec. 160.066-13  Technical tests.

    (a) The following conditions apply to technical tests as described 
in this section:
    (1) A total of nine signals must be selected at random from the lot 
being tested;
    (2) If the signals are protected by sealed packaging, then the 
conditioning for the technical tests must be conducted with the signal 
in the sealed packaging;
    (3) If signals in the test sample fail to pass one of the technical 
tests, the entire lot is rejected;
    (4) Signals from ``reject lots'' may be reworked by the manufacturer 
to correct the deficiency for which they were rejected and be 
resubmitted for inspection. Records shall be kept of the reasons for 
rejection, the reworking performed on the ``reject lot'', and the result 
of the second test. Signals from ``reject lots'' may not, unless 
subsequently accepted, be sold or offered for sale as being in 
compliance with this specification.
    (b) The Elevated Temperature, Humidity, and Storage Test must be 
conducted in the following manner:
    (1) Select three signals from the nine;
    (2) Place each signal in a thermostatically controlled even-
temperature oven held at 55 Degrees C (131 Degrees F), and at not less 
than 90% relative humidity, for at least 72 hours (If for any reason it 
is not possible to operate the oven continuously for the 72 hour period, 
it may be operated at the required temperature and humidity for 8 hours 
of each 24 during the 72 hour conditioning period.);
    (3) After removal from the oven immediately place each signal in a 
chamber:

[[Page 163]]

    (i) At a temperature of at least 20 degrees C (68 degrees F) but not 
more than 25 degrees C (77 degrees F);
    (ii) At not less than 65% relative humidity;
    (iii) For ten days;
    (4) Then remove each signal from any sealed packaging and fire it.
    (5) The test sample fails the test if:
    (i) Any signal ignites or decomposes before firing;
    (ii) Any signal when fired malfunctions in a manner that would cause 
burns or injury to an unprotected person firing the signal, or;
    (iii) Two or more of the signals fail to project and ignite the 
pyrotechnic candle.
    (c) The Spontaneous Combustion Test must be performed in the 
following manner:
    (1) Select three signals from the remaining six signals and place 
them in a thermostatically controlled even temperature over for 48 hours 
at a temperature of 75 degrees C (167 degrees F).
    (2) The test sample fails the test if any signal ignites or 
decomposes during the test.
    (d) The Luminous Intensity and Chromaticity Test must be performed 
in the following manner:
    (1) Remove the pyrotechnic candle from the remaining three signals.
    (2) Ignite, measure, and record the intensity of the burning candle 
with a visual photometer or equivalent photometric device or automatic 
recorder:
    (i) While the specimen is supported in a horizontal position and the 
photometer is at right angles to the axis of the specimen,
    (ii) At a distance of at least 3 m (10 ft.).
    (3) Calculate the intensity of the candle as in Sec. 160.066-7(c).
    (4) Measure and record the chromaticity of the burning candle as 
specified in Sec. 160.021-4(d)(4).
    (5) The test sample fails the test if more than one signal has a 
luminous intensity of less than 10,000 candela, or more than one signal 
is not ``vivid red''.

[CGD 76-183a, 44 FR 73050, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by USCG-2014-0688, 
79 FR 58285, Sept. 29, 2014]



Sec. 160.066-15  Production testing.

    (a) Production tests must be performed under the procedures in 
Subpart 159.007 of this chapter.
    (b) The operational tests in Sec. 160.066-12 must be performed for 
every lot of signals produced.
    (c) The technical tests in Sec. 160.066-13 must be performed at 
least once every twelve months, or at least once every 10 lots, 
whichever occurs first.
    (d) If a lot is rejected on the basis of the technical tests, then 
each subsequent lot produced must be tested according to the technical 
tests until samples from a lot pass these tests.
    (e) An independent laboratory acceptable to the Commandant must 
perform or directly supervise:
    (1) Each technical test, and
    (2) All operational tests for at least four lots in a 12 month 
period, unless fewer than four lots are produced in a 12 month period. 
If less than four lots are produced in a 12 month period, each 
operational test must be performed or directly supervised by the 
independent laboratory.
    (f) If a lot selected by the independent laboratory for an 
operational test is rejected, then the operational tests for the next 
lot produced, and the rejected lot, if reworked, must be performed or 
directly supervised by the independent laboratory. The tests required by 
this paragraph must not be counted for the purpose of meeting the 
requirements of paragraph (e).
    (g) The independent laboratory selects the lots upon which technical 
tests are performed.
    (h) If the manufacturer produces more than four lots within a 12 
month period, the independent laboratory selects the lots for which it 
performs or directly supervises the operational tests.
    (i) The operational test performed or directly supervised by the 
independent laboratory must occur at least once during each quarterly 
period, unless no lots are produced during that period.
    (j) The independent laboratory, when it performs or directly 
supervises the technical tests required by paragraph (c) or (d) of this 
section, must inspect the signals selected for testing and compare them 
with the approved plans.

[[Page 164]]

Each signal inspected must conform to the plans.

[CGD 76-183a, 44 FR 73050, Dec. 17, 1979,, as amended by USCG-2014-0688, 
79 FR 58285, Sept. 29, 2014]

Subpart 160.071 [Reserved]



         Subpart 160.072_Distress Signals for Boats, Orange Flag

    Source: CGD 76-183a, 44 FR 73054, Dec. 17, 1979, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.072-1  Applicability.

    (a) This subpart establishes standards for distress flags for boats.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.072-3  General performance requirements.

    (a) Each flag must:
    (1) Be a square or rectangle at least 90 cm (36 inches) wide and at 
least 90 cm (36 inches) long. If the flag is a rectangle, the shorter 
side cannot be less than \2/3\ the length of the longer side;
    (2) Have no less than 70% of the total area colored a bright red-
orange color;
    (3) Display a black disc and a black square on the red-orange 
background on both sides arranged as follows:
    (i) The diameter of the disc and the length of one side of the 
square shall be equal, and shall each be \1/3\ of the length of the 
longest side of the flag, or 30 cm (12 inches), whichever is greater.
    (ii) The disc and square must be centered on one axis of the flag 
parallel to the longest side of the flag as shown in Figure 160.072-3. 
If the flag is a square, the axis may be parallel to any side.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.017

                            Figure 160.072-3
    (iii) The disc and square shall be separated by a distance of \1/6\ 
the length of the longest side of the flag or 15 cm (6 inches), 
whichever is greater.
    (4) Be capable of passing the accelerated weathering test of Sec. 
160.072-5;
    (5) Have reinforced corners, each with a grommet; and,
    (6) Be packaged with 4 pieces of line, with a tensile strength of at 
least 225 N (Newtons) (50 lbs) no less than 30 cm (12 inches) long, 
capable of passing through the grommets freely.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.072-5  Accelerated weathering test.

    (a) Condition the flag, folded to \1/16\th its size or as packaged, 
whichever is smaller, by submersion in 5% by weight sodium chloride 
solution for 2 hours followed immediately by storage at 95% (5) related humidity and 40 [deg]C (3[deg]) (100 [deg]F 5[deg]) for at 
least 15 days.
    (b) Unfold and suspend flag by the lines provided, secured through 
each grommet.
    (c) Subject the flag to alternate 3 minute cycles of 5% by weight 
sodium chloride solution at 55 degrees (5[deg]) C 
and air blasts of 40 knots at 55 degrees (5[deg]) 
C, perpendicular to and over the entire surface of one side of the flag, 
without interruption for a period of not less than 24 hours.
    (d) The flag fails the accelerated weathering test if
    (1) After conditioning, the flag cannot be unfolded without damage,

[[Page 165]]

    (2) There is any tearing,
    (3) The flag does not retain its bright red/orange color,
    (4) The disc and square images no longer meet the requirements of 
Sec. 160.072-3(a)(3) or,
    (5) There is any visible rot over more than 3% of the flag's 
surface.



Sec. 160.072-7  Manufacturer certification and labeling.

    (a) Each distress flag intended as a Day Visual Distress Signal 
required by 33 CFR Part 175 must be certified by the manufacturer as 
complying with the requirements of this subpart.
    (b) Each distress flag must be legibly and indelibly marked with:
    (1) The manufacturer's name; and
    (2) The following words--
    ``Day Visual Distress Signal for Boats. Complies with U.S. Coast 
Guard Requirements in 46 CFR 160.072. For Emergency Use Only''.



Sec. 160.072-09  Manufacturer notification.

    (a) Each manufacturer certifying flags in accordance with the 
specifications of this subpart must send written notice to the 
Commandant (CG-ENG), Attn: Office of Design and Engineering Systems, 
U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue, SE., 
Washington, DC 20593-7509;
    (1) Within 30 days after first certifying a flag,
    (2) Every five years as long as the manufacturer continues to 
produce flags, and
    (3) Each time the design or construction material of the flag 
changes.
    (b) [Reserved]

[CGD 76-183a, 44 FR 73054, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53 
FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 
95-072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 
1996; USCG-2009-0702, 74 FR 49237, Sept. 25, 2009; USCG-2013-0671, 78 FR 
60158, Sept. 30, 2013]



  Subpart 160.073_Float-Free Link or Life Floats and Buoyant Apparatus

    Source: CGD 79-167, 47 FR 41378, Sept. 20, 1982, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.073-1  Scope.

    (a) This subpart contains requirements for a float-free link used 
for connecting a life float or buoyant apparatus painter to a vessel. 
The float-free link is designed to be broken by the buoyant force of the 
life float or buoyant apparatus so that the float or apparatus breaks 
free of a vessel that sinks in water deeper than the length of the 
painter.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 160.073-5  Certification.

    (a) The float-free link is not approved by the Coast Guard. The 
manufacturer of the link must certify that it meets all of the 
requirements of this subpart by application of the markings required in 
Sec. 160.073-20.
    (b) If the manufacturer wants the link to be listed in the Coast 
Guard publication COMDTINST M16714.3 (Series), ``Equipment Lists,'' the 
manufacturer must send a letter requesting the listing to Commandant 
(CG-ENG), Attn: Office of Design and Engineering Systems, U.S. Coast 
Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 
20593-7509..

[CGD 79-167, 47 FR 41378, Sept. 20, 1982, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53 
FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 
96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996; USCG-2009-0702, 74 FR 49237, Sept. 
25, 2009; USCG-2013-0671, 78 FR 60158, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.073-10  Construction and performance.

    (a) The link must be constructed essentially as shown in figure 
160.073-10. The link must be formed from a single salt water corrosion-
resistant wire. A loop at least 50 mm (2 in.) in diameter must be 
provided at each end of the wire. Each loop must be permanently secured.
    (b) The breaking strength of each link must be between:
    (1) 450 N (100 lb.) and 600 N (134 lb.) for links intended for life 
floats and buoyant apparatus of 10 persons and less capacity.
    (2) 900 N (200 lb.) and 1200 N (268 lb.) for links intended for life 
floats and buoyant apparatus of 11 to 20 persons capacity.
    (3) 1800 N (400 lb.) and 2400 N (536 lb.) for links intended for 
life floats and

[[Page 166]]

buoyant apparatus of 21 persons and more capacity.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.018



Sec. 160.073-15  Tests.

    (a) The manufacturer shall perform a tensile test on the first three 
links made from a particular spool of wire. The test must be done by 
slowly loading the link until it breaks. The link must break between the 
limits specified in Sec. 160.073-10(b). The break must occur in the 
length of wire at or between the points where the loops are secured (see 
Figure 160.073-10).
    (b) If each of the three links passes the test, each link 
constructed in the same manner from the same spool of wire may be 
certified by the manufacturer as meeting the requirements of this 
subpart.
    (c) If one or more of the three links fails the test, no link 
manufactured in the same manner and from the same spool of wire as the 
test links may be certified as meeting the requirements of this subpart.



Sec. 160.073-20  Marking.

    (a) Each link certified by the manufacturer to meet the requirements 
of this subpart must have a corrosion resistant, waterproof tag attached 
to it that has the following information on it (the manufacturer must 
make the appropriate entries in the indicated space):

FLOAT-FREE LINK FOR LIFE FLOATS AND BUOYANT APPARATUS
Of (10 or less) (11 to 20) (21 or more) persons capacity.
Normal breaking strength --------------------.
Meets U.S. coast guard
Requirements--46 CFR 160.073.
Made by: (name and address) --------------------------------------------
--
(Date) ----------------------------

    (b) [Reserved]



   Subpart 160.076_Inflatable Recreational Personal Flotation Devices

    Source: CGD 94-110, 60 FR 32848, June 23, 1995, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.076-1  Scope.

    (a) This subpart contains structural and performance standards for 
approval of inflatable recreational personal flotation devices (PFDs), 
as well as requirements for production follow-up inspections, associated 
manuals, information pamphlets, and markings.
    (b) Inflatable PFDs approved under this subpart rely entirely upon 
inflation for buoyancy.

[CGD 94-110, 60 FR 32848, June 23, 1995, as amended by USCG-2011-0076, 
77 FR 19942, Apr. 3, 2012]



Sec. 160.076-3  Applicability.

    Inflatable PFDs approved under this subpart may be used to meet the 
carriage requirements of 33 CFR 175.15 and 175.17 on the following types 
of vessels only:
    (a) Recreational vessels.
    (b) Uninspected recreational submersible vessels.



Sec. 160.076-5  Definitions.

    As used in this part:
    Commandant means the Chief of the Lifesaving and Fire Safety 
Standards Division. Address: Commandant (CG-ENG-4), Attn: Lifesaving and 
Fire Safety Division, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther 
King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509; telephone 202-372-1392 
or fax 202-372-1924.
    Conditional approval means a PFD approval which has condition(s) 
with which the user must comply in order for the PFD to be counted 
toward meeting the carriage requirements for the vessel on which it is 
being used.
    First quality workmanship means construction which is free from any 
defect materially affecting appearance or serviceability.

[[Page 167]]

    Inflation medium means any solid, liquid, or gas that, when 
activated, provides inflation for buoyancy.
    Inspector means a recognized laboratory representative assigned to 
perform, supervise or oversee the duties described in Sec. Sec. 
160.076-29 and 160.076-31 of this subpart or any Coast Guard 
representative performing duties related to the approval.
    MOU means memorandum of understanding which describes the approval 
functions a recognized independent laboratory performs for the Coast 
Guard, and the recognized independent laboratory's working arrangements 
with the Coast Guard.
    Performance type means the in-water performance classification of 
the PFD.
    PFD means personal flotation device as defined in 33 CFR 175.13.
    Plans and specifications means the drawings, product description, 
construction specifications, and bill of materials submitted in 
accordance with Sec. 160.076-13 for approval of a PFD design.

[CGD 94-110, 60 FR 32848, June 23, 1995, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60 FR 
50466, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 94-110, 61 FR 13945, Mar. 28, 1996; CGD 96-
041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996; USCG-2006-25697; 71 FR 55747, Sept. 
25, 2006; USCG-2009-0702, 74 FR 49237, Sept. 25, 2009; USCG-2013-0671, 
78 FR 60158, Sept. 30, 2013; USCG-2013-0263, 79 FR 56500, Sept. 22, 
2014]



Sec. 160.076-7  [Reserved]



Sec. 160.076-9  Conditional approval.

    (a) A conditionally approved inflatable PFD may be used to meet the 
Coast Guard PFD carriage requirements of 33 CFR part 175 only if the PFD 
is used in accordance with any requirements on the approval label. PFDs 
marked ``Approved only when worn'' must be worn whenever the vessel is 
underway and the intended wearer is not within an enclosed space if the 
PFD is intended to be used to satisfy the requirements of 33 CFR part 
175. Note: Additional approved PFDs may be needed to satisfy the 
requirements of 33 CFR part 175 if ``Approved only when worn'' PFDs are 
not worn.
    (b) PFDs not meeting the performance specifications in UL 1180 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.076-11) may be conditionally 
approved when the Commandant determines that the performance or design 
characteristics of the PFD make such classification appropriate.

[CGD 94-110, 60 FR 32848, June 23, 1995, as amended by CGD 94-110, 61 FR 
13945, Mar. 28, 1996; USCG-2011-0076, 77 FR 19942, Apr. 3, 2012; USCG-
2013-0263, 79 FR 56500, Sept. 22, 2014]



Sec. 160.076-11  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Certain materials are incorporated by reference into this 
subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in 
accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any 
edition other than the one listed in this section, the Coast Guard must 
publish notice of the change in the Federal Register, and the material 
must be available to the public. All approved material is available for 
inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) 
and at Coast Guard Headquarters. Contact Commandant (CG-ENG-4), Attn: 
Lifesaving and Fire Safety Division, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 
Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509. The 
material is available from the sources indicated in paragraph (b) of 
this section. For information on the availability of this material at 
NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federal--
register/code--of--federal--regulations/ibr--locations.html.
    (b) Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., 
333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062-2096 (Phone (847) 272-8800; 
Facsimile: (847) 272-8129; Web site: www.ul.com).
    (1) UL 1123, UL Standard for Safety for Marine Buoyant Devices, 
Seventh Edition including revisions through February 14, 2011, (dated 
October 1, 2008), (``UL 1123''), incorporation by reference approved for 
Sec. 160.076-35.
    (2) UL 1180, UL Standard for Safety for Fully Inflatable 
Recreational Personal Flotation Devices, Second Edition including 
revisions through December 3, 2010, (dated February 13, 2009), (``UL 
1180''), incorporation by reference approved for Sec. Sec. 160.076-7; 
160.076-9; 160.076-21; 160.076-23; 160.076-25; 160.076-31; 160.076-37; 
and 160.076-39.
    (3) UL 1191, UL Standard for Safety for Components for Personal 
Flotation

[[Page 168]]

Devices, Fourth Edition including revisions through August 24, 2011, 
(dated December 12, 2008), (``UL 1191''), incorporation by reference 
approved for Sec. Sec. 160.076-21; 160.076-25; 160.076-29; and 160.076-
31.

[CGD 94-110, 60 FR 32848, June 23, 1995, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60 FR 
50467, Sept. 29, 1995, CGD 94-110, 61 FR 13945, Mar. 28, 1996; CGD 96-
041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996; CGD 97-057, 62 FR 51048, Sept. 30, 
1997; USCG-1999-5151, 64 FR 67184, Dec. 1, 1999; USCG-2009-0702, 74 FR 
49237, Sept. 25, 2009; USCG-2011-0076, 77 FR 19942, Apr. 3, 2012; USCG-
2013-0671, 78 FR 60158, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.076-13  Approval procedures for inflatable PFDs.

    (a) Manufacturers seeking approval of an inflatable PFD design shall 
follow the procedures of this section and subpart 159.005 of this 
chapter.
    (b) Each application for approval of an inflatable PFD must contain 
the information specified in Sec. 159.005-5 of this chapter. The 
application must be submitted to a recognized laboratory. One copy of 
the application and, except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this 
section, a prototype PFD must be submitted to the Commandant for 
preapproval review. If a similar design has already been approved, the 
Commandant may authorize the recognized laboratory to waive the 
preapproval review under Sec. Sec. 159.005-5 and 159.005-7 of this 
chapter.
    (c) The application must include the following:
    (1) Plans and specifications containing the information required by 
Sec. 159.005-12 of this chapter, including drawings, product 
description, construction specifications, and bill of materials.
    (2) The information specified in Sec. 159.005-5(a)(2) (i) through 
(iii) of this chapter must be included in the application, except that, 
if preapproval review has been waived, the manufacturer is not required 
to send a prototype PFD sample to the Commandant.
    (3) Any special purpose(s) for which the PFD is designed and the 
vessel(s) or vessel type(s) on which its use is intended.
    (4) Buoyancy, torque, and other relevant tolerances to be met during 
production.
    (5) The text of any optional marking to be included on the PFD in 
addition to the markings required by Sec. 160.076-39.
    (6) A draft of the information pamphlet required by Sec. 160.076-
35.
    (7) A draft of the owner's manual required by Sec. 160.076-37.
    (8) For any conditionally approved PFD, the intended approval 
condition(s).
    (d) The description required by Sec. 159.005-9 of this chapter of 
quality control procedures may be omitted if the manufacturer's planned 
quality control procedures meet the requirements of Sec. Sec. 160.076-
29 and 160.076-31.
    (e) Manual and pamphlet. Before granting approval of a PFD design, 
the Commandant may require changes to the manual and information 
pamphlet submitted for review to ensure compliance with the requirements 
of Sec. Sec. 160.076-35 and 160.076-37.
    (f) Waiver of tests. A manufacturer may request that the Commandant 
waive any test prescribed for approval under this subpart. To request a 
waiver, the manufacturer must submit to the Commandant and the 
recognized laboratory, one of the following:
    (1) Satisfactory test results on a PFD of sufficiently similar 
design as determined by the Commandant.
    (2) Engineering analysis demonstrating that the test for which a 
waiver is requested is not appropriate for the particular design 
submitted for approval or that, because of its design or construction, 
it is not possible for the PFD to fail that test.
    (g) Alternative requirements. A PFD that does not meet the 
requirements of this subpart may be approved by the Commandant if the 
device--
    (1) Meets other requirements prescribed by the Commandant in place 
of or in addition to the requirements of this subpart; and
    (2) As determined by the Commandant, provides at least the same 
degree of safety provided by other PFDs that meet the requirements of 
this subpart.

[CGD 94-110, 60 FR 32848, June 23, 1995, as amended by CGD 94-110, 61 FR 
13946, Mar. 28, 1996; USCG-2013-0263, 79 FR 56500, Sept. 22, 2014]

[[Page 169]]



Sec. 160.076-15  Suspension or termination of approval.

    As provided in Sec. 159.005-15 of this chapter, the Commandant may 
suspend or terminate the approval of an inflatable PFD design if the 
manufacturer fails to comply with this subpart or the recognized 
laboratory's accepted procedures or requirements.



Sec. 160.076-17  Approval of design or material changes.

    (a) The manufacturer must submit any proposed changes in design, 
material, or construction to the recognized laboratory and the 
Commandant for approval before changing PFD production methods.
    (b) Determinations of equivalence of design, construction, and 
materials may be made only by the Commandant or a designated 
representative.



Sec. 160.076-19  Recognized laboratories.

    The approval and production oversight functions that this subpart 
requires to be conducted by a recognized laboratory must be conducted by 
an independent laboratory recognized by the Coast Guard under subpart 
159.010 of part 159 of this chapter to perform such functions. A list of 
recognized independent laboratories is available from the Commandant and 
online at http://cgmix.uscg.mil.

[USCG-2011-0076, 77 FR 19942, Apr. 3, 2012]



Sec. 160.076-21  Component materials.

    Each component material used in the manufacture of an inflatable PFD 
must--
    (a) Meet the applicable requirements of subpart 164.019 of this 
chapter, UL 1191 and UL 1180 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 
160.076-11), and this section; and
    (b) Be of good quality and suitable for the purpose intended.

[USCG-2011-0076, 77 FR 19942, Apr. 3, 2012]



Sec. 160.076-23  Construction and performance requirements.

    (a) Each inflatable PFD design must--
    (1) Meet the requirements in UL 1180 (incorporated by reference, see 
Sec. 160.076-11); and
    (2) Meet any additional requirements that the Commandant may 
prescribe to approve unique or novel designs.
    (b) [Reserved]

[CGD 94-110, 60 FR 32848, June 23, 1995, as amended by CGD 94-110, 61 FR 
13946, Mar. 28, 1996; USCG-2011-0076, 77 FR 19942, Apr. 3, 2012; USCG-
2013-0263, 79 FR 56500, Sept. 22, 2014]



Sec. 160.076-25  Approval testing.

    (a) To obtain approval of an inflatable PFD design, approval tests 
specified in UL 1180 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.076-11) 
and this section must be conducted or supervised by a recognized 
laboratory using PFDs that have been constructed in accordance with the 
plans and specifications submitted with the application for approval.
    (b) Each PFD design must pass the tests required by UL 1180 and this 
section.
    (c) [Reserved]
    (d) Each PFD design must be visually examined for compliance with 
the construction and performance requirements of Sec. Sec. 160.076-21 
and 160.076-23 and UL 1180 and UL 1191 (incorporated by reference, see 
Sec. 160.076-11).
    (e) Additional tests. The Commandant may prescribe additional tests 
for approval of novel or unique designs.

[CGD 94-110, 60 FR 32848, June 23, 1995, as amended by CGD 94-110, 61 FR 
13946, Mar. 28, 1996; USCG-2000-7790, 65 FR 58463, Sept. 29, 2000; USCG-
2011-0076, 77 FR 19942, Apr. 3, 2012; USCG-2013-0263, 79 FR 56500, Sept. 
22, 2014]



Sec. 160.076-27  [Reserved]



Sec. 160.076-29  Production oversight.

    (a) Production tests and inspections must be conducted in accordance 
with this section and subpart 159.007 of this chapter unless the 
Commandant authorizes alternative tests and inspections. The Commandant 
may prescribe additional production tests and inspections necessary to 
maintain quality control and to monitor compliance with the requirements 
of this subpart.
    (b) Production oversight must be performed by the same laboratory 
that performs the approval tests unless the Commandant determines that 
the employees of an alternative laboratory have received training and 
have access

[[Page 170]]

to the same information as the inspectors of the laboratory that 
conducted the approval testing.
    (c) In addition to responsibilities set out in part 159 of this 
chapter and the accepted Laboratory Follow-up Procedures, each 
manufacturer of an inflatable PFD and each recognized laboratory 
inspector shall comply with the following, as applicable:
    (1) Manufacturer. Each manufacturer must--
    (i) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, perform 
all required tests and examinations on each PFD lot before any required 
inspector's tests and inspection of the lot;
    (ii) Follow established procedures for maintaining quality control 
of the materials used, manufacturing operations, and the finished 
product;
    (iii) Implement a continuing program of employee training and a 
program for maintaining production and test equipment;
    (iv) Admit the inspector to any place in the factory where work is 
done on PFDs or component materials, and where parts or completed PFDs 
are stored;
    (v) Have an inspector observe the production methods used in 
producing the first PFD lot and observe any revisions in production 
methods made thereafter; and
    (vi) Allow the inspector to take samples of completed PFDs or of 
component materials for tests required by this subpart and for tests 
relating to the safety of the design.
    (2) Recognized laboratory oversight. An inspector from a recognized 
laboratory shall oversee production in accordance with the MOU. During 
production oversight, the inspector shall not perform or supervise any 
production test or inspection unless--
    (i) The manufacturer has a valid approval certificate; and
    (ii) The inspector has first observed the manufacturer's production 
methods and any revisions to those methods.
    (3) The inspector must perform or supervise testing and inspection 
of at least one in each five lots of PFDs produced.
    (4) During each inspection, the inspector must check for compliance 
with the manufacturer's quality control procedures.
    (5) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(6) of this section, at least 
once each calendar quarter, the inspector must examine the 
manufacturer's records required by Sec. 160.076-33 and observe the 
manufacturer perform each of the tests required by Sec. 160.076-31(c).
    (6) If less than six lots are produced during a calendar year, only 
one lot inspection and one records' examination and test performance 
observation are required during that year. Each lot tested and inspected 
under paragraph (c)(3) of this section must be within seven lots of the 
previous lot inspected.
    (d) PFD lots. A lot number must be assigned to each group of PFDs 
produced. Lots must be numbered serially. A new lot must be started 
whenever any change in materials or a revision to a production method is 
made, and whenever any substantial discontinuity in the production 
process occurs. Changes in lots of component materials must be treated 
as changes in materials. The lot number assigned, along with the 
approval number, must enable the PFD manufacturer, by referring to the 
records required by this subpart, to determine the supplier of the 
components used in the PFD and the component supplier's identifying 
information for the component lot.
    (e) Samples. For the tests, examinations, and inspections required 
by Sec. 160.076-31, inspectors and manufacturers shall select samples 
as provided in this paragraph.
    (1) Samples shall be selected at random from a lot in which all PFDs 
or materials in the lot are available for selection. Except as provided 
in Sec. 160.076-31(c), samples must be selected from completed PFDs.
    (2) Different samples must be selected for the manufacturer's and 
inspector's tests, except, if the total production for any five 
consecutive lots does not exceed 250 PFDs, the manufacturer's and 
inspector's tests may be run on the same sample(s) at the same time.
    (3) The number of samples selected per lot must be at least equal to 
the applicable number required by Table 160.076-29A for manufacturers or 
Table 160.076-29B for inspectors.

[[Page 171]]

    (4) The following additional requirements apply as indicated in 
Table 160.076-29A to individual sample selections by manufacturers:
    (i) Samples must be selected from each lot of incoming material. The 
tests required under paragraphs 160.076-25(d)(2)(i) through 160.076-
25(d)(2)(iv) prescribe the number of samples to select.
    (i) Samples must be selected from each lot of incoming material. 
Unless otherwise specified, Table 29.1 of UL 1191 (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 160.076-11) prescribes the number of samples to 
select.
    (iii) If a sample fails the over-pressure test, the number of 
samples to be tested in the next lot produced must be at least two 
percent of the total number of PFDs in the lot or 10 PFDs, whichever is 
greater.
    (iv) The indicated test must be conducted at least once each 
calendar quarter or whenever a new lot of material is used or a 
production process is revised.
    (5) The following additional requirements apply as indicated in 
Table 160.076-29B to individual sample selections by inspectors:
    (i) Samples selected for the indicated tests may not be used for 
more than one test.
    (ii) The indicated test may be omitted if it was conducted by the 
manufacturer on the materials used and by the inspector on a previous 
lot within the past 12 months.
    (iii) One sample of each means of marking on each type of fabric or 
finish used in PFD construction must be tested at least every six months 
or whenever a new lot of materials is used.

                                 Table 160.076-29A--Manufacturer's Sampling Plan
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Number of Samples Per Lot
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Lot size:                      1-100     101-200    201-300    301-500    501-750    751-1000
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tests:
    Inflation Chamber Materials...............                           See Note \(a)\
    Seam Strength.............................          1          1          2          2          3          4
    Over-pressure \(b)\\(c)\..................          1          2          3          4          6          8
    Air Retention.............................                       EVERY DEVICE IN THE LOT
    Buoyancy and Inflation Medium Retention...          1          2          3          4          6          8
    Tensile Strength..........................                           See Note \(d)\
Detailed Product Examination..................          2          2          3          4          6          8
Retest Sample Size \(b)\......................  .........  .........         13         13         20         20
Final Lot Inspection..........................                       EVERY DEVICE IN THE LOT
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes to Table: \(a)\ See Sec. 160.076-29(e)(4)(i). \(b)\ See Sec. 160.076-29(e)(4)(ii). \(c)\ See Sec.
  160.076-29(e)(4)(iii). \(d)\ See Sec. 160.076-29(e)(4)(iv).


                                  Table 160.076-29B--Inspector's Sampling Plan
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Number of Samples Per Lot
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Lot size:                      1-100     101-200    201-300    301-500    501-750    751-1000
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tests:
    Over-pressure \(a)\.......................          1          1          2          2          3          4
    Air Retention.............................          1          1          2          2          3          4
    Buoyancy & Inflation Medium Retention.....          1          1          2          2          3          4
    Tensile Strength..........................                           See Note \(b)\
    Waterproof marking........................                           See Note \(c)\
Detailed Project Examination..................          1          1          1          2          2          3
Retest Sample Size \(a)\......................         10         10         13         13         20         20
Final Lot Inspection..........................         10         15         20         25         27         30
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes to Table: \(a)\ See Sec. 160.076-29(e)(5)(i). \(b)\ See Sec. 160.076-29(e)(5)(ii). \(c)\ See Sec.
  160.076-29(e)(5)(iii).

    (f) Accept/reject criteria: manufacturer testing. (1) A PFD lot 
passes production testing if each sample passes each test.
    (2) In lots of 200 or less PFDs, the lot must be rejected if any 
sample fails one or more tests.
    (3) In lots of more than 200 PFDs, the lot must be rejected if--

[[Page 172]]

    (i) One sample fails more than one test;
    (ii) More than one sample fails any test or combination of tests; or
    (iii) One sample fails one test and in redoing that test with the 
number of samples specified for retesting in Table 160.076-29A, one or 
more samples fail the retest.
    (4) A rejected PFD lot may be retested only if allowed under Sec. 
160.076-31(e).
    (g) Accept/reject criteria: independent laboratory testing. (1) A 
lot passes production testing if each sample passes each test.
    (2) A lot must be rejected if--
    (i) A sample fails more than one test;
    (ii) More than one sample fails any test or combination of tests; or
    (iii) One sample fails one test and in redoing that test with the 
number of samples specified for retesting in Table 160.076-29B, one or 
more samples fail the test.
    (3) A rejected lot may be retested only if allowed under Sec. 
160.076-31(e).
    (h) Facilities and equipment--(1) General. The manufacturer must 
provide the test equipment and facilities necessary for performing 
production tests, examinations, and inspections, unless Commandant has 
accepted testing at a location other than the manufacturer's facility.
    (2) Calibration. The manufacturer must have the calibration of all 
test equipment checked at least every six months by a weights and 
measures agency or the equipment manufacturer, distributor, or dealer.
    (3) Facilities. The manufacturer must provide a suitable place and 
the necessary equipment for the inspector to use in conducting or 
supervising tests. For the final lot inspection, the manufacturer must 
provide a suitable working environment and a smooth-top table for the 
inspector's use.

[CGD 94-110, 60 FR 32848, June 23, 1995, as amended by CGD 94-110, 61 FR 
13946, Mar. 28, 1996; 61 FR 15868, Apr. 9, 1996; USCG-2011-0076, 77 FR 
19942, Apr. 3, 2012]



Sec. 160.076-31  Production tests and examinations.

    (a) Samples used in testing must be selected in accordance with 
Sec. 160.076-29(e).
    (b) On each sample selected--
    (1) The manufacturer must conduct the tests in paragraphs (c)(2) 
through (c)(8) of this section;
    (2) The recognized laboratory inspector must conduct or supervise 
the tests in paragraphs (c)(4) through (c)(8) of this section; and
    (3) In addition to meeting the requirements of this section, each 
test result must meet the requirements, if any, contained in the 
approved plans and specifications.
    (c) When conducting the tests specified by this paragraph, the 
following conditions must be met:
    (1) Inflation chamber materials. The materials in each inflatable 
chamber must comply with the requirements in Table 29.1 of UL 1191 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.076-11) for permeability, grab 
strength, and tear strength. Lots not meeting this requirement must be 
rejected and, unless authorized by the Commandant, may not be subdivided 
and retested.
    (2) Seam strength. The seams in each inflation chamber of each 
sample must be tested in accordance with Table 29.1 of UL 1191.
    (3) Over-pressure. Each sample must be tested in accordance with and 
meet UL 1180 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.076-11) section 
41. Prior to initiating the test at the specified values, samples may be 
prestressed by inflating them to a greater pressure than the required 
test pressure.
    (4) Air retention. Each sample must be tested in accordance with and 
meet UL 1180 section 42. Prior to initiating the test at the specified 
values, test samples may be prestressed by inflating to a pressure 
greater than the design pressure, but not exceeding 50 percent of the 
required pressure for the tests in paragraph (c)(3) of this section. No 
alternate test method may be used that decreases the length of the test 
unless authorized by the Commandant. Such alternative test must require 
a proportionately lower allowable pressure loss and the same percentage 
sensitivity and accuracy as the standard allowable loss measured with 
the standard instrumentation.
    (5) Buoyancy and inflation medium retention. Each sample must be 
tested in

[[Page 173]]

accordance with and meet UL 1180 section 29. Each buoyancy value must 
fall within the tolerances specified in the approved plans and 
specifications.
    (6) Tensile strength. Each sample primary closure system must be 
tested in accordance with and meet UL 1180 section 31.
    (7) Detailed product examination. Each sample PFD must be 
disassembled to the extent necessary to determine compliance with the 
following:
    (i) All dimensions and seam allowances must be within tolerances 
prescribed in the approved plans and specifications.
    (ii) The torque of each screw type mechanical fastener must be 
within its tolerance as prescribed in the approved plans and 
specifications.
    (iii) The arrangement, markings, and workmanship must be as 
specified in the approved plans and specifications and this subpart.
    (iv) The PFD must not contain any apparent defects.
    (8) Waterproof Marking Test. Each sample must be completely 
submerged in fresh water for at least 30 minutes. The sample must then 
be removed, immediately placed on a hard surface, and the markings 
vigorously rubbed with the fingers for 15 seconds. If the printing 
becomes illegible, the sample must be rejected.
    (d) Final lot examination and inspection--(1) General. On each PFD 
lot that passes production testing, the manufacturer shall perform a 
final lot examination and, on every fifth lot, a laboratory inspector 
shall perform a final lot inspection. Samples must be selected in 
accordance with paragraph Sec. 160.076-29(e). Each final lot must 
demonstrate--
    (i) First quality workmanship;
    (ii) That the general arrangement and attachment of all components, 
such as body straps, closures, inflation mechanisms, tie tapes, and 
drawstrings, are as specified in the approved plans and specifications;
    (iii) Compliance with the marking requirements in Sec. 160.076-39; 
and
    (iv) That the information pamphlet and owner's manual required by 
Sec. 160.076-35 and 160.076-37, respectively, are securely attached to 
the device, with the pamphlet selection information visible and 
accessible prior to purchase.
    (2) Accept/reject criteria. Each nonconforming PFD must be rejected. 
If three or more nonconforming PFDs are rejected for the same kind of 
defect, lot examination or inspection must be discontinued and the lot 
rejected.
    (3) Manufacturer examination. This examination must be conducted by 
a manufacturer's representative who is familiar with the approved plans 
and specifications, the functioning of the PFD and its components, and 
the production testing procedures. This person must not be responsible 
for meeting production schedules or be supervised by someone who is. 
This person must prepare and sign the record required by 159.007-13(a) 
of this chapter and 160.076-33(b).
    (4) Independent laboratory inspection. (i) The inspector must 
discontinue lot inspection and reject the lot if examination of 
individual PFDs or the records for the lot shows noncompliance with 
either this section or the laboratory's or the manufacturer's quality 
control procedures.
    (ii) If the inspector rejects a lot, the inspector must advise the 
Commandant or the recognized laboratory within 15 days.
    (iii) The inspector must prepare and sign the inspection record 
required by 159.007-13(a) of this chapter and 160.076-33(b). If the lot 
passes, the record must include the inspector's certification that the 
lot passed inspection and that no evidence of noncompliance with this 
section was observed.
    (e) Disposition of rejected PFD lot or PFD. (1) A rejected PFD lot 
may be resubmitted for testing, examination or inspection if the 
manufacturer first removes and destroys each defective PFD or, if 
authorized by the Commandant, reworks the lot to correct the defect.
    (2) Any PFD rejected in a final lot examination or inspection may be 
resubmitted for examination or inspection if all defects have been 
corrected and reexamination or reinspection is authorized by the 
Commandant.
    (3) A rejected lot or rejected PFD may not be sold or offered for 
sale under the representation that it meets

[[Page 174]]

this subpart or that it is Coast Guard-approved.

[CGD 94-110, 60 FR 32848, June 23, 1995, as amended by CGD 94-110, 61 FR 
13946, Mar. 28, 1996; USCG-2011-0076, 77 FR 19942, Apr. 3, 2012]



Sec. 160.076-33  Manufacturer records.

    (a) Each manufacturer of inflatable PFDs shall keep the records of 
production inspections and tests as required by Sec. 159.007-13 of this 
chapter, except that they must be retained for at least 120 months after 
the month in which the inspection or test was conducted.
    (b) In addition to the information required by Sec. 159.007-13 of 
this chapter, the manufacturer's records must also include the following 
information:
    (1) For each test, the serial number of the test instrument used if 
more than one test instrument was available.
    (2) For each test and inspection, the identification of the samples 
used, the lot number, the approval number, and the number of PFDs in the 
lot.
    (3) For each lot rejected, the cause for rejection, any corrective 
action taken, and the final disposition of the lot.
    (4) For all materials used in production the--
    (i) Name and address of the supplier;
    (ii) Date of purchase and receipt;
    (iii) Lot number; and
    (iv) Where required by Sec. 164.019-5 of this chapter, the 
certification received with standard components.
    (5) A copy of this subpart.
    (6) Each document incorporated by reference in Sec. 160.076-11.
    (7) A copy of the approved plans and specifications.
    (8) The approval certificate obtained in accordance with Sec. 2.75-
1 and 2.75-5 of this chapter.
    (9) Certificates evidencing calibration of test equipment, including 
the identity of the agency performing the calibration, date of 
calibration, and results.
    (c) A description or photographs of procedures and equipment used in 
testing required by Sec. 159.007-13(a)(4) of this chapter, is not 
required if the manufacturer's procedures and equipment meet the 
requirements of this subpart.
    (d) The records required by paragraph (b)(4) of this section must be 
kept for at least 120 months after preparation. All other records 
required by paragraph (b) of this section must be kept for at least 60 
months after the PFD approval expires or is terminated.



Sec. 160.076-35  Information pamphlet.

    A pamphlet that is consistent in format to that specified in UL 1123 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.076-11) must be attached to 
each inflatable PFD sold or offered for sale in such a way that a 
prospective purchaser can read the pamphlet prior to purchase. The 
pamphlet text and layout must be submitted to the Commandant for 
approval. The text must be printed in each pamphlet exactly as approved 
by the Commandant. Additional information, instructions, or 
illustrations must not be included within the approved text and layout. 
Sample pamphlet text and layout may be obtained by contacting the 
Commandant. This pamphlet may be combined with the manual required by 
Sec. 160.076-37 if PFD selection and warning information is provided on 
the PFD packaging in such a way that it remains visible until purchase.

[CGD 94-110, 60 FR 32848, June 23, 1995, as amended by USCG-2011-0076, 
77 FR 19943, Apr. 3, 2012]



Sec. 160.076-37  Owner's manual.

    (a) General. The manufacturer must provide an owner's manual with 
each inflatable PFD sold or offered for sale. A draft of the manual for 
each model must be submitted for approval in accordance with Sec. 
160.076-13.
    (b) Manual contents. Each owner's manual must contain the 
information specified in UL 1180 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 
160.076-11), and, if the PFD is conditionally approved, an explanation 
of the meaning of, and reasons for, the approval conditions.

[CGD 94-110, 60 FR 32848, June 23, 1995, as amended by CGD 94-110, 61 FR 
13947, Mar. 28, 1996; USCG-2011-0076, 77 FR 19943, Apr. 3, 2012]



Sec. 160.076-39  Marking.

    Each inflatable PFD must be marked as specified in UL 1180 
(incorporated by

[[Page 175]]

reference, see Sec. 160.076-11). At a minimum, all labels must 
include--
    (a) Size information, as appropriate;
    (b) The Coast Guard approval number;
    (c) Manufacturer's contact information;
    (d) Model name/number;
    (e) Lot number, manufacturer date; and
    (f) Any limitations or restrictions on approval or special 
instructions for use.

[USCG-2013-0263, 79 FR 56500, Sept. 22, 2014]



      Subpart 160.077_Hybrid Inflatable Personal Flotation Devices

    Source: CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.077-1  Scope.

    (a) This specification contains requirements for approving hybrid 
inflatable personal flotation devices (hybrid PFDs).
    (b) Under this chapter and 33 CFR part 175, certain commercial 
vessels and recreational boats may carry Type I, II, or III hybrid PFDs 
to meet carriage requirements. Type V hybrid PFDs may be substituted for 
other required PFDs if they are worn under conditions prescribed in 
their manual as required by Sec. 160.077-29 and on their marking as 
prescribed in Sec. 160.077-31. For recreational boats or boaters 
involved in a special activity, hybrid PFD approval may also be limited 
to that activity.
    (c) Unless approved as a Type I SOLAS Lifejacket, a hybrid PFD on an 
inspected commercial vessel will be approved only--
    (1) As work vest; or
    (2) For the special purpose stated on the approval certificate and 
PFD marking.
    (d) A hybrid PFD may be approved for adults, weighing over 40 kg (90 
lb); youths, weighing 23-40 kg (50-90 lb); small children, weighing 14-
23 kg (30-50 lb); or for the size range of persons for which the design 
has been tested, as indicated on the PFD's label.
    (e) This specification also contains requirements for--
    (1) Manufacturers and sellers of recreational hybrid PFD's to 
provide an information pamphlet and owner's manual with each PFD; and
    (2) Manufacturers of commercial hybrid PFD's to provide a user's 
manual.

[CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, as amended by CGD 78-174, 60 FR 
2486, Jan. 9, 1995]



Sec. 160.077-2  Definitions.

    (a) Commandant means the Chief of the Lifesaving and Fire Safety 
Standards Division. Address: Commandant (CG-ENG-4), Attn: Lifesaving and 
Fire Safety Division, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther 
King Jr. Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509; telephone 202-372-1392 
or fax 202-372-1924.
    (b) Commercial hybrid PFD means a hybrid PFD approved for use on 
commercial vessels identified on the PFD label.
    (c) First quality workmanship means construction which is free from 
any defect materially affecting appearance or serviceability.
    (d) Hybrid PFD means a personal flotation device that has at least 
one inflation chamber in combination with inherently buoyant material.
    (e) Inflation medium means any solid, liquid, or gas, that, when 
activated, provides inflation for buoyancy.
    (f) Inspector means an independent laboratory representative 
assigned to perform duties described in Sec. 160.077-23.
    (g) PFD means a personal flotation device of a type approved under 
this subpart.
    (h) Recreational hybrid PFD means a hybrid PFD approved for use on a 
recreational boat as defined in 33 CFR 175.3.
    (i) [Reserved]
    (j) Reference vest means a model AK-1, adult PFD; model CKM-1, child 
medium PFD; or model CKS-2, child small PFD, meeting the requirements of 
subpart 160.047 of this chapter, except that, in lieu of the weight and 
displacement values prescribed in Tables 160.047-4(c)(2) and 160.047-
4(c)(4), each insert must have the minimum weight of kapok and 
displacement as shown in Table 160.077-2(j). To achieve the specified 
volume displacement, front and

[[Page 176]]

back insert pad coverings may be larger than the dimensions prescribed 
by Sec. 160.047-1(b) and the width of the front fabric envelope and 
height of the back fabric envelope may be increased to accommodate a 
circumference no greater than 1/4 larger than the filled 
insert circumference. As an alternative, unicellular plastic foam 
inserts of the specified displacement and of an equivalent shape, as 
accepted by the Commandant, may be substituted for kapok inserts.

                 Table 160.077-2(j)--Reference Vest Minimum Kapok Weight and Volume Displacement
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Front insert (2 each)                        Back insert
                                --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Reference PFD type          Minimum kapok    Volume displacement    Minimum kapok     Volume displacement
                                   weight g (oz)           N (lb)          weight g (oz)           N (lb)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Devices for adults, weighing
 over 40 kg (90 lb):
    Type II, III, and V          234 (8.25).......  401 (9.01 (6.00.                      minus0.2
                                                     25)                                     5)
Devices for youths, weighing 23-
 40 kg (50-90 lb):
    Type I.....................  184 (6.5)........  311 (7.01 (6.50.                      minus0.2
                                                     25)                                     5)
    Type II, III, and V \1\....  156 (5.5)........  261                                eq>1 (5.50.l
                                                     minus0.                      25)
                                                     25)
Devices for small children,
 weighing 14-23 kg (30-50 lb):
    Type I.....................  128 (4.5)........  211                                eq>1 (6.50.2
                                                     minus0.                      5)
                                                     25)
    Type II....................  100 (3.5)........  171                                eq>1 (5.00.2
                                                     minus0.                      5)
                                                     25)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Both Recreational and Commercial.

    (k) Second stage donning means adjustments or steps necessary to 
make a PFD provide its intended flotation characteristics after the 
device has been properly donned and then inflated.
    (l) SOLAS lifejacket, in the case of a hybrid inflatable PFD, means 
a PFD approved as meeting the requirements for lifejackets in the 1983 
Amendments to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at 
Sea, 1974 (SOLAS 74/83), in addition to the requirements of this 
subpart.

[CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, as amended by CGD 78-174A, 51 
FR 4351, Feb. 4, 1986; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988. 
Redesignated and amended by CGD 78-174, 60 FR 2486, Jan. 9, 1995; 60 FR 
7131, Feb. 7, 1995; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50466, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 
61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996; USCG-2009-0702, 74 FR 49237, Sept. 25, 
2009; USCG-2013-0671, 78 FR 60158, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.077-3  Required to be worn.

    (a) A Type V hybrid PFD may be used to meet the Coast Guard PFD 
carriage requirements of subpart 25.25 of this chapter, and 33 CFR part 
175, only if the PFD is used in accordance with any requirements on the 
approval label. PFDs marked ``REQUIRED TO BE WORN'' must be worn 
whenever the vessel is underway and the intended wearer is not within an 
enclosed space.
    (b) If hybrid PFD's with the marking ``REQUIRED TO BE WORN'' are not 
worn under the conditions stated in paragraph (a) of this section, other 
approved PFD's will have to be provided to comply with the applicable 
carriage requirements in 33 CFR part 175 and subpart 25.25 of this 
chapter.
    (c) The following PFD's must be marked ``REQUIRED TO BE WORN'' as 
specified in Sec. 160.077-31:
    (1) Each Type V recreational hybrid PFD.
    (2) Each Type V commercial hybrid PFD.

[CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985. Redesignated and amended by CGD 
78-174, 60 FR 2486, Jan. 9, 1995]



Sec. 160.077-4  Type.

    (a) A hybrid PFD that successfully passes all applicable tests may 
be approved as a Type I, II, III, or V for various size ranges of 
persons weighing over 23 kg (50 lb), as Type I or II for persons 
weighing 14-23 kg (30-50 lb) or as Type I or II for other sizes. A Type 
V PFD has limitations on its approval.
    (b) The approval tests in this subpart require each Type V hybrid 
PFD to have at least the same performance as a Type I, II, or III PFD 
for adult and youth sizes or Type I or II PFD for child sizes.

[[Page 177]]

    (c) A hybrid PFD may be approved for use on recreational boats, 
commercial vessels or both if the applicable requirements are met.

[CGD 78-174, 60 FR 2486, Jan. 9, 1995]



Sec. 160.077-5  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part 
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance 
with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce any edition other than that specified 
in paragraph (b) of this section, the Coast Guard must publish a notice 
of change in the Federal Register and make the material available to the 
public. All approved material is on file at the Coast Guard 
Headquarters. Contact Commandant (CG-ENG), Attn: Office of Design and 
Engineering Systems, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King 
Jr. Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509. You may also contact the 
National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on 
the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: 
http://www.archives.gov/federal--register/code--of--federal--
regulations/ibr--locations.html. All material is available from the 
sources listed below.
    (b) ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West 
Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959, 877-909-2786, http://www.astm.org.
    (1) ASTM B 117-97, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) 
Apparatus, into Sec. 160.077-11.
    (2) ASTM D 751-95, Standard Test Methods for Coated Fabrics, 
incorporation by reference approved for Sec. 160.077-19.
    (3) ASTM D1434-82 (Reapproved 2009) [egr]1, Standard Test 
Method for Determining Gas Permeability Characteristics of Plastic Film 
and Sheeting (approved May 1, 2009), incorporation by reference approved 
for Sec. 160.077-19.
    (c) DLA Document Services, 700 Robbins Avenue, Building 4/D, 
Philadelphia, PA 19111-5094, 215-697-6396, http://assistdocs.com.
    (1) In Federal Test Method Standard No. 191 the following test 
methods:
    (i) Method 5100, Strength and Elongation, Breaking of Woven Cloth; 
Grab Method.
    (ii) Method 5132, Strength of Cloth, Tearing; Falling-Pendulum 
Method.
    (iii) Method 5134, Strength of Cloth, Tearing; Tongue Method.
    (iv) Method 5804.1, Weathering Resistance of Cloth; Accelerated 
Weathering Method.
    (v) Method 5762, Mildew Resistance of Textile Materials; Soil Burial 
Method.
    (2) Federal Standard No. 751, Stitches, Seams, and Stitching.
    (3) MIL-L-24611(SH), Life Preserver Support Package for Life 
Preserver, MK 4.
    (d) National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) (formerly 
National Bureau of Standards), 100 Bureau Drive, Stop 1070, 
Gaithersburg, MD 20899-1070, 301-975-6478, http://www.nist.gov.
    (1) ``The Universal Color Language'' and ``The Color Names 
Dictionary'' in Color: Universal Language and Dictionary of Names, 
National Institute of Standards Special Publication 440.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (e) Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL), 12 Laboratory Drive, 
Research Triangle Park, NC 27709-3995, 919-549-1400, http://www.ul.com.
    (1) UL 1191, Components for Personal Flotation Devices.
    (2) UL 1517, Standard for Hybrid Personal Flotation Devices 
(November 12, 1984), incorporation by reference approved for 46 CFR 
160.077-5(e)(2); 160.077-11(a)(5)(ii) and(g)(1); 160.077-15(b)(12); 
160.077-17(b)(9); 160.077-19(a)(5) and (b)(1) through (18); 160.077-
21(c)(1) through (5); 160.077-23(h)(4) through (7); 160.077-27(e)(1) and 
(4); and 160.077-29(c)(5), (7), and (9), and (d)(1) and (5).

[USCG-2012-0866, 78 FR 13251, Feb. 27, 2013, as amended by USCG-2013-
0671, 78 FR 60158, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.077-6  Approval procedures.

    (a) General. Subpart 159.005 of this chapter contains the approval 
procedures. Those procedures must be followed, excepted as modified in 
this paragraph.
    (1) Preapproval review under Sec. Sec. 159.005-5 and 159.005-7 may 
be omitted if a similar design has already been approved.
    (2) The information required in all three subparagraphs of Sec. 
159.005-5(a)(2) must be included in the application.

[[Page 178]]

    (3) The application must also include the following:
    (i) The type of performance (i.e. Donned Type I, Type II or Type 
III) that the PFD is designed to provide.
    (ii) Any special purpose(s) for which the PFD is designed and the 
vessel(s) or type(s) of vessel on which its use is planned.
    (iii) Buoyancy and torque tolerances to be allowed in production.
    (iv) The text of any optional marking to be provided in addition to 
required text.
    (v) The manual required by Sec. 160.077-29 (UL 1517 text may be 
omitted in this submission).
    (vi) The size range of wearers that the device is intended to fit.
    (4) The description of quality control procedures required by Sec. 
159.005-9 of this chapter to be submitted with the test report may be 
omitted as long as the manufacturer's planned quality control procedures 
comply with Sec. 160.077-23.
    (b) Waiver of tests. If a manufacturer requests that any test in 
this subpart be waived, one of the following must be provided to the 
Commandant as justification for the waiver:
    (1) Acceptable test results on a PFD of sufficiently similar design.
    (2) Engineering analysis showing that the test is not applicable to 
the particular design or that by design or construction the PFD cannot 
fail the test.
    (c) Alternative Requirements. A PFD that does not meet requirements 
in this subpart may still be approved if the device--
    (1) Meets other requirements prescribed by the Commandant in place 
of or in addition to requirements in this subpart; and
    (2) Provides at least the same degree of safety provided by other 
PFD's that do comply with this subpart.

[CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, as amended by CGD 78-174A, 51 
FR 4351, Feb. 4, 1986. Redesignated and amended by CGD 78-174, 60 FR 
2491, Jan. 9, 1995]



Sec. 160.077-7  Procedure for approval of design or material revision.

    (a) Each change in design, material, or construction of an approved 
PFD must be approved by the Commandant before being used in any 
production of PFDs.
    (b) Determinations of equivalence of design, construction, and 
materials may be made only by the Commandant.

[CGD 78-174, 60 FR 2492, Jan. 9, 1995]



Sec. 160.077-9  Recognized laboratory.

    (a) A manufacturer seeking Coast Guard approval of a product under 
this subpart shall follow the approval procedures of subpart 159.005 of 
this chapter, and shall apply for approval directly to a recognized 
independent laboratory. The following laboratories are recognized under 
Sec. 159.010-7 of this part, to perform testing and approval functions 
under this subpart: Underwriters Laboratories, 12 Laboratory Drive, P.O. 
Box 13995, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709-3995, (919) 549-1400.
    (b) Production oversight must be performed by the same laboratory 
that performs the approval tests unless, as determined by the 
Commandant, the employees of the laboratory performing production 
oversight receive training and support equal to that of the laboratory 
that performed the approval testing.

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13931, Mar. 28, 1996; 61 FR 15868, Apr. 9, 1996]



Sec. 160.077-11  Materials--Recreational Hybrid PFD's.

    (a) General--(1) Application. This section contains requirements for 
materials used in recreational hybrid PFD's.
    (2) Condition of Materials. All materials must be new.
    (3) Acceptance, certification, and quality. All components used in 
the construction of hybrid PFDs must meet the applicable requirements of 
subpart 164.019 of this chapter.
    (4) Temperature range. Unless otherwise specified in standards 
incorporated by reference in this section, all materials must be 
designed for use in all weather conditions throughout a temperature 
range of -30 [deg]C to + 65 [deg]C (-22 [deg]F to + 150 [deg]F).
    (5) Weathering Resistance. Each non-metallic component which is not 
suitably covered to shield against ultraviolet exposure must be designed 
to--
    (i) Retain at least 40% of its strength after being subjected to 300 
hours of

[[Page 179]]

sunshine carbon arc weathering as specified by Method 5804.1 of Federal 
Test Method Standard Number 191; or
    (ii) Meet UL 1517, section 4.3.
    (6) Fungus Resistance. Each non-metallic component must be designed 
to retain at least 90% of its strength after being subjected to the 
mildew resistance test specified by Method 5762 of Federal Test Method 
Standard 191 when untreated cotton is used as the control specimen. 
Also, the gas transmission rate of inflation chamber materials must not 
be increased by more than 10% after being subjected to this test. 
Materials that are covered when used in the PFD may be tested with that 
covering.
    (7) Corrosion resistance. Each metal component must be--
    (i) Galvanically compatible with each other metal part in contact 
with it; and
    (ii) Unless it is expendable (such as an inflation medium 
cartridge), 410 stainless steel or have salt water and salt air 
corrosion characteristics equal or superior to 410 stainless steel or 
perform its intended function, and have no visible pitting or other 
damage on any surface, after 720 hours of salt spray testing according 
to ASTM B 117 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.077-5).
    (8) Materials not covered. Materials not covered in this section 
must be of good quality and suitable for the purpose intended.
    (b) Flotation material. Inherent buoyancy must be provided by--
    (1) Plastic foam meeting--
    (i) Subpart 164.013 of this chapter;
    (ii) Subpart 164.015 of this chapter; or
    (iii) UL 1191 and having a V factor of 89 except that foam with a 
lower V factor may be used if it provides buoyancy which, after a normal 
service life, is at least equal to that of a PFD made with material 
having a V factor of 89 and the required minimum inherent buoyancy when 
new; or
    (2) Kapok meeting subpart 164.003 of this chapter.
    (c) Fabric--(1) All fabric. All fabric, except inner envelope 
fabric, must--
    (i) Be of a type accepted for use on Type I PFD's approved under 
subpart 160.002 of this chapter; or
    (ii) Meet the Type V requirements for ``Fabrics for Wearable 
Devices'' in UL 1191, except that its breaking strength must be at least 
400 N (90 lb.) in both the directions of greater and lesser thread 
count.
    (2) Rubber coated fabric. Rubber coated fabric must be of a copper-
inhibiting type.
    (3) Inner envelope fabric. Inner envelope fabric must--
    (i) Meet the requirements in paragraph (c)(i) of this section; or
    (ii) Be of a type accepted for use on Type II PFD's approved under 
subpart 160.047 of this chapter.
    (d) Inflation chamber materials--(1) All materials. The average 
permeability of inflation chamber material must not be more than 110% of 
the permeability of materials determined in approval testing prescribed 
in Sec. 160.077-19(d). The average grab breaking strength and tear 
strength of the material must be at least 90% of the grab breaking 
strength and tear strength determined from testing prescribed in Sec. 
160.077-19(d). No individual sample result for breaking strength or tear 
strength may be more than 20% below the results obtained in approval 
testing.
    (2) Fabric covered chambers. Each material used in the construction 
of inflation chambers that are covered with fabric must meet the 
requirements specified for--
    (i) Bladder materials in section 3.2.6 of MIL-L-24611(SH) if the 
material is an unsupported film, except that any color or finish may be 
used; or
    (ii) Coated fabric in section 3.1.1 of TSO-C13 if the material is a 
coated fabric.
    (3) Uncovered chambers. Each material used in the construction of 
inflation chambers that are not covered with fabric must meet the 
requirements specified in paragraph (d)(2)(ii) and (a)(5)(i) of this 
section.
    (e) Thread. Each thread must meet the requirements of subpart 
164.023 of this chapter. Only one kind of thread may be used in each 
seam. Thread and fabric combinations must have similar elongation and 
durability characteristics.
    (f) Webbing. Webbing used as a body strap, tie tape or drawstring, 
or reinforcing tape must meet Sec. 160.002-3(e), Sec. 160.002-3(f), 
and Sec. 160.002-3(h) of this chapter respectively. Webbing used for

[[Page 180]]

tie tape or drawstring must be capable of easily holding a knot and 
being easily tied and untied. Webbing used as reinforcing tape must be 
smooth enough to prevent chafing the wearer.
    (g) Closures--(1) Strength. Each closure such as a buckle, snap hook 
and dee ring, or other type of fastening must comply with UL 1517, 
section 4.1. The width of each closure opening through which body strap 
webbing passes must be the same as the width of that webbing.
    (2) Means of Locking. Each closure used to secure a PFD to the body, 
except a zipper, must have a quick and positive means of locking, such 
as a snap hook and dee ring.
    (3) Zipper. If a zipper is used to secure a PFD to the wearer it 
must be--
    (i) Easily initiated;
    (ii) Non-jamming;
    (iii) Right handed; and
    (iv) Of a locking type.
    (h) Inflation medium. If a hybrid PFD has an automatic or manual 
inflation mechanism--
    (1) The inflation medium must not contain or produce compounds more 
toxic than CO2 in sufficient quantity to cause an adverse 
reaction if inhaled through any of its oral inflation mechanisms; and
    (2) Any chemical reaction during inflation must not leave a toxic 
residue.
    (i) [Reserved]
    (j) Kapok pad covering. If kapok flotation material is used, pad 
covering that meets Sec. 160.047-3(e) of this chapter must be provided 
to enclose the material in at least three separate pads.

[CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, as amended by CGD 84-068, 58 FR 
29494, May 20, 1993; CGD 78-174, 60 FR 2486, Jan. 9, 1995; USCG-2000-
7790, 65 FR 58463, Sept. 29, 2000]



Sec. 160.077-13  Materials--Type I and Commercial Hybrid PFD.

    (a) General. All commercial hybrid PFD materials must meet Sec. 
160.077-11 and this section.
    (b) Closures. Each closure other than a zipper must have a minimum 
breaking strength of 1000 N (225 lbs). If a zipper is used to secure the 
PFD to the body, it must be used in combination with another closure 
that has a quick and positive means of locking.
    (c) Retroreflective Material. Each PFD must have at least 200 sq. 
cm. (31 sq. in.) of retroreflective material on its front side, at least 
200 sq. cm. on its back side and at least 200 sq. cm. of material on 
each reversible side, if any. The material must be Type I material that 
is approved under Subpart 164.018 of this chapter. The material attached 
on each side must be divided equally between the upper quadrants of the 
side. The material, as attached, must not impair PFD performance.

[CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, as amended by CGD 78-174, 60 FR 
2487, Jan. 9, 1995]



Sec. 160.077-15  Construction and Performance--Recreational Hybrid PFD.

    (a) Performance. (1) Each recreational hybrid PFD must be able to 
pass the tests in Sec. 160.077-19.
    (2) Each recreational hybrid PFD must--
    (i) If second stage donning is required, have an obvious method for 
doing it;
    (ii) If it is to be marked as Type II or Type V providing Type I or 
II performance, not require second stage donning to achieve that 
performance;
    (iii) Be capable of being worn while inflated at 60 N (13 lb.) of 
buoyancy without significantly changing its appearance from, or making 
it significantly less comfortable than, the uninflated condition;
    (iv) Not cause significant discomfort to the wearer during and after 
inflation; and
    (v) If it has a manual or automatic inflation mechanism and can be 
put on inside out, not restrict breathing when donned inside out, 
adjusted to fit, and inflated.
    (b) Construction; General. Each recreational hybrid PFD must--
    (1) Have one or more inflation chambers;
    (2) Have at least one oral means of inflation on each inflation 
chamber;
    (3) Have at least one automatic inflation mechanism that inflates at 
least one chamber, if marked as providing Type I or II performance;
    (4) Be constructed so that the intended method of donning is obvious 
to an untrained wearer;

[[Page 181]]

    (5) Not have a channel that can direct water to the wearer's face to 
any greater extent than that of the reference vest defined in Sec. 
160.077-3(j).
    (6) Have a retainer for each adjustable closure to prevent any part 
of the closure from being easily removed from the PFD;
    (7) If marked as universally sized for wearers weighing over 40 kg 
(90 pounds), have a chest size range of at least 76 to 120 cm (30 to 52 
in.);
    (8) Not have means of access to any inherently buoyant inserts;
    (9) Not have edges, projections, or corners, either external or 
internal, that are sufficiently sharp to damage the PFD or cause injury 
to anyone using or maintaining the PFD;
    (10) Be of first quality workmanship;
    (11) Unless otherwise allowed by the approval certificate--
    (i) Not incorporate means obviously intended for attaching the PFD 
to the vessel; and
    (ii) Not have any instructions indicating that attachment is 
intended;
    (12) Except as otherwise required by this section, meet UL Standard 
1517, sections 6.14, 6.20, 7.1, 7.3, 7.8, 8.4, and 9; and
    (13) Provide the minimum buoyancies specified in Table 160.077-
15(b)(13).

                         Table 160.077-15(b)(13)--Buoyancy for Recreational Hybrid PFDs
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Adult                      Youth                   Small child
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Inherent buoyancy (deflated
 condition):
    Type II...................  45 N (10 lb)..............  40 N (9 lb)..............  30 N (7 lb)
    Type III..................  45 N (10 lb)..............  40 N (9 lb)..............  N/A
    Type V....................  33 N (7.5 lb).............  34 N (7.5 lb)............  N/A
Total buoyancy (inflated
 condition):
    Type II...................  100 N (22 lb).............  67 N (15 lb).............  53 N (12 lb)
    Type III..................  100 N (22 lb).............  67 N (15 lb).............  N/A
    Type V....................  100 N (22 lb).............  67 N (15 lb).............  N/A
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (14) Meet any additional requirements that the Commandant may 
prescribe, if necessary, to approve unique or novel designs.
    (c) Inflation mechanism. (1) Each inflation mechanism on a 
recreational hybrid PFD must--
    (i) Not require tools to activate it or replace its inflation medium 
cartridge or water sensitive element;
    (ii) Have an intended method of operation that is obvious to an 
untrained wearer; and
    (iii) Be located outside of its inflation chamber.
    (2) Each oral inflation mechanism must--
    (i) Be designed to operate without pulling on the mechanism;
    (ii) Not be capable of locking in the open or closed position except 
that, a friction-fit dust cap that only locks in the closed position may 
be used; and
    (iii) Have a non-toxic mouthpiece.
    (3) Each automatic and manual inflation mechanism must--
    (i) Have a simple method for replacing the inflation medium 
cartridge; and
    (ii) Be in a ready-to-use condition or be conspicuously marked to 
indicate that the inflation mechanism is not in a ready-to-use condition 
and that the purchaser must assemble it.
    (4) Each manual inflation mechanism must--
    (i) Provide an easy means of inflation that requires only one 
deliberate action on the part of the wearer to actuate it; and
    (ii) Be operated by pulling on an inflation handle that is marked 
``Jerk to Inflate'' at two visible locations.
    (5) Each automatic inflation mechanism must--
    (i) Have an obvious method for indicating whether the mechanism has 
been activated; and
    (ii) Be incapable of assembly without its water sensitive element.
    (6) The marking required for the inflation handle of a manual 
inflation mechanism must be waterproof, permanent, and readable from a 
distance of 2.5 m (8 ft.).
    (d) Deflation mechanism. (1) Each inflation chamber must have its 
own deflation mechanism.
    (2) Each deflation mechanism must--

[[Page 182]]

    (i) Be readily accessible to either hand when the PFD is worn while 
inflated;
    (ii) Not require tools to operate it;
    (iii) Have an intended method of operation that is obvious to an 
untrained wearer, and
    (iv) Not be able to be locked in the open or closed position.
    (3) The deflation mechanism may be the oral inflation mechanism.
    (e) Sewn seams. Stitching used in each structural seam of a PFD must 
provide performance equal to or better than a Class 300 Lockstitch 
meeting Federal Standard No. 751.

[CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, as amended by CGD 78-174A, 51 
FR 4351, Feb. 4, 1986; CGD 78-174, 60 FR 2487, Jan. 9, 1995]



Sec. 160.077-17  Construction and Performance--Type I and Commercial
Hybrid PFD.

    (a) General. Each commercial hybrid PFD must meet--
    (1) Paragraph (b) of this section; and
    (2) Section 160.077-15, except Sec. 160.077-15(a)(2)(iii) and Sec. 
160.077-15(c)(1)(i).
    (b) Additional requirements. Each commercial hybrid PFD must--
    (1) Be able to pass the tests in Sec. 160.077-21;
    (2) Not present a snag hazard when properly worn;
    (3) When worn inflated, have a visible external surface area of at 
least 1300 sq. cm (200 sq. in.) in front and 450 sq. cm (70 sq. in.) in 
back that are primarily vivid reddish orange as defined by sections 13 
and 14 of the ``Color Names Dictionary'';
    (4) Have at least one inflation chamber, except that a hybrid PFD 
approved as a SOLAS lifejacket must have at least two inflation 
chambers;
    (5) Have at least one manual inflation mechanism.
    (6) Have at least one automatic inflation mechanism that inflates at 
least one chamber; and
    (7) Not require second stage donning after inflation.
    (8) If approved for adults, be universally sized as specified in 
Sec. 160.077-15(b)(7).
    (9) Commercial hybrid PFDs employing closures with less than 1600 N 
(360 lb) strength, must have at least two closures that meet UL 1517, 
Section 22.1.
    (10) Each commercial hybrid PFD must have an attachment for a PFD 
light securely fastened to the front shoulder area. The location should 
be such that if the light is attached it will not damage or impair the 
performance of the PFD.
    (11) In the deflated and the inflated condition, provide buoyancies 
of at least the values in Table 160.077-17(b)(11).

                 Table 160.077-17(b)(11)--Minimum Buoyancy of Type I and Commercial Hybrid PFDs
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Adult                      Youth                   Small child
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Inherent buoyancy (deflated
 condition):
    Type I....................  70 N (15.5 lb)............  50 N (11 lb).............  40 N (9 lb)
    Type V....................  60 N (13 lb)..............  34 N (7.5 lb)............  N/A
Total buoyancy (inflated
 condition):
    Type I....................  130 N (30 lb).............  80 N (18 lb).............  67 N (15 lb)
    Type V....................  100 N (22 lb).............  67 N (15 lb).............  N/A
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, as amended by CGD 78-174, 60 FR 
2487, Jan. 9, 1995]



Sec. 160.077-19  Approval Testing--Recreational Hybrid PFD's.

    (a) General. (1) This section contains approval tests and 
examinations for recreational hybrid PFD's. Each test and examination 
must be conducted or supervised by an independent laboratory. The tests 
must be done using PFD's that have been constructed in accordance with 
the plans and specifications in the application for approval. In each 
test only one PFD is required to be tested unless otherwise specified or 
needed to complete the tests in paragraph (d) of this section.
    (2) All data relating to buoyancy and pressure must be taken at, or 
corrected to, standard atmospheric pressure of 760 mm (29.92 inches) of 
mercury and temperature of 20 [deg]C (68 [deg]F).

[[Page 183]]

    (3) The tests in paragraph (b) of this section must be completed 
before doing the tests in paragraph (d) of this section.
    (4) In each test that specifies inflation by an automatic inflation 
mechanism and either or both of the other mechanisms, the automatic 
inflation mechanism must be tested first.
    (5) Some tests in this section require PFD's to be tested while 
being worn. The number and characteristics of the test subjects must be 
as prescribed in section 11 of UL 1517.
    (b) Tests. Each PFD design must be tested according to the 
procedures in the following tests and meet the requirements in those 
tests:
    (1) Donning and Operability, UL 1517, section 12.
    (2) Jump Test, UL 1517, section 13.
    (3) Flotation Stability and Inflation.
    (i) Uninflated Flotation Stability, UL 1517, section 14.

    Note: If the freeboard of a test subject is close to zero, caution 
must be taken to prevent the subject from inhaling water. The subject 
may use lightweight breathing aids to avoid inhaling water.

    (ii) Inflation, UL 1517, section 14.3 through 14.5 using a PFD with 
each automatic inflation mechanism disabled.
    (iii) Inflated flotation stability, UL 1517, section 15, for Type II 
and Type III performance except comparisons are to be made to the 
appropriate size and Type reference vest as defined in Sec. 160.077-
2(j).
    (4) Water Emergence, UL 1517, section 16.
    (5) Operation Force Test, UL 1517, section 17.
    (6) Buoyancy, buoyancy distribution, and inflation medium retention 
test, UL 1517, sections 18 and 19, except:
    (i) Recreational hybrid inflatables must provide minimum buoyancy as 
specified in Table 160.077-15(b)(13):
    (ii) The buoyancy and volume displacement of kapok buoyant inserts 
must be tested in accordance with the procedures prescribed in Sec. 
160.047-4(c)(4) and Sec. 160.047-5(e)(1) in lieu of the procedures in 
UL 1517, section 18 and 19.
    (7) Inflation Chamber Tests.
    (i) Over-pressure Test, UL 1517, section 28.
    (ii) Air Retention Test, UL 1517, section 29.
    (8) Temperature Cycling Tests, UL 1517, section 23.
    (9) Solvent Exposure Test, UL 1517, section 24.
    (10) Environmental Tests, UL 1517, section 31.1.
    (i) Humidity Exposure, UL 1517, section 31.4.
    (ii) Rain Exposure, UL 1517, section 31.2 and 31.3.
    (11) Abrasion/Compression Test, UL 1517, section 26.
    (12) Water Entrapment Test, UL 1517, section 20.
    (13) Tensile Tests, UL 1517, section 22.
    (14) Strength of Attachment of Inflation Mechanism, UL 1517, section 
30.
    (15) Flame Exposure Test, UL 1517, section 25.
    (16) Impact Test, UL 1517, section 21.
    (17) Seam Strength Test, UL 1517, section 33.
    (18) Puncture Test, UL 1517, section 27.
    (c) Visual Examination. One complete PFD must be visually examined 
for compliance with the requirements of Sec. 160.077-15.
    (d) Inflation Chamber Properties--(1) General. The tests in this 
paragraph must be run if the tests in paragraph (b) of this section are 
successfully completed. The results of these tests will be used to check 
the quality of incoming PFD components and the production process. Test 
samples must come from one of more PFD's that were each used in all of 
the tests in paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(6), (b)(7), (b)(16), and (b)(18) of 
this section.
    (2) Grab breaking strength. Grab breaking strength of chamber 
materials must be determined according to Method No. 5100 of Federal 
Test Method Standard 191, or ASTM D 751 (incorporated by reference, see 
Sec. 160.077-5).
    (3) Tear strength. Tear strength of chamber materials must be 
determined according to Method No. 5132 or 5134 of Federal Test Method 
Standard 191, or ASTM D 751 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 
160.077-5).
    (4) Permeability. The permeability of chamber materials must be 
determined according to ASTM D 1434 (incorporated by reference, see 
Sec. 160.077-5) using CO2 as the test gas.

[[Page 184]]

    (5) Seam strength. The seam strength of the seams in each inflation 
chamber of at least one PFD must be determined according to ASTM D 751 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.077-5), except that 25 mm by 
200 mm (1 in. by 8 in.) samples may be used where insufficient length of 
straight seam is available.
    (e) The Commandant may prescribe additional tests, if necessary, to 
approve unique or novel designs.

[CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, as amended by CGD 78-174, 60 FR 
2487, Jan. 9, 1995; USCG-2000-7790, 65 FR 58463, Sept. 29, 2000]



Sec. 160.077-21  Approval Testing--Type I and Commercial Hybrid PFD.

    (a) General. This section contains commercial hybrid PFD approval 
tests. The provisions of Sec. 160.077-19(a) apply to each test in this 
section.
    (b) Tests. Each test prescribed in Sec. 160.077-19(b), except the 
tests in paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(3)(i), (b)(3)(ii), and (b)(6), must be 
conducted and passed.
    (c) Additional tests. Each PFD design must also be tested according 
to the procedures in the following tests and meet the requirements in 
these tests:
    (1) Jump test, UL 1517, section S6 for Adult size. Youth and Small 
Child sizes are exempt from this test.
    (2) In-water removal, UL 1517, section S9 for Adult and Youth sizes. 
The Small Child size is exempt from this test.
    (3) Buoyancy and inflation medium retention test, UL 1517, Section 
S10, except the minimum buoyancies must be as specified in the Table 
160.077-17(b)(11):
    (4) Flotation stability.
    (i) Uninflated flotation stability, UL 1517, section S7, except that 
for Type I devices the requirements of paragraph S7.1.A apply to all 
subjects regardless of their in-water weight. For Type V adult-size 
devices the requirements of paragraph S7.1.A apply to all adult subjects 
having an in-water weight of 13 lb or less, and the requirements of 
paragraph S7.1.B apply to all other adult subjects.

    Note: --If the freeboard of a test subject is close to zero, caution 
must be taken to prevent the subject from inhaling water. The subject 
may use lightweight breathing aids to avoid inhaling water.

    (ii) Righting action test, 46 CFR 160.176-13(d)(2) through (d)(5) 
for Type I hybrid PFDs. UL 1517, Section S8, for Type V hybrid PFDs.
    (5) Flotation stability--youths and small children.
    (i) Uninflated flotation stability, UL 1517, section S7, except that 
the requirements of paragraph S7.1.A apply to all subjects regardless of 
their in-water weight.
    (ii) Righting action test, UL 1517, Section 15.3 through 15.13, for 
Youth and Small Child hybrid PFDs except comparisons are to be made to 
the appropriate size and type reference vest as defined in Sec. 
160.077-2(j).
    (d) Flotation Stability Criteria. At the end of the righting action 
test--
    (1) At least 75% of the PFD's retroreflective material on the 
outside of the PFD, and the PFD light, must be above the water when the 
subject is floating in the stable flotation attitude; and
    (2) The subject when floating in the stable flotation position and 
looking to the side, must be able to see--
    (i) The water no more than 3 m (10 ft.) away; or
    (ii) A mark on a vertical scale no higher than the lowest mark which 
can be viewed when floating in the same position in the reference vest 
defined in Sec. 160.077-3(j).
    (3) Each adult test subject must have a freeboard of at least:
    (i) 100 mm (4 inches) if the PFD being tested is to be approved as a 
Type I hybrid PFD; or
    (ii) 120 mm (4.75 inches) if the PFD being tested is to be approved 
as a SOLAS lifejacket.
    (e) Visual Examination. One complete PFD must be visually examined 
for compliance with the requirements of Sec. 160.077-15 and Sec. 
160.077-17.
    (f) Inflation Chamber Properties. If the tests in paragraphs (b) and 
(c) of this section are completed successfully, the tests in Sec. 
160.077-19(d) must be run.

[[Page 185]]

    (g) The Commandant may prescribe additional tests, if necessary, to 
approve unique or novel designs.

[CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, as amended by CGD 78-174, 60 FR 
2488, Jan. 9, 1995; 60 FR 7131, Feb. 7, 1995; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50466, 
Sept. 29, 1995]



Sec. 160.077-23  Production tests and inspections.

    (a) General. (1) Production tests and inspections must be conducted 
in accordance with this section and subpart 159.007 of this chapter.
    (2) The Commandant may prescribe additional production tests and 
inspections if needed to maintain quality control and check for 
compliance with the requirements of this subpart.
    (b) Test and Inspection Responsibilities. In addition to 
responsibilities set out in part 159 of this chapter, each manufacturer 
of a hybrid PFD and each independent laboratory inspector must comply 
with the following, as applicable:
    (1) Manufacturer. Each manufacturer must--(i) Perform all required 
tests and examinations on each PFD lot before the independent laboratory 
inspector tests and inspects the lot, except as provided in Sec. 
160.077-23(d)(5);
    (ii) Perform required testing of each incoming lot of inflation 
chamber material before using that lot in production;
    (iii) Have procedures for maintaining quality control of the 
materials used, manufacturing operations, and the finished product;
    (iv) Have a continuing program of employee training and a program 
for maintaining production and test equipment;
    (v) Have an inspector from the independent laboratory observe the 
production methods used in producing the first PFD lot produced and 
observe any revisions made thereafter in production methods;
    (vi) Admit the inspector and any Coast Guard representative to any 
place in the factory where work is done on hybrid PFD's or component 
materials, and where completed PFD's are stored; and
    (vii) Allow the inspector and any Coast Guard representative to take 
samples of completed PFD's or of component materials for tests 
prescribed in this subpart.
    (2) Independent Laboratory. (i) An inspector may not perform or 
supervise any production test or inspection unless--
    (A) The manufacturer has a current approval certificate; and
    (B) The inspector has first observed the manufacturer's production 
methods and any revisions to those methods.
    (ii) Except as specified in paragraph (b)(2)(v) of this section, an 
inspector must perform or supervise testing and inspection of at least 
one PFD lot in each five lots produced.
    (iii) During each inspection, the inspector must check for 
noncompliance with the manufacturer's quality control procedures.
    (iv) Except as specified in paragraph (b)(2)(v) of this section, at 
least once each calendar quarter, the inspector must, as a check on the 
manufacturer's compliance with this section, examine the manufacturer's 
records required by Sec. 160.077-25 and observe the manufacturer 
perform each of the tests required by paragraph (h) of this section.
    (v) If less than six lots are produced during any calendar year, 
only one lot inspection in accordance with paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this 
section, and one records examination and test performance observation in 
accordance with paragraph (b)(2)(iv) of this section is required during 
that year. Each lot tested and inspected must be within seven lots of 
the previous lot inspected.
    (c) PFD Lots. A lot number must be assigned to each group of PFD's 
produced. No lot may exceed 1000 PFD's. A new lot must be started 
whenever any change in materials or a production method is made, or 
whenever any substantial discontinuity in the production process occurs. 
Changes in lots of component materials must be treated as changes in 
materials. Lots must be numbered serially. The lot number assigned, 
along with the approval number, must enable the PFD manufacturer, by 
referring to the records required by this subpart, to determine who 
produced the components used in the PFD.
    (d) Samples. (1) Samples used in testing and inspections must be 
selected at

[[Page 186]]

random. Sampling must be done only when all PFD's or materials in the 
lot are available for selection.
    (2) Each sample PFD selected must be complete, unless otherwise 
specified in paragraph (h) of this section.
    (3) Each adult test subject must have a freeboard of at least:
    (i) 100 mm (4 inches) if the PFD being tested is to be approved as a 
Type I hybrid PFD; or
    (ii) 120 mm (4.75 inches) if the PFD being tested is to be approved 
as a SOLAS lifejacket.
    (4) The number of samples selected per lot must be at least the 
number listed in Table 160.077-23A or Table 160.077-23B, as applicable, 
except as allowed in paragraph (d)(5) of this section.
    (5) If the total production for any five consecutive lots does not 
exceed 250 devices, the manufacturer's and inspector's tests can be run 
on the same sample(s) at the same time.

                                   Table 160.077-23A--Manufacturer's Sampling
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       Number of samples per lot
                                                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               Lot size
                                                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                       1-100   101-200   201-300   301-500   501-750   751-1000
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tests:
  Inflation chamber materials.......................
                                                   See note 1
  Seam strength.....................................       1         1         2         2         3           4
  Over-pressure(2), (3).............................       1         2         3         4         6           8
  Air retention.....................................
                                             Every device in the lot
  Buoyancy and inflation media retention............       1         2         3         4         6           8
  Tensile strength(4)...............................       1         1         1         1         1           1
  Detailed product examination......................       2         2         3         4         6           8
Retest sample size(2)...............................  ......  ........        13        13        20          20
Final lot examination...............................
                                             Every device in the lot
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes to Table:
(1) Samples must be selected from each lot of incoming material. The tests referenced in Sec. 160.077-19(d)(2)
  through Sec. 160.077-19(d)(4) prescribe the number of samples to select.
(2) Samples selected for this test may not be the same samples selected for other tests.
(3) If any sample fails this test, the number of samples to be tested in the next lot produced must be at least
  2% of the total number of PFD's in the lot or 10 PFD's, whichever is greater.
(4) This test is required only when a new lot of materials is used and when a revised production process is
  used. However, the test must be run at least once every calendar quarter regardless of whether a new lot of
  materials or revised process is started in that quarter.


                                     Table 160.077-23B--Inspector's Sampling
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       Number of samples per lot
                                                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               Lot size
                                                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                       1-100   101-200   201-300   301-500   501-750   751-1000
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tests:
  Over-pressure 1...................................       1         1         2         2         3           4
  Air retention.....................................       1         1         2         2         3           4
  Buoyancy and inflation media retention............       1         1         2         2         3           4
  Tensile strength 2................................       1         1         1         1         1           1
  Waterproof marking................................
                                             See note 3 for sampling
  Detailed product examination......................       1         1         1         2         2           3
Retest sample size 1................................      10        10        13        13        20          20
Final Lot Inspection................................      10        15        20        25        27          30
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes to Table:
(1) Samples selected for this test may not be the same PFD's selected for other tests.
(2) This test may be omitted if the manufacturer has previously conducted it and the inspector has conducted the
  test on a previous lot within the past year.
(3) One sample of each means of marking on each type of fabric or finish used in PFD construction must be tested
  whenever a new lot of materials is used or at least every six months regardless of whether a new lot of
  materials was used within the past six months.


[[Page 187]]

    (e) Accept/Reject Criteria: Manufacturer Testing. (1) A PFD lot 
passes production testing if each sample passes each test.
    (2) In lots of 200 or less PFD's the lot must be rejected if any 
sample fails one or more tests.
    (3) In lots of more than 200 PFD's, the lost must be rejected if--
    (i) One sample fails more than one test;
    (ii) More than one sample fails; or
    (iii) One sample fails one test and in redoing that test with the 
number of samples specified for retesting in Table 160.077-23A, one or 
more samples fail the test.
    (4) A rejected PFD lot may be retested only if allowed under 
paragraph (k) of this section.
    (5) In testing inflation chamber materials, a lot is accepted only 
if the average of the results of testing the minimum number of samples 
prescribed in the reference tests in Sec. 160.077-19(d) is within the 
tolerances specified in Sec. 160.077-11(d)(1). Any lot that is rejected 
may not be used in production.
    (f) Accept/Reject Criteria: Independent Laboratory Testing. (1) A 
lot passes production testing if each sample passes each test.
    (2) A lot must be rejected if--
    (i) One sample fails more than one test;
    (ii) More than one sample fails; or
    (iii) One sample fails one test and in redoing that test with the 
number of samples specified for retesting in Table 160.077-23B, one or 
more samples fail the test.
    (3) A rejected lot may be retested only if allowed under paragraph 
(k) of this section.
    (g) Facilities and Equipment--(1) General. The manufacturer must 
provide the test equipment and facilities described in this section for 
performing production tests, examinations, and inspections.
    (2) Calibration. The manufacturer must have the calibration of all 
test equipment checked at least annually by a weights and measures 
agency or the equipment manufacturer, distributor, or dealer.
    (3) Equipment. The following equipment is required:
    (i) A Sample Basket for buoyancy tests. It must be made of wire mesh 
and be of sufficient size and durability to hold a complete inflated 
PFD. The basket must be heavy enough or be sufficiently weighted to 
become submerged when holding a test sample.
    (ii) A Tank Filled with Fresh Water for buoyancy tests. The height 
of the tank must be sufficient to allow a water depth of at least 5 cm 
(2 inches) from the water surface to the top of the basket when the 
basket is not touching the bottom. The length and width of the tank must 
be sufficient to prevent each submerged basket from contacting another 
basket or the tank sides and bottom. Means for locking or sealing the 
tank must be provided to prevent disturbance of any samples or a change 
in water level during testing.
    (iii) A Scale that has sufficient capacity to weigh a submerged 
sample basket. The scale must be sensitive to 14 g (0.5 oz) and must not 
have an error exceeding 14 g (0.5 oz).
    (iv) Tensile Test Equipment that is suitable for applying pulling 
force in conducting body strap assembly strength subtests. The equipment 
assembly may be (A) a known weight and winch, (B) a scale, winch, and 
fixed anchor, or (C) a tensile test machine that is capable of holding a 
given tension. The assembly must provide accuracy to maintain a pulling 
force within 2 percent of specified force. 
Additionally, if the closed loop test method is used, two cylinders of 
the type described in that method must be provided.
    (v) A Thermometer that is sensitive to 0.5 [deg]C (1 [deg]F) and 
does not have an error exceeding 0.25 [deg]C (0.5 
[deg]F).
    (vi) A Barometer that is capable of reading mm (inches) of mercury 
with a sensitivity of 1 mm (0.05 in.) Hg and an error not exceeding 
0.05 mm (0.02 in.) Hg.
    (vii) A Regulated Air Supply that is capable of supplying the air 
necessary to conduct the tests specified in paragraphs (h)(4) and (h)(5) 
of this section.
    (viii) A Pressure Gauge that is capable of measuring air pressure 
with a sensitivity of 1 kPa (0.1 psig) and an error not exceeding 0.5 kPa (0.05 psig).
    (ix) A Torque Wrench if any screw fasteners are used. The wrench 
must be sensitive to, and have an error of less

[[Page 188]]

than, one-half the specified tolerance for the torque values of the 
fasteners.
    (x) Inflation chamber materials test equipment. If the required 
tests in paragraph (h)(2) of this section are performed by the PFD 
manufacturer, test equipment suitable for conducting Grab Breaking 
Strength, Tear Strength, Permeability, and Seam Strength tests must be 
available at the PFD manufacturer's facility.
    (4) Facilities. The manufacturer must provide a suitable place and 
the necessary apparatus for the inspector to use in conducting or 
supervising tests. For the final lot inspection, the manufacturer must 
provide a suitable working environment and a smooth-top table for the 
inspector's use.
    (h) Production Tests and Examinations--(1) General. (i) Samples used 
in testing must be selected according to paragraph (d) of this section.
    (ii) On the samples selected for testing--
    (A) The manufacturer must conduct the tests in paragraph (h)(2) 
through (h)(8) of this section; and
    (B) The independent laboratory inspector must conduct or supervise 
the tests in paragraph (h)(4) through (h)(9) of this section.
    (iii) Each individual test result must, in addition to meeting the 
requirements in this paragraph, comply with the requirements, if any, 
set out in the approved plans and specifications.
    (2) Inflation Chamber Materials. Each sample must be tested 
according to Sec. 160.077-19(d)(1) through Sec. 160.077-19(d)(4). The 
average and individual results of testing the minimum number of samples 
prescribed in Sec. 160.077-19(d) must comply with the requirements in 
Sec. 160.077-11(d)(1).
    (3) Seam Strength. The seams in each inflation chamber of each 
sample must be tested according to Sec. Sec. 160.077-19(d)(1) and 
160.077-19(d)(5). The results for each inflation chamber must be at 
least 90% of the results obtained in approval testing.
    (4) Over-pressure. Each sample must be tested according to and meet 
UL 1517, section 28. Test samples may be prestressed by inflating them 
to a greater pressure than the required test pressure prior to 
initiating the test at the specified values.
    (5) Air Retention. Each sample must be tested according to and meet 
UL 1517, section 36. Prior to initiating the test at the specified 
values, test samples may be prestressed by inflating to a pressure 
greater than the design pressure, but not exceeding 50 percent of the 
required pressure for the tests in paragraph (h)(4) of this section. Any 
alternate test method that decreases the length of the test must be 
accepted by the Commandant and must require a proportionately lower 
allowable pressure loss and the same percentage sensitivity and accuracy 
as the standard allowable loss measured with the standard 
instrumentation.
    (6) Buoyancy and Inflation Medium Retention. Each sample must be 
tested according to and meet Sec. 160.077-19(b)(6), except that the UL 
1517 section 19 test is not required unless specified on the approved 
plans and specifications. In addition to meeting the minimum values 
required by Sec. 160.077-19(b)(6), each buoyancy value must fall within 
the tolerances specified in the approved plans and specifications.
    (7) Tensile Strength. Each sample must be tested according to and 
meet UL 1517, section 22.
    (8) Detailed Product Examination. Each sample must be disassembled 
to the extent necessary to determine compliance with the following:
    (i) All dimensions and seam allowances must be within tolerances 
prescribed in the approved plans and specifications.
    (ii) The torque of each screw type mechanical fastener must be 
within its tolerance as prescribed in the approved plans and 
specifications.
    (iii) The arrangement, markings, and workmanship must be as 
specified on the approved plans and specifications and this subpart.
    (iv) The PFD must not otherwise be defective.
    (9) Waterproof Marking Test. Each sample is completely submerged in 
fresh water for at least 30 min. and then removed and immediately placed 
on a hard surface. The markings are vigorously rubbed with the fingers 
for 15 seconds. If the printing becomes illegible, the sample is 
rejected.
    (i) [Reserved]

[[Page 189]]

    (j) Final Lot Examination and Inspection--(1) General. On each PFD 
lot that passes production testing, the manufacturer must perform a 
final lot examination and an independent laboratory inspector must 
perform a final lot inspection. Samples must be selected according to 
paragraph (d) of this section. Each final lot examination and inspection 
must show--
    (i) First quality workmanship;
    (ii) That the general arrangement and attachment of all components 
such as body straps, closures, inflation mechanisms, tie tapes, 
drawstrings, etc. are as specified in the approved plans and 
specifications; and
    (iii) Compliance with the marking requirements in Sec. 160.077-31.
    (2) Accept/Reject Criteria. Each nonconforming PFD must be rejected. 
If three or more nonconforming PFD's are rejected for the same kind of 
defect, lot examination or inspection must be discontinued and the lot 
rejected.
    (3) Manufacturer Examination. This examination must be done by a 
manufacturer's representative who is familiar with the approved plans 
and specifications, the functioning of the PFD and its components, and 
the production testing procedures. This person must not be responsible 
for meeting production schedules or be supervised by someone who is. 
This person must prepare and sign the inspection record required by 
Sec. 159.077-13 of this chapter and Sec. 160.077-25(b).
    (4) Independent Laboratory Inspection. (i) The inspector must 
discontinue lot inspection and reject the lot if observation of the 
records for the lot or of individual PFD's shows noncompliance with this 
section or the manufacturer's quality control procedures.
    (ii) An inspector may not perform a final lot inspection unless the 
manufacturer has a current approval certificate.
    (iii) If the inspector rejects a lot, the inspector shall notify the 
Commandant immediately.
    (iv) The inspector must prepare and sign the record required by 
Sec. 159.077-13 of this chapter and Sec. 160.077-25(b). If the lot 
passes, the record must also include the inspector's certification to 
that effect and a certification that no evidence of noncompliance with 
this section was observed.
    (k) Disposition of PFD's Rejected in Testing or Inspections. (1) A 
rejected PFD lot may be resubmitted for testing, examination, or 
inspection if the manufacturer first removes and destroys each PFD 
having the same type of defect or, if authorized by the Commandant or an 
authorized representative of the Commandant, reworks the lot to correct 
the defect.
    (2) Any PFD rejected in a final lot examination or inspection may be 
resubmitted for examination or inspection if all defects have been 
corrected and reexamination or reinspection is authorized by the 
Commandant or an authorized representative of the Commandant.
    (3) A rejected lot or rejected PFD may not be sold or offered for 
sale with the representation that it meets this subpart or that it is 
Coast Guard approved.

[CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, as amended by CGD 78-174A, 51 
FR 4351, Feb. 4, 1986; CGD 78-174, 60 FR 2488, Jan. 9, 1995]



Sec. 160.077-25  Manufacturer records.

    (a) Each manufacturer of hybrid PFD's must keep the records required 
by Sec. 159.007-13 of this chapter, except that they must be retained 
at least 120 months after the month in which the inspection or test was 
conducted.
    (b) Each record required by Sec. 159.007-13 of this chapter must 
also include the following information:
    (1) For each test, the serial number of the test instrument used if 
there is more than one available.
    (2) For each test and inspection, the identification of the samples 
used, the lot number, the approval number, and the number of PFD's in 
the lot.
    (3) For each lot rejected, the cause for rejection, any corrective 
action taken, and the final disposition of the lot.
    (c) The description or photographs of procedures and apparatus used 
in testing is not required for the records prescribed in Sec. 159.077-
13 of this chapter as long as the manufacturer's procedures and 
apparatus meet the requirements of this subpart.

[[Page 190]]

    (d) Each manufacturer of hybrid PFD's must also keep the following 
records:
    (1) Records for all materials used in production including the 
following:
    (i) Name and address of the supplier.
    (ii) Date of purchase and receipt.
    (iii) Lot number.
    (iv) Certification meeting Sec. 160.077-11(a)(4).
    (2) A copy of this subpart.
    (3) Each document incorporated by reference in Sec. 160.077-9.
    (4) A copy of the approved plans and specifications.
    (5) The approval certificate.
    (6) Calibration of test equipment, including the identity of the 
agency performing the calibration, date of calibration, and results.
    (e) The records required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section must be 
kept for at least 120 months after preparation. All other records 
required by paragraph (d) of this section must be kept for at least 60 
months.

    Effective Date Note: At 50 FR 33935, Aug. 22, 1985, Sec. 160.077-
25(a) and (e) were added. These paragraphs contain information 
collection and recordkeeping requirements that will not become effective 
until approval has been given by the Office of Management and Budget.



Sec. 160.077-27  Pamphlet.

    (a) Each recreational hybrid PFD sold or offered for sale must be 
provided with a pamphlet that a prospective purchaser can read prior to 
purchase. The required pamphlet text must be printed verbatim and in the 
sequence set out in paragraph (e) of this section. Additional 
information, instructions, or illustrations must not be included within 
the required text. The type size shall be no smaller than 8-point.
    (b) Each pamphlet must be prominently marked ``Seller, do not remove 
pamphlet.''
    (c) No person may sell or offer for sale any recreational hybrid PFD 
unless the pamphlet required by this section is provided with it.
    (d) The text specified in paragraphs (e)(2) of this section must be 
accompanied by illustrations of the types of devices being described. 
The illustrations provided must be either photographs or drawings of the 
manufacturer's own products or illustrations of other Coast Guard-
approved PFDs.
    (e) For a Type I hybrid PFD intended for recreational use or a Type 
II, III, or V recreational hybrid PFD, the pamphlet contents must be as 
follows:
    (1) The text in UL 1517, Section 39, item A;
    (2) The following text and illustrations:

           There Are Five Types of Personal Flotation Devices

    This is a Type [insert approved Type] Hybrid Inflatable PFD.

    Note: The following types of PFDs are designed to perform as 
described in calm water and when the wearer is not wearing any other 
flotation material (such as a wetsuit).
    Type I--A Type I PFD has the greatest required inherent buoyancy and 
turns most unconscious persons in the water from a face down position to 
a vertical and slightly backward position, therefore greatly increasing 
one's chances of survival. The Type I PFD is suitable for all waters, 
especially for cruising on waters where rescue may be slow coming, such 
as large bodies of water where it is not likely that boats will be 
nearby. This type PFD is the most effective of all types in rough water. 
It is reversible and available in only two sizes--Adult (over 40 kg (90 
lb)) and child (less than 40 kg (90 lb)) which are universal sizes 
(designed for all persons in the appropriate category).

[Insert illustration of Type I PFD]

    Type II--A Type II PFD turns most wearers to a vertical and slightly 
backward position in the water. The turning action of a Type II PFD is 
less noticeable than the turning action of a Type I PFD and the Type II 
PFD will not turn as many persons under the same conditions as the Type 
I. The Type II PFD is usually more comfortable to wear than the Type I. 
This type of PFD is designed to fit a wide range of people for easy 
emergency use, and is available in the following sizes: Adult (over 40 
kg (90 lb)), Medium Child (23-40 kg (50-90 lb)), and two categories of 
Small Child (less than 23 kg (50 lb) or less than 14 kg (30 lb). 
Additionally, some models are sized by chest sizes. You may prefer to 
use the Type II where there is a good chance of fast rescue, such as 
areas where it is common for other persons to be engaged in boating, 
fishing and other water activities.

[Insert illustration of Type II PFD]

    Type III--The Type III PFD allows the wearer to tilt backwards in 
the water, and the device will maintain the wearer in that position and 
will not turn the wearer face

[[Page 191]]

down. It is not designed to turn the wearer face up. A Type III is 
generally more comfortable than a Type II, comes in a variety of styles 
which should be matched to the individual use, and is often the best 
choice for water sports, such as skiing, hunting, fishing, canoeing, and 
kayaking. This type PFD normally comes in many chest sizes and weight 
ranges; however, some universal sizes are available. You may also prefer 
to use the Type III where there is a probability of quick rescue such as 
areas where it is common for other persons to be engaged in boating, 
fishing, and other water activities.

[Insert illustration of Type III PFD]

    Hybrid Inflatable Type I, II, or III--A Type I, II, or III Hybrid 
PFD is an inflatable device which is the most comfortable PFD to wear 
and has a minimal amount of buoyancy when deflated and significantly 
increased buoyancy when inflated (See accompanying table for actual 
buoyancy for your Type of hybrid). When inflated it turns the wearer 
with the action of a Type I, II, or III PFD as indicated on its label. 
Boaters taking advantage of the extra comfort of hybrid inflatable PFDs 
must take additional care in the use of these devices. Boaters should 
test their hybrid PFDs in the water, under safe, controlled conditions 
to know how well the devices float them with limited buoyancy. 
Approximately 90 percent of boaters will float while wearing a Type II 
or III hybrid inflatable PFD when it is not inflated. However, hybrid 
inflatable PFDs are not recommended for non-swimmers unless worn with 
enough additional inflation to float the wearer. Almost all boaters will 
float while wearing a Type I hybrid inflatable PFD that is not inflated. 
The PFD's `performance type' indicates whether it should be used only 
where help is nearby, or if it also may be used where help may be slow 
coming. Type I hybrids are suitable where rescue may be slow coming, 
while Types II and III are good only when there is a chance of fast 
rescue. Type I hybrids are approved in three weight ranges, adult, for 
persons weighing over 40 kg (90 lb); youth, for persons weighing 23-40 
kg (50-90 lb); and small child, for persons weighing 14-23 kg (30-50 
lb). Type II hybrid PFDs are approved in the same size ranges as Type I 
hybrids but may be available in a number of chest sizes and in universal 
adult sizes. Type III hybrids are only approved in adult and youth sizes 
but may also be available in a number of chest sizes and in universal 
adult sizes.

[For a pamphlet provided with a Type I, II or III hybrid PFD, insert 
illustration of the Type Hybrid PFD being sold]

    Type IV--A Type IV PFD is normally thrown or tossed to a person who 
has fallen overboard so that the person can grasp and hold the device 
until rescued. Until May 15, 1995 (or May 1, 1996 at commercial 
liveries), the Type IV is acceptable in place of a wearable device in 
certain instances. However, this type is suitable only where there is a 
good chance of quick rescue, such as areas where it is common for other 
persons to be nearby engaged in boating, fishing, and other water 
activities. It is not recommended for use by non-swimmers and children.

[Insert illustration of Type IV PFD]

    Type V (General)--A Type V PFD is a PFD approved for restricted uses 
or activities such as boardsailing, or commercial white water rafting. 
These PFDs are not suitable for other boating activities. The label on 
the PFD indicates the kinds of activities for which the PFD may be used 
and whether there are limitations on how it may be used.
    Type V Hybrid--A Type V Hybrid PFD is an inflatable device which can 
be the most comfortable and has very little buoyancy when it is not 
inflated, and considerably more buoyancy when it is inflated. In order 
for the device to count toward carriage requirements on recreational 
boats, it must be worn except when the boat is not underway or when the 
user is below deck. When inflated it turns the wearer similar to the 
action provided by a Type I, II, or III PFD (the type of performance is 
indicated on the label). This type of PFD is more comfortable because it 
is less bulky when it is not inflated. Boaters taking advantage of the 
extra comfort of hybrid inflatable PFDs must take additional care in the 
use of these devices. Boaters should test their hybrid PFDs in the 
water, under safe, controlled conditions to know how well the devices 
float them with limited buoyancy. Approximately 70 percent of boaters 
will float while wearing a Type V hybrid PFD when the device is not 
inflated. Therefore, it is not recommended for non-swimmers unless worn 
with enough additional inflation to float the wearer. The PFD's 
``performance type'' indicates whether it should be used only where help 
is nearby, or if it may also be used where help may be slow coming. This 
type of PFD is approved in two sizes, adult, for persons weighing over 
40 kg (90 lb); and youth, for persons weighing 23-40 kg (50-90 lb), and 
may be available in a number of chest sizes and in universal adult 
sizes.

[For a pamphlet provided with a Type V hybrid PFD, insert illustration 
of TYPE V Hybrid PFD]

    (3) A table with the applicable PFD Type, size, and buoyancy values 
from Table 160.077-15(b)(13) or 160.077-17(b)(11), as applicable; and

[[Page 192]]

    (4) The text in UL 1517, Section 39, items D, E, and F.

[CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, as amended by CGD 78-174, 60 FR 
2489, Jan. 9, 1995]



Sec. 160.077-29  PFD Manuals.

    (a) Approval. The text of each manual required by this section is 
reviewed with the application for approval. Changes may be required if 
needed to comply with this section.
    (b) Required Manuals. An owner's manual must be provided with each 
recreational and commercial hybrid PFD sold or offered for sale as 
follows:
    (1) The manual text for a recreational hybrid PFD must be printed 
verbatim and in the sequence set out in paragraph (c) or (d) of this 
section, as applicable.
    (2) The manual for a commercial hybrid PFD must meet the 
requirements of paragraph (f) of this section except that the manual for 
a commercial Type I PFD which is also labeled for recreational use must 
meet the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section.
    (3) Additional information, instructions, or illustrations may be 
included within the specified text of the manuals required by this 
section if there is no contradiction to the required information.
    (c) Type I, II or III Hybrid PFD. For a Type I, II and III hybrid 
PFD the manual contents must be as follows:
    (1) The following text:

                           Hybrid Limitations

    This PFD has limited inherent buoyancy which means YOU MAY HAVE TO 
INFLATE THIS PFD TO FLOAT, and its inflatable portion requires 
maintenance. While these PFDs are not required to be worn, if you have 
an accident or fall overboard, you are much more likely to survive if 
you are already wearing a PFD.
    There is only one way to find out if you will float while wearing 
the PFD when it is not inflated. That is to try this PFD in the water as 
explained in [insert reference to the section of the manual that 
discusses how to test the PFD]. If you have not tested this device in 
accordance with these guidelines, the Coast Guard does not recommend its 
use.

    (2) Instructions on use including instructions on donning, 
inflation, replenishing inflation mechanisms, and recommended practice 
operation;
    (3) Instructions on how to properly inspect and maintain the PFD, 
and recommendations concerning frequency of inspection;
    (4) Instructions on how to get the PFD repaired;
    (5) The text in UL 1517, Section 40, items B and D;
    (6) The following text:

                         Why Do You Need a PFD?

    A PFD provides buoyancy to help keep your head above water and to 
help you stay face up. The average in-water-weight of an adult is only 
about 5 to 10 pounds. The buoyancy provided by most PFDs will support 
that weight in water. However, the hybrid Type I, II, or III PFD may be 
an exception. The uninflated buoyancy provided by this PFD may only 
float 90 percent of the boating public. This is because the inherent 
buoyancy has been reduced to make it more comfortable to wear. So, you 
may not float adequately without inflating the device. Once the device 
is inflated you will have a minimum of 22 lb of buoyancy for adult 
sizes, which should be more than enough to float everyone. (See table 
above [below] for the actual minimum buoyancy for different Types of 
hybrids.) Your body weight alone does not determine your in-water-
weight. Since there is no simple method of determining your weight in 
water, you should try the device in the water in both its deflated and 
inflated condition.

    (7) The text in UL 1517, Section 40, item G;
    (8) The following text:

                              Wear Your PFD

    Your PFD won't help you if you don't have it on. It is well-known 
that most boating accidents occur on calm water during a clear sunny 
day. It is also true that in approximately 80 percent of all boating 
accident fatalities, the victim did not use a PFD. Don't wait until it's 
too late. Non-swimmers and children especially should wear their PFD at 
all times when on or near the water. Hybrid Type I, II, III or V PFDs 
are not recommended for non-swimmers unless inflated enough to float the 
wearer.

    (9) The text in UL 1517, Section 40, items I, J, K, and L; and
    (10) A table with the applicable PFD Type, size, and buoyancy values 
from Table 160.077-15(b)(13) or 160.077-17(b)(11), as applicable, or 
provide a reference to appropriate pamphlet table, if the pamphlet is 
combined with the manual.

[[Page 193]]

    (d) Type V Recreational Hybrid PFD. For a Type V recreational hybrid 
PFD the manual contents must be as follows:
    (1) The text in UL 1517, Section 40, item A;
    (2) Instructions on use including instructions on donning, 
inflation, replenishing inflation mechanisms, and recommended practice 
operation;
    (3) Instructions on how to properly inspect and maintain the PFD, 
and recommendations concerning frequency of inspection;
    (4) Instructions on how to get the PFD repaired; and
    (5) The text in UL 1517, section 40, that is not included under 
paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
    (e) Commercial Hybrid PFD. (1) For a commercial hybrid PFD that is 
``REQUIRED TO BE WORN'' the manual must meet the requirements of 
paragraph (d) of this section.
    (2) For a commercial hybrid PFD approved as a ``Work Vest Only'' or 
Type I PFD the manual must meet the requirements of either paragraphs 
(e) (3) and (4) or of paragraph (c) of this section. The manual for a 
commercial Type I hybrid PFD which is also labeled for use on 
recreational boats must meet the requirements of paragraph (c) of this 
section.
    (3) Each commercial hybrid PFD approved with special purpose 
limitation must have a user's manual that--
    (i) Explains in detail the proper care, maintenance, stowage, and 
use of the PFD; and
    (ii) Includes any other safety information as prescribed by the 
approval certificate.
    (4) If the manual required in paragraph (e)(3) of this section calls 
for inspection or service by vessel personnel, the manual must--
    (i) Specify personnel training or qualifications needed;
    (ii) Explain how to identify the PFDs that need to be inspected; and
    (iii) Provide a log in which inspections and servicing may be 
recorded.
    (5) If a PFD light approved under subpart 161.012 is not provided at 
time of sale, the manual must specify the recommended type of light to 
be used.
    (6) Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (b) of this 
section, manufacturers that make shipments to purchasers that do not 
redistribute the PFDs, must provide at least one manual in each carton 
of PFDs shipped.

[CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, as amended by CGD 78-174, 60 FR 
2490, Jan. 9, 1995]



Sec. 160.077-30  Spare operating components and temporary marking.

    (a) Spare operating components. Each recreational and commercial 
hybrid PFD must--
    (1) If it has a manual or automatic inflation mechanism and is 
packaged and sold with one inflation medium cartridge loaded into the 
inflation mechanism, have at least two additional spare inflation 
cartridges packaged with it. If it is sold without an inflation medium 
cartridge loaded into the inflation mechanism, it must be packaged and 
sold with at least three cartridges; and
    (2) If it has an automatic inflation mechanism and is packaged and 
sold with one water sensitive element loaded into the inflation 
mechanism, have at least two additional spare water sensitive elements 
packaged with it. If it is sold without a water sensitive element loaded 
into the inflation mechanism, it must be packaged and sold with at least 
three water sensitive elements.
    (b) Temporary marking. Each recreational and commercial hybrid PFD 
which is sold--
    (1) In a ready-to-use condition but which has covers or restraints 
to inhibit tampering with the inflation mechanism prior to sale, must 
have any such covers or restraints conspicuously marked ``REMOVE 
IMMEDIATELY AFTER PURCHASE.''; or
    (2) Without an inflation medium cartridge, a water sensitive 
element, or both pre-loaded into the inflation mechanism, must include 
the markings required in Sec. 160.077-15(c)(3)(ii).

[CGD 78-174, 60 FR 2491, Jan. 9, 1995]



Sec. 160.077-31  PFD Marking.

    (a) General. Each hybrid PFD must be marked with the applicable 
information required by this section. Each marking must be waterproof, 
clear,

[[Page 194]]

permanent, and readable from a distance of three feet.
    (b) Prominence. Each marking, other than the text in paragraphs (c) 
and (d) of this section, must be significantly less prominent and in 
smaller print than paragraph (c) and (d) text.
    (c) Recreational Hybrid PFD. Each recreational hybrid PFD must be 
marked with the following text using capital letters where shown and be 
presented in the exact order shown:

[See paragraph (k) of this section for exact text to be used here]

    Recreational hybrid inflatable--Approved for use only on 
recreational boats. [For Type V only] REQUIRED TO BE WORN to meet Coast 
Guard carriage requirements (except for persons in enclosed spaces as 
explained in owner's manual).
[For Type V only] When inflated this PFD provides performance equivalent 
to a [see paragraph (h) of this section for exact test to be used here].

    A Pamphlet and Owner's Manual must be provided with this PFD.

            WARNING--TO REDUCE THE RISK OF DEATH BY DROWNING

--YOU MAY HAVE TO INFLATE THIS PFD TO FLOAT.
--TRY THIS PFD IN THE WATER EACH SEASON TO SEE IF IT WILL FLOAT YOU 
WITHOUT INFLATION.
--CHOOSE THE RIGHT SIZE PFD AND WEAR IT--FASTEN ALL CLOSURES AND ADJUST 
FOR SNUG FIT.
--THIS PFD REQUIRES MAINTENANCE. FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S USE AND CARE 
INSTRUCTIONS.
--REMOVE HEAVY OBJECTS FROM POCKETS IN AN EMERGENCY.
--[Unless impact tested at high speed as noted on the approval 
certificate] DO NOT USE IN HIGH-SPEED ACTIVITIES.
--DO NOT DRINK ALCOHOL WHILE BOATING.

    (d) Type I and Commercial Hybrid PFD. Each Type I hybrid PFD 
intended for recreational use and each commercial hybrid PFD must be 
marked with the following text using capital letters where shown and be 
presented in the exact order shown:

[See paragraph (k) of this section for exact text to be used here]

    Commercial hybrid inflatable--Approved for use on [see paragraph (j) 
of this section for exact text to be used here].
[For Type V only] When inflated this PFD provides performance equivalent 
to a [see paragraph (h) of this section for exact test to be used here].
[For Type I devices intended for recreational use] A Pamphlet and 
Owner's Manual must be provided with this PFD.

            WARNING--TO REDUCE THE RISK OF DEATH BY DROWNING

--YOU MAY HAVE TO INFLATE THIS PFD TO FLOAT.
--TRY THIS PFD IN THE WATER EACH SEASON TO SEE IF IT WILL FLOAT YOU 
WITHOUT INFLATION.
--[For Type I devices intended for recreational use] CHOOSE THE RIGHT 
SIZE PFD AND WEAR IT.
--FASTEN ALL CLOSURES AND ADJUST FOR SNUG FIT.
--THIS PFD MUST BE MAINTAINED, STOWED, AND USED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH 
THE OWNER'S MANUAL.
--REMOVE HEAVY OBJECTS FROM POCKETS IN AN EMERGENCY.
--[Unless impact tested at high speed as noted on the approval 
certificate For Type I devices intended for recreational use] DO NOT USE 
IN HIGH-SPEED ACTIVITIES.
--[For Type I devices intended for recreational use] DO NOT DRINK 
ALCOHOL WHILE BOATING.

    (e) All PFD's. Each hybrid PFD must also be marked with the 
following information below the text required by paragraph (c) or (d) of 
this section:
    (1) U.S. Coast Guard Approval Number (insert assigned approval 
number).
    (2) Manufacturer's or private labeler's name and address.
    (3) Lot Number.
    (4) Date, or year and calendar quarter, of manufacture.
    (5) Necessary vital care or use instructions, if any, such as the 
following:
    (i) Warning against dry cleaning.
    (ii) Size and type of inflation medium cartridges required.
    (iii) Specific donning instructions.
    (f) Identification of User. Each hybrid PFD must have adequate space 
within which to mark the name or other identification of the intended 
user.
    (g) Flotation material buoyancy loss. When kapok flotation material 
is used, the statement ``--REPLACE PFD IF PADS BECOME STIFF OR 
WATERLOGGED.'' must follow the warning ``--TRY THIS PFD IN THE WATER 
EACH SEASON TO SEE IF IT WILL FLOAT YOU WITHOUT INFLATION.'' required by 
paragraph (c) or (d) of this section.

[[Page 195]]

    (h) Type equivalence. The exact text to be inserted for Type V 
hybrid PFDs will be one of the following type equivalents as noted on 
the Approval Certificate.
    (i) [Reserved]
    (j) Approved use. Unless the Commandant has authorized omitting the 
display of approved use, the exact text to be inserted will be one or 
more of the following statements as noted on the approval certificate:
    (1) ``all recreational boats and on uninspected commercial vessels''
    (2) ``all recreational boats and on uninspected commercial vessels. 
REQUIRED TO BE WORN to meet Coast Guard carriage requirements (except 
for persons in enclosed spaces as explained in owner's manual)''
    (3) ``inspected commercial vessels as a WORK VEST only.''
    (4) ``[Insert exact text of special purpose or limitation and 
vessel(s) or vessel type(s), noted on approval certificate].''
    (k) Size Ranges. The exact text to be inserted will be one of the 
following statements as noted on the approval certificate:
    (1) ADULT--For persons weighing more than 40 kg (90 lb).
    (2) YOUTH--For persons weighing 23-40 kg (50-90 lb).
    (3) CHILD SMALL--For persons weighing 14-23 kg (30-50 lb).
    (4) ``[Other text noted on approval certificate].''

[CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, as amended by CGD 78-174A, 51 
FR 4351, Feb. 4, 1986; CGD 78-174, 60 FR 2491, Jan. 9, 1995; 60 FR 7131, 
Feb. 7, 1995; USCG-2013-0263, 79 FR 56500, Sept. 22, 2014]



              Subpart 160.115_Launching Appliances_Winches

    Source: USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62976, Oct. 11, 2011, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.115-1  Scope.

    This subpart prescribes standards, tests, and procedures for seeking 
Coast Guard approval of a winch used in conjunction with a davit 
approved under subpart 160.132 of this part for lifeboats approved under 
subpart 160.135 of this part, liferafts approved under subparts 160.051 
or 160.151 of this part, and rescue boats approved under subparts 
160.056 or 160.156 of this part.



Sec. 160.115-3  Definitions.

    In addition to the definitions in the IMO LSA Code (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 160.115-5 of this subpart), in this subpart, the 
term:
    Commandant means the Chief of the Lifesaving and Fire Safety 
Standards Division. Address: Commandant (CG-ENG-4), Attn: Lifesaving and 
Fire Safety Division, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther 
King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509; telephone 202-372-1392 
or fax 202-372-1924.
    Independent laboratory has the same meaning as 46 CFR 159.001-3. A 
list of accepted independent laboratories is available from the 
Commandant and online at http://cgmix.uscg.mil.
    Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection (OCMI) means an officer of the 
Coast Guard designated as such by the Commandant and who fulfills the 
duties described in 46 CFR 1.01-15(b). The ``cognizant OCMI'' is the 
OCMI who has immediate jurisdiction over a vessel or geographic area for 
the purpose of performing the duties previously described.
    SOLAS means the International Convention for the Safety of Life at 
Sea, 1974, as amended.

[USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62976, Oct. 11, 2011, as amended by USCG-2013-
0671, 78 FR 60158, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.115-5  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part 
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that 
specified in this section, the Coast Guard must publish notice of change 
in the Federal Register and the material must be available to the 
public. All approved material is available for inspection at Coast Guard 
Headquarters. Contact Commandant (CG-ENG-4), Attn: Lifesaving and Fire 
Safety Division, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. 
Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509. You may also inspect this 
material at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For

[[Page 196]]

information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-
6030 or go to http://www.archives.gov/federal--register/code--of--
federal--regulations/ibr--locations.html. You may obtain copies of the 
material from the sources specified in the following paragraphs.
    (b) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publications Section, 
4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, + 44 (0)20 7735 
7611, http://www.imo.org/.
    (1) IMO Resolution A.760(18), Symbols Related to Life-Saving 
Appliances and Arrangements, (adopted November 4, 1993), IBR approved 
for Sec. 160.115-19 (``IMO Res. A.760(18)'').
    (2) Life-Saving Appliances, including LSA Code, 2010 Edition, 
(2010), pages 7-71 (``IMO LSA Code''), IBR approved for Sec. 160.115-7.
    (3) Life-Saving Appliances, including LSA Code, 2010 Edition, 
(2010), Revised recommendation on testing of live-saving appliances, 
pages 79-254 (``IMO Revised recommendation on testing''), IBR approved 
for Sec. Sec. 160.115-7, 160.115-13, and 160.115-15.
    (4) MSC/Circular 980, Standardized Life-saving Appliance Evaluation 
and Test Report Forms, (February 13, 2001), IBR approved for Sec. 
160.115-13 (``IMO MSC Circ. 980'').
    (5) MSC.1/Circular 1205, Guidelines for Developing Operation and 
Maintenance Manuals for Lifeboat Systems, (May 26, 2006), IBR approved 
for Sec. 160.115-21 (``IMO MSC.1 Circ. 1205'').

[USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62976, Oct. 11, 2011, as amended by USCG-2013-
0671, 78 FR 60158, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.115-7  Design, construction, and performance of winches.

    (a) To seek Coast Guard approval of a winch, a manufacturer must 
comply with, and each winch must meet, the requirements of the 
following--
    (1) IMO LSA Code, chapter I/1.2.2 and chapter VI/6.1. (incorporated 
by reference, see Sec. 160.115-5 of this subpart) applicable to the 
design and intended service of the winch;
    (2) IMO Revised recommendation on testing, Part 1/8.1 (incorporated 
by reference, see Sec. 160.115-5 of this subpart) applicable to the 
winch;
    (3) 46 CFR part 159; and
    (4) This subpart.
    (b) Each winch must meet each of the following requirements:
    (1) Materials. (i) All gears must be machine cut and made of steel, 
bronze, or other suitable materials properly keyed to shafts. The use of 
cast iron is not permitted for these parts.
    (ii) Metals in contact with each other must be either galvanically 
compatible or insulated with suitable non-porous materials. Provisions 
must also be made to prevent loosening or tightening resulting from 
differences of thermal expansion, freezing, buckling of parts, galvanic 
corrosion, or other incompatibilities.
    (iii) Screws, nuts, bolts, pins, keys, and other similar hardware, 
securing moving parts must be fitted with suitable lock washers, cotter 
pins, or locks to prevent them from coming adrift.
    (2) Bearings and gears. (i) Positive means of lubrication must be 
provided for all bearings.
    (ii) When worm gears are used, the worm wheel must operate in an oil 
bath. Means to easily check the oil level in the gear case must be 
provided.
    (iii) The manufacturer must furnish a lubrication chart and a plate 
attached to the winch indicating the lubricant recommended for extremes 
in temperature.
    (3) Guards. All moving parts must have suitable guards.
    (4) Welding. Welding must be performed by welders certified by the 
Commandant, a classification society recognized by the Commandant in 
accordance with 46 CFR 8.220, the U.S. Navy, or the national body where 
the winch is constructed or the national body's designated recognized 
organization. Only electrodes intended for use with the material being 
welded may be used. All welds must be checked using appropriate non-
destructive tests.
    (5) Winch drums.
    (i) Winch drums must either be grooved or otherwise designed to wind 
the falls evenly on and off each drum.
    (ii) The diameter of the drums must be at least 16 times the 
diameter of the falls.
    (iii) Drums must be so arranged as to keep the falls separate, and 
to pay out

[[Page 197]]

the falls at the same rate. Clutches between drums are not permitted 
unless bolted locking devices are used.
    (6) Winch motors. For a winch powered by electric or hydraulic 
motors, or portable power units such as air or electric drills--
    (i) Positive means must be provided for controlling the power to the 
winch, arranged so that the operator must hold the master switch or 
controller in the ``on'' or ``hoist'' position for hoisting, and when 
released, will immediately shut off the power;
    (ii) A clutch must be fitted to disengage the power installation 
during the lowering operation;
    (iii) A means must be provided to disconnect power to the winch 
before a hand crank can be engaged with the winch operating shaft, and 
this interruption of power must be maintained while the hand crank is so 
engaged;
    (iv) The air or electric power outlet for a portable power unit must 
be located adjacent to the winch where the unit is to be coupled, and 
the outlet must be interconnected with, and protected by, the same 
system of safety devices as required for a winch with built-in-motors;
    (v) A main line emergency disconnect switch, the opening of which 
disconnects all electrical potential to the winch, must be provided. 
This switch must be located in a position accessible to the person in 
charge of the boat stowage and must be in a position from which the 
movement of both davit arms can be observed as they approach the final 
stowed position;
    (vi) Limit switches, one for each davit arm, must be provided to 
limit the travel of the davit arms as they approach the final stowed 
position. These switches must--
    (A) Be so arranged that the opening of either switch will disconnect 
all electrical potential of the circuit in which the switches are 
connected;
    (B) Be arranged to stop the travel of the davit arms not less than 
0.3m (12 in) from their final stowed position; and
    (C) Remain open until the davit arms move outboard beyond the 
tripping position of the switches;
    (vii) Motor clutches, when used, must be of either frictional or 
positive engaging type. When one motor is used for two winches, the 
clutch must be so arranged that only one winch may be engaged at any one 
time. The clutch operating lever must be capable of remaining in any 
position when subject to vibration and must be so arranged that when in 
neutral position both lifeboats may be lowered simultaneously;
    (viii) Motors, switches, controls, and cables must be waterproof if 
installed on an open deck. Controls may be of the drip-proof type if 
installed in a deck house or under deck;
    (ix) Hydraulic systems must be in accordance with 46 CFR part 58, 
subpart 58.30; and
    (x) Electrical installations must comply with 46 CFR 111.01-9, 
111.01-11, 111.01-19, 111.25, 111.55, 111.70, and 111.95.
    (7) Quick return. For a winch used to launch an inflatable liferaft 
means must be provided for rapidly retrieving the falls by hand power.
    (c) Determinations of equivalence of design, construction, and 
materials will be made by the Commandant only.

[USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62976, Oct. 11, 2011, as amended by 79 FR 44139, 
July 30, 2014]



Sec. 160.115-9  Preapproval review.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the 
Commandant must conduct the preapproval review required by this section, 
in accordance with 46 CFR 159.005-5.
    (b) Manufacturer requirements. To seek Coast Guard approval of a 
winch, the manufacturer must submit an application to the Commandant 
meeting the requirements of 46 CFR 159.005-5 for preapproval review. To 
meet the requirements of 46 CFR 159.005-5(a)(2), the manufacturer must 
submit in triplicate--
    (1) A list of drawings, specifications, manuals, and any other 
documentation submitted, with each document identified by number, title, 
revision number, and issue date;
    (2) General arrangement and assembly drawings, including principal 
dimensions;
    (3) Stress calculations for all load carrying parts;
    (4) An operation, maintenance, and training manual as described in 
Sec. Sec. 160.115-19 and 160.115-21 of this subpart;

[[Page 198]]

    (5) A description of the quality control procedures and 
recordkeeping that will apply to the production of the winch, which must 
include, but is not limited to--
    (i) The system for checking material certifications received from 
suppliers;
    (ii) The method for controlling the inventory of materials;
    (iii) The method for checking quality of fabrication and joints, 
including welding inspection procedures; and
    (iv) The inspection checklists used during various stages of 
fabrication to assure that the approved winch complies with the approved 
plans and the requirements of this subpart;
    (6) Any other drawing(s) necessary to show that the winch complies 
with the requirements of this subpart;
    (7) The location or address of all manufacturing sites, including 
the name and address of any subcontractors, where the winch will be 
constructed; and
    (8) The name of the independent laboratory that will perform the 
duties prescribed in Sec. 160.115-15 of this subpart.
    (c) At the request of the manufacturer and discretion of the 
Commandant, an independent laboratory may conduct preapproval review 
required by this section; so long as the preapproval review is conducted 
in accordance with the procedures agreed upon between the independent 
laboratory and Commandant under 46 CFR part 159, subpart 159.010.
    (d) Plan quality. All plans and specifications submitted to the 
Commandant under this section must--
    (1) Be provided in English, including all notes, inscriptions, and 
designations for configuration control;
    (2) Address each of the applicable items in paragraph (b) of this 
section in sufficient detail to show that the winch meets the 
construction requirements of this subpart;
    (3) Accurately depict the proposed winch;
    (4) Be internally consistent;
    (5) Be legible; and
    (6) If reviewed by an independent laboratory under paragraph (c) of 
this section, include the independent laboratory's attestation that the 
plans meet the quality requirements of this section.
    (e) Alternatives. Alternatives in materials, parts, or construction, 
and each item replaced by an alternative, must be clearly indicated as 
such in the plans and specifications submitted to the Commandant under 
this section.
    (f) Coast Guard review. If the plans or specifications do not comply 
with the requirements of this section, Coast Guard review may be 
suspended, and the applicant notified accordingly.



Sec. 160.115-11  [Reserved]



Sec. 160.115-13  Approval inspections and tests for prototype winches.

    (a) If the manufacturer is notified that the information submitted 
in accordance with Sec. 160.115-9 of this subpart is satisfactory to 
the Commandant, the manufacturer may proceed with fabrication of the 
prototype winch and the approval inspections and tests required under 
this section.
    (b) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, the Coast 
Guard must conduct the approval inspections and witness the approval 
tests required under this section.
    (c) Manufacturer requirements. To proceed with approval inspections 
and tests required by this section, the manufacturer must--
    (1) Notify the Commandant and cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine 
Inspection (OCMI) of where the approval inspections and tests required 
under this section will take place, and such notifications must be in 
sufficient time to allow making travel arrangements;
    (2) Arrange a testing schedule that allows for a Coast Guard 
inspector to travel to the site where the testing is to be performed;
    (3) Admit the Coast Guard inspector to any place where work or 
testing is performed on winches or their component parts and materials 
for the purpose of--
    (i) Conducting inspections as necessary to determine that the 
prototype--
    (A) Conforms with the plans reviewed under Sec. 160.115-9 of this 
subpart;
    (B) Is constructed by the methods and with the materials specified 
in the plans reviewed under Sec. 160.115-9 of this subpart; and

[[Page 199]]

    (C) When welding is part of the construction process, is constructed 
by the welding procedure and materials as per the plans reviewed under 
Sec. 160.115-9 of this subpart and the welders are appropriately 
qualified;
    (ii) Assuring that the quality-assurance program of the manufacturer 
is satisfactory;
    (iii) Witnessing tests; and
    (iv) Taking samples of parts or materials for additional inspections 
or tests; and
    (4) Make available to the Coast Guard inspector the affidavits or 
invoices from the suppliers of all essential materials used in the 
production of winches, together with records identifying the lot or 
serial numbers of the winches in which such materials were used.
    (d) Tests. (1) IMO Revised recommendation on testing. Each prototype 
winch of each design must pass each of the tests described in IMO 
Revised recommendation on testing, part 1, paragraph 8.1 (incorporated 
by reference, see Sec. 160.115-5 of this subpart) applicable to 
winches.
    (2) Visual inspection. Each winch must be visually inspected to 
confirm--
    (i) Compliance with this subpart;
    (ii) Conformance with the examined plans; and
    (iii) Ease of operation and maintenance.
    (3) Hydraulic controls. If the winch motor includes a fluid power 
and control system, a test of the hydraulic controls must be conducted 
in accordance with 46 CFR 58.30-35.
    (4) Winch drum. Each winch designed without grooved drums must 
demonstrate during prototype testing that the falls wind evenly on and 
off each drum.
    (e) Test waiver. The Commandant may waive certain tests for a winch 
similar in construction to a winch that has successfully completed the 
tests.
    (f) At the request of the manufacturer and discretion of the 
Commandant, an independent laboratory may perform approval inspections 
and witness approval tests required by this section so long as the 
inspections and tests are performed and witnessed in accordance with the 
procedures agreed upon between the independent laboratory and Commandant 
under 46 CFR part 159, subpart 159.010.
    (g) After completion of approval inspections and tests required by 
this section, the manufacturer must comply with the requirements of 46 
CFR 159.005-9(a)(5) by preparing and submitting to the Commandant for 
review--
    (1) The prototype approval test report containing the same 
information recommended by IMO MSC Circ. 980 (incorporated by reference, 
see Sec. 160.115-5). The report must include a signed statement by the 
Coast Guard inspector (or independent laboratory as permitted under 
paragraph (f) of this section) who witnessed the testing, indicating 
that the report accurately describes the testing and its results; and
    (2) The final version of the plans required under Sec. 160.115-9 of 
this subpart in triplicate.
    (h) The Commandant will review the report and plans submitted under 
paragraph (g) of this section, and if satisfactory to the Commandant, 
will approve the plans under 46 CFR 159.005-13.

[USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62976, Oct. 11, 2011, as amended by 79 FR 44139, 
July 30, 2014]



Sec. 160.115-15  Production inspections, tests, quality control,
and conformance of winches.

    (a) Unless the Commandant directs otherwise, an independent 
laboratory must perform or witness, as appropriate, inspections, tests, 
and oversight required by this section. Production inspections and tests 
of a winch must be carried out in accordance with the procedures for 
independent laboratory inspection in 46 CFR part 159, subpart 159.007 
and in this section, unless the Commandant authorizes alternative tests 
and inspections. The Commandant may prescribe additional production 
tests and inspections necessary to maintain quality control and to 
monitor compliance with the requirements of this subpart.
    (b) Manufacturer's responsibility. The manufacturer must--
    (1) Institute a quality control procedure to ensure that all 
production winches are produced to the same standard, and in the same 
manner, as the prototype winch approved by the Commandant. The 
manufacturer's quality control personnel must not

[[Page 200]]

work directly under the department or person responsible for either 
production or sales;
    (2) Schedule and coordinate with the independent laboratory (or 
Coast Guard inspector if required under paragraph (a) of this section) 
to ensure that all tests are performed as described in this section;
    (3) Submit to the Commandant a yearly report that contains the 
following--
    (i) Serial number and date of final assembly of each winch 
constructed;
    (ii) The name of the representative of the independent laboratory 
(or Coast Guard inspector if required under paragraph (a) of this 
section); and
    (iii) Name of the vessel and company receiving the winch, if known;
    (4) Ensure that the arrangement and materials entering into the 
construction of the winch are in accordance with plans approved under 
Sec. 160.115-13(h) of this subpart;
    (5) Allow an independent laboratory (or Coast Guard inspector if 
required under paragraph (a) of this section) access to any place where 
materials are stored for the winch, work or testing is performed on 
winches or their component parts and materials, or records are retained 
to meet the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section, below, for 
the purpose of--
    (i) Assuring that the quality control program of the manufacturer is 
satisfactory;
    (ii) Witnessing tests; or
    (iii) Taking samples of parts or materials for additional 
inspections or tests; and
    (6) Ensure that the independent laboratory (or Coast Guard inspector 
if required under paragraph (a) of this section) conducts the 
inspections and witnesses the tests required by paragraph (e) of this 
section, and further conducts a visual inspection to verify that the 
winches are being made in accordance with the plans approved under Sec. 
160.115-13(h) of this subpart and the requirements of this subpart.
    (c) Recordkeeping. The manufacturer must maintain records in 
accordance with 46 CFR 159.007-13. The manufacturer must keep records of 
all items listed in this section for at least 5 years from the date of 
termination of approval of each winch. The records must include--
    (1) A copy of this subpart, other CFR sections referenced in this 
subpart, and each document listed in Sec. 160.115-5 of this subpart;
    (2) A copy of the approved plans, documentation, and certifications;
    (3) A current certificate of approval for each approved winch;
    (4) Affidavits, certificates, or invoices from the suppliers 
identifying all essential materials used in the production of approved 
winches, together with records identifying the serial numbers of the 
winches in which such materials were used;
    (5) Records of all structural welding and name of operator(s);
    (6) Records of welder certificates, training, and qualifications;
    (7) Date and results of calibration of test equipment and the name 
and address of the company or agency that performed the calibration;
    (8) The serial number of each production winch, along with records 
of its inspections and tests carried out under this section; and
    (9) The original purchaser of each winch and the vessel on which it 
was installed, if known.
    (d) Independent laboratory responsibility. The independent 
laboratory must perform or witness, as appropriate, the inspections and 
tests under this section for each Coast Guard-approved winch to be 
installed on a U.S. flag vessel. If the manufacturer also produces 
winches for approval by other maritime safety administrations, the 
inspections may be coordinated with inspection visits for those 
administrations.
    (e) Production inspections and tests. (1) Each approved winch must 
be inspected and tested in accordance with the procedures in 46 CFR part 
159, subpart 159.007 and the brake test described in IMO Revised 
recommendation on testing, part 2, paragraph 6.1.1 (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 160.115-5 of this subpart).
    (2) The lowering tests described in IMO Revised recommendation on 
testing, Part 2, paragraph 6.1 may be performed if the installation 
height is known. If these tests are performed, the results must be in 
accordance with 46 CFR 199.153(h) through (j).

[[Page 201]]



Sec. 160.115-17  Marking and labeling.

    (a) Each winch must be marked with a plate or label permanently 
affixed in a conspicuous place readily accessible for inspection and 
sufficiently durable to withstand continuous exposure to environmental 
conditions at sea for the life of the winch.
    (b) The plate or label must be in English, but may also be in other 
languages.
    (c) The plate or label must contain the--
    (1) Name and address of the manufacturer;
    (2) Manufacturer's model identification;
    (3) Name of the independent laboratory that witnessed the prototype 
or production tests;
    (4) Serial number of the winch;
    (5) U.S. Coast Guard approval number;
    (6) Month and year of manufacture;
    (7) Safe working load of the winch; and
    (8) Word ``SOLAS''.



Sec. 160.115-19  Operating instructions and information for the ship's
training manual.

    (a) Each winch must have instructions and information for the ship's 
training manual that use the symbols from IMO Res. A.760(18) 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.115-5 of this subpart) to 
describe the location and operation of the winch.
    (b) The instructions and information required by paragraph (a) of 
this section may be combined with similar material for survival craft 
and rescue boats, and their complete launching systems.
    (c) The winch manufacturer must make operating instructions and 
information required by paragraph (a) of this section available in 
English to the purchaser of a winch approved by the Coast Guard.



Sec. 160.115-21  Operation and maintenance instructions.

    (a) Each winch must have operation and maintenance instructions 
that--
    (1) Follows the general format and content specified in IMO MSC.1 
Circ. 1205 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.115-5 of this 
subpart); and
    (2) Includes a checklist for use in monthly, external visual 
inspections of the winch.
    (b) The winch manufacturer must make the manual required by 
paragraph (a) of this section available in English to the purchaser of a 
winch approved by the Coast Guard.
    (c) The operation and maintenance instructions required by paragraph 
(a) of this section may be combined with similar material for survival 
craft and rescue boats, and their complete launching systems.



Sec. 160.115-23  Procedure for approval of design or material change.

    (a) Each change in design, material, or construction from the plans 
approved under 46 CFR 159.005-13 and Sec. 160.115-13(h) of this subpart 
must be approved by the Commandant before being used in any production 
winch. The manufacturer must submit any such change following the 
procedures in Sec. 160.115-9 of this subpart, but documentation on 
items that are unchanged from the plans approved under 46 CFR 159.005-13 
and Sec. 160.115-13(h) of this subpart need not be resubmitted.
    (b) Unless determined by the Commandant to be unnecessary, a 
prototype winch with each change described in paragraph (a) of this 
section must be made and tested according to the procedures for new 
approvals in Sec. Sec. 160.115-9 through 160.115-13 of this subpart.
    (c) Determinations of equivalence of design, construction, and 
materials will be made by the Commandant only.



               Subpart 160.132_Launching Appliances_Davits

    Source: USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62979, Oct. 11, 2011, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.132-1  Scope.

    This subpart prescribes standards, tests, and procedures for seeking 
Coast Guard approval of a davit used in conjunction with a winch 
approved under subpart 160.115 of this part for lifeboats approved under 
subpart 160.135 of this part, liferafts approved under subparts 160.051 
or 160.151 of this part, and rescue boats approved under subparts 
160.056 or 160.156 of this part.

[[Page 202]]



Sec. 160.132-3  Definitions.

    In addition to the definitions in the IMO LSA Code (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 160.132-5 of this subpart), in this subpart, the 
term:
    Commandant means the Chief of the Lifesaving and Fire Safety 
Standards Division. Address: Commandant (CG-ENG-4), Attn: Lifesaving and 
Fire Safety Division, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther 
King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509; telephone 202-372-1392 
or fax 202-372-1924.
    Independent laboratory has the same meaning as 46 CFR 159.001-3. A 
list of accepted independent laboratories is available from the 
Commandant and online at http://cgmix.uscg.mil.
    Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection (OCMI) means an officer of the 
Coast Guard designated as such by the Commandant and who fulfills the 
duties described in 46 CFR 1.01-15(b). The ``cognizant OCMI'' is the 
OCMI who has immediate jurisdiction over a vessel or geographic area for 
the purpose of performing the duties previously described.
    SOLAS means the International Convention for the Safety of Life at 
Sea, 1974, as amended.

[USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62979, Oct. 11, 2011, as amended by USCG-2013-
0671, 78 FR 60158, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.132-5  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part 
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that 
specified in this section, the Coast Guard must publish notice of change 
in the Federal Register and the material must be available to the 
public. All approved material is available for inspection at Coast Guard 
Headquarters. Contact Commandant (CG-ENG-4), Attn: Lifesaving and Fire 
Safety Division, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. 
Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509. You may also inspect this 
material at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For 
information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-
6030 or go to http://www.archives.gov/federal--register/code--of--
federal--regulations/ibr--locations.html. You may obtain copies of the 
material from the sources specified in the following paragraphs
    (b) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), 100 Barr 
Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA, 19428-2959.
    (1) ASTM A 36/A 36M-08, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural 
Steel, (approved May 15, 2008), IBR approved for Sec. 160.132-7 (``ASTM 
A 36'').
    (2) ASTM A 216/A 216M-08, Standard Specification for Steel Castings, 
Carbon, Suitable for Fusion Welding, for High-Temperature Service, 
(approved November 1, 2008), IBR approved for Sec. 160.132-7 (``ASTM A 
216'').
    (c) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publications Section, 
4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, + 44 (0)20 7735 
7611, http://www.imo.org/.
    (1) IMO Resolution A.760(18), Symbols Related to Life-Saving 
Appliances and Arrangements, (adopted November 4, 1993), IBR approved 
for Sec. 160.132-19 (``IMO Res. A.760(18)'').
    (2) International Life-Saving Appliances, including LSA Code, 2010 
Edition, (2010), pages 7-71 (``IMO LSA Code''), IBR approved for 
Sec. Sec. 160.132-3 and 160.132-7.
    (3) Life-Saving Appliances, including LSA Code, 2010 Edition, 
(2010), Revised recommendation on testing of live-saving appliances, 
pages 79-254 (``IMO Revised recommendation on testing''), IBR approved 
for Sec. Sec. 160.132-7, 160.132-13, and 160.132-15.
    (4) MSC/Circular 980, Standardized Life-Saving Appliance Evaluation 
and Test Report Forms, (February 13, 2001), IBR approved for Sec. 
160.132-13 (``IMO MSC Circ. 980'').
    (5) MSC.1/Circular 1205, Guidelines for Developing Operation and 
Maintenance Manuals for Lifeboat Systems, (May 26, 2006), IBR approved 
for Sec. 160.132-21 (``IMO MSC.1 Circ. 1205'').

[USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62979, Oct. 11, 2011, as amended by USCG-2013-
0671, 78 FR 60159, Sept. 30, 2013]

[[Page 203]]



Sec. 160.132-7  Design, construction, and performance of davits.

    (a) To seek Coast Guard approval of a davit, a manufacturer must 
comply with, and each davit must meet, the requirements of following--
    (1) IMO LSA Code chapter I/1.2.2 and Chapter VI/6.1 (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 160.132-5 of this subpart) applicable to the design 
and intended service of the davit;
    (2) IMO Revised recommendation on testing, part 1/8.1 (incorporated 
by reference, see Sec. 160.132-5 of this subpart) applicable to the 
design and intended service of the davit;
    (3) 46 CFR part 159; and
    (4) This subpart.
    (b) Each davit must meet the following requirements--
    (1) Materials. Each major structural component of each davit must be 
constructed of steel. Other materials may be used if accepted by the 
Commandant as equivalent or superior--
    (i) Structural steel made by the open-hearth or electric furnace 
process must be in accordance with ASTM A 36 (incorporated by reference, 
see Sec. 160.132-5 of this subpart);
    (ii) Steel castings not intended for fusion welding must be in 
accordance with ASTM A 36, Grades U-60-30, 60-30, 65-30, 65-35, and 70-
36;
    (iii) Steel castings intended to be fabricated by fusion welding 
must be in accordance with ASTM A 216 (incorporated by reference, see 
Sec. 160.132-5 of this subpart), Grades WCA and WCB;
    (iv) Cast iron must not be used in the construction of a davit; and
    (v) Metals in contact with each other must be either galvanically 
compatible or insulated with suitable non-porous materials. Provisions 
must also be made to prevent loosening or tightening resulting from 
differences of thermal expansion, freezing, buckling of parts, galvanic 
corrosion, or other incompatibilities;
    (2) Bearings. (i) Bearings must be of non-ferrous metal, or must be 
of the roller or ball-bearing type;
    (ii) Positive means of lubrication must be provided; and
    (iii) The manufacturer must furnish a lubrication chart for each 
davit together with a plate attached to the davit indicating the 
lubricants recommended for extremes in temperature;
    (3) Guards. All moving parts must have guards;
    (4) Welding. Welding must be performed by welders certified by the 
Commandant, a classification society recognized by the Commandant in 
accordance with 46 CFR 8.220, the U.S. Navy, or the national body where 
the davit is constructed or the national body's designated recognized 
organization. Only electrodes intended for use with the material being 
welded may be used. All welds must be checked using appropriate non-
destructive tests; and
    (5) Hydraulic systems, if installed, must be in accordance with 46 
CFR part 58, subpart 58.30.
    (c) Determinations of equivalence of design, construction, and 
materials will be made by the Commandant only.



Sec. 160.132-9  Preapproval review.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the 
Commandant must conduct the preapproval review required by this section, 
in accordance with 46 CFR 159.005-5.
    (b) Manufacturer requirements. To seek Coast Guard approval of a 
davit, the manufacturer must submit an application to the Commandant 
meeting the requirements of 46 CFR 159.005-5 for preapproval review. To 
meet the requirements of 46 CFR 159.005-5(a)(2), the manufacturer must 
submit in triplicate--
    (1) A list of drawings, specifications, manuals, and any other 
documentation submitted, with each document identified by number, title, 
revision issue, and date;
    (2) General arrangement and assembly drawings, including principal 
dimensions;
    (3) Stress calculations for all load carrying parts;
    (4) An operation, maintenance, and training manual as described in 
Sec. Sec. 160.132-19 and 160.132-21 of this subpart;
    (5) A description of the quality control procedures and 
recordkeeping that will apply to the production of the davit, which must 
include, but is not limited to--
    (i) The system for checking material certifications received from 
suppliers;

[[Page 204]]

    (ii) The method for controlling the inventory of materials;
    (iii) The method for checking quality of fabrication and joints, 
including welding inspection procedures; and
    (iv) The inspection checklists used during various stages of 
fabrication to assure that the approved release mechanism complies with 
the approved plans and the requirements of this subpart;
    (6) Any other drawing(s) necessary to show that the davit complies 
with the requirements of this subpart;
    (7) The location or address of all manufacturing sites, including 
the name and address of any subcontractors, where the davit will be 
constructed; and
    (8) The name of the independent laboratory that will perform the 
duties prescribed in Sec. 160.132-15 of this subpart.
    (c) At the request of the manufacturer and discretion of the 
Commandant, an independent laboratory may conduct preapproval review 
required by this section; so long as the preapproval review is conducted 
in accordance with the procedures agreed upon between the independent 
laboratory and Commandant under 46 CFR subpart 159.010.
    (d) Plan quality. All plans and specifications submitted to the 
Commandant under this section must--
    (1) Be provided in English, including all notes, inscriptions, and 
designations for configuration control;
    (2) Address each of the applicable items in paragraph (b) of this 
section in sufficient detail to show that the davit meets the 
construction requirements of this subpart;
    (3) Accurately depict the proposed davit;
    (4) Be internally consistent;
    (5) Be legible; and
    (6) If reviewed by an independent laboratory under paragraph (c) of 
this section, include the independent laboratory's attestation that the 
plans meet the quality requirements of this section.
    (e) Alternatives. Alternatives in materials, parts, or construction, 
and each item replaced by an alternative, must be clearly indicated as 
such in the plans and specifications submitted to the Commandant under 
this section.
    (f) Coast Guard review. If the plans or specifications do not comply 
with the requirements of this section, Coast Guard review may be 
suspended, and the applicant notified accordingly.



Sec. 160.132-11  [Reserved]



Sec. 160.132-13  Approval inspections and tests for prototype davits.

    (a) If the manufacturer is notified that the information submitted 
in accordance with Sec. 160.132-9 of this subpart is satisfactory to 
the Commandant, the manufacturer may proceed with fabrication of the 
prototype davit, and the approval inspections and tests required under 
this section.
    (b) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, the Coast 
Guard must conduct the approval inspections and witness the approval 
tests required under this section.
    (c) Manufacturer requirements. To proceed with approval inspections 
and tests required by this section, the manufacturer must--
    (1) Notify the Commandant and cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine 
Inspection (OCMI) of where the approval inspections and tests required 
under this section will take place, and such notifications must be in 
sufficient time to allow making travel arrangements;
    (2) Arrange a testing schedule with the cognizant OCMI that allows 
for a Coast Guard inspector to travel to the site where the testing is 
to be performed;
    (3) Admit the Coast Guard inspector to any place where work or 
testing is performed on davits or their component parts and materials 
for the purpose of--
    (i) Conducting inspections as necessary to determine that the 
prototype--
    (A) Conforms with the plans reviewed under Sec. 160.132-9 of this 
subpart;
    (B) Is constructed by the methods and with the materials specified 
in the plans reviewed under Sec. 160.132-9 of this subpart; and
    (C) When welding is part of the construction process, is constructed 
by the welding procedure and materials as per the plans reviewed under 
Sec. 160.132-9 of

[[Page 205]]

this subpart and the welders are appropriately qualified;
    (ii) Assuring that the quality-assurance program of the manufacturer 
is satisfactory;
    (iii) Witnessing tests; and
    (iv) Taking samples of parts or materials for additional inspections 
or tests; and
    (4) Make available to the Coast Guard inspector the affidavits or 
invoices from the suppliers of all essential materials used in the 
production of davits, together with records identifying the lot or 
serial numbers of the davits in which such materials were used.
    (d) Tests. (1) IMO Revised recommendation on testing. Each prototype 
davit of each design must pass each of the tests described in IMO 
Revised recommendation on testing, part 1, paragraph 8.1 (incorporated 
by reference, see Sec. 160.132-5 of this subpart) applicable to the 
design and service of the davit.
    (2) Visual inspection. Each davit must be visually inspected to 
confirm--
    (i) Compliance with this subpart;
    (ii) Conformance with the examined plans; and
    (iii) Ease of operation and maintenance.
    (3) Hydraulic controls. If the davit design includes a fluid power 
and control system, a test of the hydraulic controls must be conducted 
in accordance with 46 CFR 58.30-35.
    (e) Test waiver. The Commandant may waive certain tests for a davit 
similar in construction to a davit that has successfully completed the 
tests.
    (f) At the request of the manufacturer and discretion of the 
Commandant, an independent laboratory may perform approval inspections 
and witness approval tests required by this section so long as the 
inspections and tests are performed and witnessed in accordance with the 
procedures agreed upon between the independent laboratory and Commandant 
under 46 CFR part 159, subpart 159.010.
    (g) After completion of approval inspections and tests required by 
this section, the manufacturer must comply with the requirements of 46 
CFR 159.005-9(a)(5) by preparing and submitting to the Commandant for 
review--
    (1) The prototype approval test report containing the same 
information recommended by IMO MSC Circ. 980 (incorporated by reference, 
see Sec. 160.132-5 of this subpart). The report must include a signed 
statement by the Coast Guard inspector (or independent laboratory as 
permitted by paragraph (f) of this section) who witnessed the testing, 
indicating that the report accurately describes the testing and its 
results; and
    (2) The final version of the plans required under Sec. 160.132-9 of 
this subpart in triplicate.
    (h) The Commandant will review the report and plans submitted under 
paragraph (g) of this section, and if satisfactory to the Commandant, 
will approve the plans under 46 CFR 159.005-13.



Sec. 160.132-15  Production inspections, tests, quality control,
and conformance of davits.

    (a) Unless the Commandant directs otherwise, an independent 
laboratory must perform or witness, as appropriate, inspections, tests, 
and oversight required by this section. Production inspections and tests 
of davits must be carried out in accordance with the procedures for 
independent laboratory inspection in 46 CFR part 159, subpart 159.007 
and in this section, unless the Commandant authorizes alternative tests 
and inspections. The Commandant may prescribe additional production 
tests and inspections necessary to maintain quality control and to 
monitor compliance with the requirements of this subpart.
    (b) Manufacturer's responsibility. The manufacturer must--
    (1) Institute a quality control procedure to ensure that all 
production davits are produced to the same standard, and in the same 
manner, as the prototype davit approved by the Commandant. The 
manufacturer's quality control personnel must not work directly under 
the department or person responsible for either production or sales;
    (2) Schedule and coordinate with the independent laboratory (or 
Coast Guard inspector if required under paragraph (a) of this section), 
to ensure that all tests are performed as described in this section;

[[Page 206]]

    (3) Submit to the Commandant a yearly report that contains the 
following--
    (i) Serial number and date of final assembly of each davit 
constructed;
    (ii) The name of the representative of the independent laboratory 
(or Coast Guard inspector if required under paragraph (a) of this 
section); and
    (iii) Name of the vessel and company receiving the davit, if known;
    (4) Ensure that the arrangement and materials entering into the 
construction of the davit are in accordance with plans approved under 
Sec. 160.132-13(h) of this subpart;
    (5) Allow an independent laboratory (or Coast Guard inspector if 
required under paragraph (a) of this section) access to any place where 
materials are stored for the davit, work or testing is performed on 
davits or their component parts and materials, or records are retained 
to meet the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section, below, for 
the purpose of--
    (i) Assuring that the quality control program of the manufacturer is 
satisfactory;
    (ii) Witnessing tests; or
    (iii) Taking samples of parts or materials for additional 
inspections or tests; and
    (6) Ensure that the independent laboratory (or Coast Guard inspector 
if required under paragraph (a) of this section) conducts the 
inspections and witnesses the tests required by paragraph (e) of this 
section, and further conducts a visual inspection to verify that the 
davits are being made in accordance with the plans approved under Sec. 
160.132-13(h) of this subpart and the requirements of this subpart.
    (c) Recordkeeping. The manufacturer must maintain records in 
accordance with 46 CFR 159.007-13. The manufacturer must keep records of 
all items listed in this section for at least 5 years from the date of 
termination of approval of each davit. The records must include--
    (1) A copy of this subpart, other CFR sections referenced in this 
subpart, and each document listed in Sec. 160.132-5 of this subpart;
    (2) A copy of the approved plans, documentation, and certifications;
    (3) A current certificate of approval for each approved davit;
    (4) Affidavits, certificates, or invoices from the suppliers 
identifying all essential materials used in the production of approved 
davits, together with records identifying the serial numbers of davits 
in which such materials were used;
    (5) Records of all structural welding and name of operator(s);
    (6) Records of welder certificates, training, and qualifications;
    (7) Date and results of calibration of test equipment and the name 
and address of the company or agency that performed the calibration;
    (8) The serial number of each production davit, along with records 
of its inspections and tests carried out under this section; and
    (9) The original purchaser of each davit and the vessel on which it 
was installed, if known.
    (d) Independent laboratory responsibility. The independent 
laboratory must perform or witness, as appropriate, the inspections and 
tests under this section for each Coast Guard-approved davit to be 
installed on a U.S.-flagged vessel. If the manufacturer also produces 
davits for approval by other maritime safety administrations, the 
inspections may be coordinated with inspection visits for those 
administrations.
    (e) Production inspections and tests. Each approved davit must be 
inspected and tested in accordance with the procedures in 46 CFR part 
159, subpart 159.007 and the load test described in IMO Revised 
recommendation on testing, Part 2, paragraph 6.1.1 (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 160.132-5 of this subpart).



Sec. 160.132-17  Marking and labeling.

    (a) Each davit must be marked with a plate or label permanently 
affixed in a conspicuous place readily for inspection and sufficiently 
durable to withstand continuous exposure to environmental conditions at 
sea for the life of the davit.
    (b) The plate or label must be in English, but may also be in other 
languages.
    (c) The plate or label must contain the--

[[Page 207]]

    (1) Name and address of the manufacturer;
    (2) Manufacturer's model identification;
    (3) Name of the independent laboratory that witnessed the prototype 
or production tests;
    (4) Serial number of the davit;
    (5) U.S. Coast Guard approval number;
    (6) Month and year of manufacture;
    (7) Safe working load of the davit; and
    (8) Word ``SOLAS''.



Sec. 160.132-19  Operating instructions and information for the ship's
training manual.

    (a) Each davit must have instructions and information for the ship's 
training manual that use the symbols from IMO Res. A.760(18) 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.132-5 of this subpart) to 
describe the location and operation of the davit.
    (b) The instructions and information required by paragraph (a) of 
this section may be combined with similar material for survival craft 
and rescue boats, and their complete launching systems.
    (c) The davit manufacturer must make operating instructions and 
information required by paragraph (a) of this section available in 
English to the purchaser of a davit approved by the Coast Guard.



Sec. 160.132-21  Operation and maintenance instructions.

    (a) Each davit must have operation and maintenance instructions 
that--
    (1) Follows the general format and content specified in IMO MSC.1 
Circ. 1205 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.132-5 of this 
subpart); and
    (2) Includes a checklist for use in monthly, external visual 
inspections of the davit.
    (b) The davit manufacturer must make the manual required by 
paragraph (a) of this section available in English to the purchaser of a 
davit approved by the Coast Guard.
    (c) The operation and maintenance instructions required by paragraph 
(a) of this section may be combined with similar material for survival 
craft and rescue boats, and their complete launching systems.



Sec. 160.132-23  Procedure for approval of design or material change.

    (a) Each change in design, material, or construction from the plans 
approved under 46 CFR 159.005-13 and Sec. 160.132-13(h) of this subpart 
must be approved by the Commandant before being used in any production 
davit. The manufacturer must submit any such change following the 
procedures in Sec. 160.132-9 of this subpart, but documentation on 
items that are unchanged from the plans approved under 46 CFR 159.005-13 
and Sec. 160.115-13(h) of this subpart need not be resubmitted.
    (b) Unless determined by the Commandant to be unnecessary, a 
prototype davit with each change described in paragraph (a) of this 
section must be made and tested according to the procedures for new 
approvals in Sec. Sec. 160.132-9 through 160.132-13 of this subpart.
    (c) Determinations of equivalence of design, construction, and 
materials will be made by the Commandant only.



    Subpart 160.133_Release Mechanisms for Lifeboats and Rescue Boats

    Source: USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62983, Oct. 11, 2011, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.133-1  Scope.

    This subpart prescribes standards, tests, and procedures for seeking 
Coast Guard approval of a release mechanism used for davit-launched and 
free-fall lifeboats approved under subpart 160.135 of this part, and 
rescue boats approved under subpart 160.156 of this part.



Sec. 160.133-3  Definitions.

    In addition to the definitions in the IMO LSA Code, as amended by 
Resolution MSC.320(89) (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.133-5 
of this subpart), in this subpart, the term:
    Commandant means the Chief of the Lifesaving and Fire Safety 
Standards Division. Address: Commandant (CG-ENG-4), Attn: Lifesaving and 
Fire Safety Division, U.S. Coast Guard Stop

[[Page 208]]

7509, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509; 
telephone 202-372-1392 or fax 202-372-1924.
    Full load means the weight of the complete lifeboat or rescue boat 
including all required equipment, provisions, fuel, and the number of 
persons for which it is approved. This is also known as the ``condition 
B'' weight.
    Independent laboratory has the same meaning as 46 CFR 159.001-3. A 
list of accepted independent laboratories is available from the 
Commandant and online at http://cgmix.uscg.mil.
    Light load means the weight of the complete lifeboat or rescue boat 
empty and does not include fuel, required equipment, or the equivalent 
weight of persons. This is also known as the ``condition A'' weight.
    Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection (OCMI) means an officer of the 
Coast Guard designated as such by the Commandant and who fulfills the 
duties described in 46 CFR 1.01-15(b). The ``cognizant OCMI'' is the 
OCMI who has immediate jurisdiction over a vessel or geographic area for 
the purpose of performing the duties previously described.
    SOLAS means the International Convention for the Safety of Life at 
Sea, 1974, as amended.

[USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62983, Oct. 11, 2011, as amended by USCG-2013-
0671, 78 FR 60159, Sept. 30, 2013; 79 FR 44139, July 30, 2014]



Sec. 160.133-5  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part 
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that 
specified in this section, the Coast Guard must publish notice of change 
in the Federal Register and the material must be available to the 
public. All approved material is available for inspection at Coast Guard 
Headquarters. Contact Commandant (CG-ENG-4), Attn: Lifesaving and Fire 
Safety Division, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. 
Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509. You may also inspect this 
material at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For 
information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-
6030 or go to http://www.archives.gov/federal--register/code--of--
federal--regulations/ibr--locations.html. You may obtain copies of the 
material from the sources specified in the following paragraphs.
    (b) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), 100 Barr 
Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA, 19428-2959.
    (1) ASTM A 276-08a, Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars 
and Shapes, (approved October 1, 2008), IBR approved for Sec. 160.133-7 
(``ASTM A 276'').
    (2) ASTM A 313/A 313M -08, Standard Specification for Stainless 
Steel Spring Wire, (approved October 1, 2008), IBR approved for Sec. 
160.133-7 (``ASTM A 313'').
    (3) ASTM A 314-08, Standard Specification for Stainless Steel 
Billets and Bars for Forging, (approved October 1, 2008), IBR approved 
for Sec. 160.133-7 (``ASTM A 314'').
    (4) ASTM F 1166-07, Standard Practice for Human Engineering Design 
for Marine Systems, Equipment, and Facilities, (approved January 1, 
2007), IBR approved for Sec. 160.133-7 (``ASTM F 1166'').
    (c) International Maritime Organization (IMO), Publications Section, 
4 Albert Embankment, London, SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, + 44 (0)20 7735 
7611, http://www.imo.org/.
    (1) IMO Resolution A.760(18), Symbols Related to Life-Saving 
Appliances and Arrangements, (adopted November 4, 1993), IBR approved 
for Sec. 160.133-19 (``IMO Res. A.760(18)'').
    (2) Life-Saving Appliances, including LSA Code, 2010 Edition, 
(2010), pages 7-71 , IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 160.133-3 and 160.133-
7 (``IMO LSA Code'') .
    (3) Life-Saving Appliances, including LSA Code, 2010 Edition, 
(2010), Revised recommendation on testing of life-saving appliances, 
pages 79-254, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 160.133-7 and 160.133-13 
(``IMO Revised recommendation on testing'').
    (4) MSC/Circular 980, Standardized Life-saving Appliance Evaluation 
and Test Report Forms, (February 13, 2001), IBR approved for Sec. 
160.133-13 (``IMO MSC Circ. 980'').
    (5) MSC.1/Circular 1205, Guidelines for Developing Operation and 
Maintenance Manuals for Lifeboat Systems, (May 26,

[[Page 209]]

2006), IBR approved for Sec. 160.133-21 (``IMO MSC.1 Circ. 1205'').
    (6) Annex 4 to MSC 89/25, Report of the Maritime Safety Committee on 
its Eighty-Ninth Session, ``Resolution MSC.320(89), Adoption of 
Amendments to the International Life-Saving Appliance (LSA) Code,'' 
(adopted May 20, 2011), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 160.133-3, 160.133-
5(c)(6), 160.133-7(d)(1), 160.133-7(b)(8), and 160.133-7(b)(9) 
(``Resolution MSC.320(89)'').
    (7) Annex 5 to MSC 89/25, Report of the Maritime Safety Committee on 
its Eighty-Ninth Session, ``Resolution MSC.321(89), Adoption of 
Amendments to the Revised Recommendation on Testing of Life-Saving 
Appliances (Resolution MSC.81(70)),'' (adopted May 20, 2011), IBR 
approved for Sec. Sec. 160.133-5(c)(7), 160.133-7(a)(2), and 160.133-
13(d)(2) (``Resolution MSC.321(89)'').

[USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62983, Oct. 11, 2011, as amended by USCG-2013-
0671, 78 FR 60159, Sept. 30, 2013; 79 FR 44139, July 30, 2014]



Sec. 160.133-7  Design, construction, and performance of release 
mechanisms.

    (a) To seek Coast Guard approval of a release mechanism, a 
manufacturer must comply with, and each release mechanism must meet, the 
requirements of the following--
    (1) IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution MSC.320(89), chapter IV/
4.4.7.6 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.133-5 of this 
subpart), and a release mechanism for free-fall lifeboats must also meet 
the applicable provisions of chapter VI/6.1.4;
    (2) IMO Revised recommendation on testing, as amended by Resolution 
MSC.321(89), Part 1/6.9 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.133-5 
of this subpart);
    (3) 46 CFR part 159; and
    (4) This subpart.
    (b) Each release mechanism must meet the following requirements--
    (1) Design. All functions of the release mechanism, including 
removal of interlocks, operation of the release handle, resetting the 
hooks, and reattaching the falls to the hooks, must be designed to be 
operable by persons wearing immersion suits;
    (2) Each release mechanism should be designed following standard 
human engineering practices described in ASTM F 1166 (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 160.133-5 of this subpart). Design limits should be 
based on a range from the fifth percentile female to the ninety-fifth 
percentile male values for critical body dimensions and functional 
capabilities as described in ASTM F 1166. The dimensions for a person 
wearing an immersion suit correspond to the arctic clothed dimensions of 
ASTM F 1166;
    (3) Steel. Each major structural component of each release mechanism 
must be constructed of corrosion-resistant steel. Corrosion-resistant 
steel must be a type 302 stainless steel per ASTM A 276, ASTM A 313 or 
ASTM A 314 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.133-5 of this 
subpart). Other corrosion-resistant materials may be used if accepted by 
the Commandant as having equivalent or superior corrosion-resistant 
characteristics;
    (4) Welding. Welding must be performed by welders certified by the 
Commandant, a classification society recognized by the Commandant in 
accordance with 46 CFR 8.220, the U.S. Navy, or the national body where 
the release mechanism is constructed or the national body's designated 
recognized organization. Only electrodes intended for use with the 
material being welded may be used. All welds must be checked using 
appropriate non-destructive tests;
    (5) Metals in contact with each other must be either galvanically 
compatible or insulated with suitable non-porous materials. Provisions 
must also be made to prevent loosening or tightening resulting from 
differences of thermal expansion, freezing, buckling of parts, galvanic 
corrosion, or other incompatibilities;
    (6) Screws, nuts, bolts, pins, keys, and other similar hardware, 
securing moving parts must be fitted with suitable lock washers, cotter 
pins, or locks to prevent them from coming adrift;
    (7) The on-load operation of the release mechanism must require two 
separate, deliberate actions by the operator;
    (8) The mechanical protection required by ``IMO'', LSA Code, as 
amended by Resolution MSC.320(89), Chapter IV/4.4.7.6.2.2 must only be 
able to be engaged when the release mechanism is

[[Page 210]]

properly and completely reset. Proper engagement of the mechanical 
protection must be visually indicated;
    (9) The release and recovery procedures required by ``IMO'' LSA 
Code, as amended by Resolution MSC.320(89),Chapter IV/4.4.7.6.5 must be 
included as an illustrated operation instruction plate or placard. The 
plate or placard must be corrosion resistant and weatherproof and must 
be marked with the word ``Danger''. The illustrations must correspond 
exactly to those used in the instruction and maintenance manual provided 
by the manufacturer;
    (10) The release lever or control must be red in color, and the area 
immediately surrounding the control must be a sharply contrasting light 
color;
    (11) The release lever and its connection to the release mechanism 
must be of sufficient strength so that there is no deformation of the 
release lever or the release control assembly during on-load release;
    (12) Positive means of lubrication must be provided for each bearing 
which is not permanently lubricated. Points of lubrication must be so 
located that they are clearly visible and accessible in the installed 
position in the boat;
    (13) A hydraulic system, if used to activate the release mechanism, 
must be in accordance with 46 CFR part 58, subpart 58.30, with hose and 
fittings in accordance with 46 CFR part 56, subpart 56.60, except that--
    (i) Push-on type fittings such as Aeroquip 1525-X, 25156-X, and 
FC332-X are not permitted;
    (ii) The length of nonmetallic flexible hose is limited to 760 mm 
(30 in); and
    (iii) If a hand pump is provided, adequate space must be provided 
for the hand pump or hand operation;
    (14) Each release mechanism designed to launch a boat by free-fall 
must not be able to carry any weight until the release mechanism is 
properly reset, and each of the two independent activation systems 
required to be operated from inside the boat must require at least two 
independent actions from different locations inside the boat to release 
the hook; and
    (c) Determinations of equivalence of design, construction, and 
materials will be made by the Commandant only.

[USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62983, Oct. 11, 2011, as amended by 79 FR 44139, 
July 30, 2014]



Sec. 160.133-9  Preapproval review.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the 
Commandant must conduct the preapproval review, required by this 
section, in accordance with 46 CFR 159.005-5.
    (b) Manufacturer requirements. To seek Coast Guard approval of a 
release mechanism, the manufacturer must submit an application to the 
Commandant meeting the requirements of 46 CFR 159.005-5 for preapproval 
review. To meet the requirements of 46 CFR 159.005-5(a)(2), the 
manufacturer must submit in triplicate--
    (1) A list of drawings, specifications, manuals, and any other 
documentation submitted, with each document identified by number, title, 
revision issue, and date;
    (2) General arrangement and assembly drawings, including principal 
dimensions;
    (3) Stress calculations for all load carrying parts, including the 
release hooks, release mechanisms, and connections;
    (4) Hydraulic systems drawings and specifications, if installed;
    (5) Drawings of all signs and placards showing actual inscription, 
format, color, and size;
    (6) An operation, maintenance, and training manual as described in 
Sec. Sec. 160.133-19 and 160.133-21 of this subpart;
    (7) A description of the quality control procedures and 
recordkeeping that will apply to the production of the release 
mechanism, which must include but is not limited to--
    (i) The system for checking material certifications received from 
suppliers;
    (ii) The method for controlling the inventory of materials;
    (iii) The method for checking quality of fabrication and joints, 
including welding inspection procedures; and
    (iv) The inspection checklists used during various stages of 
fabrication to assure that the approved release mechanism complies with 
the approved

[[Page 211]]

plans and the requirements of this subpart;
    (8) Full details of any other unique capability;
    (9) Any other drawing(s) necessary to show that the release 
mechanism complies with the requirements of this subpart;
    (10) The location or address of all manufacturing sites, including 
the name and address of any subcontractors, where the release mechanism 
will be constructed; and
    (11) The name of the independent laboratory that will perform the 
duties prescribed in Sec. 160.133-15 of this subpart.
    (c) At the request of the manufacturer and discretion of the 
Commandant, an independent laboratory may conduct preapproval review 
required by this section, so long as the preapproval review is conducted 
in accordance with the procedures agreed upon between the independent 
laboratory and Commandant under 46 CFR part 159, subpart 159.010.
    (d) Plan quality. The plans and specifications submitted to the 
Commandant under this section must--
    (1) Be provided in English, including all notes, inscriptions, and 
designations for configuration control;
    (2) Address each of the applicable items in paragraph (b) of this 
section in sufficient detail to show that the release mechanism meets 
the construction requirements of this subpart;
    (3) Accurately depict the proposed release mechanism;
    (4) Be internally consistent;
    (5) Be legible; and
    (6) If reviewed by an independent laboratory under paragraph (c) of 
this section, include the independent laboratory's attestation that the 
plans meet the quality requirements of this section.
    (e) Alternatives. Alternatives in materials, parts, or construction, 
and each item replaced by an alternative, must be clearly indicated as 
such in the plans and specifications submitted to the Commandant under 
this section.
    (f) Coast Guard review. If the plans or specifications do not comply 
with the requirements of this section, Coast Guard review may be 
suspended, and the applicant notified accordingly.



Sec. 160.133-11  [Reserved]



Sec. 160.133-13  Approval inspections and tests for prototype release
mechanisms.

    (a) If the manufacturer is notified that the information submitted 
in accordance with Sec. 160.133-9 of this subpart is satisfactory to 
the Commandant, the manufacturer may proceed with fabrication of the 
prototype release mechanism, and the approval inspections and tests 
required under this section.
    (b) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, the Coast 
Guard must conduct the approval inspections and witness the approval 
tests required under this section.
    (c) Manufacturer requirements. To proceed with approval inspections 
and tests required by this section, the manufacturer must--
    (1) Notify the Commandant and cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine 
Inspection (OCMI) of where the approval inspections and tests required 
under this section will take place, and such notification must be in 
sufficient time to allow making travel arrangements;
    (2) Arrange a testing schedule that allows for a Coast Guard 
inspector to travel to the site where the testing is to be performed;
    (3) Admit the Coast Guard inspector to any place where work or 
testing is performed on release mechanisms or their component parts and 
materials for the purpose of--
    (i) Conducting inspections as necessary to determine that the 
prototype--
    (A) Conforms with the plans reviewed under Sec. 160.133-9 of this 
subpart;
    (B) Is constructed by the methods and with the materials specified 
in the plans reviewed under Sec. 160.133-9 of this subpart; and
    (C) When welding is part of the construction process, is constructed 
by the welding procedure and materials as per the plans reviewed under 
Sec. 160.133-9 of this subpart and the welders are appropriately 
qualified;
    (ii) Assuring that the quality-assurance program of the manufacturer 
is satisfactory;
    (iii) Witnessing tests; and

[[Page 212]]

    (iv) Taking samples of parts or materials for additional inspections 
or tests; and
    (4) Make available to the Coast Guard inspector the affidavits or 
invoices from the suppliers of all essential materials used in the 
production of release mechanisms, together with records identifying the 
lot or serial numbers of the release mechanisms in which such materials 
were used.
    (d) Tests--(1) Prototype release mechanism readiness. All tests must 
be conducted on a complete release mechanism.
    (2) IMO Revised recommendation on testing. Each prototype release 
mechanism of each design must pass each of the tests described in IMO 
Revised recommendation on testing, as amended by Resolution MSC.321(89), 
part 1, paragraph 6.9 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.133-5 of 
this subpart) applicable to davit-launched or free-fall lifeboats. Tests 
must be conducted in accordance with these paragraphs of IMO Revised 
recommendation on testing, as amended by Resolution MSC.321(89),Part 1, 
with the following modifications--
    (i) Visual inspection. Each release mechanism must be visually 
inspected to confirm--
    (A) Compliance with this subpart;
    (B) Conformance with the examined plans; and
    (C) Ease of operation and maintenance;
    (ii) Operation. Operation of the off-load control, for a davit-
launched boat, must be tested to confirm that the release lever cannot 
be shifted to release the boat in either the full load or light load 
condition. For a free-fall boat, the operation of the hook release must 
be demonstrated using both activation systems and may be tested without 
launching the boat;
    (iii) Tensile tests. The release mechanism hook assembly and 
supporting structure must be tensile tested in a jig built to load the 
hook assembly in the same way it would be loaded when installed in a 
boat. The hook assembly will be approved for a maximum of one-sixth of 
the highest load applied without failure;
    (iv) Universal joints. This test is required if the release 
mechanism employs universal joints to transmit the release power from 
the control to the hook release. One of each type and size of universal 
joint must be set up in a jig with the angles of leads set at 0 (zero), 
30, and 60 degrees, respectively. A torque of 540 Nm (400 ft lb) must be 
applied. This torque must be applied with the connecting rod secured 
beyond the universal and with the lever arm in the horizontal position. 
There must be no permanent set, or undue stress, as a result of this 
test; and
    (v) Hydraulic controls. If the release mechanism includes a fluid 
power and control system, a test of the hydraulic controls must be 
conducted in accordance with 46 CFR 58.30-35.
    (e) Test waiver. The Commandant may waive certain tests for a 
release mechanism identical in construction to smaller and larger 
release mechanisms that have successfully completed the tests. However, 
stress calculations in accordance with Sec. 160.133-9(b)(3) of this 
subpart must still be submitted. Tests associated with release mechanism 
components that have already been accepted by the Commandant are not 
required to be repeated.
    (f) At the request of the manufacturer and discretion of the 
Commandant, an independent laboratory may perform approval inspections 
and witness approval tests required by this section so long as the 
inspections and tests are performed and witnessed in accordance with the 
procedures agreed upon between the independent laboratory and Commandant 
under 46 CFR part 159, subpart 159.010.
    (g) After completion of approval inspections and tests required by 
this section, the manufacturer must comply with the requirements of 46 
CFR 159.005-9(a)(5) by preparing and submitting to the Commandant for 
review--
    (1) The prototype approval test report containing the same 
information recommended by IMO MSC Circ. 980 (incorporated by reference, 
see Sec. 160.133-5 of this subpart). The report must include a signed 
statement by the Coast Guard inspector (or independent laboratory as 
permitted under paragraph (f) of this section) who witnessed the 
testing, indicating that the report accurately describes the testing and 
its results; and

[[Page 213]]

    (2) The final plans of the release mechanism as built, in 
triplicate. The plans must include the instructions for training and 
maintenance described in Sec. Sec. 160.133-19 and 160.133-21 of this 
subpart, respectively.
    (h) The Commandant will review the report and plans submitted under 
paragraph (g) of this section, and if satisfactory to the Commandant, 
will approve the plans under 46 CFR 159.005-13.

[USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62983, Oct. 11, 2011, as amended by 79 FR 44140, 
July 30, 2014]



Sec. 160.133-15  Production inspections, tests, quality control,
and conformance of release mechanisms.

    (a) Unless the Commandant directs otherwise, an independent 
laboratory must perform or witness, as appropriate, inspections, tests, 
and oversight required by this section. Production inspections and tests 
of release mechanisms must be carried out in accordance with the 
procedures for independent laboratory inspection in 46 CFR part 159, 
subpart 159.007 and in this section, unless the Commandant authorizes 
alternative tests and inspections. The Commandant may prescribe 
additional production tests and inspections necessary to maintain 
quality control and to monitor compliance with the requirements of this 
subpart.
    (b) Manufacturer's responsibility. The manufacturer must--
    (1) Institute a quality control procedure to ensure that all 
production release mechanisms are produced to the same standard, and in 
the same manner, as the prototype release mechanism approved by the 
Commandant. The manufacturer's quality control personnel must not work 
directly under the department or person responsible for either 
production or sales;
    (2) Schedule and coordinate with the independent laboratory (or 
Coast Guard inspector if required under paragraph (a) of this section) 
to ensure that all tests are performed as described in this section;
    (3) Submit to the Commandant, a yearly report that contains the 
following--
    (i) Serial number and date of final assembly of each release 
mechanism constructed;
    (ii) The name of the representative of the independent laboratory 
(or Coast Guard inspector if required under paragraph (a) of this 
section); and
    (iii) Serial number and model of the lifeboat or rescue boat in 
which the release mechanism is installed, if known;
    (4) Ensure that the arrangement and materials entering into the 
construction of the release mechanism are in accordance with plans 
approved under Sec. 160.133-13(h) of this subpart;
    (5) Allow an independent laboratory (or Coast Guard inspector if 
required under paragraph (a) of this section) access to any place where 
materials are stored for the release mechanism, work or testing is 
performed on release mechanism or their component parts and materials, 
or records are retained to meet the requirements of paragraph (c) of 
this section, for the purpose of--
    (i) Assuring that the quality control program of the manufacturer is 
satisfactory;
    (ii) Witnessing tests; or
    (iii) Taking samples of parts or materials for additional 
inspections or tests; and
    (6) Ensure that the independent laboratory (or Coast Guard inspector 
if required under paragraph (a) of this section) conducts the 
inspections and witnesses the tests required by paragraph (e) of this 
section, and further conducts a visual inspection to verify that the 
release mechanisms are being made in accordance with the approved plans 
approved under Sec. 160.133-13(h) of this subpart and the requirements 
of this subpart.
    (c) Recordkeeping. The manufacturer must maintain records in 
accordance with 46 CFR 159.007-13. The manufacturer must keep records of 
all items listed in this section for at least 5 years from the date of 
termination of approval of each release mechanism. The records must 
include--
    (1) A copy of this subpart, other CFR sections referenced in this 
subpart, and each document listed in Sec. 160.133-5 of this subpart;
    (2) A copy of the approved plans, documentation, and certifications;
    (3) A current certificate of approval for each approved release 
mechanism;
    (4) Affidavits, certificates, or invoices from the suppliers 
identifying

[[Page 214]]

all essential materials used in the production of approved release 
mechanisms, together with records identifying the serial numbers of the 
release mechanisms in which such materials were used;
    (5) Records of all structural welding and name of operator(s);
    (6) Records of welder certificates, training, and qualifications;
    (7) Date and results of calibration of test equipment and the name 
and address of the company or agency that performed the calibration;
    (8) The serial number of each production release mechanism, along 
with records of its inspections and tests carried out under this 
section; and
    (9) The original purchaser of each release mechanism and the vessel 
on which it was installed, if known.
    (d) Independent laboratory responsibility. The independent 
laboratory must perform or witness, as appropriate, the inspections and 
tests under paragraph (e) of this section for each Coast Guard-approved 
release mechanism to be installed on a U.S.-flagged vessel. If the 
manufacturer also produces release mechanisms for approval by other 
maritime safety administrations, the inspections may be coordinated with 
inspection visits for those administrations.
    (e) Production inspections and tests. Each finished release 
mechanism must be visually inspected. The manufacturer must develop and 
maintain a visual inspection checklist designed to ensure that all 
applicable requirements have been met.

[USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62983, Oct. 11, 2011, as amended by 79 FR 44140, 
July 30, 2014]



Sec. 160.133-17  Marking and labeling.

    (a) Each hook body of a release mechanism must be marked with a 
plate or label permanently affixed in a conspicuous place readily 
accessible for inspection and sufficiently durable to withstand 
continuous exposure to environmental conditions at sea for the life of 
the release mechanism.
    (b) The plate or label must be in English, but may also be in other 
languages.
    (c) The plate or label must contain the--
    (1) Manufacturer's name and model identification;
    (2) Name of the independent laboratory that witnessed the prototype 
or production tests;
    (3) Serial number of the release mechanism;
    (4) U.S. Coast Guard approval number;
    (5) Month and year of manufacture;
    (6) Safe working load of the release mechanism; and
    (7) Word ``SOLAS.''



Sec. 160.133-19  Operating instructions and information for the ship's
training manual.

    (a) Each release mechanism must have instructions and information 
for the ship's training manual that use the symbols from IMO Res. 
A.760(18) (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.133-5 of this 
subpart) to describe the location and operation of the release 
mechanism.
    (b) The instructions and information required by paragraph (a) of 
this section may be combined with similar material for survival craft 
and rescue boats, and their launching systems.
    (c) The release mechanism manufacturer must make the instructions 
and information required by paragraph (a) of this section available--
    (1) In English to purchasers of release mechanisms approved by the 
Coast Guard; and
    (2) In the form of an instruction placard providing simple 
procedures and illustrations for operation of the release mechanism. The 
placard must be not greater than 36 cm (14 in) by 51 cm (20 in), and 
must be made of durable material and suitable for display inside a 
lifeboat and rescue boat and/or near launching appliances on vessels.



Sec. 160.133-21  Operation and maintenance instructions.

    (a) Each release mechanism must have operation and maintenance 
instructions that--
    (1) Follows the general format and content specified in IMO MSC.1 
Circ. 1205 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.133-5 of this 
subpart); and
    (2) Includes a checklist for use in monthly, external visual 
inspections of the release mechanism.

[[Page 215]]

    (b) The release mechanism manufacturer must make the manual required 
by paragraph (a) of this section available in English to purchasers of a 
release mechanism approved by the Coast Guard.
    (c) The operation and maintenance instructions required by paragraph 
(a) of this section may be combined with similar material for survival 
craft and rescue boats, and their launching systems.



Sec. 160.133-23  Procedure for approval of design, material,
or construction change.

    (a) Each change in design, material, or construction from the plans 
approved under 46 CFR 159.005-13 and Sec. 160.133-13(h) of this subpart 
must be approved by the Commandant before being used in any production 
release mechanism. The manufacturer must submit any such change 
following the procedures set forth in Sec. 160.133-9 of this subpart, 
but documentation on items that are unchanged from the plans approved 
under 46 CFR 159.005-13 and Sec. 160.133-13(h) of this subpart need not 
be resubmitted.
    (b) Unless determined by the Commandant to be unnecessary, a 
prototype release mechanism with each change described in paragraph (a) 
of this section must be made and tested according to the procedures for 
new approvals in Sec. Sec. 160.133-9 through 160.133-13 of this 
subpart.
    (c) Determinations of equivalence of design, material, or 
construction will be made by the Commandant only.



                        Subpart 160.135_Lifeboats

    Source: USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62987, Oct. 11, 2011, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.135-1  Scope.

    This subpart prescribes standards, tests, and procedures for seeking 
Coast Guard approval of a lifeboat.



Sec. 160.135-3  Definitions.

    In addition to the definitions in the IMO LSA Code (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 160.135-5 of this subpart), in this subpart, the 
term:
    Commandant means the Chief of the Lifesaving and Fire Safety 
Standards Division. Address: Commandant (CG-ENG-4), Attn: Lifesaving and 
Fire Safety Division, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther 
King Jr. Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509; telephone 202-372-1392 
or fax 202-372-1924.
    Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) means a composite structural 
material formed by electrical-grade glass fibers in Coast Guard accepted 
catalyst activated resin.
    Full load means the weight of the complete lifeboat including all 
required equipment, provisions, fuel, and the number of persons for 
which it is approved. This is also known as the ``condition B'' weight.
    Independent laboratory has the same meaning as 46 CFR 159.001-3. A 
list of accepted independent laboratories is available from the 
Commandant and online at http://cgmix.uscg.mil.
    Light load means the weight of the complete lifeboat empty and does 
not include fuel, required equipment, or the equivalent weight of 
persons. This is also known as the ``condition A'' weight.
    Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection (OCMI) means an officer of the 
Coast Guard designated as such by the Commandant and who fulfills the 
duties described in 46 CFR 1.01-15(b). The ``cognizant OCMI'' is the 
OCMI who has immediate jurisdiction over a vessel or geographic area for 
the purpose of performing the duties previously described.
    Positive Stability means the condition of a lifeboat such that when 
it is displaced a small amount in any direction from upright, it returns 
on its own to the position before displacement.
    SOLAS means the International Convention for the Safety of Life at 
Sea, 1974, as amended.

[USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62987, Oct. 11, 2011, as amended by USCG-2013-
0671, 78 FR 60159, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.135-5  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part 
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition

[[Page 216]]

other than that specified in this section, the Coast Guard must publish 
notice of change in the Federal Register and the material must be 
available to the public. All approved material is available for 
inspection at Commandant (CG-ENG-4), U.S. Coast Guard, 2100 2nd Street, 
SW., Stop 7126, Washington, DC 20593-7126. You may also inspect this 
material at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For 
information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-
6030 or go to http://www.archives.gov/federal--register/code--of--
federal--regulations/ibr--locations.html. You may obtain copies of the 
material from the sources specified in the following paragraphs.
    (b) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), 100 Barr 
Harbor Drive, PO Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA, 19428-2959.
    (1) ASTM A 36/A 36M-08, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural 
Steel, (approved May 15, 2008), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 160.135-7 
and 160.135-15 (``ASTM A 36'').
    (2) ASTM A 276-08a, Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars 
and Shapes, (approved October 1, 2008), IBR approved for Sec. 160.135-7 
(``ASTM A 276'').
    (3) ASTM A 313/A 313M-08, Standard Specification for Stainless Steel 
Spring Wire, (approved October 1, 2008), IBR approved for Sec. 160.135-
7 (``ASTM A 313'').
    (4) ASTM A 314-08, Standard Specification for Stainless Steel 
Billets and Bars for Forging, (approved October 1, 2008), IBR approved 
for Sec. 160.135-7 (``ASTM A 314'').
    (5) ASTM A 653/A 653M-08, Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 
Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the 
Hot-Dip Process, (approved July 15, 2008), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 
160.135-7, 160.135-11, and 160.135-15 (``ASTM A 653'').
    (6) ASTM B 127-05 (Reapproved 2009), Standard Specification for 
Nickel-Copper Alloy (UNS N04400) Plate, Sheet, and Strip, (approved 
October 1, 2009), IBR approved for Sec. 160.135-7 (``ASTM B 127'').
    (7) ASTM B 209-07, Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-
Alloy Sheet and Plate, (approved August 1, 2007), IBR approved for Sec. 
160.135-7 (``ASTM B 209'').
    (8) ASTM D 638-08, Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of 
Plastics, (approved April 1, 2008), IBR approved for Sec. 160.135-11 
(``ASTM D 638'').
    (9) ASTM D 790-07e1, Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties 
of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating 
Materials, (approved September 1, 2007), IBR approved for Sec. 160.135-
11 (``ASTM D 970'').
    (10) ASTM D 2584-08, Standard Test Method of Ignition Loss for Cured 
Reinforced Resins, (approved May 1, 2008), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 
160.135-11 and 160.135-15 (``ASTM D 2584'').
    (11) ASTM D 4029-09, Standard Specification for Finished Woven Glass 
Fabrics, (approved January 15, 2009), IBR approved for Sec. 160.135-7 
(``ASTM D 4029'').
    (12) ASTM F 1166-07, Standard Practice for Human Engineering Design 
for Marine Systems, Equipment, and Facilities, (approved January 1, 
2007), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 160.135-7 and 160.135-13 (``ASTM F 
1166'').
    (c) General Services Administration, Federal Acquisition Service, 
Office of the FAS Commissioner, 2200 Crystal Drive, 11th Floor, 
Arlington, VA 22202, 703-605-5400.
    (1) Federal Standard 595C, Colors Used in Government Procurement, 
(January 16, 2008), IBR approved for Sec. 160.135-7 (``FED-STD-595C'').
    (2) [Reserved]
    (d) International Maritime Organization (IMO), Publications Section, 
4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, + 44 (0)20 7735 
7611, http://www.imo.org/.
    (1) IMO Resolution A.658(16), Use and Fitting of Retro-Reflective 
Materials on Life-Saving Appliances, (adopted October 19, 1989), IBR 
approved for Sec. 160.135-7 (``IMO Res. 658(16)'').
    (2) IMO Resolution A.760(18), Symbols Related to Life-Saving 
Appliances and Arrangements, (adopted November 4, 1993), IBR approved 
for Sec. Sec. 160.135-7 and 160.135-19 (``IMO Res. A.760(18)'').
    (3) Life-Saving Appliances, including LSA Code, 2010 Edition, 
(2010), pages 7-71 (``IMO LSA Code''), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 
160.135-3, 160.135-7, and 160.135-13.
    (4) Life-Saving Appliances, including LSA Code, 2010 Edition, 
(2010), Revised

[[Page 217]]

recommendation on testing of life-saving appliances, pages 79-254 (``IMO 
Revised recommendation on testing''), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 
160.135-7, 160.135-13, and 160.135-15.
    (5) MSC/Circular 980, Standardized life-saving Appliance Evaluation 
and Test Report Forms, (February 13, 2001), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 
160.135-7 and 160.135-13 (``IMO MSC Circ. 980'').
    (6) MSC.1/Circular 1205, Guidelines for Developing Operation and 
Maintenance Manuals for Lifeboat Systems, (May 26, 2006), IBR approved 
for Sec. 160.135-21 (``IMO MSC.1 Circ. 1205'').
    (e) International Organization for Standardization (ISO): ISO 
Central Secretariat [ISO Copyright Office], Case Postale 56, CH-1211 
Geneve 20, Switzerland.
    (1) ISO 527-1:1993(E), Plastics--Determination of tensile 
properties, part 1: General Principles, First Edition (June 15, 1993), 
IBR approved for Sec. 160.135-11 (``ISO 527'').
    (2) ISO 1172:1996(E), Textile-glass-reinforced plastics--Prepregs, 
moulding compounds and laminates--Determination of the textile-glass and 
mineral-filler content--Calcination methods, Second Edition (December 
15, 1996), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 160.135-11 and 160.135-15 (``ISO 
1172'').
    (3) ISO 14125:1998(E), Fibre-reinforced plastic composites--
Determination of flexural properties, First Edition (March 1, 1998), IBR 
approved for Sec. 160.135-11 (``ISO 14125'').
    (f) Military Specifications and Standards, Standardization Documents 
Order Desk, Building 4D, 700 Robbins Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19111-
5094, https://assist.daps.dla.mil/quicksearch/.
    (1) A-A-55308, Commercial Item Description, Cloth And Strip, 
Laminated Or Coated, Vinyl Nylon Or Polyester, High Strength, Flexible, 
(May 13, 1997), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 160.135-7 and 160.135-15. 
(``A-A-55308'').
    (2) MIL-C-19663D, Military Specification, Cloth, Woven Roving, For 
Plastic Laminate, (August 4, 1988), IBR approved for Sec. 160.135-7 
(``MIL-C-19663D'').
    (3) MIL-P-17549D(SH), Military Specification, Plastic Laminates, 
Fibrous Glass Reinforced, Marine Structural, (August 31, 1981), IBR 
approved for Sec. 160.135-11 (``MIL-P-17549D(SH)'').
    (4) MIL-R-21607E(SH), Military Specification, Resins, Polyester, Low 
Pressure Laminating, Fire-Retardant, (May 25, 1990), IBR approved for 
Sec. 160.135-11,

[USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62987, Oct. 11, 2011, as amended by 79 FR 44140, 
July 30, 2014]



Sec. 160.135-7  Design, construction, and performance of lifeboats.

    (a) To seek Coast Guard approval of a lifeboat, a manufacturer must 
comply with, and each lifeboat must meet, the requirements of the 
following--
    (1) IMO LSA Code, Chapter IV (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 
160.135-5 of this subpart) applicable to the type of lifeboat;
    (2) IMO Revised recommendation on testing, Part 1/6 (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 160.135-5 of this subpart) applicable to the type 
of lifeboat;
    (3) 46 CFR part 159; and
    (4) This subpart.
    (b) Each lifeboat must meet the following requirements:
    (1) Design. (i) Each lifeboat, other than a totally enclosed 
lifeboat, must be designed to be operable by persons wearing immersion 
suits.
    (ii) Each lifeboat should be designed following standard human 
engineering practices described in ASTM F 1166 (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 160.135-5 of this subpart). Design limits should be 
based on a range from the fifth percentile female to the ninety-fifth 
percentile male values for critical body dimensions and functional 
capabilities as described in ASTM F 1166. The dimensions for a person 
wearing an immersion suit correspond to the arctic clothed dimensions of 
ASTM F 1166.
    (2) Visibility from operator's station. (i) The operator's station 
must be designed such that the operator, when seated at the control 
station, has visibility 360 degrees around the lifeboat, with any areas 
obstructed by the lifeboat structure or its fittings visible by moving 
the operator's head and torso.
    (ii) The operator, while still being able to steer and control the 
speed of the lifeboat, must be able to see the water--
    (A) Over a 90 degree arc within 3 m (9 ft, 10 in) of each side of 
the lifeboat;
    (B) Over a 30 degree arc within 1 m (3 ft, 3 in) of each side of the 
lifeboat; and

[[Page 218]]

    (C) Within 0.5 m (1 ft, 8 in) of the entrances designated for 
recovering persons from the water.
    (iii) In order to see a person in the water during recovery or 
docking operations, a hatch must be provided so that the operator can 
stand with his or her head outside the lifeboat for increased 
visibility, provided the operator can still steer and control the speed 
of the lifeboat.
    (3) Construction. Each major rigid structural component of each 
lifeboat must be constructed of steel, aluminum, Fiber Reinforced 
Plastic (FRP), or materials accepted by the Commandant as equivalent or 
superior.
    (i) General. Metals in contact with each other must be either 
galvanically compatible or insulated with suitable non-porous materials. 
Provisions must also be made to prevent loosening or tightening 
resulting from differences of thermal expansion, freezing, buckling of 
parts, galvanic corrosion, or other incompatibilities.
    (ii) Steel. Sheet steel and plate must be low carbon, commercial 
quality, either corrosion resistant or galvanized as per ASTM A 653, 
coating designation G90 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.135-5 
of this subpart). Structural steel plates and shapes must be carbon 
steel as per ASTM A 36 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.135-5 
of this subpart), or an equivalent or superior steel accepted by the 
Commandant. All steel products, except corrosion resistant steel, must 
be galvanized to provide high quality zinc coatings suitable for the 
intended service life in a marine environment. Corrosion resistant steel 
must be a type 302 stainless steel per ASTM A 276, ASTM A 313 or ASTM A 
314 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.135-5 of this subpart) or 
another corrosion resistant stainless steel of equal or superior 
corrosion resistant characteristics.
    (iii) Aluminum. Aluminum and aluminum alloys must conform to ASTM B 
209 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.135-5 of this subpart) and 
be high purity for good marine corrosion resistance, free of iron, and 
containing not more than 0.6 percent copper.
    (iv) Fiber Reinforced Plastic.
    (A) Resin. Any resin used for the hull, canopy, hatches, rigid 
covers, and enclosures for the engine, transmission, and engine 
accessories, must be fire retardant and accepted by the Commandant in 
accordance with 46 CFR part 164, subpart 164.120.
    (B) Glass reinforcement. Any glass reinforcement used must have good 
laminated wet strength retention and must meet the appropriate 
specification in this paragraph. Glass cloth must be a finished fabric 
woven from ``E'' electrical glass fiber yarns meeting ASTM D 4029 
commercial style designation 1564 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 
160.135-5 of this subpart). Woven roving must conform to MIL-C-19663D 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.135-5 of this subpart). Other 
glass materials equivalent or superior in strength, design, wet out, and 
efficiency will be given consideration on specific request to the 
Commandant.
    (C) Laminate. All exposed surfaces of any finished laminate must 
present a smooth finish, and there must be no protruding surface fibers, 
open voids, pits, cracks, bubbles, or blisters. The laminate must be 
essentially free from resin-starved or overimpregnated areas, and no 
foreign matter must remain in the finished laminate. The entire laminate 
must be fully cured and free of tackiness, and must show no tendency to 
delaminate, peel, or craze in any overlay. The laminate must not be 
released from the mold until a Barcol hardness reading of not less than 
40-55 is obtained from at least 10 places on the non-gel coated surface, 
including all interior inner and outer hull surfaces and built-in 
lockers. The mechanical properties of the laminate must meet the 
requirements for a Grade 3 laminate as specified in Table I of MIL-P-
17549D(SH) (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.135-5 of this 
subpart). Other grades will be given consideration on specific request 
to the Commandant.
    (4) Welding. Welding must be performed by welders certified by the 
Commandant, a classification society recognized by the Commandant in 
accordance with 46 CFR 8.220, the U.S. Navy, or the national body where 
the lifeboat is constructed or the national body's designated recognized 
organization. Only electrodes intended for use with the material being 
welded may be

[[Page 219]]

used. All welds must be checked using appropriate non-destructive tests.
    (5) Lifeboat buoyancy. (i) The buoyancy material must be accepted by 
the Commandant as meeting the performance requirements of the IMO 
Revised recommendation on testing, part 1, 6.2.2 to 6.2.7, with a 
density of 32 8 kg/m\3\ (2 0.5 lb/ft\3\). The buoyancy foam or lifeboat 
manufacturer must certify the results of the testing to IMO Revised 
recommendation on testing, part 1, 6.2.2 to 6.2.7 and submit those 
results to the Commandant. A list of accepted buoyancy foams may be 
obtained from the Commandant upon request and online at http://
cgmix.uscg.mil.
    (ii) All voids in the hull and canopy required to provide buoyancy 
for positive stability and self righting must be completely filled with 
Coast Guard accepted buoyancy material.
    (6) Engines. (i) In order to be accepted by the Commandant, any 
compression ignition engine fitted to an approved lifeboat must meet the 
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency emission requirements in 40 CFR 
part 89, part 94, or part 1042, as applicable, and have reports 
containing the same information as recommended by MSC Circ. 980 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.135-5 of this subpart) 
certified and witnessed by a U.S. Coast Guard inspector or an 
independent laboratory.
    (ii) A hydraulic system, if used to start the engine, must be in 
accordance with 46 CFR part 58, subpart 58.30, with hose and fittings in 
accordance with 46 CFR part 56, subpart 56.60, except that--
    (A) Push-on type fittings such as Aeroquip 1525-X, 25156-X, and 
FC332-X are not permitted; and
    (B) The length of nonmetallic flexible hose is limited to 760 mm (30 
in). Longer, nonmetallic flexible hoses may be allowed in emergency 
steering systems at the discretion of the Commandant.
    (iii) If a hand pump is provided, or if the engine has a manual 
starting system, adequate space must be provided for the hand pump or 
hand start operation.
    (7) Fuel system. (i) The fuel system must meet 46 CFR 56.50-75(b) 
and, except as specified in this paragraph, the fuel tank must meet 46 
CFR 58.50-10.
    (ii) Tanks constructed with--
    (A) Aluminum must be at least 5 mm (0.20 in) thick of ASTM B 209 or 
5086 alloy;
    (B) Nickel-copper must be at least 0.9 mm (0.0375 in) thick of ASTM 
B 127 hot-rolled sheet or plate;
    (C) Steel or iron must be at least 1.9 mm (0.0747 in) thick. Diesel 
tanks of steel or iron must not have interior galvanizing;
    (D) Fiberglass reinforced plastic must be at least 5 mm (0.187 in) 
thick; be sealed against porosity by at least one ply of chopped strand 
mat; be reinforced in the way of tank openings; be fitted with 
corrosion-resistant fittings; have each joint at the top of the tank; 
and have each joint bonded and through-bolted; or
    (E) Roto-molded plastic must be at least 5 mm thick; must meet the 
requirements of 33 CFR 183.510 (a), (b), and (e) regardless of tank 
capacity; must be able to pass all static pressure tests as required in 
33 CFR 183.510 at a minimum pressure of 5 psi; and be fitted with 
corrosion-resistant fittings.
    (iii) Each fuel tank over 0.75 m (30 in) long must be baffled at 
intervals not exceeding 0.45 m (18 in).
    (iv) A fuel level indicator must be provided for each fuel tank.
    (v) Any fuel tank vent piping must be at least 6 mm (0.25 in) 
outside diameter tubing.
    (vi) A shut-off valve must be provided at the fuel tank and must not 
be provided at the fuel pump. The valve must be clearly labeled. The 
position of the valve must be clearly indicated by a permanent marking 
inside the lifeboat. The marking must be an arrow pointing in the 
direction of the valve, and the words ``Fuel Shut-Off Valve'' must be in 
a color that contrasts with their background. The marking must be 
legible to a person within the vicinity of the engine.
    (8) Starting system batteries. Any battery fitted in a totally 
enclosed lifeboat must be stored in a sealed compartment with exterior 
venting. If the lifeboat has more than one engine, then only one 
starting battery is required per engine.
    (9) Exhaust. Engine exhaust must be routed away from bilge and 
potential oil drips. Any paint used on engines,

[[Page 220]]

manifolds, or exhaust must not give off fumes when heated. All exhaust 
lagging must be non-absorbent.
    (10) Propeller guard. Each propeller on a lifeboat must be fitted 
with a propeller guard with a maximum opening of 76 mm (3 in) on all 
sides on which a person is likely to be exposed.
    (11) Control and steering station. The operator's control and 
steering station must have complete lifeboat lowering and launching, 
hook release, engine throttle, steering controls, and if applicable, an 
air system and water spray system.
    (i) The throttle must be a continuous manual control and must be 
able to be set and locked at any position.
    (ii) The control and steering station must be designed and laid out 
in accordance with ASTM F 1166 sections 9 and 10, so that controls and 
displays are unambiguous, accessible, and easy to reach and use from the 
operator's normal seated position, while wearing an immersion suit or a 
lifejacket.
    (iii) Each control, gauge, or display must be identified by a 
marking posted on, above, or adjacent to the respective item. Each 
control must operate in a logical manner and be marked with an arrow to 
show direction of movement of control which will cause an increased 
response. Each gauge must be marked with the normal operating range and 
indicate danger or abnormal conditions. Each marking must be permanent 
and weatherproof.
    (iv) Gauges, and audio and visual alarms must be provided to monitor 
at least the following parameters--
    (A) Coolant temperature, for a liquid cooled engine;
    (B) Oil pressure, for an engine with an oil pump;
    (C) Tachometer, for an engine not provided with over-speed 
protection; and
    (D) State of charge, or rate of charge, for each rechargeable engine 
starting power source.
    (12) Hull drain plug. The position of each drain plug must be 
clearly indicated by a permanent marking inside the lifeboat. The 
marking must be an arrow pointing in the direction of the plug, and the 
words ``Drain Plug'' must be 76 mm (3 in) high and have letters of a 
color that contrast with their background. The marking must be clearly 
visible to a person within the vicinity of the drain plug.
    (13) Remote steering. The procedure to change over from remote to 
local steering must be simple, not require the use of tools, and be 
clearly posted. There must be sufficient clear space to install, 
operate, remove, and stow the removable tiller arm. The tiller arm and 
its connection to the rudder stock must be of sufficient strength so 
that there is no slippage or bending of the tiller arm. Rudder stops or 
other means must be provided to prevent the rudder from turning too far 
on either side.
    (14) Lifelines. Buoyant lifelines must be of ultraviolet resistant 
material.
    (15) Rails provided as handholds. Rails provided as handholds to 
cling when the lifeboat is overturned must extend for half the length of 
the lifeboat on both sides of the hull, and the clearance between the 
rail and hull must also be at least 38 mm (1.5 in). The rails must be 
attached to the hull below the chine or turn of the bilge, must be 
faired to prevent any fouling, and not project beyond the widest part of 
the lifeboat.
    (16) Storage compartments and collection and storage of rainwater. 
(i) Each storage compartment must be supported and secured against 
movement. It must have adequate hand access for removing and storing the 
required equipment, provisions, or water, and for cleaning the inside of 
the compartment.
    (ii) The rain water collecting device may be incorporated into the 
design of the canopy or may be a separate unit to be mounted outside the 
lifeboat. The device must have a projected horizontal area of at least 1 
m\2\ (10.7 ft\2\) collection area and be designed to function 
unattended.
    (iii) Provision must be made to continue to collect water in the 
storage compartment while drawing water to fill a cup. The compartment 
must have a means of drainage and adequate access to allow filling the 
graduated drinking cup required to be carried as part of the lifeboat 
equipment.
    (17) Release mechanism. Each release mechanism must be identified at 
the

[[Page 221]]

application for approval of the prototype lifeboat and must be approved 
under 46 CFR part 160, subpart 160.133. The release lever or control in 
the lifeboat must be red in color, and the area immediately surrounding 
the control must be a sharply contrasting light color. An illustrated 
operating instruction plate or placard showing the correct off-load and 
emergency on-load release procedure and recovery procedure must be 
posted so that it is visible and legible from the helmsman's normal 
operating position. The plate or placard must be corrosion resistant and 
weatherproof and must be marked with the word ``Danger''.
    (18) Painter release. Any painter release must be located such that 
the lifeboat operator can readily release the painter from the 
operator's control and steering station.
    (19) Canopy lamp. Any exterior lifeboat position-indicating light 
must be approved by the Commandant under approval series 161.101.
    (20) Manually-controlled interior light. Any interior light must be 
approved by the Commandant under approval series 161.101.
    (21) Lifeboat equipment. Each lifeboat must be designed to 
accommodate and carry the equipment as specified in 46 CFR 199.175.
    (22) Oars. Oars are not required on a lifeboat with more than one 
engine, provided one engine can be operated while the other is disabled.
    (23) Bilge pump. Each lifeboat that is not automatically self-
bailing, must be fitted with a manual bilge pump approved under 46 CFR 
part 160, subpart 160.044. Each such lifeboat with a capacity of 100 
persons or more must carry an additional approved manual bilge pump or 
an engine-powered bilge pump.
    (24) Exterior color. The primary color of the exterior of the canopy 
and interior of partially enclosed lifeboats visible from the air must 
be a highly visible color equivalent to vivid reddish orange color 
number 12197 of FED-STD-595C (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 
160.135-5 of this subpart), or a durable fluorescent color of a similar 
hue.
    (25) Self-contained air supply system and fire protection system 
operating instructions. Each compressed gas air cylinder must meet the 
requirements in 46 CFR 147.60. The cylinders must be accessible for 
removal and charging in place. Water-resistant instructions for starting 
the water spray and air supply, if fitted, must be provided and mounted 
in a conspicuous place near the system controls.
    (26) Navigating lights. Each lifeboat must have navigation lights 
that are in compliance with the applicable sections of the International 
and Inland Navigation Rules and meet 46 CFR 111.75-17.
    (27) Retroreflective material. The exterior of each lifeboat and its 
canopy must be marked with Type II retroreflective material approved 
under 46 CFR part 164, subpart 164.018. The arrangement of the 
retroreflective material must comply with IMO Res. A.658(16) 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.135-5 of this subpart).
    (28) Permanently attached foldable canopy. For a partially enclosed 
lifeboat, the foldable canopy cloth material must meet the 
specifications for Type II, Class 1 requirements of A-A-55308 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.135-5 of this subpart), or be 
accepted by the Commandant as equivalent or superior.
    (29) Labels and notices. Any labels, caution and danger notices, and 
operating, maintenance, or general instructions, must be in accordance 
with ASTM F 1166, Section 15, in terms of format, content, lettering 
size and spacing, color, and posted location. They must be illustrated 
with symbols in accordance with IMO Res. A.760(18) (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 160.135-5 of this subpart), as applicable. 
Information and instruction plates, not specifically mentioned in this 
section, must not be posted in the vicinity of the control and steering 
station without prior approval from the Commandant. Identification label 
plates, if required, must be posted on or above the component or 
equipment to be identified.
    (c) Determinations of equivalence of design, construction, and 
materials will be made by the Commandant only.



Sec. 160.135-9  Preapproval review.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the 
Commandant

[[Page 222]]

must conduct the preapproval review, required by this section, in 
accordance with 46 CFR 159.005-5.
    (b) Manufacturer requirements. To seek Coast Guard approval of a 
lifeboat, the manufacturer must submit an application to the Commandant 
meeting the requirements of 46 CFR 159.005-5 for preapproval review. To 
meet the requirements of 46 CFR 159.005-5(a)(2), the manufacturer must 
submit in triplicate--
    (1) A list of drawings, specifications, manuals, and any other 
documentation submitted, with each document identified by number, title, 
revision issue, and date;
    (2) General arrangement and assembly drawings, including principal 
dimensions;
    (3) Seating arrangement plan, including a dimensioned seat form to 
scale;
    (4) A complete material list, with each material referenced to a 
U.S. national standard or, if a copy is provided in English, an 
equivalent international standard;
    (5) Plans for carriage and, in detail, stowage of equipment;
    (6) Hull, canopy, and critical parts lay-up schedule for a Fiber 
Reinforced Plastic (FRP) lifeboat;
    (7) Hull and canopy construction drawings, including particulars of 
joints, welds, seams, and other fabricating details;
    (8) Weights and thickness of each major FRP structural component, 
including the hull, canopy, and inner liners, before outfitting;
    (9) Specification and identification of materials such as steel, 
aluminum, resin, foam, fiberglass, cloth, and plastic used in the 
lifeboat's manufacture;
    (10) Fabrication details for each major structural component, 
including details of each welded joint;
    (11) Lines plans;
    (12) Propulsion system specifications and arrangement and 
installation drawings;
    (13) Steering system drawings and specifications;
    (14) Release mechanism installation drawings and the mechanism's 
Coast Guard approval number;
    (15) Air and water spray systems drawings and specifications, if 
installed;
    (16) Plans for critical subassemblies;
    (17) Hydraulic systems drawings and specifications, if installed;
    (18) Electrical system schematics and specifications;
    (19) Stability data, including righting arm curves in the light and 
loaded condition for both intact and flooded stability;
    (20) Drawings of all signs and placards, showing actual inscription, 
format, color, size, and location on the lifeboat;
    (21) Complete data pertinent to the installation and use of the 
proposed lifeboat, including the light load (condition A) and full load 
(condition B) weights;
    (22) Specifications for the required launching ramp length and 
angle, and the height of free-fall lifeboat installation above the 
water;
    (23) An operation, maintenance, and training manual as described in 
Sec. Sec. 160.135-19 and 160.135-21 of this subpart;
    (24) A description of the quality control procedures and record 
keeping that will apply to the production of the lifeboat, which must 
include but is not limited to--
    (i) The system for checking material certifications received from 
suppliers;
    (ii) The method for controlling the inventory of materials;
    (iii) The method for checking quality of fabrication, seams, and 
joints, including welding inspection procedures; and
    (iv) The inspection checklists used during various stages of 
fabrication to assure that the approved lifeboat complies with the 
approved plans and the requirements of this subpart;
    (25) Full details of any other unique capability;
    (26) Any other drawing(s) necessary to show that the lifeboat 
complies with the requirements of this subpart;
    (27) The location or address of all manufacturing sites, including 
the name and address of any subcontractors, where the lifeboat will be 
constructed; and
    (28) The name of the independent laboratory that will perform the 
duties prescribed in Sec. Sec. 160.135-11 and 160.135-15 of this 
subpart.

[[Page 223]]

    (c) At the request of the manufacturer and discretion of the 
Commandant, an independent laboratory may conduct preapproval review 
required by this section so long as the preapproval review is conducted 
in accordance with the procedures agreed upon between the independent 
laboratory and Commandant under 46 CFR part 159, subpart 159.010.
    (d) Plan quality. The plans and specifications submitted to the 
Commandant under this section must--
    (1) Be provided in English, including all notes, inscriptions, and 
designations for configuration control;
    (2) Address each of the applicable items in paragraph (b) of this 
section in sufficient detail to show that the lifeboat meets the 
construction requirements of this subpart;
    (3) Accurately depict the proposed lifeboat;
    (4) Be internally consistent;
    (5) Be legible; and
    (6) If reviewed by an independent laboratory under paragraph (c) of 
this section, include the independent laboratory's attestation that the 
plans meet the quality requirements of this section.
    (e) Alternatives. Alternatives in materials, parts, or construction, 
and each item replaced by an alternative, must be clearly indicated as 
such in the plans and specifications submitted to the Commandant under 
this section.
    (f) Coast Guard review. If the plans or specifications do not comply 
with the requirements of this section, Coast Guard review may be 
suspended, and the applicant notified accordingly.



Sec. 160.135-11  Fabrication of prototype lifeboats for approval.

    (a) If the manufacturer is notified that the information submitted 
in accordance with Sec. 160.135-9 of this subpart is satisfactory to 
the Commandant, the manufacturer may proceed with fabrication of the 
prototype lifeboat as set forth in this section.
    (b) Unless the Commandant directs otherwise, an independent 
laboratory must perform or witness, as appropriate, inspections, tests, 
and oversight required by this section. Prototype inspections and tests 
of a lifeboat must be carried out in accordance with the procedures for 
independent laboratory inspection in 46 CFR part 159, subpart 159.007 
and in this section, unless the Commandant authorizes alternative tests 
and inspections. The Commandant may prescribe additional prototype tests 
and inspections necessary to maintain quality control and to monitor 
compliance with the requirements of this subpart.
    (c) Fabrication of a lifeboat must proceed in the following 
sequence:
    (1) The manufacturer must arrange for an independent laboratory (or 
Coast Guard inspector if required under paragraph (b) of this section) 
to inspect, test, and oversee the lifeboat during its fabrication and 
prepare an inspection and test report meeting the requirements of 46 CFR 
159.005-11.
    (2) The independent laboratory must make such inspections as are 
necessary to determine that the prototype is constructed by the methods 
and with the materials specified in the plans reviewed under Sec. 
160.135-9 of this subpart. By conducting at least one inspection during 
its construction, the independent laboratory must determine the 
prototype lifeboat conforms with those plans by inspecting--
    (i) Fiber Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Construction. (A) FRP components 
of each prototype lifeboat outer hull and any FRP inner hull or liner 
components that are bonded or bolted to the outer hull must have a layup 
made of unpigmented clear resins so that details of construction are 
visible for inspection. Test panels representative of each prototype 
layup must be tested in accordance with MIL-P-17549D(SH) (incorporated 
by reference, see Sec. 160.135-5 of this subpart). If an accepted MIL-
R-21607E(SH) (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.135-5 of this 
subpart) Grade B resin is used for the prototype lifeboat, additives for 
fire retardancy must not be used so that the laminate is translucent for 
inspection purposes. Any prototype test lifeboat with Grade B resins 
will not be marked in accordance with Sec. 160.135-17 of this subpart 
for use as a production lifeboat regardless of the outcome of the 
performance tests. Whichever accepted resin the manufacturer decides to 
use for the prototype lifeboat, the same resin must be used in the 
production lifeboats.

[[Page 224]]

    (B) The hull, canopy, and major structural laminates of each 
prototype FRP lifeboat must be tested for resin content, ultimate 
flexural strength, and tensile strength. The test samples must be cut 
out from the prototype lifeboat, or be laid up at the same time, using 
the same procedures and by the same operators as the laminate used in 
the lifeboat. The number of samples used for each test, and the 
conditions and test methods used, must be as per the applicable test 
specified in this paragraph. The resin content must be determined as per 
ASTM D 2584 or ISO 1172 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.135-5 
of this subpart). The flexural ultimate strength must be determined by 
ASTM D 790 method I (test condition ``A'', flatwise, dry) or the 
corresponding ISO 14125 test method (incorporated by reference, see 
Sec. 160.135-5 of this subpart). The tensile strength, lengthwise, must 
be determined as per ASTM D 638 or ISO 527 (incorporated by reference, 
see Sec. 160.135-5 of this subpart).
    (C) Each major FRP component, such as the hull, canopy, and inner 
liner(s), of each prototype FRP lifeboat must be examined and weighed 
after it is completed but before it is assembled. If the lifeboat is 
constructed by the spray lay-up technique, the hull and canopy 
thicknesses must be measured using ultrasonic or equivalent techniques;
    (ii) Steel construction. Steel sheet and plate used for the hull, 
floors, and other structural components of a prototype steel lifeboat 
must meet the bend tests requirement specified under ASTM A 653 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.135-5 of this subpart) after 
galvanizing or other anti-corrosion treatment has been applied. This may 
be demonstrated through a supplier's certification papers or through 
witnessing actual tests;
    (iii) Coated cloth for partially enclosed lifeboats. Cloth material 
used in the construction of each prototype lifeboat must be confirmed to 
have met the requirements specified under Sec. 160.135-7(b)(28) of this 
subpart. This may be demonstrated through a supplier's certification 
papers or through witnessing actual tests;
    (iv) Welding. Structural components of each prototype lifeboat 
joined by welding must be welded by the welding procedures and materials 
as per the plans reviewed under Sec. 160.135-9 of this subpart and by 
welders appropriately qualified;
    (v) Buoyancy foam. Each major subassembly of a prototype lifeboat, 
such as the hull with liner and canopy with liner, must be weighed after 
the buoyancy foam is installed and before it is further assembled;
    (vi) Installation of the propulsion system;
    (vii) Installation of the steering system; and
    (viii) Installation of the water spray fire-protection and air 
support system(s), if fitted.
    (3) The independent laboratory must submit the inspection report to 
the Commandant.



Sec. 160.135-13  Approval inspections and tests for prototype 
lifeboats.

    (a) After the Commandant notifies the manufacturer that the 
prototype lifeboat is in compliance with the requirements of Sec. 
160.135-11 of this subpart, the manufacturer may proceed with the 
prototype approval inspections and tests required under this section. 
The prototype lifeboat, the construction of which was witnessed under 
Sec. 160.135-11 of this subpart, must be used for the tests in this 
section.
    (b) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, the Coast 
Guard must conduct the approval inspections and witness the approval 
tests required under this section.
    (c) Manufacturer requirements. To proceed with approval inspections 
and tests required by this section, the manufacturer must--
    (1) Notify the Commandant and cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine 
Inspection (OCMI) of where the approval inspections and tests required 
under this section will take place, and such notification must be in 
sufficient time to allow making travel arrangements;
    (2) Arrange a testing schedule that allows for a Coast Guard 
inspector to travel to the site where the testing is to be performed;
    (3) Admit the Coast Guard inspector to any place where work or 
testing is

[[Page 225]]

performed on lifeboats or their component parts and materials for the 
purpose of--
    (i) Conducting inspections as necessary to determine that the 
prototype is constructed by the methods and with the materials specified 
in the plans reviewed under Sec. 160.135-9 of this subpart and the 
inspection report under Sec. 160.135-11 of this subpart;
    (ii) Assuring that the quality assurance program of the manufacturer 
is satisfactory;
    (iii) Witnessing tests; and
    (iv) Taking samples of parts or materials for additional inspections 
or test; and
    (4) Make available to the Coast Guard inspector the affidavits or 
invoices from the suppliers of all essential materials used in the 
production of lifeboats, together with records identifying the lot or 
serial numbers of the lifeboats in which such materials were used.
    (d) Tests. (1) Prototype lifeboat readiness. All tests must be 
conducted on a completely outfitted lifeboat, including fixed equipment 
such as compass, searchlight, and navigating lights. Loose equipment may 
be substituted by weights.
    (2) Fiber Reinforced Plastic (FRP) prototype lifeboat lay-up. For 
the prototype of each design of an FRP lifeboat, the lay-up must be made 
of unpigmented resins and clear gel coat.
    (3) Fuel tank. Each non-portable fuel tank must be tested by a 
static head above the tank top of 3 m (10 ft) of water without showing 
any leaks or signs of permanent distortion.
    (4) IMO Revised recommendation on testing. Each prototype lifeboat 
of each design must pass each of the tests for davit-launched or free-
fall lifeboats, as applicable, described in the IMO Revised 
recommendation on testing, part 1, paragraphs 6.1 through 6.17 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.135-5 of this subpart). Tests 
must be conducted in accordance with these paragraphs of IMO Revised 
recommendation on testing, Part 1, with the following modifications:
    (i) Fire retardancy/release mechanism and engine tests (Paragraphs 
1/6.2, 6.9, 6.10, 6.14). The tests in the following IMO Revised 
recommendation on testing paragraphs may be accomplished independent of 
the lifeboat, and may be considered completed and need not be repeated 
if the tests have been previously shown to meet the necessary 
requirements--
    (A) Paragraph 6.2;
    (B) Paragraphs 6.9.3 through 6.9.6;
    (C) Paragraph 6.10.2 through 6.10.6; and
    (D) Paragraphs 6.14.6 through 6.14.8.
    (ii) Lifeboat overload test (Paragraph 1/6.3). For a davit launched 
lifeboat, the overload test must be conducted with the lifeboat 
suspended from the lifting hooks. During this test, the canopy of a 
free-fall lifeboat must not deform so as to harm any potential 
occupants.
    (iii) Impact test (Paragraph 1/6.4). The rigid vertical surface must 
not be displaced or deformed as a result of the test.
    (iv) Lifeboat seating space test (Paragraph 1/6.7). The average mass 
of persons used to test the lifeboat seating space must be determined by 
weighing as a group or individually. Each person must wear an inherently 
buoyant SOLAS lifejacket with at least 150 N of buoyancy or a Coast 
Guard-approved lifejacket approved under approval series 160.155. For 
other than a totally enclosed lifeboat, the operator(s) must demonstrate 
that the lifeboat can be operated while wearing a Coast Guard approved, 
insulated-buoyant immersion suit approved under approval series 160.171. 
The Commandant will give consideration to requests to test at, and 
designate lifeboats for, a heavier occupant weight than that stated in 
the IMO LSA Code, Chapter IV (incorporated by reference, Sec. 160.135-5 
of this subpart).
    (v) Flooded stability test (Paragraph 1/6.8). Any materials used to 
raise the test weights representing the lifeboat occupants above the 
seat pan must be at least as dense as fresh water.
    (vi) Lifeboat operational test, Operation of engine (Paragraph 1/
6.10.1). For the 4-hour lifeboat maneuvering period, the lifeboat must 
not (except for a short period to measure towing force and to 
demonstrate towing fixture durability) be secured, and must be run 
through its full range of speeds and full range of all controls 
throughout the period.

[[Page 226]]

    (vii) Survival recovery test (Paragraph 1/6.10.8). The recovery 
demonstration must show that no more than two crewmembers are required 
to recover a helpless person of ninety-fifth percentile by weight 
described in ASTM F 1166 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.135-5 
of this subpart) while the crewmembers and helpless person are each 
wearing a lifejacket.
    (viii) Flooded capsizing test (Paragraph 1/6.14.3-.5). For any 
lifeboat also approved as a rescue lifeboat, the lifeboat must return to 
an upright position and, without undue delay, the crew must be able to 
use the lifeboat again as a lifeboat.
    (ix) Fire test (Paragraph 1/6.16.4). The locations where 
temperatures are measured along with the rationale for the proposed 
locations must be provided to the Commandant for approval prior to the 
testing.
    (x) Water spray tests (Paragraph 1/6.16.9). The delivery rate of 
water, or the sprayed water film thickness over the lifeboat, must be at 
least equivalent to that used to achieve passing results for the fire 
test. Full coverage must be obtained without the need to rock the 
lifeboat or induce wetting by wiping or applying any agent.
    (xi) Measuring and evaluating acceleration forces (Paragraph 1/
6.17.5). For free-fall lifeboats, the selection, placement, and mounting 
of the accelerometers along with the rationale for the proposed 
selection, placement, and mounting must be provided to the Commandant 
for approval prior to the testing.
    (xii) Evaluation acceleration forces with the dynamic response model 
(Paragraph 1/6.17.9). For free-fall lifeboats only, sections 6.17.9 thru 
6.17.12 must be used along with the displacement limits for lifeboats in 
Table 2 under ``Evaluation with the dynamic response model''.
    (5) Visual inspection. Each lifeboat must be visually inspected to 
confirm--
    (i) Compliance with this subpart;
    (ii) Conformance with plans reviewed under Sec. 160.135-9 of this 
subpart; and
    (iii) Ease of operation and maintenance.
    (e) Test waiver. The Commandant may waive certain tests for a 
lifeboat identical in construction to smaller and larger lifeboats that 
have successfully completed the tests. Tests associated with lifeboat 
components that have already been approved by the Commandant are not 
required to be repeated.
    (f) At the request of the manufacturer and discretion of the 
Commandant, an independent laboratory may perform approval inspections 
and witness approval tests required by this section so long as the 
inspections and tests are performed and witnessed in accordance with the 
procedures agreed upon between the independent laboratory and Commandant 
under 46 CFR part 159, subpart 159.010.
    (g) After completion of approval inspections and tests required by 
this section, the manufacturer must comply with the requirements of 46 
CFR 159.005-9(a)(5) by preparing and submitting to the Commandant for 
review--
    (1) The prototype approval test report containing the same 
information recommended by IMO MSC Circ. 980 (incorporated by reference, 
see Sec. 160.135-5 of this subpart). The report must include a signed 
statement by the Coast Guard inspector (or independent laboratory as 
permitted by paragraph (f) of this section) who witnessed the testing, 
indicating that the report accurately describes the testing and its 
results; and
    (2) The final plans of the lifeboat as built. The plans must 
include, in triplicate--
    (i) The instructions for training and maintenance described in 
Sec. Sec. 160.135-19 and 160.135-21 of this subpart; and
    (ii) The final version of the plans required under Sec. 160.135-9 
of this subpart.
    (h) The Commandant will review the report and plans submitted under 
paragraph (g) of this section, and if satisfactory to the Commandant, 
will approve the plans under 46 CFR 159.005-13.



Sec. 160.135-15  Production inspections, tests, quality control,
and conformance of lifeboats.

    (a) Unless the Commandant directs otherwise, an independent 
laboratory must perform or witness, as appropriate, inspections, tests, 
and oversight required by this section. Production inspections and tests 
of lifeboats must be

[[Page 227]]

carried out in accordance with the procedures for independent laboratory 
inspection in 46 CFR part 159, subpart 159.007 and in this section, 
unless the Commandant authorizes alternative tests and inspections. The 
Commandant may prescribe additional production tests and inspections 
necessary to maintain quality control and to monitor compliance with the 
requirements of this subpart.
    (b) Manufacturer's responsibility. The manufacturer must--
    (1) Institute a quality control procedure to ensure that all 
production lifeboats are produced to the same standard, and in the same 
manner, as the prototype lifeboat approved by the Commandant. The 
manufacturer's quality control personnel must not work directly under 
the department or person responsible for either production or sales;
    (2) Schedule and coordinate with the independent laboratory (or 
Coast Guard inspector if required under paragraph (a) of this section) 
to ensure that all tests are performed as described in this section;
    (3) Submit to the Commandant, a yearly report that contains the 
following--
    (i) Serial number and date of final assembly of each lifeboat 
constructed;
    (ii) Name of the representative of the independent laboratory (or 
Coast Guard inspector if required under paragraph (a) of this section); 
and
    (iii) Name of the vessel and company receiving the lifeboat, if 
known; and
    (4) Ensure that the arrangement and materials entering into the 
construction of the lifeboat are in accordance with plans approved under 
Sec. 160.135-13(h) of this subpart;
    (5) Allow an independent laboratory (or Coast Guard inspector if 
required under paragraph (a) of this section) access to any place where 
materials are stored for the lifeboat, work or testing is performed on 
lifeboats or their component parts and materials, or records are 
retained to meet the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section, for 
the purpose of--
    (i) Assuring that the quality control program of the manufacturer is 
satisfactory;
    (ii) Witnessing tests; or
    (iii) Taking samples of parts or materials for additional 
inspections or tests; and
    (6) Ensure that the independent laboratory (or Coast Guard inspector 
if required under paragraph (a) of this section) conducts the 
inspections and witnesses the tests required by paragraph (e)(2) of this 
section, and further conducts a visual inspection to verify that the 
lifeboats are being made in accordance with the plans approved under 
Sec. 160.135-13(h) of this subpart and the requirements of this 
subpart.
    (c) Recordkeeping. The manufacturer must maintain records in 
accordance with 46 CFR 159.007-13. The manufacturer must keep records of 
all items listed in this section for at least 5 years from the date of 
termination of approval of each lifeboat. The records must include--
    (1) A copy of this subpart, other CFR sections referenced in this 
subpart, and each applicable document listed in Sec. 160.135-5 of this 
subpart;
    (2) A copy of approved plans, documentation, and certifications;
    (3) A current certificate of approval for each approved lifeboat;
    (4) Affidavits, certificates, or invoices from the suppliers 
identifying all essential materials used in the production of approved 
lifeboats, together with records identifying the serial numbers of the 
lifeboats in which such materials were used;
    (5) Start and finish date and time of the lay-up of each major Fiber 
Reinforced Plastic (FRP) component such as the hull, canopy, and inner 
liner and the names of the operator(s);
    (6) Start and finish date and time of pouring of foam-in-place rigid 
buoyancy foam, and name of operator(s);
    (7) Records of all structural welding and name of operator(s);
    (8) Records of welder certificates, training and qualifications;
    (9) Date and results of calibration of test equipment and the name 
and address of the company or agency that performed the calibration;
    (10) The serial number of each production lifeboat, along with 
records of its inspections and tests carried out under this section; and

[[Page 228]]

    (11) The original purchaser of each lifeboat and the vessel on which 
it was installed, if known.
    (d) Independent laboratory responsibility. The independent 
laboratory must perform or witness, as appropriate, the inspections and 
tests under paragraph (e) of this section for each Coast Guard-approved 
lifeboat to be installed on a U.S.-flagged vessel. If the manufacturer 
also produces lifeboats for approval by other maritime safety 
administrations, the inspections may be coordinated with inspection 
visits for those administrations.
    (e) Production inspections and tests. Each approved lifeboat must be 
inspected and tested in accordance with each of the following 
procedures:
    (1) In-process inspections and tests. Each production lifeboat must 
be examined during lay-up of the hull to verify that the lay-up conforms 
to the approved drawings. Each FRP major component, such as the hull, 
canopy, and inner liner, must be examined and weighed after it is 
completed but before assembled. If the lifeboat is constructed by the 
spray lay-up technique, the hull and canopy thicknesses must be measured 
using ultrasonic or equivalent techniques. Laboratory tests of laminates 
must be conducted at this time. Test samples must be cut out from the 
lifeboat itself or be laid up at the same time, using the same 
procedures and by the same operators as the laminate used in the 
lifeboat. The number of samples used for each test, and the conditions 
and test methods used, must be as described in the applicable test 
specified in this paragraph.
    (i) Weight. The weight of each FRP section, such as hull, canopy, 
and inner liner, must be within 10 percent of similar sections of the 
prototype lifeboat. These weights must be the bare laminate weights. 
Backing plates that are molded into the laminate may be included.
    (ii) Thickness. The average thickness of each section of sprayed-up 
laminate must be within 20 percent of the corresponding sections of the 
prototype.
    (iii) Resin content. Laminate samples from the hull, canopy, and 
inner liners must be tested in accordance with ASTM D 2584 or ISO 1172 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.135-5 of this subpart). The 
resin content must be within 8 percentage points of the prototype 
results. If the resin content does not comply, flexural ultimate 
strength and tensile tests in paragraph (e)(1)(iv) of this section must 
be conducted.
    (iv) Flexural ultimate strength and tensile tests. Each laminate 
sample from each major component, such as hull and liner, that does not 
comply with the resin content requirement in paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of 
this section, and from each component of every fifth production 
lifeboat, must be subjected to the flexural ultimate strength and 
tensile strength tests as described in Sec. 160.135-11(c)(2)(i)(B) of 
this subpart. The values must be at least 90 percent of the prototype 
results.
    (v) Buoyancy material. If block foam buoyancy material is used, each 
piece must be weighed after it is cut and shaped to make sure that the 
correct amount of foam is installed. If foamed-in-place buoyancy 
material is used, a separate sample of the foam must be poured, and used 
to make a density determination after it has set. The density must be 32 
8 kg/m\3\ (2 0.5 lb/ft \3\).
    (vi) Steel sheet and plate. Steel sheet and plate for the hull, 
floors, and other structural components must meet ASTM A 36 and ASTM A 
653 as applicable (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.135-5 of 
this subpart). Non-corrosive resistant steel must meet the coating mass 
and bend tests requirement specified under ASTM A 653. Compliance for 
this paragraph can be ascertained through supplier's certification 
papers or through conducting actual tests.
    (vii) Cloth. The cloth material used for the construction of each 
partially enclosed lifeboat must meet the material specification of A-A-
55308 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.135-5 of this subpart). 
This compliance can be ascertained through supplier's certification 
papers or through witnessing actual tests.
    (viii) Fuel tank. Each fuel tank must be tested by a static head 
above the tank top of 3 m (10 ft) of water without showing any leaks or 
signs of permanent distortion.
    (ix) Welding. It must be determined that structural components 
joined by welding was performed by welders who

[[Page 229]]

are appropriately qualified and that the welding procedure and materials 
are as per the plans approved under Sec. 160.135-13(h) of this subpart.
    (2) Post assembly tests and inspections. The finished lifeboat must 
be visually inspected inside and out. The manufacturer must develop and 
maintain a visual inspection checklist designed to ensure that all 
applicable requirements have been met and the lifeboat is equipped in 
accordance with approved plans. Each production lifeboat of each design 
must pass each of the tests described in the IMO Revised recommendation 
on testing, part 2, section 5.3 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 
160.135-5 of this subpart).

[USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62987, Oct. 11, 2011, as amended by 79 FR 44140, 
July 30, 2014]



Sec. 160.135-17  Marking and labeling.

    (a) Each lifeboat must be marked with a plate or label permanently 
affixed to the hull in a conspicuous place readily accessible for 
inspection and sufficiently durable to withstand continuous exposure to 
environmental conditions at sea for the life of the lifeboat.
    (b) The plate or label must be in English, but may also be in other 
languages.
    (c) The plate or label must contain the--
    (1) Name and address of the manufacturer;
    (2) Manufacturer's model identification;
    (3) Name of the independent laboratory that witnessed the prototype 
or production test and inspections;
    (4) Serial number of the lifeboat;
    (5) U.S. Coast Guard approval number;
    (6) Month and year of manufacture;
    (7) Material of hull construction;
    (8) Number of persons for which the lifeboat is approved;
    (9) Light load and full load (condition A and condition B weight); 
and
    (10) Word ``SOLAS.''



Sec. 160.135-19  Operating instructions and information for the ship's
training manual.

    (a) Each lifeboat must have instructions and information for the 
ship's training manual that use the symbols from IMO Res. A.760(18) 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.135-5 of this subpart) to 
describe the location and operation of the lifeboat.
    (b) The instructions and information required by paragraph (a) of 
this section may be combined with similar material for survival craft 
and rescue boats, and their launching systems.
    (c) The lifeboat manufacturer must make the instructions and 
information required by paragraph (a) of this section available--
    (1) In English to purchasers of a lifeboat approved by the Coast 
Guard; and
    (2) In the form of an instruction placard providing simple 
procedures and illustrations for operation of the lifeboat. The placard 
must be not greater than 36 cm (14 in) by 51 cm (20 in), and must be 
made of durable material and suitable for display near installations of 
lifeboats on vessels.



Sec. 160.135-21  Operation and maintenance instructions.

    (a) Each lifeboat must have operation and maintenance instructions 
that--
    (1) Follow the general format and content specified in MSC.1 Circ. 
1205 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.135-5 of this subpart); 
and
    (2) Include a checklist for use in monthly, external visual 
inspections of the lifeboat.
    (b) The lifeboat manufacturer must make the manual required by 
paragraph (a) of this section available in English to purchasers of a 
lifeboat approved by the Coast Guard.
    (c) The operation and maintenance instructions required by paragraph 
(a) of this section may be combined with similar material for survival 
craft and rescue boats, and their launching systems.



Sec. 160.135-23  Procedure for approval of design, material,
or construction change.

    (a) Each change in design, material, or construction from the plans 
approved under 46 CFR 159.005-13 and Sec. 160.135-13(h) of this subpart 
must be approved by the Commandant before being used in any production 
lifeboat. The manufacturer must submit any such change following the 
procedures

[[Page 230]]

in Sec. 160.135-9 of this subpart, but documentation on items that are 
unchanged from the plans approved under 46 CFR 159.005-13 and Sec. 
160.135-13(h) of this subpart need not be resubmitted.
    (b) Unless determined by the Commandant to be unnecessary, a 
prototype lifeboat with each change described in paragraph (a) of this 
section must be made and tested according to the procedures for new 
approvals in Sec. Sec. 160.135-9 through 160.135-13 of this subpart.
    (c) Determinations of equivalence of design, construction, and 
materials will be made by the Commandant only.



              Subpart 160.151_Inflatable Liferafts (SOLAS)

    Source: CGD 85-205, 62 FR 25547, May 9, 1997, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.151-1  Scope.

    This subpart prescribes standards, tests, and procedures for 
approval by the Coast Guard of inflatable liferafts. This subpart does 
not apply to any inflatable liferaft approved by the Commandant before 
November 10, 2011, so long as the liferaft satisfies the annual 
servicing requirements set forth in 46 CFR 160.151-57.

[USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62996, Oct. 11, 2011, as amended by 76 FR 70062, 
Nov. 10, 2011]



Sec. 160.151-3  Definitions.

    In this subpart, the term:
    Commandant means the Chief of the Lifesaving and Fire Safety 
Standards Division. Address: Commandant (CG-ENG-4), Attn: Lifesaving and 
Fire Safety Division, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther 
King Jr. Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509; telephone 202-372-1392 
or fax 202-372-1924.
    Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection (OCMI) means an officer of the 
Coast Guard designated as such by the Commandant and who fulfills the 
duties described in 46 CFR 1.01-15(b). The ``cognizant OCMI'' is the 
OCMI who has immediate jurisdiction over a vessel or geographic area for 
the purpose of performing the duties previously described.
    Servicing means periodic inspection, necessary repair, and repacking 
by a servicing facility approved by the Coast Guard. Requirements for 
periodic inspection and repair of inflatable liferafts approved by the 
Coast Guard are described in Sec. Sec. 160.151-35 through 160.151-57.
    SOLAS means the International Convention for the Safety of Life at 
Sea, 1974, as amended by the International Maritime Organization through 
the 1988 (GMDSS) amendments, dated 9 November 1988.
    SOLAS A Liferaft means a liferaft that meets the requirements of 
this subpart for an inflatable liferaft complying with SOLAS and 
equipped with a SOLAS A equipment pack.
    SOLAS B Liferaft means a liferaft that meets the requirements of 
this subpart for an inflatable liferaft complying with SOLAS and 
equipped with a SOLAS B equipment pack.

[CGD 85-205, 62 FR 25547, May 9, 1997, as amended by USCG-2009-0702, 74 
FR 49237, Sept. 25, 2009, USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62996, Oct. 11, 2011; 
USCG-2013-0671, 78 FR 60159, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.151-5  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part 
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that 
specified in this section, the Coast Guard must publish notice of change 
in the Federal Register and the material must be available to the 
public. All approved material is available for inspection at Coast Guard 
Headquarters. Contact Commandant (CG-ENG-4), Attn: Lifesaving and Fire 
Safety Division, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. 
Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509. You may also inspect this 
material at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For 
information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-
6030 or go to http://www.archives.gov/federal--register/code--of--
federal--regulations/ibr--locations.html. You may obtain copies of the 
material from the sources specified in the following paragraphs.

[[Page 231]]

    (b) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), 100 Barr 
Harbor Drive, PO Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA, 19428-2959.
    (1) ASTM F 1014-02 (Reapproved 2007), Standard Specification for 
Flashlights on Vessels, (approved May 1, 2007), IBR approved for Sec. 
160.151-21 (``ASTM F 1014'').
    (2) [Reserved]
    (c) General Services Administration, Federal Acquisition Service, 
Office of the FAS Commissioner, 2200 Crystal Drive, 11th Floor, 
Arlington, VA 22202, 703-605-5400.
    (1) Federal Standard 595C, Colors Used in Government Procurement, 
(January 16, 2008), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 160.151-15 and 160.151-
17 (``FED-STD-595C'').
    (2) [Reserved]
    (d) International Maritime Organization (IMO), Publications Section, 
4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, + 44 (0)20 7735 
7611, http://www.imo.org/.
    (1) IMO Resolution A.657(16), Instructions for Action in Survival 
Craft, (adopted October 1989), IBR approved for Sec. 160.151-21 (``IMO 
Res. A.657(16)'').
    (2) IMO Resolution A.658(16), Use and Fitting of Retro-Reflective 
Materials on Life-Saving Appliances, (adopted October 19, 1989), IBR 
approved for Sec. 160.151-15 (``IMO Res. A.658(16)'').
    (3) Life-Saving Appliances, including LSA Code, 2010 Edition, 
(2010), pages 7-71 (``IMO LSA Code''), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 
160.151-7, 160.151-15, 160.151-17, 160.151-21, 160.151-29, and 160.151-
33.
    (4) Life-Saving Appliances, including LSA Code, 2010 Edition, 
(2010), Revised recommendation on testing of life-saving appliances, 
pages 79-254 (``IMO Revised recommendation on testing''), IBR approved 
for Sec. Sec. 160.151-21, 160.151-27, 160.151-29, 160.151-31, and 
160.151-57.
    (5) Annex 7 to MSC 87/26, Report of the Maritime Safety Committee on 
its Eighty-Seventh Session, ``Resolution MSC.293(87), Adoption of 
Amendments to the International Life-Saving Appliance (LSA) Code,'' 
(adopted May 21, 2010), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 160.151-7, 160.151-
15, 160.151-17, 160.151-21, 160.151-29, and 160.151-33 (``Resolution 
MSC.293(87)'').
    (6) Annex 9 to MSC 87/26, Report of the Maritime Safety Committee on 
its Eighty-Seventh Session, ``Resolution MSC.295(87), Adoption of 
Amendments to the Revised Recommendation on Testing of Life-Saving 
Appliances (Resolution MSC.81(70)),'' (adopted May 21, 2010), IBR 
approved for Sec. Sec. 160.151-21, 160.151-27, 160.151-29, 160.151-31, 
and 160.151-57 (``Resolution MSC.295(87)'').
    (e) International Standards Organization (ISO): ISO Central 
Secretariat [ISO Copyright Office], Case Postale 56, CH 1211 Geneva 20, 
Switzerland.
    (1) ISO 15738:2002(E), Ships and marine technology--Gas inflation 
systems for inflatable life-saving appliances, First Edition (February 
1, 2002), IBR approved for Sec. 160.151-15 (``ISO 15738'').
    (2) ISO 17339:2002(E), Ships and marine technology--Sea anchors for 
survival craft and rescue boats, First Edition (November 15, 2002), IBR 
approved for Sec. 160.151-21 (``ISO 17339'').
    (3) ISO 18813:2006(E), Ships and marine technology--Survival 
equipment for survival craft and rescue boats, First Edition (April 1, 
2006), IBR approved for Sec. 160.151-21 (``ISO 18813'').
    (f) Military Specifications and Standards, Standardization Documents 
Order Desk, Building 4D, 700 Robins Avenue, Philadelphia PA 19111-5094, 
https://assist.daps.dla.mil/quicksearch/.
    (1) MIL-C-17415F, Military Specification, Cloth, Coated, and 
Webbing, Inflatable Boat and Miscellaneous Use, (May 31, 1989), IBR 
approved for Sec. 160.151-15 (``MIL-C-17415F'').
    (2) [Reserved]

[USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62996, Oct. 11, 2011, as amended by 77 FR 9865, 
Feb. 21, 2012; USCG-2013-0671, 78 FR 60159, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.151-7  Construction of inflatable liferafts.

    Except as specified in this subpart, each SOLAS A and SOLAS B 
inflatable liferaft must meet the requirements of Chapter III of SOLAS 
and the IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution MSC.293(87) (incorporated 
by reference, see Sec. 160.151-5 of this subpart). To be approved under 
this subpart, inflatable liferafts must be constructed in accordance 
with the following provisions of the IMO LSA Code:, as amended by 
Resolution MSC.293(87):
    (a) IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution MSC.293(87) Chapter I/
1.2,

[[Page 232]]

General requirements for life-saving appliances; and
    (b) IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution MSC.293(87) Chapter IV/
4.2, Inflatable liferafts.

[CGD 85-205, 62 FR 25547, May 9, 1997, as amended by USCG-2010-0048, 76 
FR 62997, Oct. 11, 2011; 77 FR 9865, Feb. 21, 2012]



Sec. 160.151-9  Independent laboratory.

    Tests and inspections that this subpart requires to be conducted by 
an independent laboratory must be conducted by an independent laboratory 
accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of part 159 of this 
chapter to perform such tests and inspections. A list of accepted 
laboratories is available from the Commandant.



Sec. 160.151-11  Approval procedure.

    (a) A manufacturer seeking approval of an inflatable liferaft must 
comply with the procedures in part 159, subpart 159.005, of this chapter 
and in this section.
    (b) A manufacturer seeking approval of an inflatable liferaft must 
submit an application to the Commandant meeting the requirements of 
Sec. 159.005-5 of this chapter for preapproval review. To meet the 
requirements of Sec. 159.005-5(a)(2) of this chapter, the manufacturer 
shall submit--
    (1) General-arrangement drawing including principal dimensions;
    (2) Seating-arrangement plan;
    (3) Plans for subassemblies;
    (4) Plans for carriage and, in detail, stowage of equipment;
    (5) Plans for the inflation system;
    (6) Plans for the outer container;
    (7) Plans for any lifting shackle or ring, including diameter in 
cross-section, used for connecting the suspension tackle of a davit-
launched inflatable liferaft to the automatic disengaging device used 
for its hoisting and lowering;
    (8) Other drawing(s) necessary to show that the inflatable liferaft 
complies with the requirements of this subpart;
    (9) Description of methods of seam and joint construction;
    (10) Samples and identification of each material used in the 
buoyancy chambers, floor, and canopy, including the identity of their 
manufacturers, and segments of each type of seam made from such 
materials; and
    (11) Complete data pertinent to the installation and use of the 
proposed inflatable liferaft, including the maximum proposed height of 
its installation above the water, and the maximum length of the sea 
painter installed in the inflatable liferaft.

[CGD 85-205, 62 FR 25547, May 9, 1997, as amended by USCG-2010-0048, 76 
FR 62997, Oct. 11, 2011]



Sec. 160.151-13  Fabrication of prototype inflatable liferafts for
approval.

    If the manufacturer is notified that the information submitted in 
accordance with Sec. 160.151-11 is satisfactory to the Commandant, 
fabrication of a prototype inflatable liferaft must proceed in the 
following sequence:
    (a) The manufacturer shall arrange for an independent laboratory to 
inspect the liferaft during its fabrication and prepare an inspection 
report meeting the requirements of Sec. 159.005-11 of this chapter. The 
independent laboratory shall conduct at least one inspection during 
layup of the buoyancy tubes of the liferaft, at least one inspection of 
the finished liferaft when fully inflated, and as many other inspections 
as are necessary to determine that the liferaft--
    (1) Is constructed by the methods and with the materials specified 
in the plans;
    (2) Passes the applicable inspections and tests required by Sec. 
160.151-31; and
    (3) Conforms with the manufacturer's plans.
    (b) The manufacturer shall submit the independent laboratory's 
inspection report to the Commandant for review.
    (c) If, after review of the inspection report of the independent 
laboratory, the Commandant notifies the manufacturer that the liferaft 
is in compliance with the requirements of this subpart, the manufacturer 
may proceed with the approval tests required under Sec. Sec. 160.151-27 
and 160.151-29.
    (d) The manufacturer shall notify the cognizant OCMI of where the 
approval tests required under Sec. Sec. 160.151-27 and 160.151-29 will 
take place and arrange with the OCMI a testing schedule that allows for 
a Coast Guard inspector to

[[Page 233]]

travel to the site where the testing is to be performed.
    (e) The manufacturer shall admit the Coast Guard inspector to any 
place where work or testing is performed on inflatable liferafts or 
their component parts and materials for the purpose of--
    (1) Assuring that the quality-assurance program of the manufacturer 
is satisfactory;
    (2) Witnessing tests; and
    (3) Taking samples of parts or materials for additional inspections 
or tests.
    (f) The manufacturer shall make available to the Coast Guard 
inspector the affidavits or invoices from the suppliers of all essential 
materials used in the production of inflatable liferafts, together with 
records identifying the lot numbers of the liferafts in which such 
materials were used.
    (g) On conclusion of the approval testing, the manufacturer shall 
comply with the requirements of Sec. 159.005-9(a)(5) of this chapter by 
submitting the following to the Commandant:
    (1) The report of the prototype testing prepared by the 
manufacturer. The report must include a signed statement by the Coast 
Guard inspector who witnessed the testing, indicating that the report 
accurately describes the testing and its results.
    (2) The final plans of the liferaft as built. The plans must 
include--
    (i) The servicing manual described in Sec. 160.151-37;
    (ii) The instructions for training and maintenance described in 
Sec. Sec. 160.151-59 and 160.151-61, respectively;
    (iii) The final version of the plans required under Sec. 160.151-
11(b), including--
    (A) Each correction, change, or addition made during the 
construction and approval testing of prototypes;
    (B) Sufficient detail to determine that each requirement of this 
subpart is met;
    (C) Fabrication details for the inflatable liferaft, including 
details of the method of making seams and joints; and
    (D) Full details of the inflation system.
    (3) A description of the quality-control procedures that will apply 
to the production of the inflatable liferaft. These must include--
    (i) The system for checking material certifications received from 
suppliers;
    (ii) The method for controlling the inventory of materials;
    (iii) The method for checking quality of seams and joints; and
    (iv) The inspection checklists used during various stages of 
fabrication to assure that the approved liferaft complies with the 
approved plans and the requirements of this subpart.

[CGD 85-205, 62 FR 25547, May 9, 1997; 62 FR 35392, July 1, 1997]



Sec. 160.151-15  Design and performance of inflatable liferafts.

    To satisfy the requirements of the regulations of SOLAS and the IMO 
LSA Code, as amended by Resolution MSC.293(87) (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 160.151-5 of this subpart), each inflatable 
liferaft must meet the following requirements of this section:
    (a) Workmanship and materials (IMO LSA Code, as amended by 
Resolution MSC.293(87), Chapter I/1.2.1). Each liferaft must be 
constructed of the following types of materials meeting MIL-C-17415E 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.151-5 of this subpart, or 
materials accepted by the Commandant as equivalent or superior and be 
capable of withstanding the prototype tests specified in 160.151-27 of 
this subchapter.
    (b) Seams (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution MSC.293(87), 
Chapter I/1.2.2.1). Each seam must be at least as strong as the weakest 
of the materials joined by the seam. Each seam must be covered with tape 
where necessary to prevent lifting of and damage to fabric edges.
    (c) Protection from cold inflation-gas (IMO LSA Code, as amended by 
Resolution MSC.293(87) Chapter I/1.2.2.1). Each inflatable compartment 
must be provided with a protective liner or baffling arrangement at the 
inflation-gas inlet, or other equally effective means to prevent damage 
from exposure to cold inflation-gas.
    (d) Compatibility of dissimilar materials (IMO LSA Code, as amended 
by Resolution MSC.293(87), Chapter I/1.2.2.4). Where dissimilar 
materials are combined in the construction of a liferaft, provisions 
must be made to prevent

[[Page 234]]

loosening or tightening due to differences in thermal expansion, 
freezing, buckling, galvanic corrosion, or other incompatibilities.
    (e) Color (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution MSC.293(87), 
Chapter I/1.2.2.6). The primary color of the exterior of the canopy must 
be vivid reddish orange (color number 12197 of FED-STD-595C 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.151-5 of this subpart)), or a 
fluorescent color of a similar hue.
    (f) Retroreflective material (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution 
MSC.293(87), Chapter I/1.2.2.7). Each inflatable liferaft must be marked 
with Type I retroreflective material approved under part 164, subpart 
164.018, of this chapter as complying with SOLAS. The arrangement of the 
retroreflective material must comply with IMO Res. A.658(16) 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.151-5 of this subpart).
    (g) Towing attachments (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution 
MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.1.1.4) Each towing attachment must be 
reinforced strongly enough to withstand the towing strain, and marked to 
indicate its function.
    (h) Weight (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution MSC.293(87), 
Chapter IV/4.1.2.2). The weight of the liferaft including its container 
and equipment may not exceed 185 kg (407.8 lb), unless the liferaft is 
intended for launching into the water directly from its stowed position 
using an inclined or hand-tilted rack, or is served by a launching 
appliance approved by the Commandant under approval series 160.163.
    (i) Lifelines (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution MSC.293(87), 
Chapter IV/4.1.3.1). Each lifeline must be made of nylon tubular webbing 
with a minimum diameter of 14 mm (9/16-inch), rope with a minimum 
diameter of 10 mm (\3/8\-inch), or equivalent. Each lifeline-attachment 
patch must have a minimum breaking strength of 1.5 kN (350 lb) pull 
exerted perpendicular to the base of the patch. Each bight of an 
exterior lifeline must be long enough to allow the lifeline to reach to 
the waterline of the liferaft when it is afloat.
    (j) [Reserved]
    (k) Painter system (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution 
MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.1.6.1). The painter protruding from the 
liferaft container must be inherently resistant, or treated to be 
resistant, to deterioration from sunlight and salt spray, and resistant 
to absorption and wicking of water.
    (l) Inflation cylinders (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution 
MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.2.2.3). Each compressed-gas inflation cylinder 
within the liferaft must meet the requirements of Sec. 147.60 of this 
chapter, and be installed so that--
    (1) Slings and reinforcements of sufficient strength retain the 
inflation cylinders in place when the liferaft is dropped into the water 
from its stowage height and during inflation; and
    (2) The painter and the inflation cylinders of the liferaft are 
linked to start inflation when the painter is pulled by one person 
exerting a force not exceeding 150 N (34 lb).
    (m) Inflation systems (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution 
MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.2.2.3). Gas inflation systems, including gas-
cylinder valves; gas-cylinder operating heads; high-pressure hose 
assemblies; and pressure relief, inflation/deflation, and non-return/
transfer valves; must be certified as complying with the requirements of 
ISO 15738 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.151-5 of this 
subpart).
    (n) Boarding ladders (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution 
MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.2.4.2). The steps of each boarding ladder must 
provide a suitable foothold.
    (o) Canopy lamps (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution 
MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.1.3.3). The exterior and interior liferaft 
canopy lamps must be approved by the Commandant under approval series 
161.101.
    (p) Containers (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution MSC.293(87), 
Chapter IV/4.2.6.1). Each container for packing liferafts--
    (1) Must include a telltale made with a seal-and-wire, or 
equivalent, method for indicating whether the liferaft has been tampered 
with or used since packing;
    (2) Must be designed so that the liferaft breaks free of the 
container when inflation is initiated, without the need

[[Page 235]]

to manually open or remove any closing arrangement;
    (3) Must have an interior surface smooth and free from splinters, 
barbs, or rough projections;
    (4) Must be of rigid construction where the liferaft is intended for 
float-free launching or for exposed stowage on deck;
    (5) If rigid, must be designed to facilitate securing the inflatable 
liferaft to a vessel to permit quick release for manual launching;
    (6) If constructed of fibrous-glass-reinforced plastic, must be 
provided with a means to prevent abrasion of the liferaft fabric, such 
as by using a gel-coated interior finish of the container, enclosing the 
liferaft in an envelope of plastic film, or equivalent means; and
    (7) Except as provided in paragraph (o)(4) of this section, may be 
of fabric construction. Each container of fabric construction must be 
made of coated cloth, include carrying handles and drain holes, and be 
adaptable to stowage and expeditious removal from lockers and deck-
mounted enclosures adjacent to liferaft-launching stations. The weight 
of a liferaft in a fabric container including its container and 
equipment may not exceed 100 kg (220 lb).

[CGD 85-205, 62 FR 25547, May 9, 1997, as amended by USCG-1998-4442, 63 
FR 52192, Sept. 30, 1998; USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62997, Oct. 11, 2011; 77 
FR 9865, Feb. 21, 2012]



Sec. 160.151-17  Additional requirements for design and performance
of SOLAS A and SOLAS B inflatable liferafts.

    To satisfy the requirements of the indicated regulations of SOLAS 
and IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution MSC.293(87) (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 160.151-5 of this subpart), each SOLAS A and SOLAS 
B inflatable liferaft must be manufactured in accordance with Sec. Sec. 
160.151-7 and 160.151-15, and must comply with the following additional 
requirements:
    (a) Stability (the IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution 
MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.2.5). (1) Each liferaft with a capacity of 
more than 8 persons must have a waterplane of circular or elliptical 
shape. A hexagonal, octagonal, or similar outline approximating a 
circular or elliptical shape is acceptable.
    (2) Each liferaft manufactured under this subpart must have water-
containing stability appendages on its underside to resist capsizing 
from wind and waves. These appendages must meet the following 
requirements:
    (i) The total volume of the appendages must not be less than 220 
liters (7.77 ft\3\) for liferafts approved to accommodate up to 10 
persons. The volume of an appendage is calculated using the bottom of 
the lowest opening in an appendage as the height of the appendage, and 
by deducting the volume of any objects inside the appendage. No opening 
designed to close as water is forced out of an appendage is an opening 
for the purpose of this calculation.
    (ii) The total volume of the appendages for liferafts approved to 
accommodate more than 10 persons must be not less than 20 x N liters 
(0.706 x N ft\3\), where N = the number of persons for which the 
liferaft is approved.
    (iii) The appendages must be securely attached and evenly 
distributed around the periphery of the exterior bottom of the liferaft. 
They may be omitted at the locations of inflation cylinders.
    (iv) The appendages must consist of at least two separate parts so 
that damage to one part will permit at least half of the required total 
volume to remain intact.
    (v) Openings in or between the appendages must be provided to limit 
the formation of air pockets under the inflatable liferaft.
    (vi) The appendages must be designed to deploy underwater when the 
liferaft inflates, and to fill to at least 60 percent of their capacity 
within 25 seconds of deployment. If weights are used for this purpose, 
they must be of corrosion-resistant material.
    (vii) The primary color of the appendages must be vivid reddish 
orange (color number 12197 of FED-STD-595C (incorporated by reference, 
see Sec. 160.151-5 of this subpart)), or a fluorescent color of a 
similar hue.
    (b) Boarding ramp (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution 
MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.2.4.1). The boarding ramp must have sufficient 
size and buoyancy to support one person weighing 100 kg

[[Page 236]]

(220 lb), sitting or kneeling and not holding onto any other part of the 
liferaft.

[CGD 85-205, 62 FR 25547, May 9, 1997, as amended by USCG-1998-4442, 63 
FR 52192, Sept. 30, 1998; USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62997, Oct. 11, 2011; 77 
FR 9865, Feb. 21, 2012]



Sec. 160.151-21  Equipment required for SOLAS A and SOLAS B inflatable
liferafts.

    To obtain Coast Guard approval, the equipment in each SOLAS A and 
SOLAS B inflatable liferaft must meet the following specific 
requirements when complying with the indicated regulations of SOLAS and 
the IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution MSC.293(87) (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 160.151-5 of this subpart):
    (a) Heaving line (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution 
MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.1). The buoyant heaving line must have a 
breaking strength of not less than 1.1 kN (250 lb), and must be attached 
to the inflatable liferaft near the entrance furthest from the painter 
attachment.
    (b) Jackknife (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution MSC.293(87), 
Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.2). Each folding knife must be a jackknife approved 
by the Commandant under approval series 160.043.
    (c) Bailer ((IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution MSC.293(87), 
Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.3 and ISO 18813 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 
160.151-5 of this subpart)). Each bailer must have a volume of at least 
2 L (125 in\3\).
    (d) Sponge (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution MSC.293(87), 
Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.4). Each sponge must have a volume of at least 750 
cm\3\ (48 in\3\) when saturated with water.
    (e) Sea anchors (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution MSC.293(87), 
Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.5 and ISO 17339 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 
160.151-5 of this subpart)). Sea anchors without the swivels may be used 
if, during the towing test, a sea anchor of their design does not rotate 
when streamed. The sea anchors need not have the tripping lines if, 
during the towing test, a sea anchor of their design can be hauled in by 
one person. Sea anchors must be attached to the raft at a position so as 
to orient the primary entrance away from the seas as far as practicable 
while still allowing the sea anchor to be retrieved by a person inside 
the raft.
    (f) Paddles (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution MSC.293(87), 
Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.6 and ISO 18813). The paddles must be at least 1.2 m 
(4 ft) long and must be of the same size and type as used to pass the 
maneuverability test in paragraph 1/5.10 of IMO Revised recommendation 
on testing, as amended by Resolution MSC.295(87) (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 160.151-5 of this subpart).
    (g) Tin-opener (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution MSC.293(87), 
Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.7 and ISO 18813). Each sharp part of a tin-opener 
must have a guard.
    (h) First-aid kit (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution 
MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.8). Each first-aid kit must be approved 
by the Commandant under approval series 160.054.
    (i) Whistle (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution MSC.293(87), 
Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.9 and ISO 18813). The whistle must be a ball-type or 
multi-tone whistle of corrosion-resistant construction.
    (j) Rocket parachute flare (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution 
MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.10). Each rocket parachute flare must be 
approved by the Commandant under approval series 160.136.
    (k) Hand flare (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution MSC.293(87), 
Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.11). Each hand flare must be approved by the 
Commandant under approval series 160.121.
    (l) Buoyant smoke signal (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution 
MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.12). Each buoyant smoke signal must be 
of the floating type approved by the Commandant under approval series 
160.122.
    (m) Electric torch (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution 
MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.13). The waterproof electric torch must 
be a Type I or Type III flashlight constructed and marked in accordance 
with ASTM F 1014 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.151-5 of this 
subpart). Three-cell-size flashlights bearing Coast Guard approval 
numbers in the 161.008 series may continue to be used as long as they 
are serviceable.

[[Page 237]]

    (n) Radar reflector (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution 
MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.14). The radar reflector may be omitted 
if the outside of the container of the inflatable liferaft includes a 
notice near the ``SOLAS A'' or ``SOLAS B'' marking indicating that no 
radar reflector is included.
    (o) Signalling mirror (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution 
MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.15). Each signalling mirror must be 
approved by the Commandant under approval series 160.020.
    (p) Lifesaving signals (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution 
MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.16). If not provided on a waterproof 
card or sealed in a transparent waterproof container, the table of 
lifesaving signals may be provided as part of the instruction manual.
    (q) Fishing tackle (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution 
MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.17). The fishing tackle must be in a kit 
approved by the Commandant under approval series 160.061.
    (r) Food rations (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution 
MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.18) The food rations must be approved by 
the Commandant under approval series 160.046.
    (s) Drinking water (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution 
MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.19). Emergency drinking water must be 
approved by the Commandant under approval series 160.026. The desalting 
apparatus must be approved by the Commandant under approval series 
160.058.
    (t) Drinking cup (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution 
MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.20 and ISO 18813). The drinking cup must 
be graduated in ounces or milliliters or both.
    (u) Anti-seasickness medicine (IMO LSA Code, as amended by 
Resolution MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.21 and ISO 18813). The anti-
seasickness medicine must include instructions for use and be marked 
with an expiration date.
    (v) Survival instructions (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution 
MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.22 and ISO 18813). The instructions on 
how to survive in a liferaft must--
    (1) Be waterproof;
    (2) Whatever other language or languages they may be in, be in 
English;
    (3) Meet the guidelines in IMO Res. A.657(16) (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 160.151-5 of this subpart); and
    (4) Be suspended in a clear film envelope from one of the arch tubes 
of the canopy.
    (w) Instructions for immediate action (IMO LSA Code, as amended by 
Resolution MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.23). The instructions for 
immediate action must--
    (1) Be waterproof;
    (2) Whatever other language or languages they may be in, be in 
English;
    (3) Meet the guidelines in IMO Res. A.657(16);
    (4) Explain both the noise accompanying the operation of any 
provided pressure-relief valves, and the need to render them inoperable 
after they complete venting; and
    (5) Be suspended from the inside canopy, so they are immediately 
visible by survivors on entering the inflatable liferaft. They may be 
contained in the same envelope with the instructions on how to survive 
if the instructions for immediate action are visible through both faces 
of the envelope.
    (x) Thermal protective aid (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution 
MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.24). Each thermal protective aid must be 
approved by the Commandant under approval series 160.174.
    (y) Repair outfit (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution 
MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.2.9.1.1 and ISO 18813). The repair outfit must 
include--
    (1) Six or more sealing clamps or serrated conical plugs, or a 
combination of the two;
    (2) Five or more tube patches at least 50 mm (2 in) in diameter (the 
Commandant will consider self-adhesive patches per ISO 18813 as an 
alternative); and
    (3) A roughing tool, if necessary to apply the patches.
    (z) Pump or bellows (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution 
MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.2.9.1.2). The pump or bellows must be manually 
operable and arranged to be capable of inflating any part of the 
inflatable structure of the liferaft.
    (aa) Plugs for pressure-relief valves. Plugs for rendering pressure-
relief valves inoperable must be provided in

[[Page 238]]

any liferaft fitted with such valves, unless the valves are of a type 
that can be rendered inoperable without separate plugs. If provided, 
plugs for pressure-relief valves must be usable with hands gloved in an 
immersion suit, and must either float or be secured to the liferaft by a 
lanyard.

[CGD 85-205, 62 FR 25547, May 9, 1997, as amended by USCG-1998-4442, 63 
FR 52192, Sept. 30, 1998; USCG-2000-7790, 65 FR 58464, Sept. 29, 2000; 
USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62997, Oct. 11, 2011; 77 FR 9865, Feb. 21, 2012]



Sec. 160.151-25  Additional equipment for inflatable liferafts.

    The manufacturer may specify additional equipment to be carried in 
inflatable liferafts if the equipment is identified in the 
manufacturer's approved drawings and if the packing and inspection of 
the equipment is covered in the servicing manual. Any such additional 
equipment for which performance or approval standards are prescribed in 
this part or in 47 CFR part 80 must comply with those standards.



Sec. 160.151-27  Approval inspections and tests for inflatable 
liferafts.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, to satisfy 
the testing requirements of: IMO Revised recommendation on testing, as 
amended by Resolution MSC.295(87), part 1, paragraphs 5.1 through 5.15; 
paragraph 5.16 for a davit-launched inflatable liferaft; and paragraph 
5.17, a prototype inflatable liferaft of each design submitted for Coast 
Guard approval must meet the additional specific requirements and tests 
specified in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section.
    (b) The Commandant may waive certain tests for a liferaft identical 
in construction to a liferaft that has successfully completed the tests, 
if the liferafts differ only in size and are of essentially the same 
design.
    (c) Tests must be conducted in accordance with the indicated 
paragraphs of IMO Revised recommendation on testing, as amended by 
Resolution MSC.295(87), except:
    (1) Jump test (Paragraph 1/5.2). One-half of the jumps must be with 
the canopy erect, and the remainder with the canopy furled or deflated. 
If a ``suitable and equivalent mass'' is used, it must be equipped with 
the shoes described in paragraph 1/5.2.1 of Resolution A.689(17), and 
arranged so the shoes strike the liferaft first.
    (2) Mooring-out test (Paragraph 1/5.5). Initial inflation may be 
with compressed air.
    (3) Loading and seating test (Paragraph 1/5.7). For a liferaft not 
intended for use with a launching or embarkation appliance, the persons 
used to determine seating capacity shall wear insulated buoyant 
immersion suits rather than lifejackets.
    (4) Boarding test (Paragraph 1/5.8). This test must be performed 
using each boarding ramp or boarding ladder which is installed on the 
liferaft.
    (5) Canopy-closure test (Paragraph 1/5.12). This test is required 
only for SOLAS A and SOLAS B inflatable liferafts. For a davit-launched 
liferaft, any opening near the lifting eye should be sealed during the 
test to prevent the ingress of water. The water accumulated within the 
liferaft at the end of the test must not exceed 4 L (1 gallon).
    (6) Detailed inspection (Paragraph 1/5.14). The independent 
laboratory's inspection of the prototype liferaft under Sec. 160.151-
13(a) satisfies the requirements of paragraph 1/5.14.
    (7) Davit-launched liferafts--strength test (Paragraph 1/5.16.1). 
The calculation of combined strength of the lifting components must be 
based on the lesser of--
    (i) The lowest breaking strength obtained for each item; or
    (ii) The component manufacturer's ultimate strength rating.
    (d) The boarding ramp on each liferaft equipped with one must be 
demonstrated capable of supporting one person weighing 100 kg (220 lb), 
sitting or kneeling and not holding onto any other part of the liferaft.

[CGD 85-205, 62 FR 25547, May 9, 1997, as amended by USCG-2010-0048, 76 
FR 62999, Oct. 11, 2011; 77 FR 9865, Feb. 21, 2012]



Sec. 160.151-29  Additional approval tests for SOLAS A and SOLAS B
inflatable liferafts.

    To verify compliance with the requirements of IMO LSA Code, as 
amended by Resolution MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.3.5 (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 160.151-5 of this subpart),

[[Page 239]]

the following test must be conducted for SOLAS A and SOLAS B inflatable 
liferafts in addition to those required by Sec. 160.151-27 and IMO 
Revised recommendation on testing, as amended by Resolution MSC.295(87) 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.151-5 of this subpart:
    (a) Test of filling time for stability appendages. A representative 
sample of each type and size of stability appendage to be fitted to a 
liferaft must be tested as follows:
    (1) The appendage must be attached to a testing jig similar in 
material and construction to the appendage's intended location on a 
liferaft. The method of attachment must be the same as used on a 
liferaft. The appendage and jig must be attached to a scale capable of 
recording peak readings, and suspended over a pool of calm water. The 
dry weight must be recorded.
    (2) The appendage and jig must then be quickly lowered into the 
water until the appendage is completely submerged. When the appendage 
has been in the water for 25 seconds, it must be smoothly lifted 
completely out of the water, and the peak weight after the appendage is 
removed from the water recorded.
    (3) The difference in weights measured according to paragraphs (a) 
(1) and (2) of this section must be at least 60 percent of the 
appendage's volume, calculated in accordance with Sec. 160.151-
17(a)(2)(i).
    (b) [Reserved]

[CGD 85-205, 62 FR 25547, May 9, 1997, as amended by USCG-1998-4442, 63 
FR 52192, Sept. 30, 1998; USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62999, Oct. 11, 2011; 77 
FR 9865, Feb. 21, 2012]



Sec. 160.151-31  Production inspections and tests of inflatable 
liferafts.

    (a) Production inspections and tests of inflatable liferafts must be 
carried out in accordance with the procedures for independent laboratory 
inspection in 46 CFR part 159, subpart 159.007, and with those of this 
section.
    (b) Each liferaft approved by the Coast Guard must be identified 
with unique lot and serial numbers as follows:
    (1) Each lot must consist of not more than 50 liferafts of the same 
design and carrying capacity.
    (2) A new lot must begin whenever the liferafts undergo changes of 
design, material, production method, or source of supply for any 
essential component.
    (3) The manufacturer may use a running-lot system, whereby the 
fabrication of the individual liferafts of a lot occurs over an extended 
interval under an irregular schedule. Each running lot must comprise not 
more than 10 liferafts of the same design and carrying capacity. Each 
running-lot system must be in accordance with a procedure proposed by 
the manufacturer and approved by the Commandant.
    (4) Unless a lot is a running lot, each lot must consist of 
liferafts produced under a process of continuous production.
    (c) Among the records required to be retained by the manufacturer 
under 46 CFR 159.007-13 , are affidavits or invoices from the suppliers 
identifying all essential materials used in the production of approved 
liferafts, together with the lot numbers of the liferafts constructed 
with those materials.
    (d) Each approved liferaft must pass each of the inspections and 
tests described in IMO Revised recommendation on testing, as amended by 
Resolution MSC.295(87), part 2, paragraphs 5.1.3 through 5.1.6 
inclusive, (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.151-5 of this 
subpart) and prescribed by paragraphs (e) through (g) of this section. 
For a davit-launched liferaft, these tests must be preceded by the test 
described in IMO Revised recommendation on testing, as amended by 
Resolution MSC.295(87), part 2, paragraph 5.2.
    (e) The test described in IMO Revised recommendation on testing, as 
amended by Resolution MSC.295(87), Paragraph 2/5.1.5, must be conducted 
under the following conditions:
    (1) The test must last 1 hour, with a maximum allowable pressure 
drop of 5 percent after compensation for changes in ambient temperature 
and barometric pressure.
    (2) For each degree Celsius of rise in temperature, 0.385 kPa must 
be subtracted from the final pressure reading (0.031 psig per degree 
Fahrenheit). For each degree Celsius of drop in temperature, 0.385 kPa 
must be added to the final pressure reading (again, 0.031 psig per 
degree Fahrenheit).

[[Page 240]]

    (3) For each mm of mercury of rise in barometric pressure, 0.133 kPa 
must be added to the final temperature-corrected pressure reading (0.049 
psig per 0.1 inch of mercury). For each mm of mercury of drop in 
barometric pressure, 0.133 kPa must be subtracted from the final 
temperature-corrected pressure reading (again, 0.049 psig per 0.1 inch 
of mercury). Corrections for changes in ambient barometric pressure are 
necessary only if a measuring instrument open to the atmosphere, such as 
a manometer, is used.
    (f) One liferaft from each lot of fewer than 30 liferafts, and two 
from each lot of 30 to 50 liferafts, must pass the test described in IMO 
Revised recommendation on testing, as amended by Resolution MSC.295(87), 
part 2, paragraphs 5.1.1 and 5.1.2. If any liferaft fails this test--
    (1) The reason for the failure must be determined;
    (2) Each liferaft in the lot must be examined for the defect and 
repaired if reparable, or scrapped if irreparable; and
    (3) The lot test must be repeated, including random selection of the 
liferaft or liferafts to be tested. If any liferafts from the lot have 
left the place of manufacture, they must be recalled for examination, 
repair, and testing as necessary; or else the required actions must take 
place at an approved servicing facility.
    (g) The manufacturer shall arrange for inspections by an accepted 
independent laboratory at least once in each calendar quarter in which 
production of liferafts approved by the Coast Guard takes place. The 
time and date of each inspection must be selected by the independent 
laboratory, to occur when completed liferafts are in the manufacturing 
facility and others are under construction. The manufacturer shall 
ensure that the inspector from the independent laboratory--
    (1) Conducts the inspection and witnesses the tests required by 
paragraph (f) of this section, and further conducts a visual inspection 
to verify that the liferafts are being made in accordance with the 
approved plans and the requirements of this subpart;
    (2) Examines the records of production inspections and tests for 
liferafts produced since the last inspection by an independent 
laboratory to verify that each required inspection and test has been 
carried out satisfactorily;
    (3) Conducts a design audit on at least one liferaft approved by the 
Coast Guard each year. If possible, different models of liferafts must 
be examined in the design audit from year to year. To retain Coast Guard 
approval, the manufacturer shall demonstrate to the inspector during 
each design audit that--
    (i) Each part used in the liferaft matches the part called for by 
the approved plans;
    (ii) Each part and subassembly are of the materials and components 
indicated on the approved plans or their bills of materials; and
    (iii) Each critical dimension is correct as shown either by 
measurement or by proper fit and function in the next-higher assembly.
    (h) The manufacturer must notify the cognizant Officer in Charge, 
Marine Inspection (OCMI) whenever final production inspections and tests 
are to be performed so that the OCMI may assign a marine inspector to 
the factory to witness the applicable tests and to ensure that the 
quality assurance program of the manufacturer is satisfactory.

[CGD 85-205, 62 FR 25547, May 9, 1997, as amended by USCG-1998-4442, 63 
FR 52192, Sept. 30, 1998; USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62999, Oct. 11, 2011; 77 
FR 9865, Feb. 21, 2012]



Sec. 160.151-33  Marking and labeling.

    (a) Whatever other languages they may be in, markings required on 
each inflatable liferaft and its container must be in English.
    (b) The markings required on the liferaft container under IMO LSA 
Code, as amended by Resolution MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.2.6.3 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.151-5 of this subpart) must be 
on a plate or label sufficiently durable to withstand continuous 
exposure to environmental conditions at sea for the life of the 
liferaft. In addition, the container must be marked with the--
    (1) Manufacturer's model identification; and
    (2) U.S. Coast Guard approval number.

[[Page 241]]

    (c) In addition to the markings required on the inflatable liferaft 
under IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/
4.2.7.1, the liferaft must be marked with the--
    (1) Manufacturer's model identification;
    (2) Lot number; and
    (3) U.S. Coast Guard approval number.

[CGD 85-205, 62 FR 25547, May 9, 1997, as amended by USCG-2010-0048, 76 
FR 62999, Oct. 11, 2011; USCG-2010-0048, 77 FR 9865, Feb. 21, 2012]



Sec. 160.151-35  Servicing.

    (a) Inspection and repair. Inflatable liferafts carried under the 
regulations in this chapter, and in chapter I of title 33 CFR, must be 
inspected periodically by a servicing facility approved by the Coast 
Guard, repaired as necessary, and repacked. Requirements for periodic 
inspection and repair of liferafts approved by the Coast Guard appear in 
Sec. Sec. 160.151-37 through 160.151-57.
    (b) Manufacturer's requirements. To retain Coast Guard approval of 
liferafts, the manufacturer must:
    (1) Prepare a servicing manual or manuals complying with Sec. 
160.151-37 to cover each model and size of liferaft that the 
manufacturer produces. The manual or manuals must be submitted to the 
Commandant for approval.
    (2) At least once each year, issue a list of revisions to the manual 
or manuals, and issue a list of bulletins affecting the manual or 
manuals, that are in effect.
    (3) Make available to each servicing facility approved by the Coast 
Guard the manual or manuals, the revisions, the bulletins, the plans, 
and any unique parts and tools that may be necessary to service the 
liferaft. The plans may be either the manufacturing drawings, or special 
plans prepared especially for use by servicing technicians. They may be 
incorporated into the manual or manuals.
    (4) Have a training program complying with Sec. 160.151-39 for the 
certification of servicing technicians.
    (5) Notify the OCMI for the zone in which the servicing facility is 
located whenever the manufacturer becomes aware of servicing at approved 
facilities that is not in accordance with the requirements of this 
subpart, or aware of falsification by an approved facility of records 
required by this subpart.
    (c) A manufacturer of liferafts not approved by the Coast Guard may 
establish servicing facilities approved by the Coast Guard for such 
liferafts in the United States if the manufacturer meets the 
requirements of paragraph (b) of this section.



Sec. 160.151-37  Servicing manual.

    (a) The servicing manual must provide instructions on performing the 
following tasks:
    (1) Removing the inflatable liferaft from the container for testing 
without damaging the liferaft or its contents.
    (2) Examining the liferaft and its container for damage and wear 
including deteriorated structural joints and seams.
    (3) Determining the need for repairs.
    (4) Performing each repair which can be made by a servicing 
facility.
    (5) Identifying repairs that the manufacturer must perform.
    (6) Determining when liferaft equipment must be replaced.
    (7) Conducting tests required by Sec. 160.151-57.
    (8) Repacking the liferaft.
    (9) Changing the maximum height of stowage of the liferaft by 
changing the length of the painter.
    (10) Special equipment limitations or packing instructions, if any, 
necessary to qualify the liferaft for a particular height of stowage.
    (11) Changing the service of the liferaft by changing the contents 
of the equipment pack.
    (12) Proper marking of the liferaft container, including approval 
number, persons' capacity, maximum height of stowage, service (equipment 
pack), and expiration date of servicing.
    (13) A list of parts for--
    (i) Survival equipment;
    (ii) Compressed-gas cylinders;
    (iii) Inflation valves;
    (iv) Relief valves; and
    (v) Repair equipment.
    (14) The necessary pressures for each size of approved liferaft for 
conducting the ``Necessary Additional Pressure'' test required by Sec. 
160.151-57(k).
    (b) Each revision to a servicing manual, and each bulletin, that 
authorizes

[[Page 242]]

the modification of a liferaft, or that affects the compliance of a 
liferaft with any requirement under this subpart, must be submitted to 
and approved by the Commandant. Other revisions and bulletins need not 
be approved, but a copy of each must be submitted to the Commandant when 
issued.
    (c) Each manual provided under this section must bear the original 
signature of a representative of the manufacturer attesting that it is a 
true copy of the manual approved by the Commandant.



Sec. 160.151-39  Training of servicing technicians.

    (a) The training program for certification of servicing technicians 
must include--
    (1) Training and practice in packing an inflatable liferaft, 
repairing buoyancy tubes, repairing inflation-system valves, and other 
inspections and operations described in the approved servicing manual;
    (2) An evaluation at the end of the training to determine whether 
each trainee has successfully completed the training; and
    (3) Issuance of a certificate of competence to each technician who 
successfully completes the training.
    (b) The manufacturer shall maintain refresher training for 
recertification of previously trained servicing technicians. This 
training must include--
    (1) Checking the performance of the technicians in the inspections 
and operations described in the manual;
    (2) Retraining of the technicians in inspections and operations for 
which they are deficient;
    (3) Training and practice in new inspections and operations;
    (4) An evaluation at the end of the training to determine whether or 
not each trainee has successfully completed the training; and
    (5) Issuance of a certificate of competence to each technician who 
successfully completes the training.
    (c) Each time the manufacturer holds a course for servicing 
technicians who will perform servicing on liferafts approved by the 
Coast Guard, the manufacturer shall notify the cognizant OCMI 
sufficiently in advance to allow, at the option of the OCMI, for a Coast 
Guard inspector or inspectors to travel to the site where the training 
is to occur.



Sec. 160.151-41  Approval of servicing facilities.

    (a) To obtain and maintain Coast Guard approval as an ``approved 
servicing facility'' for a particular manufacturer's inflatable 
liferafts, a facility must meet the requirements, and follow the 
procedures, of this section.
    (b) The owner or operator of a servicing facility desiring Coast 
Guard approval shall apply to the cognizant OCMI. The application must 
include--
    (1) The name and address of the facility;
    (2) The name(s) of its competent servicing technician(s);
    (3) Identification of the manufacturer(s) of the liferafts the 
facility will service; and
    (4) Any limits or special conditions that should apply to the 
approval of the facility.
    (c) The owner or operator of the servicing facility shall arrange 
for an inspection with the OCMI to whom the owner or operator applied 
under paragraph (b) of this section. A currently trained servicing 
technician shall successfully demonstrate the complete service to each 
make and type of liferaft for which approval as a servicing facility is 
sought, in the presence of a Coast Guard inspector or of a third-party 
inspector accepted by the OCMI, or such technician shall present 
evidence of having performed such service at the time of initial or 
refresher training. The service must include:
    (1) Removing the liferaft from the container for testing without 
damaging the liferaft or its contents;
    (2) Examining the liferaft and its container for damage and wear;
    (3) Determining the need for repairs;
    (4) Determining whether equipment must be replaced;
    (5) Conducting the tests required by Sec. 160.151-57;
    (6) Repacking the liferaft;
    (7) Inflating the fully packed liferaft using its inflation 
mechanism; and

[[Page 243]]

    (8) Repairing a leak in a main buoyancy chamber, and subjecting the 
repaired chamber to the Necessary Additional Pressure test described in 
Sec. 160.151-57(k). This repair may be done on a liferaft that actually 
needs it, on one condemned, or on an inflatable chamber fabricated of 
liferaft material specifically for this purpose. (An otherwise 
serviceable liferaft should not be damaged for this purpose.)
    (d) Whenever servicing of liferafts takes place, each servicing 
facility must allow Coast Guard inspectors or third-party inspectors 
accepted by the OCMI access to the place where the servicing occurs.
    (e) Each servicing facility must employ at least one servicing 
technician who has successfully completed the manufacturer's training 
described in Sec. 160.151-39 (a) or (b), including training in the 
servicing of davit-launched liferafts if the facility will service 
these. The training must have been completed within the preceding--
    (1) 12 months for the facility to obtain its approval to service the 
liferafts of a particular manufacturer; or
    (2) 36 months for the facility to retain approval to service the 
liferafts of a particular manufacturer.



Sec. 160.151-43  Conditions at servicing facilities.

    (a) Each facility must maintain a room to service inflatable 
liferafts that--
    (1) Is clean;
    (2) Is fully enclosed;
    (3) Has enough space to service the number of liferafts likely to be 
present for service at one time;
    (4) Has a ceiling high enough to hold and allow overturning of a 
fully inflated liferaft of the largest size to be serviced, or is 
furnished with an equally efficient means to facilitate the inspection 
of bottom seams;
    (5) Has a smooth floor that will not damage a liferaft, can be 
easily cleaned, and is kept clean and free from oil, grease, and 
abrasive material;
    (6) Is well lit but free from direct sunlight;
    (7) Is arranged to maintain an even temperature and low humidity in 
each area where liferafts are pressure tested, including by mechanical 
air-conditioning equipment in climates where it is necessary;
    (8) Is arranged so that stored liferafts are not subjected to 
excessive loads and, if stacked one directly on top of another, does not 
have them stacked more than two liferafts high;
    (9) Is efficiently ventilated but free of drafts; and
    (10) Is a designated no-smoking area.
    (b) In addition to the room required by paragraph (a) of this 
section, each facility must maintain areas or rooms for storage of 
liferafts awaiting servicing, repair, or delivery; for repair and 
painting of reinforced plastic containers; for storage of pyrotechnics 
and other materials, such as spare parts and required equipment; and for 
administrative purposes.



Sec. 160.151-45  Equipment required for servicing facilities.

    Each servicing facility approved by the Coast Guard must maintain 
equipment to carry out the operations described in the manufacturer's 
servicing manual approved in accordance with Sec. 160.151-35(b)(1), 
including--
    (a) A set of plans, as specified in Sec. 160.151-35(b)(3), for each 
inflatable liferaft to be serviced;
    (b) A current copy of this subpart;
    (c) A current copy of the manual approved in accordance with Sec. 
160.151-35(b)(1), including all revisions and bulletins in effect as 
indicated on the annual list issued in accordance with Sec. 160.151-
35(b)(2);
    (d) Hot presses (if applicable);
    (e) Safety-type glue pots or equivalents;
    (f) Abrasive devices;
    (g) A source of clean, dry, pressurized air; hoses; and attachments 
for inflating liferafts;
    (h) A source of vacuum; hoses; and attachments for deflating 
liferafts;
    (i) Mercury manometer, water manometer, or other pressure-
measurement device or pressure gauge of equivalent accuracy and 
sensitivity;
    (j) Thermometer;
    (k) Barometer, aneroid or mercury;
    (l) Calibrated torque-wrench for assembling the inflation system;
    (m) Accurate weighing scale;

[[Page 244]]

    (n) Repair materials and equipment, and spare parts as specified in 
the applicable manual, except that items of limited ``shelf life'' need 
not be stocked if they are readily available;
    (o) A complete stock of the survival equipment required to be stowed 
in the liferafts, except for items of equipment that are readily 
available;
    (p) A means for load-testing davit-launched liferafts, unless the 
facility services only non-davit-launched liferafts;
    (q) A supply of parts for all inflation components and valves 
specified in the applicable manual; and
    (r) A tool board that clearly indicates where each small tool is 
stored, or has an equivalent means to make sure that no tools are left 
in the liferaft when repacked.



Sec. 160.151-47  Requirements for owners or operators of servicing
facilities.

    To maintain Coast Guard approval, the owner or operator of each 
servicing facility approved by the Coast Guard must--
    (a) Ensure that servicing technicians have received sufficient 
information and training to follow instructions for changes and for new 
techniques related to the inflatable liferafts serviced by the facility, 
and have available at least one copy of each manufacturer's approved 
servicing manual, revision, and bulletin;
    (b) Calibrate each pressure gauge, mechanically-operated barometer, 
and weighing scale at intervals of not more than 1 year, or in 
accordance with the equipment manufacturer's requirements;
    (c) Ensure that each liferaft serviced under the facility's Coast 
Guard approval is serviced by or under the direct supervision of a 
servicing technician who has completed the requirements of either Sec. 
160.151-39 (a) or (b);
    (d) Ensure that each liferaft serviced under the facility's Coast 
Guard approval is serviced in accordance with the approved manual;
    (e) Specify which makes of liferafts the facility is approved to 
service when representing that the facility is approved by the Coast 
Guard; and
    (f) Ensure that the facility does not service any make of liferaft 
for an inspected vessel of the U.S. or any other U.S.-flag vessel 
required to carry approved liferafts, unless the facility is approved by 
the Coast Guard to service that make of liferafts.



Sec. 160.151-49  Approval of servicing facilities at remote sites.

    A servicing facility may be approved for servicing liferafts at a 
remote site, provided that appropriate arrangements have been made to 
ensure that each such site meets the requirements of Sec. Sec. 160.151-
41(e), 160.151-43, and 160.151-45. The facility must have a portable 
assortment of test equipment, spare parts, and replacement survival 
equipment to accompany the technician doing the servicing. However, if 
repair of liferafts will not be attempted at a remote site, equipment 
needed for repair does not need to be available at that site. A facility 
must be specifically authorized in its letter of approval to conduct 
servicing at a remote site.



Sec. 160.151-51  Notice of approval.

    If the cognizant OCMI determines that the servicing facility meets 
the applicable requirements of Sec. Sec. 160.151-39 through 160.151-47, 
the OCMI notifies the facility that it is approved and notifies the 
Commandant. The Commandant issues an approval letter to the servicing 
facility with copies to the OCMI and to the manufacturer(s) whose 
liferafts the facility is approved to service. The letter will specify 
any limits on the approval, and will assign the facility's approval code 
for use on the inspection sticker required by Sec. 160.151-57(m)(3). 
The Commandant will maintain a current list of approved facilities.



Sec. 160.151-53  Notice to OCMI of servicing.

    (a) Before servicing an inflatable liferaft under the servicing 
facility's Coast Guard approval, the owner or operator of the facility 
must tell the cognizant OCMI for each liferaft to be serviced--
    (1) The make and size of the liferaft;
    (2) The age of the liferaft; and
    (3) Whether the liferaft is due for a five-year inflation test.
    (b) The OCMI will inform the servicing facility whether the 
servicing of

[[Page 245]]

the liferaft must be witnessed by an inspector.
    (c) If the OCMI requires the servicing of the liferaft to be 
witnessed by an inspector--
    (1) The servicing facility must arrange a schedule with the OCMI 
that will allow a Coast Guard inspector to travel to the site where the 
servicing is to occur;
    (2) The owner or operator of the servicing facility, by permission 
of the OCMI, may arrange for the servicing to be witnessed instead by a 
third-party inspector accepted by the OCMI if a Coast Guard marine 
inspector is not available in a timely manner; and
    (3) The servicing facility must not begin servicing the liferaft 
until the inspector arrives at the site.
    (d) No deviation from servicing-manual procedures may occur without 
the prior approval of the OCMI. To request the approval of a deviation, 
the owner or operator of the servicing facility shall notify the OCMI of 
the proposed deviation from the procedures, and must explain to the OCMI 
the need for the deviation.



Sec. 160.151-55  Withdrawal of approval.

    (a) The OCMI may withdraw the approval of the servicing facility, or 
may suspend its approval pending correction of deficiencies, if the 
Coast Guard inspector or accepted third-party inspector finds that--
    (1) The facility does not meet the requirements of Sec. Sec. 
160.151-41 through 160.151-47, or
    (2) The servicing is not performed in accordance with Sec. 160.151-
57.
    (b) A withdrawal of approval may be appealed in accordance with part 
1, subpart 1.03, of this chapter.
    (c) The OCMI may remove a suspension pending correction of 
deficiencies if the servicing facility demonstrates that the 
deficiencies have been corrected.



Sec. 160.151-57  Servicing procedure.

    (a) Each inflatable liferaft serviced by a servicing facility 
approved by the Coast Guard must be inspected and tested in accordance 
with paragraphs (b) through (r) of this section, and the manufacturer's 
servicing manual approved in accordance with Sec. 160.151-35(b)(1).
    (b) The following procedures must be carried out at each servicing:
    (1) The working-pressure leakage test described in IMO Revised 
recommendation on testing, as amended by Resolution MSC.295(87), 
paragraph 2/5.1.5 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.151-5 of 
this subpart), must be conducted.
    (2) Inflation hoses must be pressurized and checked for damage and 
leakage as part of the working-pressure leakage test, or in a separate 
test.
    (3) An inflatable floor must be inflated until it is firm, and let 
stand for one hour. The inflatable floor must still be firm at the end 
of the hour.
    (4) The seams connecting the floor to the buoyancy tube must be 
checked for slippage, rupture, and lifting of edges.
    (5) Each item of survival equipment must be examined, and--
    (i) Replaced at the time of servicing if there is less than 6 months 
remaining before the expiration date; and
    (ii) Otherwise, repaired or replaced if it is damaged or 
unserviceable.
    (6) Each battery must be replaced with a fresh one if--
    (i) Its expiration date has passed;
    (ii) It has no expiration date; or
    (iii) It is to return to service in an item of survival equipment, 
but its measured voltage is less than its rated voltage.
    (7) Each power cell for the top and inside canopy lights must be 
inspected and tested as prescribed in the servicing manual unless it is 
a battery serviced in accordance with paragraph (b)(6) of this section. 
Each cell that is tested and found satisfactory may be reinstalled. Each 
cell that is outdated, is not tested, or fails the test must be 
replaced.
    (8) If the liferaft is equipped with an Emergency Position-
Indicating Radio Beacon (EPIRB) or a Search and Rescue Transmitter 
(SART), the EPIRB or SART must be inspected and tested in accordance 
with the manufacturer's instructions. An EPIRB must be tested using the 
integrated test circuit and output indicator to determine whether it is 
operative. Each EPIRB or SART not operative must be repaired or 
replaced.

[[Page 246]]

    (9) The manual inflation-pump must be tested for proper operation.
    (10) Each damaged, faded, or incorrect instruction label or 
identification label on the liferaft or its container must be replaced.
    (11) Each liferaft must be examined to ensure that it is properly 
marked with retroreflective material. The arrangement of the 
retroreflective material must meet the requirements of IMO Revised 
recommendation on testing, as amended by Resolution MSC.295(87). Damaged 
or missing retroreflective material must be replaced with Type I 
material approved under 46 CFR part 164, subpart 164.018, as complying 
with SOLAS.
    (12) Each inflation cylinder must be weighed. If its weight loss 
exceeds five percent of the weight of the charge, it must be recharged.
    (c) When an inflation cylinder is recharged for any reason, the 
following inflation-head components must be renewed:
    (1) The poppet-pin assembly, if any.
    (2) Each plastic or elastomeric seal, and each other part that 
deteriorates with age.
    (d) Each recharged inflation cylinder must stand for at least two 
weeks and be checked for leakage by weighing before being installed in a 
liferaft. An alternative mechanical or chemical test for fast detection 
of leakage may be used if the servicing manual approved by the 
Commandant in accordance with Sec. 160.151-35(b)(1) provides for it.
    (e) Each inflation cylinder that requires a hydrostatic test under 
49 CFR 180.205 must be tested and marked in accordance with that 
section.
    (f) At every second servicing of a davit-launched liferaft, the 
launching-load test in paragraph 2/5.2 of IMO Revised recommendation on 
testing, as amended by Resolution MSC.295(87) must be conducted.
    (g) At every fifth annual servicing, before the conduct of the tests 
and inspections required in paragraphs (b) through (f) of this section, 
each liferaft must be removed from its container and, while still 
folded, inflated by the operation of its gas-inflation system.
    (h) Each liferaft showing minor leaks during the gas inflation test 
conducted in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section, may be 
repaired.
    (i) Each liferaft ten or more years past its date of manufacture 
must be condemned if it leaks extensively, or shows fabric damage other 
than minor porosity, during the gas inflation test conducted in 
accordance with paragraph (g) of this section.
    (j) After the gas inflation test conducted in accordance with 
paragraph (g) of this section, the liferaft may be evacuated and 
refilled with air for the tests in paragraphs (b) through (f) of this 
section.
    (k) At each annual servicing of a liferaft ten or more years past 
its date of manufacture during which the gas-inflation test in paragraph 
(g) of this section is not conducted, a ``Necessary Additional 
Pressure'' (NAP) test must be conducted. Before the tests and 
inspections required in paragraphs (b) through (f) of this section are 
conducted, the NAP test must be completed, using the following 
procedure:
    (1) Plug or otherwise disable the pressure-relief valves.
    (2) Gradually raise the pressure to the lesser of 2 times the design 
working pressure, or that specified in the manufacturer's servicing 
manual as sufficient to impose a tensile load on the tube fabric of 20 
percent of its minimum required tensile strength.
    (3) After 5 minutes, there should be no seam slippage, cracking, 
other defects, or pressure drop greater than 5 percent. If cracking in 
the buoyancy tubes is audible, accompanied by pressure loss, condemn the 
liferaft. If it is not, reduce the pressure in all buoyancy chambers 
simultaneously by enabling the pressure-relief valves.
    (l) At each annual servicing of a liferaft 10 or more years past its 
date of manufacture, the integrity of the seams connecting the floor to 
the buoyancy tube must be checked by the following procedure, or an 
equivalent procedure specified in the manufacturer's approved servicing 
manual:
    (1) With the buoyancy tube supported a sufficient distance above the 
floor of the servicing facility to maintain clearance during the test, a 
person weighing not less than 75 kg (165 lb) shall walk or crawl around 
the entire perimeter of the floor of the liferaft.

[[Page 247]]

    (2) The seams connecting the floor to the buoyancy tube must then be 
inspected for slippage, rupture, and lifting of edges.
    (m) The servicing facility must complete the following for each 
liferaft that passes these inspections and tests:
    (1) Permanently mark the liferaft on its outside canopy, or on a 
servicing-record panel on an interior portion of one of its buoyancy 
tubes near an entrance, with--
    (i) The date of the servicing;
    (ii) The identification and location of the servicing facility; and
    (iii) If applicable, an indication that the special fifth-year 
servicing was performed.
    (2) Permanently and legibly mark on the identification device 
provided in accordance with Sec. 160.151-17(c), or on the outside 
canopy of the liferaft, the name, if known, of the vessel on which the 
raft will be installed or the name, if known, of the vessel owner.
    (3) Affix an inspection sticker to the liferaft container or valise. 
The sticker must be of a type that will remain legible for at least 2 
years when exposed to a marine environment, and that cannot be removed 
without being destroyed. The sticker must be about 100 mm x 150 mm (4 by 
6 inches), with the last digit of the year of expiration superimposed 
over a background color that corresponds to the colors specified for the 
validation stickers for recreational-boat numbers in 33 CFR 174.15(c), 
and be marked with the Coast Guard identifying insignia in accordance 
with the requirements of 33 CFR 23.12. The sticker must also contain the 
following:
    (i) The name of the manufacturer of the liferaft.
    (ii) The year and month of expiration determined in accordance with 
paragraph (n) of this section.
    (iii) Identification of the servicing facility, printed on the 
sticker or indicated on the sticker by punch using an approval code 
issued by the Commandant.
    (n) The expiration date of the servicing sticker is 12 months after 
the date the liferaft was repacked, except that:
    (1) For a new liferaft, the expiration date may be not more than two 
years after the date the liferaft was first packed, if--
    (i) Dated survival equipment in the liferaft will not expire before 
the sticker expiration date; and
    (ii) The liferaft will not be installed on a vessel certificated 
under SOLAS.
    (2) For a liferaft stored indoors, under controlled temperatures 
(between 0 [deg]C (32 [deg]F) and 45 [deg]C (113 [deg]F)), for not more 
than 6 months from the date it was serviced or first packed, the 
expiration date may be extended up to the length of time the liferaft 
remained in storage.
    (3) For a liferaft stored indoors, under controlled temperatures 
(between 0 [deg]C (32 [deg]F) and 45 [deg]C (113 [deg]F)), for not more 
than 12 months from the date it was serviced or first packed, the 
expiration date may be extended up to the length of time the liferaft 
remained in storage, if the liferaft is opened, inspected, and repacked 
in a servicing facility approved in accordance with Sec. Sec. 160.151-
49 and 160.151-51. When the liferaft is opened--
    (i) The condition of the liferaft must be visually checked and found 
to be satisfactory;
    (ii) The inflation cylinders must be checked and weighed in 
accordance with paragraph (b)(12) of this section;
    (iii) All survival equipment whose expiration date has passed must 
be replaced; and
    (iv) All undated batteries must be replaced.
    (o) The servicing facility must remove and destroy the markings of 
Coast Guard approval on each liferaft condemned in the course of any 
servicing test or inspection.
    (p) The servicing facility must issue a certificate to the liferaft 
owner or owner's agent for each liferaft it services. The certificate 
must include--
    (1) The name of the manufacturer of the liferaft;
    (2) The serial number of the liferaft;
    (3) The date of servicing and repacking;
    (4) A record of the fifth-year gas-inflation test required in 
paragraph (g) of this section, whenever that test is performed;
    (5) A record of the hydrostatic test of each inflation cylinder 
required in

[[Page 248]]

paragraph (e) of this section, whenever that test is performed;
    (6) A record of any deviation from the procedures of the 
manufacturer's servicing manual authorized by the OCMI in accordance 
with Sec. 160.151-53(d);
    (7) The identification of the servicing facility, including its 
name, address, and the approval code assigned by the Commandant in 
accordance with Sec. 160.151-51;
    (8) The name, if known, of the vessel or vessel owner receiving the 
liferaft; and
    (9) The date the liferaft is returned to the owner or owner's agent.
    (q) The servicing facility must keep a record of each liferaft 
approved by the Coast Guard that it services for at least five years, 
and must make those records available to the Coast Guard upon request. 
Those records must include--
    (1) The serial number of the liferaft;
    (2) The date of servicing and repacking;
    (3) The identification of any Coast Guard or third-party inspector 
present;
    (4) The name, if known, of the vessel or vessel owner receiving the 
liferaft; and
    (5) The date the liferaft is returned to the owner or owner's agent.
    (r) The servicing facility must prepare and transmit to the OCMI, at 
least annually, statistics showing the nature and extent of damage to 
and defects found in liferafts during servicing and repair. The facility 
must notify the OCMI immediately of any critical defects it finds that 
may affect other liferafts.

[CGD 85-205, 62 FR 25547, May 9, 1997, as amended by USCG-1998-4442, 63 
FR 52192, Sept. 30, 1998; USCG-2010-0759, 75 FR 60004, Sept. 29, 2010, 
as amended by USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62999, Oct. 11, 2011; 77 FR 9865, 
Feb. 21, 2012]



Sec. 160.151-59  Operating instructions and information for the ship's
training manual.

    (a) The liferaft manufacturer shall make operating instructions and 
information for the ship's training manual available in English to 
purchasers of inflatable liferafts approved by the Coast Guard, to 
enable vessel operators to meet SOLAS Chapter III, Regulation 35 (III/
35).
    (b) The instructions and information required by paragraph (a) of 
this section may be combined with similar material for hydrostatic 
releases or launching equipment, and must explain--
    (1) Release of the inflatable liferaft from its stowage position;
    (2) Launching of the liferaft;
    (3) Survival procedures, including instructions for use of survival 
equipment aboard; and
    (4) Shipboard installations of the liferaft.
    (c) The operating instructions required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of 
this section must also be made available in the form of an instruction 
placard. The placard must be not greater than 36 cm (14 in.) by 51 cm 
(20 in.), made of durable material and suitable for display near 
installations of liferafts on vessels, providing simple procedures and 
illustrations for launching, inflating, and boarding the liferaft.

[CGD 85-205, 62 FR 25547, May 9, 1997, as amended by USCG-2010-0048, 76 
FR 62999, Oct. 11, 2011]



Sec. 160.151-61  Maintenance instructions.

    (a) The liferaft manufacturer shall make maintenance instructions 
available in English to purchasers of inflatable liferafts approved by 
the Coast Guard, to enable vessel operators to meet SOLAS Chapter III, 
Regulation 36 (III/36).
    (b) The maintenance instructions required by paragraph (a) of this 
section must include--
    (1) A checklist for use in monthly, external, visual inspections of 
the packed liferaft;
    (2) An explanation of the requirements for periodic servicing of the 
liferaft by an approved servicing facility; and
    (3) A log for maintaining records of inspections and maintenance.

[CGD 85-205, 62 FR 25547, May 9, 1997, as amended by USCG-2010-0048, 76 
FR 62999, Oct. 11, 2011]



       Subpart 160.156_Rescue Boats and Fast Rescue Boats (SOLAS)

    Source: USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62999, Oct. 11, 2011, unless otherwise 
noted.

[[Page 249]]



Sec. 160.156-1  Scope.

    This subpart prescribes standards, tests, and procedures for seeking 
Coast Guard approval of a rescue boat, including a fast rescue boat, 
complying with SOLAS and the IMO LSA Code, for use on waters other than 
protected waters as defined in 46 CFR 175.400.



Sec. 160.156-3  Definitions.

    In addition to the definitions in the IMO LSA Code (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 160.156-5 of this subpart), in this subpart, the 
term:
    Commandant means the Chief of the Lifesaving and Fire Safety 
Standards Division. Address: Commandant (CG-ENG-4), Attn: Lifesaving and 
Fire Safety Division, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther 
King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509; telephone 202-372-1392 
or fax 202-372-1924.
    Full load means the weight of the complete rescue boat, including 
all required equipment, provisions, fuel, and the number of persons for 
which it is approved. This is also known as the condition ``B'' weight.
    Independent laboratory has the same meaning as 46 CFR 159.001-3. A 
list of accepted independent laboratories is available from the 
Commandant and online at http://cgmix.uscg.mil.
    Light load means the weight of the complete rescue boat empty and 
does not include fuel, required equipment, or the equivalent weight of 
persons. This is also known as the condition ``A'' weight.
    Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection (OCMI) means an officer of the 
Coast Guard designated as such by the Commandant and who fulfills the 
duties described in 46 CFR 1.01-15(b). The ``cognizant OCMI'' is the 
OCMI who has immediate jurisdiction over a vessel or geographic area for 
the purpose of performing the duties previously described.
    SOLAS means the International Convention for the Safety of Life at 
Sea, 1974, as amended.

[USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62999, Oct. 11, 2011, as amended by USCG-2013-
0671, 78 FR 60159, Sept. 30, 2013]



Sec. 160.156-5  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part 
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that 
specified in this section, the Coast Guard must publish notice of change 
in the Federal Register and the material must be available to the 
public. All approved material is available for inspection at Coast Guard 
Headquarters. Contact Commandant (CG-ENG-4), Attn: Lifesaving and Fire 
Safety Division, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. 
Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509. You may also inspect this 
material at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For 
information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-
6030 or go to http://www.archives.gov/federal--register/code--of--
federal--regulations/ibr--locations.html. You may obtain copies of the 
material from the sources specified in the following paragraphs.
    (b) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), 100 Barr 
Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
    (1) ASTM A 36/A 36M-08, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural 
Steel, (approved May 15, 2008), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 160.156-7 
and 160.156-15 (``ASTM A 36'').
    (2) ASTM A 276-08a, Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars 
and Shapes, (approved October 1, 2008), IBR approved for Sec. 160.156-7 
(``ASTM A 276'').
    (3) ASTM A 313/A 313M-08, (approved October 1, 2008), Standard 
Specification for Stainless Steel Spring Wire, IBR approved for Sec. 
160.156-7 (``ASTM A 313'').
    (4) ASTM A 314-08, Standard Specification for Stainless Steel 
Billets and Bars for Forging, (approved October 1, 2008), IBR approved 
for Sec. 160.156-7 (``ASTM A 314'').
    (5) ASTM A 653/A 653M-08, Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 
Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the 
Hot-Dip Process, (approved July 15, 2008), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 
160.156-7, 160.156-11 and 160.156-15 (``ASTM A 653'').
    (6) ASTM B 209-07, Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-

[[Page 250]]

Alloy Sheet and Plate, (approved August 1, 2007), IBR approved for Sec. 
160.156-7 (``ASTM B 209'').
    (7) ASTM D 638-08, Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of 
Plastics, (approved April 1, 2008), IBR approved for Sec. 160.156-11 
(``ASTM D 638'').
    (8) ASTM D 790-07e1, Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties 
of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating 
Materials, (approved September 1, 2007), IBR approved for Sec. 160.156-
11 (``ASTM D 790'').
    (9) ASTM D 2584-08, Standard Test Method of Ignition Loss for Cured 
Reinforced Resins, (approved May 1, 2008), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 
160.156-11 and 160.156-15 (``ASTM D 2584'').
    (10) ASTM D 4029-09, Standard Specification for Finished Woven Glass 
Fabrics, (approved January 15, 2009), IBR approved for Sec. 160.156-7 
(``ASTM D 4029'').
    (11) ASTM F 1166-07, Standard Practice for Human Engineering Design 
for Marine Systems, Equipment, and Facilities, (approved January 1, 
2007), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 160.156-7 and 160-156-13 (``ASTM F 
1166'').
    (c) General Services Administration, Federal Acquisition Service, 
Office of the FAS Commissioner, 2200 Crystal Drive, 11th Floor, 
Arlington, VA 22202, 703-605-5400.
    (1) Federal Standard 595C, Colors Used in Government Procurement, 
(January 16, 2008), IBR approved for Sec. 160.156-7 ``(FED-STD-595C'').
    (2) [Reserved]
    (d) International Maritime Organization (IMO), Publications Section, 
4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, + 44 (0)20 7735 
7611, http://www.imo.org/.
    (1) IMO Resolution A.658(16), Use and Fitting of Retro-Reflective 
Materials on Life-Saving Appliances, (adopted October 19, 1989), IBR 
approved for Sec. 160.156-7 (``IMO Res. A.658(16)'').
    (2) IMO Resolution A.760(18), Symbols Related to Life-Saving 
Appliances and Arrangements, (adopted November 4, 1993), IBR approved 
for Sec. Sec. 160.156-7 and 160.156-19 (``IMO Res. A.760(18)'').
    (3) Life-Saving Appliances, including LSA Code, 2010 Edition, 
(2010), pages 7-71 (``IMO LSA Code''), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 
160.156-3, 160.156-7 and 160.156-13.
    (4) Life-Saving Appliances, including LSA Code, 2010 Edition, 
(2010), Revised recommendation on testing of live-saving appliances, 
pages 79-254 (``IMO Revised recommendation on testing''), IBR approved 
for Sec. Sec. 160.156-7, 160.156-13.
    (5) MSC/Circular 980, Standardized Life-saving Appliance Evaluation 
and Test Report Forms, (February 13, 2001), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 
160.156-7 and 160.156-13, and 160.156-15 (``IMO MSC Circ. 980'').
    (6) MSC.1/Circular 1205, Guidelines for Developing Operation and 
Maintenance Manuals for Lifeboat Systems, (May 26, 2006), IBR approved 
for Sec. 160.156-21 (``IMO MSC.1 Circ. 1205'').
    (e) International Organization for Standardization (ISO): ISO 
Central Secretariat [ISO Copyright Office], Case Postale 56, CH-1211 
Geneve 20, Switzerland.
    (1) ISO 527-1:1993(E), Plastics--Determination of tensile 
properties, Part 1: General Principles, First Edition (June 15, 1993), 
IBR approved for Sec. 160.156-11 (``ISO 527'').
    (2) ISO 1172:1996(E), Textile-glass-reinforced plastics--Prepregs, 
moulding compounds and laminates--Determination of the textile-glass and 
mineral-filler content--Calcination methods, Second Edition (December 
15, 1996), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 160.156-11 and 160.156-15 (``ISO 
1172'').
    (3) ISO 14125:1998(E), Fibre-reinforced plastic composites--
Determination of flexural properties, First Edition (March 1, 1998), IBR 
approved for Sec. 160.156-11 (``ISO 14125'').
    (4) ISO 15372:2000(E), Ships and marine technology--Inflatable 
rescue boats--Coated fabrics for inflatable chambers, First Edition 
(December 1, 2002), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 160.156-7 and 160.156-15 
(``ISO 15372'').
    (f) Military Specifications and Standards, Standardization Documents 
Order Desk, Building 4D, 700 Robins Avenue, Philadelphia PA 19111-5094, 
https://assist.daps.dla.mil/quicksearch/.
    (1) MIL-C-19663D, Military Specification, Cloth, Woven Roving, For 
Plastic Laminate, (August 4, 1988), IBR approved for Sec. 160.156-7 
(``MIL-C-19663D'').
    (2) MIL-P-17549D(SH), Military Specification, Plastic Laminates, 
Fibrous Glass Reinforced, Marine Structural, (August 31, 1981), IBR 
approved for

[[Page 251]]

Sec. Sec. 160.156-7 and 160.156-11 (``MIL-P-17549D(SH)'').
    (3) MIL-R-21607E(SH), Military Specification, Resins, Polyester, Low 
Pressure Laminating, Fire-Retardant, (May 25, 1990), IBR approved for 
Sec. 160.156-11 (``MIL-R-21607E(SH)'').
    (g) Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE), 400 Commonwealth Drive, 
Warrendale, PA 15096.
    (1) SAE J1527 (Revised JAN93), Marine Fuel Hoses, (February 5, 
1993), IBR approved for Sec. 160.156-7 (``SAE J1527'').
    (2) [Reserved]
    (h) Underwriters Laboratories (UL), 2600 NW., Lake Rd, Camas, WA 
98607-8542.
    (1) UL 1102, UL Standard for Safety for Nonintegral Marine Fuel 
Tanks, Fifth Edition (February 4, 1999), IBR approved for Sec. 160.156-
7 (``UL 1102'').
    (2) UL 1185, Standard for Safety for Portable Marine Fuel Tanks, 
Fourth Edition (September 26, 1996), IBR approved for Sec. 160.156-7 
(``UL 1185'').

[USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62999, Oct. 11, 2011, as amended by USCG-2013-
0671, 78 FR 60159, Sept. 30, 2013; 79 FR 44140, July 30, 2014]



Sec. 160.156-7  Design, construction and performance of rescue boats
and fast rescue boats.

    (a) To seek Coast Guard approval of a rescue boat, including a fast 
rescue boat, a manufacturer must comply with, and each rescue boat must 
meet, the requirements of the following:
    (1) IMO LSA Code chapter V (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 
160.156-5 of this subpart);
    (2) IMO Revised recommendation on testing, part 1/7 (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 160.156-5 of this subpart) applicable to the type 
of rescue boat;
    (3) 46 CFR part 159; and
    (4) This subpart.
    (b) Each rescue boat must meet the following requirements:
    (1) Design. (i) Each rescue boat must be designed to be operable by 
persons wearing immersion suits.
    (ii) Each rescue boat should be designed following standard human 
engineering practices described in ASTM F 1166 (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 160.156-5 of this subpart). Design limits should be 
based on a range from the fifth percentile female to the ninety-fifth 
percentile male values for critical body dimensions and functional 
capabilities as described in ASTM F 1166. The dimensions for a person 
wearing an immersion suit correspond to the arctic-clothed dimensions of 
ASTM F 1166.
    (2) Visibility from operator's station. (i) The operator's station 
must be designed such that the operator, when seated at the control 
station, has visibility 360 degrees around the rescue boat, with any 
areas obstructed by the rescue boat structure or its fittings visible by 
moving the operator's head and torso.
    (ii) The operator, while still being able to steer and control the 
speed of the rescue boat, must be able to see the water--
    (A) Over a 90 degree arc within 3 m (10 ft) of each side of the 
rescue boat;
    (B) Over a 30 degree arc within 1 m (3 ft, 3 in) of each side of the 
rescue boat; and
    (C) Within 0.5 m (1 ft, 8 in) of the entrances designated for 
recovering persons from the water.
    (iii) In order to see a person in the water during recovery or 
docking operations, a hatch must be provided in fully enclosed rescue 
boats so that the operator can stand with his or her head outside the 
rescue boat for increased visibility, provided the operator can still 
steer and control the speed of the rescue boat.
    (3) Construction. Each major rigid structural component of each 
rescue boat must be constructed of steel, aluminum, or Fiber Reinforced 
Plastic (FRP), or materials accepted by the Commandant as equivalent or 
superior.
    (i) General. Metals in contact with each other must be either 
galvanically compatible or insulated with suitable non-porous materials. 
Provisions must also be made to prevent loosening or tightening 
resulting from differences of thermal expansion, freezing, buckling of 
parts, galvanic corrosion, or other incompatibilities.
    (ii) Steel. Sheet steel and plate must be low carbon, commercial 
quality, either corrosion resistant or galvanized as per ASTM A 653, 
coating designation G90 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.156-5 
of this subpart). Structural steel plates and shapes must be carbon 
steel as per ASTM A 36 (incorporated

[[Page 252]]

by reference, see Sec. 160.156-5 of this subpart), or an equivalent or 
superior steel accepted by the Commandant. All steel products, except 
corrosion resistant steel, must be galvanized to provide high quality 
zinc coatings suitable for the intended service life in a marine 
environment. Corrosion resistant steel must be a type 302 stainless 
steel per ASTM A 276, ASTM A 313, or ASTM A 314 (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 160.156-5 of this subpart) or another corrosion 
resistant stainless steel of equal or superior corrosion resistant 
characteristics.
    (iii) Aluminum. Aluminum and aluminum alloys must conform to ASTM B 
209 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.156-5 of this subpart) and 
be high purity for good marine corrosion resistance, free of iron, and 
containing not more than 0.6 percent copper.
    (iv) Fiber Reinforced Plastic (FRP).
    (A) Resin. Any resin used for the hull, canopy, hatches, rigid 
covers, and enclosures for the engine, transmission, and engine 
accessories, must be fire retardant and accepted by the Commandant in 
accordance with 46 CFR part 164, subpart 164.120.
    (B) Glass reinforcement. Any glass reinforcement used must have good 
laminated wet strength retention and must meet the appropriate 
specification in this paragraph. Glass cloth must be a finished fabric 
woven from ``E'' electrical glass fiber yarns meeting ASTM D 4029-09 
commercial style designation 1564 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 
160.156-5 of this subpart). Woven roving must conform to MIL-C-19663D 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.156-5 of this subpart). Other 
glass materials equivalent or superior in strength, design, wet out, and 
efficiency will be given consideration on specific request to the 
Commandant.
    (C) Laminate. All exposed surfaces of any finished laminate must 
present a smooth finish, and there must be no protruding surface fibers, 
open voids, pits, cracks, bubbles, or blisters. The laminate must be 
essentially free from resin-starved or overimpregnated areas, and no 
foreign matter must remain in the finished laminate. The entire laminate 
must be fully cured and free of tackiness, and must show no tendency to 
delaminate, peel, or craze in any overlay. The laminate must not be 
released from the mold until a Barcol hardness reading of not less than 
40-55 is obtained from at least 10 places on the non-gel coated surface, 
including all interior inner and outer hull surfaces and built-in 
lockers. The mechanical properties of the laminate must meet the 
requirements for a Grade 3 laminate as specified in Table I of MIL-P-
17549D(SH) (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.156-5 of this 
subpart). Other grades will be given consideration on specific request 
to the Commandant.
    (4) Welding. Welding must be performed by welders certified by the 
Commandant, a classification society recognized by the Commandant in 
accordance with 46 CFR 8.220, the U.S. Navy, or the national body where 
the rescue boat is constructed or the national body's designated 
recognized organization. Only electrodes intended for use with the 
material being welded may be used. All welds must be checked using 
appropriate non-destructive tests.
    (5) Rescue boat buoyancy. (i) The buoyancy material must be accepted 
by the Commandant as meeting the performance requirements of IMO Revised 
recommendation on testing, Part 1, 6.2.2 to 6.2.7, with a density of 32 
8 kg/m\3\ (2 0.5 lb/ft\3\). 
The buoyancy foam or rescue boat manufacturer must certify the results 
of the testing to IMO Revised recommendation on testing, part 1, 6.2.2 
to 6.2.7 and submit those results to the Commandant. A list of accepted 
buoyancy foams may be obtained from the Commandant upon request.
    (ii) All voids in the hull and canopy required to provide buoyancy 
for positive stability and self righting must be completely filled with 
Coast Guard-accepted buoyancy material.
    (iii) Air in the inflated collar of a rigid-hull inflatable rescue 
boat will not be considered inherently buoyant material for the purposes 
of meeting the additional 280 N/person requirement of the LSA Code, 
chapter IV/4.4.4.
    (6) Coated fabric. Any coated fabric used in the construction of 
inflatable chambers on a rescue boat must be shown to have been 
subjected to the criteria listed in IMO MSC Circ. 980 for

[[Page 253]]

Inflation Chamber Characteristics Test (incorporated by reference, see 
Sec. 160.156-5 of this subpart) by meeting the requirements of ISO 
15372 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.156-5 of this subpart). 
The color of the finished fabric must be vivid reddish orange color 
number 12197 of FED-STD-595C (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 
160.156-5 of this subpart), or a durable fluorescent color of a similar 
hue. Each seam must be at least as strong as the weakest of the 
materials joined by the seam. Each seam must be covered with tape where 
necessary to prevent lifting of and damage to fabric edges.
    (7) Engines. (i) In order to be accepted by the Commandant, any 
spark ignition engine fitted to an approved rescue boat must meet the 
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency emission requirements in 40 CFR 
part 91 or part 1045, as applicable, or for a compression ignition 
engine the requirements in 40 CFR part 89, part 94, or part 1042, as 
applicable, and have reports containing the same information as 
recommended by MSC Circ. 980 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 
160.156-5 of this subpart) certified and witnessed by a U.S. Coast Guard 
inspector or an independent laboratory.
    (ii) A hydraulic system, if used to start the engine, must be in 
accordance with 46 CFR part 58, subpart 58.30, with hose and fittings in 
accordance with 46 CFR part 56, subpart 56.60 except that--
    (A) Push-on type fittings such as Aeroquip 1525-X, 25156-X, and 
FC332-X are not permitted; and
    (B) The length of nonmetallic flexible hose is limited to 760 mm (30 
in). Longer nonmetallic flexible hoses may be allowed in emergency 
steering systems at the discretion of the Commandant.
    (iii) If a hand pump is provided, or if the engine has a manual 
starting system, adequate space must be provided for the hand pump or 
hand start operation.
    (8) Fuel system. (i) The fuel system must meet 46 CFR 56.50-75(b) 
and, except as specified in this paragraph, the fuel tank must meet 46 
CFR 58.50-10.
    (ii) The fuel tank and fuel system must be in accordance with 
paragraph (b)(8)(ii)(A), (B), or (C) of this section, as follows:
    (A) Permanently installed fuel systems must meet the requirements in 
46 CFR 160.135-7.
    (B) Portable fuel systems for outboard engines must meet UL 1185 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.156-5 of this subpart) or 
equivalent, except that hoses must be Coast Guard Type A per SAE J1527 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.156-5 of this subpart), and 
hose clamps, primers, filters, and strainers must be successfully tested 
in accordance with 33 CFR 183.590. Anti-siphon devices must be provided 
in the fuel system to prevent fuel spillage when the hose is 
disconnected. Arrangements must be provided to secure the fuel tank in 
its normal operating position on the rescue boat.
    (C) Fuel systems for outboard engines using non-integral, 
permanently installed fuel tanks must meet the requirements of 33 CFR 
part 183, subpart J--Fuel Systems. UL 1102 (incorporated by reference, 
see Sec. 160.156-5 of this subpart) meets these requirements for fuel 
tanks.
    (9) Starting system batteries. Each battery fitted in a totally 
enclosed rescue boat must be stored in a sealed compartment with 
exterior venting. If the rescue boat has more than one engine, then only 
one starting battery is required per engine.
    (10) Exhaust. Engine exhaust must be routed away from bilge and 
potential oil drips. Any paint used on engines, manifolds, or exhaust 
must not give off fumes when heated. All exhaust lagging must be non-
absorbent.
    (11) Propeller guard. Each propeller on a rescue boat must be fitted 
with a propeller guard with a maximum opening of 76 mm (3 in) on all 
sides on which a person is likely to be exposed.
    (12) Control and steering station. Rescue boat starting, 
maneuvering, and steering controls must be provided at the control and 
steering station.
    (i) The throttle must be a continuous manual control and must be 
able to be set and locked at any position.
    (ii) The control and steering station must be designed and laid out 
in accordance with ASTM F 1166 sections 9 and 10, so that controls and 
displays are unambiguous, accessible, and easy to reach and use from the 
operator's

[[Page 254]]

normal seated position, while wearing an immersion suit or a lifejacket.
    (iii) Each control, gauge, or display must be identified by a 
marking posted on, above, or adjacent to the respective item. Each 
control must operate in a logical manner and be marked with an arrow to 
show direction of movement of control which will cause an increased 
response. Each gauge must be marked with the normal operating range and 
indicate danger or abnormal conditions. Each marking must be permanent 
and weatherproof.
    (iv) Gauges, and audio and visual alarms, must be provided to 
monitor at least the following parameters on inboard engines--
    (A) Coolant temperature, for a liquid cooled engine;
    (B) Oil pressure, for an engine with an oil pump;
    (C) Tachometer, for an engine not provided with over-speed 
protection; and
    (D) State of charge, or rate of charge, for each rechargeable engine 
starting power source.
    (13) Drain plug. The position of each drain plug must be clearly 
indicated by a permanent marking inside the rescue boat. The marking 
must be an arrow pointing in the direction of the plug, and the words 
``Drain Plug'' must be 76 mm (3 in) high and have letters of a color 
that contrast with their background. The marking must be clearly visible 
to a person within the vicinity of the drain plug.
    (14) Remote steering. The procedure to change over from remote to 
local steering must be simple, not require the use of tools, and be 
clearly posted. There must be sufficient clear space to install, 
operate, remove, and stow the removable tiller arm. The tiller arm and 
its connection to the rudder stock must be of sufficient strength so 
that there is no slippage or bending of the tiller arm. Rudder stops or 
other means must be provided to prevent the rudder from turning too far 
on either side.
    (15) Lifelines. Buoyant lifelines must be of ultraviolet resistant 
material.
    (16) Rails provided as handholds. Rails provided as handholds on 
rigid and rigid-inflated rescue boats must extend for half the length of 
the rescue boat on both sides of the hull, and the clearance between the 
rail and hull must be at least 38 mm (1.5 in). The rails must be 
attached to the hull below the chine or turn of the bilge, must be 
faired to prevent any fouling, and not project beyond the widest part of 
the rescue boat.
    (17) Equipment list. A weatherproof equipment list must be 
permanently mounted in a conspicuous and prominent location on a stowage 
locker or compartment, or on inside of canopy. The list must include a 
stowage plan oriented such that the stowage location of each item of 
loose equipment is readily apparent.
    (18) Release mechanism. Each release mechanism fitted to a rescue 
boat, including a fast rescue boat, must be identified at the 
application for approval of the prototype rescue boat and must be 
approved under subparts 160.133 or 160.170 of this part. The release 
lever or control must be red in color, and the area immediately 
surrounding the control must be a sharply contrasting light color. An 
illustrated operating instruction plate or placard, showing the correct 
off-load and emergency on-load release procedure and recovery procedure, 
must be posted so that it is visible and legible from the helmsman's 
normal operating position. The plate or placard must be corrosion 
resistant and weatherproof and must be marked with the word ``Danger''.
    (19) Painter/painter release. Each rescue boat must be fitted with a 
device to secure the painter near the bow of the rescue boat. The device 
must be arranged such that the rescue boat does not exhibit unsafe or 
unstable characteristics when being towed by the ship with the ship 
underway at 5 knots. A quick-release device must be provided, which 
allows the painter to be released from inside the rescue boat while 
under tension. The quick-release handle must be clearly identified by a 
label.
    (20) Canopy lamp. Any exterior rescue boat position-indicating light 
must be approved by the Commandant under approval series 161.101.
    (21) Manually controlled interior light. Any interior light must be 
approved by the Commandant under approval series 161.101.

[[Page 255]]

    (22) Manual bilge pump. Each rescue boat that is not automatically 
self-bailing must be fitted with a manual bilge pump approved under 46 
CFR part 160, subpart 160.044, or an engine-powered bilge pump.
    (23) Labels and notices. Any labels, caution and danger notices, and 
any operating, maintenance, or general instructions, must be in 
accordance with ASTM F 1166, Section 15, in terms of format, content, 
lettering size and spacing, color, and posted location. They must be 
illustrated with symbols in accordance with IMO Res. A.760(18) 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.156-5 of this subpart), as 
applicable. Information and instruction plates, not specifically 
mentioned in this section, must not be posted in the vicinity of the 
control and steering station without prior approval from the Commandant. 
Identification label plates, if required, must be posted on or above the 
component or equipment to be identified.
    (24) Stowage. Each stowage compartment must be supported and secured 
against movement. It must have adequate hand access for removing and 
storing the required equipment, and for cleaning the inside of the 
compartment. There must be sufficient stowage volume to store the 
equipment required by 46 CFR 199.175.
    (25) Rescue boat equipment. The rescue boat must be designed to 
accommodate and carry the equipment required by 46 CFR 199.175.
    (26) Exterior color. The primary color of the exterior of the hull, 
exterior of any canopy or bow cover, and the interior of a rescue boat 
not covered by a canopy or bow cover must be a highly visible color 
equivalent to vivid reddish orange color number 12197 of FED-STD-595C, 
or a durable fluorescent color of a similar hue.
    (27) Navigation light. Each rescue boat must have navigation lights 
that are in compliance with the applicable sections of the International 
and Inland Navigation Rules and meet 46 CFR 111.75-17.
    (28) Retroreflective material. The exterior of each rescue boat and 
canopy must be marked with Type II retroreflective material approved 
under 46 CFR part 164, subpart 164.018. The arrangement of the 
retroreflective material must comply with IMO Res. A.658(16) 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.156-5 of this subpart).
    (c) Determinations of equivalence of design, construction, and 
materials will be made by the Commandant only.

[USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62999, Oct. 11, 2011, as amended by 79 FR 44140, 
July 30, 2014]



Sec. 160.156-9  Preapproval review.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the 
Commandant must conduct the preapproval review, required by this 
section, in accordance with 46 CFR 159.005-5.
    (b) Manufacturer requirements. To seek Coast Guard approval of a 
rescue boat, the manufacturer must submit an application to the 
Commandant meeting the requirements of 46 CFR 159.005-5 for preapproval 
review. To meet the requirements of 46 CFR 159.005-5(a)(2), the 
manufacturer must submit in triplicate--
    (1) A list of drawings, specifications, manuals, and any other 
documentation submitted, with each document identified by number, title, 
revision issue, and date;
    (2) General arrangement and assembly drawings, including principal 
dimensions;
    (3) Seating-arrangement plan, including a dimensioned seat form to 
scale;
    (4) A complete material list, with each material referenced to a 
U.S. national standard or, if a copy is provided in English, an 
equivalent international standard;
    (5) Plans for carriage and, in detail, stowage of equipment;
    (6) Hull, canopy, and critical parts lay-up schedule for Fiber 
Reinforced Plastic (FRP) rescue boats, including fast rescue boats;
    (7) Hull and canopy construction drawings, including particulars of 
joints, welds, seams, and other fabricating details;
    (8) Weights and thickness of each major FRP structural component, 
including the hull, canopy, and inner liners, before outfitting;
    (9) Specification and identification of materials such as steel, 
aluminum, resin, foam, fiberglass, coated fabric, and plastic used in 
the rescue boat's manufacture;

[[Page 256]]

    (10) Fabrication details for each major structural component, 
including details of each welded joint;
    (11) Lines plans;
    (12) Propulsion system specifications and arrangement and 
installation drawings;
    (13) Steering system drawings and specifications;
    (14) Release mechanism installation drawings and the mechanism's 
Coast Guard approval number;
    (15) Plans for critical subassemblies;
    (16) Hydraulic systems drawings and specifications, if installed;
    (17) Electrical system schematics and specifications;
    (18) Stability data, including righting arm curves in the light load 
and load condition for both intact and flooded;
    (19) Drawings of all signs and placards, showing actual inscription, 
format, color, size, and location on the rescue boat;
    (20) Complete data pertinent to the installation and use of the 
proposed rescue boat, including--
    (i) The light load (condition A) and full load (condition B) 
weights; and
    (ii) Complete details of the lifting arrangement to include enough 
detail for operators of the rescue boat to select a suitable release 
mechanism approved under subpart 160.133 or 160.170 of this part;
    (21) An operation, maintenance, and training manual as described in 
Sec. Sec. 160.156-19 and 160.156-21 of this subpart;
    (22) A description of the quality control procedures and record 
keeping that will apply to the production of the rescue boat, which must 
include but is not limited to--
    (i) The system for checking material certifications received from 
suppliers;
    (ii) The method for controlling the inventory of materials;
    (iii) The method for checking quality of fabrication, seams, and 
joints, including welding inspection procedures; and
    (iv) The inspection checklists used during various stages of 
fabrication to assure that the approved rescue boat complies with the 
approved plans and the requirements of this subpart;
    (23) Full details of any other unique capability;
    (24) Any other drawing(s) necessary to show that the rescue boat 
complies with the requirements of this subpart;
    (25) The location or address of all manufacturing sites, including 
the name and address of any subcontractors, where the rescue boat will 
be constructed; and
    (26) The name of the independent laboratory that will perform the 
duties prescribed in Sec. Sec. 160.156-11 and 160.156-15 of this 
subpart.
    (c) At the request of the manufacturer and discretion of the 
Commandant, an independent laboratory may conduct preapproval review 
required by this section so long as the preapproval review is conducted 
in accordance with the procedures agreed upon between the independent 
laboratory and Commandant under 46 CFR part 159, subpart 159.010.
    (d) Plan quality. The plans and specifications submitted to the 
Commandant under this section must--
    (1) Be provided in English, including all notes, inscriptions, and 
designations for configuration control;
    (2) Address each of the applicable items in paragraph (b) of this 
section in sufficient detail to show that the rescue boat meets the 
construction requirements of this subpart;
    (3) Accurately depict the proposed rescue boat;
    (4) Be internally consistent;
    (5) Be legible; and
    (6) If reviewed by an independent laboratory under paragraph (c) of 
this section, include the independent laboratory's attestation that the 
plans meet the quality requirements of this section.
    (e) Alternatives. Alternatives in materials, parts, or construction, 
and each item replaced by an alternative, must be clearly indicated as 
such in the plans and specifications submitted to the Commandant under 
this section.
    (f) Coast Guard review. If the plans or specifications do not comply 
with the requirements of this section, Coast Guard review may be 
suspended, and the applicant notified accordingly.

[USCG-2010-0048, 76 FR 62999, Oct. 11, 2011, as amended by 79 FR 44140, 
July 30, 2014]

[[Page 257]]



Sec. 160.156-11  Fabrication of prototype rescue boats and fast 
rescue boats for approval.

    (a) If the manufacturer is notified that the information submitted 
in accordance with Sec. 160.156-9 of this subpart is satisfactory to 
the Commandant, the manufacturer may proceed with fabrication of the 
prototype rescue boat as set forth in this section.
    (b) Unless the Commandant directs otherwise, an independent 
laboratory must perform or witness, as appropriate, inspections, tests, 
and oversight required by this section. Prototype inspections and tests 
of a rescue boat must be carried out in accordance with the procedures 
for independent laboratory inspection in 46 CFR part 159, subpart 
159.007 and in this section, unless the Commandant authorizes 
alternative tests and inspections. The Commandant may prescribe 
additional prototype tests and inspections necessary to maintain quality 
control and to monitor compliance with the requirements of this subpart.
    (c) Fabrication of a rescue boat must proceed in the following 
sequence:
    (1) The manufacturer must arrange for an independent laboratory (or 
Coast Guard inspector if required under paragraph (b) of this section) 
to inspect, test, and oversee the rescue boat during its fabrication and 
prepare an inspection and test report meeting the requirements of 46 CFR 
159.005-11.
    (2) The independent laboratory must make such inspections as are 
necessary to determine that the prototype is constructed by the methods 
and with the materials specified in the plans reviewed under Sec. 
160.156-9 of this subpart. By conducting at least one inspection during 
its construction, the independent laboratory must determine the 
prototype rescue boat conforms with those plans by inspecting--
    (i) Fiber Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Construction. (A) FRP components 
of each prototype rescue boat outer hull and any FRP inner hull or liner 
components that are bonded or bolted to the outer hull must have a layup 
made of unpigmented clear resins so that details of construction are 
visible for inspection. Test panels representative of each prototype 
layup must be tested in accordance with MIL-P-17549D(SH) (incorporated 
by reference, see Sec. 160.156-5 of this subpart). If an accepted MIL-
R-21607E(SH) Grade B resin is used for the prototype rescue boat, 
additives for fire retardancy must not be used so that the laminate is 
translucent for inspection purposes. A prototype test rescue boat with 
Grade B resins will not be marked in accordance with Sec. 160.156-17 of 
this subpart for use as a production rescue boat regardless of the 
outcome of the performance tests. Whichever accepted resin the 
manufacturer decides to use for the prototype rescue boat, the same 
resin must be used in the production rescue boats.
    (B) The hull, canopy, and major structural laminates of each 
prototype FRP rescue boat must be tested for resin content, ultimate 
flexural strength, and tensile strength. The test samples must be cut 
out from the prototype rescue boat, or be laid up at the same time, 
using the same procedures and by the same operators as the laminate used 
in the rescue boat. The number of samples used for each test, and the 
conditions and test methods used, must be as per the applicable test 
specified in this paragraph. The resin content must be determined as per 
ASTM D 2584 or ISO 1172 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 160.156-5 
of this subpart). The flexural ultimate strength must be determined by 
ASTM D 790 method I (test condition ``A'', flatwise, dry) or the 
corresponding ISO 14125 test method (incorporated by reference, see 
Sec. 160.156-5 of this subpart). The tensile strength, lengthwise, must 
be determined as per ASTM D 638 or ISO 527 (incorporated by reference, 
see Sec. 160.156-5 of this subpart).
    (C) Each major FRP component, such as the hull, canopy, and inner 
liner(s) of each prototype FRP rescue boat, must be examined and weighed 
after it is completed but before it is assembled. If the rescue boat is 
constructed by the spray lay-up technique, the hull and canopy 
thicknesses must be measured using ultrasonic or equivalent techniques;
    (ii) Steel construction. Steel sheet and plate used for the hull, 
floors, and other structural components of a prototype steel rescue boat 
must meet the bend tests requirement specified under ASTM A 653 
(incorporated by reference,

[[Page 258]]

see Sec. 160.156-5 of this subpart) after galvanizing or other anti-
corrosion treatment has been applied. This may be demonstrated through 
supplier's certification papers or through witnessing actual tests;
    (iii) Welding. Structural components of each prototype rescue boat 
joined by welding must be joined by the welding procedures and materials 
per the plans reviewed under Sec. 160.156-9 of this subpart and by 
welders appropriately qualified;
    (iv) Buoyancy material. If block foam buoyancy material is used, 
each piece must be weighed after it is cut and shaped to make sure that 
the correct amount of foam is installed. If foamed-in-place buoyancy 
material is used, a separate sample of the foam must be poured, and used 
to make a density determination after it has set. The density must be 32 
8 kg/m\3\ (2 0.5 lb/ft\3\). 
Each major subassembly such as the hull-with-liner and canopy-with-liner 
must be weighed after the buoyancy foam is installed and before it is 
further assembled;
    (v) Coated fabric. Coated fabric for inflatable collars used in the 
construction of each rescue boat must meet the requirements specified 
under Sec. 160.156-7(b)(3) of this subpart. This may be demonstrated 
through a supplier's certification papers or through witnessing actual 
tests;
    (vi) Installation of the propulsion system; and
    (vii) Installation of the steering system.
    (3) The independent laboratory must submit the inspection report to 
the Commandant.



Sec. 160.156-13  Approval inspections and tests for prototype rescue 
boats and fast rescue boats.

    (a) After the Commandant notifies the manufacturer that the 
prototype rescue boat is in compliance with the requirements of Sec. 
160.156-11 of this subpart, the manufacturer may proceed with the 
prototype approval inspections and tests required under this section. 
The prototype rescue boat, the construction of which was witnessed under 
Sec. 160.135-11 of this part, must be used for the tests in this 
section.
    (b) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, the Coast 
Guard must conduct the approval